_______________________________
Midlife Challenges, 1950–1959
As
the fifties unfolded, Bing was still a top recording artist although the hits
were less frequent. Novelty songs and then rock ‘n’ roll pushed the ballad
singers into the background. Also Bing had not been helped by the death of his
recording “guru,” Jack Kapp, in 1949 as this had resulted in a certain loss of
structure and focus in his recording activities. In films, Bing was playing
older men and his radio audience, despite still being fairly significant, was
steadily declining because of the impact of television. He continued to avoid
personal appearances and live shows.
Bing’s voice could no longer hit the higher notes but the deep tones remained
mellow and pleasant. He was, however, said to be losing confidence in his
singing. Health problems troubled him and he was laid low for a while with
first an operation to remove his appendix and then two separate major
operations for kidney problems.
Bing had apparently reconciled with his wife Dixie Lee in 1951 and her
death in
1952 badly affected him both emotionally and financially. A huge tax
bill had
to be paid following Dixie’s death and then Bing also faced a legal
battle following
a car crash. His sons started to hit the headlines with various
problems and it
was not surprising that for a while Bing seemed to be adopting a low
profile,
although he continued to make
films.
Bing had given two very good dramatic performances on celluloid, first in Little
Boy Lost and then The Country Girl for which he was again nominated
unsuccessfully for an Academy Award. His film White Christmas was to be
a long-running success and the 1956 film High Society, despite his own
initial misgivings, was to become a classic of its kind.
Somewhat reluctantly, Bing had started making television
appearances, which were usually filmed in advance. In 1954, his radio show had
reduced in status from a major weekly program to a daily fifteen minute show,
but after the success of the film High Society and hit records such as
“True Love” and “Around the World,” Bing was tempted to become more heavily
involved in television. The big breakthrough came in 1957 with the live,
award-winning “Edsel Show.” Afterwards, Bing settled into a routine of making
at least two television specials each year, but he never really attempted to dominate
the sector as he had other media. He eschewed a weekly series while singers
such as Perry Como and later, Andy Williams, embraced such exposure
enthusiastically with considerable benefits accruing to their record sales and
to their long-term images.
After the death of Dixie Lee, Bing had gone through a lonely spell before being
linked with a number of actresses including Grace Kelly, Inger Stevens, Mona
Freeman, and Kathryn Grant. After a most unusual on-off romance, Bing married
Kathryn Grant in 1957. First a son and then, at long last, a daughter was born
with another son following in 1961. Bing admitted that he had found real
happiness again. The “old” Bing seemed to reemerge and entertaining
long-playing albums of the time such as Bing with a Beat and Fancy
Meeting You Here appeared to capture this.
Bing had safely negotiated some major midlife challenges.
In 1959, $100 was worth $589 in year 2000 terms.
January 2, Monday.
Bing and his four boys attend the 1950 Rose Bowl football game played between Ohio State University and
University of California at the Rose Bowl in Pasadena, California. Ohio State
win 17-14. This Rose Bowl Game became the first bowl game to have 100,000
spectators in attendance.
January 3,
Tuesday. (6:00–9:00 p.m.) Bing records “Bibbidi-Bobbidi-Boo” and “Chattanoogie
Shoe Shine Boy” in Hollywood with Vic Schoen and his Orchestra plus Jud
Conlon’s Rhythmaires. The decision to make the “Chattanoogie” record had only
been taken at 11 a.m. that morning when Dave Kapp in New York called Sonny
Burke in the Hollywood recording studio. By mid-afternoon, Vic Schoen and Jud
Conlon had completed separate orchestrations and copied parts. As no lead
sheets for “Chattanoogie Shoe Shine Boy” were available, the arrangers had to
copy the tune note for note from other recordings. The song reaches the No. 4
position in the Billboard best-sellers list and stays in the charts for
13 weeks. Recent press comment states that Minute Maid has set up a new
divisional office in Los Angeles and Bing is named as president of the
division.
Chattanoogie
Shoe Shine Boy
The fast impact of Red Foley’s version of “Chattanoogie,” picked in these columns two weeks ago, encouraged Decca to cut it again with Crosby. He gives it a delightfully relaxed go, with typical Crosby patter for an extra measure of charm. Vic Schoen provides a lively Dixie orking.
(Billboard, January 14, 1950)
The same absurdity, [“Bibbidi-Bobbidi-Boo”] which has a really fine march tune, has been slowed down too much in Bing Crosby’s record of it (Bruns. 04580), and the other side, I Cross My Fingers, borders on the dreary.
(The Gramophone, November, 1950)
January 4,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been
recorded and the guest is Al Jolson.
Al Jolson was guest and during a sequence he and Bing were batting around badinage about Look mag recently making Crosby its cover subject. Crosby huffed a line and referred to the mag as “Life,” then quickly recovered and mentioned Look several times in atonement.
(Variety, January 5, 1950)
January 9,
Monday. The Golf Writers Association votes Bing the year’s outstanding
contributor to golf for 1949, awarding him the William D. Richardson
Memorial Trophy. He receives 440 points from the 162 members of the Golf Writers Association. The
points are counted five for first, four for second, three for third,
two for fourth and one for fifth.
…Crosby
has done a lot for golf, and the award was made to Bing on a basis of what he
has done over a period of time just as much as for what was actually accomplished
in the space of one year.
Bing’s
picture, “Honor Caddie,” was a contributing factor in the vote of the golf
writers in his favour. His annual Bing Crosby National Pro-Amateur, all
proceeds of which go to charity, is another. This is one tournament in which
the host pays all the bills and the guests pick up all the silver and folding
green that their score entitles them to take away with them.
No
man ever did more for a friend than Bing did last year on behalf of the late
Benny Coltrin. The popular Lake Merced professional died last summer, leaving a
mortgaged home and plenty of bills that he had expected to pay off. The widow
and three children were facing a bleak future until Crosby stepped into the
picture.
Bing
invited Marlene and Alice Bauer, Johnny Dawson and a few other top stars to San
Francisco for exhibition play. Crosby paid all the expenses incurred by the
players as well as all costs of putting on the exhibition.
Every
cent taken in as gallery fees went to Mrs. Coltrin. The amount was around $18,000.
This gesture alone, had he done nothing else, made Crosby the man of the year
in golf to us who write about the game. No man ever deserved the honor more,
and no man will ever wear the mantle with greater humility.
(Maxwell
Stiles, Los Angeles Mirror, January
10, 1950)
Bing writes to Canadian broadcaster Gord Atkinson.
Dear
Gord:
Many
thanks for the fine ash tray. You were very kind to remember me at Christmas
time, and I appreciate it.
Thanks,
too, for sending the recordings from the “Top O’ the Morning” broadcast.
Kindest
regards to yourself and all the members.
Sincerely,
Bing
January 10, Tuesday. (4:30–4:45 p.m., 9:45–10:00 p.m.). Bing is heard in his brother Bob’s Club
15 transcribed broadcast.
January 11,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been recorded and the guests are Peggy Lee
and Groucho Marx. Variety says that Bing is in the process of taping six
of his radio shows in San Francisco.
One more duet recorded by this
duo bears mentioning: “Little Jack Frost, Get Lost” was recorded by Crosby and Lee from a live radio show
performance. This holiday novelty song featured the Rhythmaires singing
background for the pair of lead singers. A clever swing tune, it contained some
holiday appeal in the wintry theme as well as in the instrumental
interlude bearing the spritely sounds of high woodwinds (piccolos and
flutes) and plucked stringed instruments sounding fresh from the
spirit of “Sleigh Ride.” This recording preserved a slice of music history
not to be missed, and a song quite worthy of reviving.
(Tish Oney, Peggy Lee – A
Century of Song, page 74)
January 13-15,
Friday–Sunday. The Bing Crosby Pro-Am Tournament at Pebble Beach. Bing
partners
Cam Puget in the pro-am section and they have rounds of 72 and 71 but
they fail to qualify for the final round.
The professional competition finishes in a tie between Sam Snead, Dave
Douglas,
Smiley Quick, and Jack Burke Jr. There is not a play-off. The
tournament is
broadcast on radio coast-to-coast. The proceeds of the event are
divided
equally between the Sister Kenny Foundation and the Monterey Peninsula
Community Chest. Celebrities playing include Johnny Weissmuller, Richard
Arlen, Forrest Tucker, Lefty O'Doul, Dennis O'Keefe and Randolph Scott.
January 14, Saturday. After his round, Bing takes his four boys to the official opening of the Pacific Grove Recreation Club building.
January 15, Sunday, The 'stag' Award dinner at the Monterey Peninsula Country Club. The Firehouse Five Plus Two provides some of the entertainment and is rewarded with appearances on Bing’s radio show.
January 16, Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show at the Marines’ Memorial Theatre in San Francisco with Barbara Whiting and Gary Crosby, which is broadcast on January 18. Gary is paid $25, the union rate for a ten-minute appearance.
GARY CROSBY WILL MAKE RADIO DEBUT
Gary Crosby, 16-year-old son of crooner
Bing, makes his radio debut tonight.
“And it’s
not because I’m looking ahead to old age,” protested Pop, nearing completion of
two decades of popularity. “I’ll keep going for awhile,” the old groaner said,
“But I hope Gary’s successful. I could even quit and be his agent.”
Young
Crosby, a student at a San Jose prep school, makes his bow at 6:30pm PST, with
his pop and Barbara Whiting. He’ll sing “Dear Hearts and Gentle People,” and
“be in and out” the whole half-hour program Crosby said.
“He hasn’t
heard of the big salaries yet,” said the elder Crosby.
The show
is a tape recording, transcribed Monday night on the stage of the Marine
Memorial Club in San Francisco. Pop Crosby guessed as how his young one turned
in a “pretty darned good” performance.
“The cast
thought he did a good job, too,” he added. The show’s producer, Bill Morrow,
here from Hollywood, thought more than that.
“He’s
really got it,” Morrow said. “He’s got the same composure and easy-going
qualities as Bing.” Bing said Gary really “didn’t want to go on at first—he
thought he’d get razzed by his pals at school.” Crosby the elder said that
Gary, oldest of his four boys, was just like the rest of the youngsters in
“fooling around with music since they were babies.”
Bath-time
is “pretty noisy” he agreed, and there was plenty of harmony in the Crosby
household most of the time. None of the youngsters has had any formal musical
or singing instruction. As to any comparison with his dad, “Well, he favors me
a little, has my coloring,” the elder admitted. But three other Crosby
characteristics —on horses, bright-colored shirts and golf—drew a blank.
“He’s
conservative about shirts—follows his mother,” Bing said. “Horses? He rides ‘em a little, strictly for transportation. Golf, he fools
around a little, nothing like his old man yet.”
January 18,
Wednesday. In the Marines’ Memorial Theatre in San Francisco, Bing records
another Chesterfield show for broadcast on January 25. The guests are Peggy
Lee, Joe Venuti, Jack Teagarden, and Louis Armstrong. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The
Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The guests are
Barbara Whiting and Gary Crosby. During the day, Bing writes a check
for $500 to Morse Gleeson Co as a transportation deposit for his
forthcoming European tour.
January 19, Thursday. Bing writes a check for $450 payable to Phil Garnett. In San
Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Bob Hope for broadcast on
February 1. Meanwhile, in Washington DC, Bing is named as honorary
chairman for the 13th annual observance of National Wildlife Restoration Week (March
19-25) by The National Wildlife Federation. The Federation said that Bing “has
popularized numerous songs reminiscent of nature and wildlife,” adding: “Bing
Crosby is not only one of America’s most popular entertainers, but he is also
interested in outdoor sports and conservation of the nation’s recreational
assets, upon which recreation depends.”
Ten
minutes before showtime, all was confusion backstage at the Marine's Memorial Theater
yesterday,
They
were getting ready to transcribe Bing Crosby’s February 1 radio program with
Bob Hope and Peggy Lee as guest stars. But nobody had a script. At least, nobody
had a complete, revised script.
Crosby
and Hope, perhaps the greatest vaudeville team in history, didn’t care. They
let Producer Bill Morrow and two harried script girls do the worrying.
Crosby
kept singing. Singing and gargling with an amber colored fluid that could have been
medicinal and probably was. Once he started singing for Page 26 of the script.
Hope
was singing too. He was singing to Crosby, “Have I Told You Lately That I Love
You?” The script called for it.
Between
snatches, Hope was greeting friends and some strangers. Each one was treated like
a close relative. He took an occasional blow to holler “Hi’ya Honey?” as some beautiful
doll glided by the dressing room he shared with Crosby. Any beautiful doll.
Hope
and Crosby apparently share almost everything, including the Los Angeles Rams
and some Texas oil wells. Crosby wore gray slacks and a sport shirt—a green
plaid job with a touch of lavender.
Three
minutes before showtime, Crosby was still singing and gargling. Hope was still
greeting friends and people. Peggy Lee was finishing off a hamburger. One of
the Rhythmaires in the show was using a safety pin on a loose skirt.
Presently
with something less than three minutes to go, a girl with an armful of scripts—complete,
revised scripts—arrived from Columbia broadcasting. The house was packed and
had been for an hour.
An
usher refused to believe her story at first, tried to keep her out. She
screamed her way backstage and unloaded.
Crosby
grabbed a script and dashed on stage. Hope, his arm in a sling from a recent
auto accident, grabbed one too and picked out likely spots for ad libbing. The script
girls dished out scripts and then just sat and sighed.
Crosby
proceeded to make with the audience. And by the time they turned the mikes on,
every woman in the place looked ready to climb over the footlights.
Then
Hope came on and wrapped the whole thing up. After that, every one had a
wonderful time. But especially Crosby and Hope, undoubtedly the greatest
vaudeville team in history.
(The San Francisco Examiner, January 20, 1950)
January 20, Friday.
Bing writes a check for "Cash" for $500 which he annotates "Expense -
Golf Tourney- San Francisco shows - ??? benefit".
January 21,
Saturday. (1:30–2:30 p.m.) Bing is featured in a March of Dimes All
Star radio show on NBC hosted by Bob
Hope with Jimmy Durante, Phil Harris, Lionel Barrymore and others to
mark the opening of the Los
Angeles Musicians’ Building. As he is still in San Francisco, he has
transcribed a message and is heard singing "Dear Hearts and Gentle
People".
Local 47 Tosses Big Fiesta to Celebrate Debut of New Home
Hollywood, Jan. 24. With 200 musicians dishing out entertainment and with some 15,000 people in attendance, American Federation of Musicians Local 47 tossed a huge clambake here last weekend to celebrate
opening of their new $1,000,000 Hollywood headquarters. Celebration lasted from 2 p.m. Saturday (21) to 2 a.m. Sunday (22); Bing Crosby, Bob Hope, Jimmy Durante and flock of other top stars, performed.
Jazz sesh in the basement was presided over by Red Nichols.
(Variety, January 25, 1950)
January 22, Sunday.Bing takes part in the Northern California Baseball Players Golf Tournament
for the Babe Ruth Cancer Fund at the Green Hills Country Club at Millbrae. He tees off at 10:00 a.m. with
Frank O’Doul, Dick Bartell and George Gnau, one of Green Hills’ low handicap
players.
CROSBY FLEES LINKS GALLERY
A fellow named Bob Mort, who did some
playing for the one-time San Francisco Missions of the Coast League, is the new
Northern California Baseball Players Golf Champion today. But don’t try to
check with the 4,000 who traveled to the Green Hills Country Club at Millbrae
yesterday to watch the Babe Ruth Cancer Fund event for an account of how Mort
snared the crown.
The man
clicked off a nifty 77—a half dozen knocks over par —but only a few of the
persons on the deck followed anyone but a non-baseballer,
Bing Crosby, while he played. They (which means mostly autograph hounds) did
such a first-rate job of shoving Bing, part owner of the Pittsburgh Pirates,
around that the crooner fled the scene ahead of his scheduled departure time
for a Santa Barbara radio date.
Bing
traversed but half the heavy layout, nine holes, shooting a 43, which wasn’t
half so bad considering the conditions that prevailed. The kids took over the
place, scampering up and down, around and about the fairways, shouting and
screaming and being more interested in filling autograph books than watching
golf.
Crosby,
his partner George Gnau, the Green Hills champ, Lefty
O’Doul and Dick Bartell tried to golf, but while Bing
was along it was a tough job. Once The Groaner shoved off at the turn Gnau got to scoring a 73, the best
of the day, and O’Doul and Bartell posted creditable
81’s, good enough for third place among the ballplayers.
Bing was
able to muster one smile on the half-round, rolling in a 16 footer for a par on
the sixth hole. He shot seven bogies and only one other par, negotiated on the
seventh hole. The expected Crosby-O’Doul clash for honors as the events most
colorful entrant fizzled out once Bartell, the Alamedan, who coaches for the Detroit Tigers, took the tee.
Fiery Richard showed the boys up with this costume —a screaming orange checked
cap, glen plaid knickers, yellow stockings and a yellow sweater. O’Doul
appeared with a dark green Tyrolean hat with a red feather and expected Bing to
wear the same as he did last week in his tournament at Pebble Beach. But Crosby
fell into the also-ran class with his plain brown checkered cap.
(Ed Schoenfeld,
Oakland Tribune, January 23, 1950)
January 23, Monday. Bing arrives in Santa Barbara from the north on the 'Lark'
and has breakfast at the Hotel Californian with Mr. and Mrs. John
Eacret. They join a hunting party that sails to Santa Rosa Island
(off Santa Barbara) on the 'Paula', a 72-foot pleasure fishing boat.
January 24, Tuesday. On Santa Rosa Island.
January 25,
Wednesday. The hunting party returns to Stearns Wharf in Santa Barbara in the late afternoon and it is learned that they bagged three elk and one deer. Bing leaves by car for the south. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Peggy Lee, Joe
Venuti, Jack Teagarden, and Louis Armstrong.
January 26,
Thursday. In Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with the Andrews
Sisters and the Firehouse Five Plus Two which airs on February 22.
February 1,
Wednesday. In San Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Peggy Lee
and Fred Allen for broadcast on February 8. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The
Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been
taped and the guest is Bob Hope. Variety
states that Bing had refused to attend the opening of the new Chesterfield factory
in Durham, North Carolina, on January 26 that was featured on a special
extended edition of the NBC radio show The Supper Club
starring Perry
Como, Bob Hope, and Arthur Godfrey. Later reports indicate that Bing
was preparing for an appendix operation and hesitated about taking the
long trip. Bob Hope offered to stand in for him.
February 2,
Thursday. Records a Chesterfield show with Al Jolson in San Francisco which is
broadcast on February 15.
Add Free
Commercials: No, Bing Crosby’s name won’t appear in this column every day – but
this one I want to tell you before we drop him for a while. Shows what kind of
guy he is pretty clearly. A few nights ago, he dropped in at Phil Tanner’s Show
Club, a small bar on Geary St., and happened to ask Phil “How’s business?” “Pretty
slow, Bing. Pretty slow,” sighed Tanner, and Bing smiled: “Well, maybe we can
do something about that.” Next day, Crosby with Al Jolson as his guest,
recorded his weekly radio show at Marine Memorial. At the end of the program,
just before the closing commercial, Bing ad libbed to Jolson: “Okay, Al, now
let’s go down to Phil Tanner’s Show Club on Geary and sing a few songs, huh?”
In other words, a million dollar plug for a little jernt on Geary. For free.
For Friendship.
(Herb Caen, The
San Francisco Examiner, February
7, 1950)
February 7, Tuesday. Bing is at the Mark Hopkins Hotel in San Francisco with Buck Edwards for the opening of the Champions dance team show.
February 8,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Peggy Lee and
Fred Allen.
February 9, Thursday. In San Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with his brother Bob for broadcast on March 1. Larry Crosby is reported in good condition following a double hernia operation at St. John’s Hospital, Santa Monica.
February (undated). Bing has to return to Paramount for some final scenes in the film Mr. Music but has to have a tooth extracted first.
February 10,
Friday. Bing and Groucho Marx film a song and dance routine for Mr. Music.
February 13, Monday. At San Bernardino for the start of the Pittsburgh Pirates training camp.
At the end of spring training [in San Bernardino], the team
would travel the 50 miles south to LA, and Bing would throw a party for us at
Chasen’s, emceeing and singing songs with that effortless baritone voice that
Louis Armstrong said ‘was like gold being poured into a cup.’ To have such a
famous film and recording star do that made us feel special. One parody he’d
sing began: ‘Nothing could be finer than to be with Ralphie Kiner on the
ballfield.’ It wasn’t ‘White Christmas,’ but each spring, I’d look forward to
hearing that. [...]
(Ralph Kiner, Kiner’s Korner)
February 14,
Tuesday. (9:00 a.m.–12 noon) Recording session with Bob Haggart and his
Orchestra in Hollywood. Bing sings “The Dixieland Band” and “Jamboree Jones”
but neither song is released.
February 15,
Wednesday. (9:30–11:30 a.m.) Records “Lock, Stock, and Barrel” and “Ask Me No
Questions” with the Andrews Sisters and Vic Schoen and his Orchestra.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Al Jolson.
Lock, Stock
and Barrel
Smart pop corn ditty could be a bit too sophisticated, tho there’s name power insurance here.
Ask Me No
Questions
The meritorious Saxon-Wells opus, in this relaxed harmony version, could score in both pop and country markets.
(Billboard, April 22, 1950)
February 19, Sunday. Bing and three of his sons visit the Steinhart Aquarium in Golden Gate Park in San Francisco.
February 22,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. Bing’s guests are the Firehouse Five Plus
Two and the Andrews Sisters.
February 23,
Thursday. In San Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Gary Cooper
and Gary Crosby for broadcast on March 8.
February 25, Saturday. Jack Benny, Ann Blyth, Paul Douglas, Irene Dunne, William Holden, Bob Hope and Loretta Young. Bing sings "Early American".
February 28,
Tuesday. Back in Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Dennis and
Phillip Crosby for broadcast on March 15. Press reports state that Bing is
investing in a Palm Springs golf course that Charles Farrell and Ben Hogan are
going to build. This was probably what became the Thunderbird Country Club.
March 1,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Bob Crosby.
March 2, Thursday. In San Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Ethel Merman and William Boyd, which is broadcast on March 22.
Bing Crosby, Hopalong Cassidy, and Ethel
Merman turned Marine's Memorial Theater into a sort of horse opera house yesterday.
The occasion was Crosby’s tenth or
twelfth (he wasn’t sure) recorded broadcast this year from San Francisco.
Things loped along with familiar unbuttoned
ease.
Der Bingle appeared in a pale yellow silk
sport shirt, gray flannels and no tie. So Bill Boyd (he’s Hopalong) gave him a fancy
black gabardine riding shirt, edged with whipcord and tasseled with white felt plus
pants
and a whopping cowboy hat to match.
“Boy, that’s right off the prairie,” mused
Crosby. “If I ever crack that in Elko (site of the big Crosby ranch) it’ll kill
‘em. Wear it? Sure, I’ll wear anything.”
Hopalong, except for his wide brimmed white
cowboy hat and riding boots, was the very model of a modern natty businessman.
He wore a Navy blue suit, white shirt and a conservative tie.
Miss Merman, a well preserved well
girdled eyeful, showed up late to rehearse her songs. She was poured into a
black cocktail dress, with a lacy top.
One of the cast eyed her admiringly.
“She hasn’t changed in twenty years,”
he whispered. “She’s great.”
For the radio show, to be aired April
12, she became “Mulehide” Merman. Bing was “Squirtalong” Crosby,
About a Hollywood report that he is to
have his unruly appendix removed next week, Crosby entered a somewhat unconvincing
“don’t know anything about it.”
The report came from the Groaner’s
brother, Larry.
(The
San Francisco Examiner, March 3, 1950)
March 3,
Friday. Still in San Francisco, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Carole
Richards and Lindsay Crosby for broadcast on April 19.
March 5,
Sunday. Another Guest Star show #154 is broadcast. It is assumed that
the songs used were taken from Bing’s Chesterfield shows.
March 6, Monday.
Goes in to St. John's Hospital to prepare to have his appendix removed the next
day, but changes his mind and says he will return on Thursday.
March 8,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS and the guests are Gary Cooper and Gary
Crosby.
March 9, Thursday. Bing fails to return to St. John's Hospital for his operation.
March 12, Sunday. Bing writes a check for $338.87 payable to Thunderbird Ranch. This is annotated "tour expense".
March 13,
Monday. Bing has an operation to remove his appendix in St. John’s
Hospital,
Santa Monica as it had been troubling him for several years. Dr. Arnold
Stevens performs the operation. Just prior to this, he had been working
out with the Pittsburgh
Pirates at a training session in San Bernardino.
March 15,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Dennis and
Phillip Crosby.
March 21,
Tuesday. (6:00–6:30 pm. Pacific) The Bob Hope Show with Bing as guest is broadcast on NBC. Bing
sings “My Foolish Heart” and the script makes frequent mention of his recent
appendectomy. Doris Day and the Les Brown Orchestra are in support. Elsewhere,
the first of a series of ten half-hour movies produced especially for television
by Bing Crosby Enterprises is shown. They have been filmed at the Hal Roach
Studios in Hollywood and are shown under the banner of the Fireside Theater.
The first film stars Irene Vernon in The Leather Heart. At the first
annual awards dinner of the Academy of Radio and Television Best Arts and
Sciences in New York, it is announced that Bing has won the award for top male
vocalist. Dinah Shore is top female vocalist.
March 22,
Wednesday. At the CBS Studios in Hollywood, Bing and Bob Hope tape the Welcome
Back Baseball
radio program that is broadcast on three networks for three successive
days before the start of the baseball season on April 18. The show is
sponsored by General Mills. (6:30–7:00 p.m.
Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guests are Ethel Merman and William Boyd (Hopalong
Cassidy).
March 23,
Thursday. In Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with the Andrews
Sisters and the Firehouse Five Plus Two which airs on March 29.
March 24,
Friday. (2:30–5:00 p.m.) Records “Life Is So Peculiar” and “High on the List”
with the Andrews Sisters and Vic Schoen and his Orchestra in Hollywood.
"Life Is So
Peculiar"-"High On the List" (Decca). A strong disk with Crosby and
Andrews Sisters teaming up again on a couple of Van Heusen-Burke tunes from the
Paramount pic, "Mr. Music." "Peculiar" is a fine bounce
tune handled brightly by Crosby with the sisters lending additional
color.
(Variety, August
30, 1950)
High on the
List
Ballad from the coming “Mr. Music” flicker, a Crosby starrer, is done handsomely by Bing and the Andrews. Song’s values stack up for limited appeal.
Life Is So
Peculiar
The philosophical rhythm tidbit from the Crosby flicker is handled with ease and beat by Bing and the sisters. It’s a good bid but it’s short of such a predecessor as “Swingin’ on a Star.”
(Billboard, September 16, 1950)
March 25, Saturday.
Tapes a Chesterfield show with Mildred Bailey and the Firehouse Five Plus Two
which is broadcast on April 12.
She [Mildred Bailey] seemed to improve, and soon was on her way home. In the meantime, said [Alec] Wilder, Bing Crosby had quietly picked up the mortgage on the farm, so she could live there securely, free of anxiety about money.
Back on her feet, she went to California for an April 12, 1950 appearance on Bing’s network radio show. There’s real affection in the tone of their remarks to one another, and when she sings “Georgia on My Mind,” backed by John Scott Trotter’s orchestra, the years seem to fall away. No illness, no bitterness, no heartbreak: “Bails” is home at last.
Crosby joins her for “I’ve Got the World on a String” - and Trotter’s arrangement secures the common bond between them with a richly scored quotation from Bix’s “In a Mist”. The two singers toss phrases and quips back and forth like two old pals, once again playing catch in the Rinker family back yard.
(Richard Sudhalter, Lost Chords - White Musicians and their contribution to Jazz, page 704)
March 27, Monday. Bing has become involved in a charitable enterprise to raise funds for the American Printing House for the Blind and he signs a number of letters to prospective donors. He also writes to entertainer Will Oakland.
Dear
Will
Many
thanks for the opportunity to hear the interesting record. You really have
quite a range.
My
radio show is reaching the vacation period, and I am you going tourist until
next September.
I
believe the folks would be most interested in “seeing” as well as “hearing”
you, and note the top television shows have used many old-time stars to good advantage.
Suggest you contact Berle and Sullivan.
Best
wishes, Bing
March (undated). Attends his bon voyage party in Hollywood, which Dixie avoids, before
leaving for the east coast and subsequently, Europe.
March 29, Wednesday. Bing is in Chicago and attends the convention of the National Association of Tobacco Distributors. (9:15-10:30 a.m.) Makes an appearance on Arthur Godfrey's radio show on CBS and sings "I Said My Pajamas (And Put On My Pray'rs)" with Godfrey and Janette Davis. Later, (8:30-9:30 p.m.) records his Chesterfield show in the Civic Opera House with guests Perry Como and Arthur Godfrey before an audience of 3700. The show is broadcast on April 5. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are the Firehouse Five Plus Two and the Andrews Sisters.
Arthur Godfrey,
Perry Como and Bing Crosby are in town today to help perk up the National Association
of Tobacco Dealers’ convention. Among radio’s most successful and highly paid
cigaret pluggers, the trio will record Crosby’s radio show tonight in the Civic
Opera House for broadcast next Wednesday at 9:00 p.m. on WBBM. Perish any
notion you may have about seeing the broadcast, gentle fan. All the 3,700
tickets are going to conventioneers. Magnanimous special dispensation was
granted the press, however. One ticket was delivered to each newspaper by
armored car.
(Chicago Tribune, March 29, 1950)
March 31,
Friday. (8:55 a.m.) Arrives at Union Station, Washington DC, where he is met by State Senator Raymond Guest. Bing is interviewed for the "People in Town" program on WTOP before being driven to Front Royal, Virginia. (1:15–2:00 p.m.) Bing and Vice President Alben W. Barkley are
interviewed on the New York-based Nancy Craig radio program on station WJZ (an
ABC station) from the home of Raymond Guest in Front Royal. Bing goes
on to a buffet supper at the Royal Hotel.
April 1,
Saturday. Spends the day in Front Royal, Warren County, Virginia, celebrating
“Bing Crosby Day.” Starting at 11 a.m., he leads a two hour parade through the
streets in front of a crowd of 20,000 to Recreation Park for the dedication of
the baseball stadium. The ceremony ends with Bing speaking briefly and leading
the audience in singing “America.” During the day, Bing is made an Honorary
Colonel by Randolph-Macon Academy and presented with a scabbard and sword by
the cadets. He also presents the prize at a cake contest. Later, Bing appears
at a special matinee for the film Riding High where he presents a short
informal program to an audience of 500 youngsters. At 6:30 p.m., he takes part
in the Harry Wismer network sports radio program on ABC. After attending a
dinner at Senator Guest’s farm at Bayard, he goes to the Park Theater for the
official world premiere of Riding High at 8:30 p.m. where he entertains
the audience with several songs.
Combining old favorites with new and interspersing them with his inimitable humor and friendly patter, Mr. Crosby presented a program which will be long remembered. . . . He captivated his audience with his genuine friendliness and informality and brought down the house with his allusion to Front Royal when he sang, “I feel like I’m on my own home soil, when I’m down in old Front Roy’l” in his own version of “Dear Hearts and Gentle People.”
(Warren Sentinel, April 6, 1950)
During
his appearance at the Park Theater, Bing writes out a personal check for $3,595
to bring the gross receipts of the day to $15,000. Bing goes on to a barn dance
at Warren County High School where he takes part in the Rayburn and Finch
“Night Shift” radio program on ABC between 9:00 and 10:00 p.m. He then attends
a square dance at the TWEUA hall. The Paramount newsreel of April 22 includes
film of the day’s proceedings.
“BINGSDAY” — A GREAT
Saturday, April 1, will never be
forgotten by Front Royal, a peaceful little Virginia town of some nine thousand
inhabitants, where Bing Crosby’s newest Paramount picture, “Riding High,” had
its world premiere at the Park Theatre, a benefit showing climaxing a day of
festivities that marked the dedication of a new Front Royal athletic field on
which is to be built the “Bing Crosby Stadium.”
The dedication and premiere were planned
by the State of Virginia and the people of Front Royal in connection with their
official designation of April 1 as “Bingsday,” in
honor of Crosby not only for his work on the screen and the radio but also for
his various humanitarian activities.
From 5 A.M. Saturday morning until well
after midnight a holiday atmosphere pervaded the town as more than twenty-five thousand
people, drawn from the surrounding rural areas, poured into the community to
pay homage to Crosby, whose appearance in person was the cause of the
excitement.
The celebration started with a massive
parade that was made up of some one hundred and fifty separate units, featuring
high school bands, floats of fraternal, veterans and commercial organizations,
the fire departments of many towns, and hundreds of school children, each
carrying home-made signs hailing and welcoming Crosby.
The center of attraction, of course, was
Bing himself, who brought up the rear of the parade perched on top of a fire
department jeep.
The terminal point of the parade was the
athletic field, where the townspeople, whose hearts Bing had captured with his
easy-going, casual manner, gave him a standing ovation so filled with sincerity
that it brought a lump to one’s throat. Then they outdid themselves presenting
him with a gigantic key to the city and numerous gifts.
After receiving tributes from local and
visiting dignitaries, Bing rushed to the Park Theatre where, prior to a special
free showing of the picture for children only, he held the stage alone for a
full hour entertaining them with gags and songs. It was here that Bing showed
that he has a heart as big as they come, for, when he learned that
approximately one hundred children had been unable to squeeze into the theatre,
he insisted that the only other theatre in town be opened to accommodate them,
and then repeated his entire show for them, omitting nothing.
The next stop for Bing was the Warren
County High School, where he awarded prizes in a cake-baking contest, thrilling
the seventy-five women participants no end as he sampled each cake and
complimented them on their culinary skill.
The premiere in the evening was a gala
affair. Brilliant searchlights illuminated the sky in the best Hollywood
tradition, and adding to the excitement was the arrival at the theatre of such
notables as Vice President Barkley and his charming wife, the Governors of
Virginia and West Virginia, Senators Harry F. Byrd and A. Willis Robertson,
Secretary of the Army Gray, and a host of other important people, who were
greeted with sustained ovations by the huge crowds.
In the theatre, Bing, for the third time
that day, put on his one-man show of songs and quips, which loudspeakers
carried to the throngs outside. Here again Bing showed the stuff he is made of,
for at the end of his stint, when it was announced that $11,400 had been
realized for the youth fund from the premiere and the day’s different events,
he modestly added his own contribution of $3,600 to make it an even $15,000.
He then rushed to a ‘teenagers’ dance at
the local high school, where he put on a show for the youngsters and danced
with several of the girls.
For his final appearance of the night, he
went to a square dance sponsored by the Textile Workers Union, and here again
he put on a complete show.
As anyone can judge from a reading of
this account, Bing Crosby’s schedule for the day was a back-breaking one, but
he entered into the spirit of the day with genuine enthusiasm and sincerity,
obviously enjoying every minute of it. He outdid himself in every respect. When the crowd shouted, “Sing, Bing!” he grinned back and said:
“I’ll sing until you’re unconscious.” And the crowd loved him for it.
Even the more than fifty hardened representatives of the press and radio, who
covered the proceedings, were impressed deeply by the way he gave of himself.
“Bingsday”
received nation-wide publicity through the press and radio, and from the angle
of showmanship it is a great send-off for “Riding High.” But even more
important is the fact that what took place at Front Royal stands out as one of
the finest examples of good public relations for the motion picture industry.
When a company like Paramount sets the world premiere of one of its most
important pictures in a small community many people never heard of, and when a
star of the caliber of Bing Crosby goes to such a community to participate in
the festivities and to help raise funds for the benefit of the local
youngsters, it is a public relations job of the first order, one that should do
much to take away the bad taste left by the behavior of such personalities as
Ingrid Bergman and Rita Hayworth, and by the ravings and rantings
of Senator Edwin C. Johnston.
Max E. Youngstein,
Paramount’s publicity chief, Jerry Pickman, his aide,
and all the others on his alert publicity staff, deserve great credit for their
expert handling of this event.
Above all, however, everyone in the motion
picture industry may well be proud of Bing Crosby.
(Harrison’s Reports, April 8,
1950)
April 2,
Sunday. Bing arrives in New York.
April 4,
Tuesday. At the CBS Radio Theatre No. 2 on West 45th. St. in New York, Bing
records a Chesterfield show with Beatrice Lillie for broadcast on April 26.
April 5, Wednesday. Goes to the racing at the Jamaica racetrack in Queens. (4:30-4.45 p.m.) At some stage, Bing had been interviewed by Rupert Lucas about a recent trip to Canada and about USA / Canada relations and trade. The interview is inserted into a government sponsored broadcast called "Gisele of Canada" featuring Gisele MacKenzie which is aired on this day. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped in Chicago and the guests are Arthur Godfrey and Perry Como.
If you’ve been having trouble deciding who’s your favorite crooner
you’ll have a chance to compare the qualities of three of them when Bing Crosby
welcomes both Perry Como and Arthur Godfrey to his 9:30 show tonight via
CBS-WGBS. Chicago’s Civic Opera House is the setting for this special session
arranged in connection with the tobacco distributors’ annual convention….The
three will team for “Dear Old Girl” - and watch for the harmony on that one!
For extra measure they'll do a family skit with Como as a six-year old, Crosby
as his father and Godfrey as his mother - of all things.
(Marion Aitchison, The Miami Herald, 5th April, 1950)
April 8,
Saturday. Starting at 10:00 a.m., Bing in New York, records “The Dixieland
Band” and “Jamboree Jones” again with Bob Haggart and his Orchestra and the
Tattlers. Also records “I Didn’t Slip, I Wasn’t Pushed, I Fell” and “So Tall a
Tree” with Sy Oliver and his Orchestra and the Aristokats. “I Didn’t Slip”
briefly charts in the No. 22 spot.
“I Didn’t Slip, I Wasn’t Pushed, I Fell” is a cute rhythm number while “So Tall a Tree” has a good idea which is not fully developed.
(Variety, May 3, 1950)
I Didn’t
Slip, I Wasn’t Pushed, I Fell
Bing, with neat
Sy Oliver orking, projects in his inimitable way on this catchy novelty already
under way via Doris Day’s Columbia etching.
(Billboard, June 24, 1950)
Jamboree
Jones
Wonderfully gay and light-hearted Crosby effort on this collegiate paean of Johnny Mercer’s with superb support from The Tattlers and the Haggart orking.
The
Dixieland Band
Another easy-flowing, happy rhythm novelty slicing which falls into the two-beat revival trend. Der Bingle delivers a completely relaxed job to an excellent Haggart backing.
(Billboard, May 13, 1950)
April 9,
Sunday. (9:00–10:00 p.m.) Bing takes part in The Triumphant Hour, a
transcribed radio show broadcast by Mutual, together with Ann Blyth, Mona Freeman, Jimmy
Durante, and many others. Bing sings "O Sanctissima". Bing’s film Riding High is previewed at the
New York Paramount prior to the film’s formal opening the next day.
April 10,
Monday. Records three Chesterfield shows at the CBS Radio Theatre No. 2 in New
York with Ella Fitzgerald, Al Jolson and Fred Allen which air May 3, May 17 and
May 24. During his eleven-day stay in New York, he tapes five Chesterfield
shows in all and also twenty of the fifteen-minute shows for Minute Maid.
Later, Bing attends the New York premiere of the film Riding High with
Bill Morrow. During its initial release period in the USA, the film takes $2.35
million in rentals.
Inspiration is something which strikes rarely in Hollywood—and when it does, it is usually tagged “genius,” out of customary deference to restraint. But whatever you want to call it, it is certainly what hit Frank Capra hard when he thought of recruiting Bing Crosby to play a remake of the oldie, “Broadway Bill.” And it is surely what stuck with Mr. Capra—and rubbed off on Mr. Crosby, too—all through the redoing of that classic into the current “Riding High.” For this Capra-Crosby project, which came to the Paramount yesterday, is a genial and jovial entertainment that ties the original.
Indeed, with respect and affection for the sixteen-year-old “Broadway Bill,” we might even stretch an estimation and say that “Riding High” beats it by a nose—or rather, by Mr. Crosby’s casual and gay personality, which leaps to the front at the barrier and paces the picture all the way. As Dan Brooks, the vagrant horse-trainer whose loyal attachment to a nag inspires him to ditch a millionairess and follow the fortunes of his one-horse racing barn, the old “Bingle” is playing a character that fits him like a glove. Mr. Crosby has not been so fortunate in a role since “Going My Way.”
And the striking thing is that the screen play which Robert Riskin originally wrote from a tangy Mark Hellinger fable has not been perceptibly changed to fit Mr. Crosby’s personality or his natural disposition to star. Except for some clever new dialogue by Melville Shavelson and Jack Rose, it is the same yarn exactly that Warner Baxter and Myrna Loy originally played. And Bing, even limiting his singing to three or four lightly tossed off songs, takes his place like a fair and seasoned trouper in line with a briskly clamoring cast.
As a matter of fact, the warm vitality which Mr. Capra has got into this film derives as much from the others—or almost as much as it does from Bing. For the story is equally compounded, as many remember well, from the rabble of race-track flimflammers and irrepressible hangers-on with whom Dan Brooks comes into contact. And these have their places in the sun. Indeed, Mr. Capra has measured the quantities in the film so well that he has carefully employed a large number of the actors in the original cast.
Raymond Walburn is back, for instance, as the high-binding Colonel Pettigrew (here titled “ex-Professor”) whose pursuits of the elusive buck are quite as vain, though a great deal more elaborate and ostentatious, as those of Dan. And Clarence Muse, who played the stableboy and loyal flunky to Mr. Baxter years ago, is repeating that very important and thoroughly ingratiating role. William Demarest, substituting for the late Lynne Overman, is giving a varsity performance as a horse-park dyspeptic, too—and joins with Mr. Walburn and Mr. Crosby in one of the funniest scenes in the show. To attempt so much as an outline would be to take the spirit out of it.
From the original cast, too, are Douglas Dumbrille as a big-time betting syndicalist, Ward Bond as a henchman, Frankie Darro as a crooked jockey and Paul Harvey as a wealthy racing man. Coleen Gray is entirely captivating as the starry-eyed runner after Dan, and Frances Gifford is prettily haughty as the girl whom he gives the air. Several others deserve more than mention—Charles Bickford as a stuffy tycoon, Oliver Hardy in a bit as a fat horse-player and Jimmy Gleason as a track secretary—but that must do.
The final word goes to “Der Bingle,” whose lovable way with a horse—as well as with music and people—gives that quality of richness to this film that makes it not only amusing but deeply ingratiating, too. Such songs as his gay “The Horse Told Me” or “Let’s Bake a Sunshine Cake” fit in thoroughly with his character as a free-wheeling vagabond. Even though light and familiar, sentimental and even absurd, “Riding High” is his feedbox full of barley. Bing has a stakes winner in Broadway Bill.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, April 11, 1950)
Big yen by the Hollywood film factories recently for remaking past hits is bound to get another hypo when this one gets around. Frank Capra has taken Mark Hellinger’s yarn, “Broadway Bill,” which he produced and directed for Columbia in 1934, and turned it into one of the best Bing Crosby starrers that’s come along for a considerable time.
…This time he has even more to work with, however, for the role of the guy who must choose between the gal he’s engaged to and the racehorse he loves, is just tailored for Crosby. Add to that a flock of top tunes supplied for The Groaner by Johnny Burke and Jimmy Van Heusen and the top b.o. potential is evident.
Racetrack pix have been traditionally tough to sell because they seem to lack femme appeal. That’s certainly not the story with this entry, however, for while a large part of the action takes place around a gee-gee oval, the combo of Hellinger and Capra has imbued the yarn with such humor, good-natured pathos and real heart that the track angle is strictly incidental to the bigger human angles involved.
(Variety, January 11, 1950)
Just when folk were wondering when Bing Crosby’s lean season was due to end along comes Frank Capra with a tailor-made story worthy of Bing’s considerable talents. Here he is all set to marry Frances Gifford and continue the management of a factory for his wealthy and crusty father-in-law-to-be until he realizes that as the owner of a handsome colt of classic pretensions he just can’t forgo his liking for the excitements of the turf. . . . Full of high spirits, as fresh as a newly-cut sward, and deliciously humorous, this is without question the best Crosby film for years.
(Photoplay, April, 1950)
Riding High, Bing Crosby’s new Paramount movie, is, as someone has wisely analyzed it, a Frank Capra film not a Bing Crosby picture. A remake of Broadway Bill, it is concerned largely with horses and humor, both Crosby specialties, but only incidentally with music, with which Bing also has some small connection. At the outset it seems safe to sigh with relief that Bing is once again today’s Bing, after watching him struggle with the Irish in Top 0’ the Morning, with Mark Twain in Connecticut Yankee, and with Austria in The Emperor Waltz. As time goes on—and it goes on for a lengthy and wordy one hour and fifty-two minutes—there’s less and less of the Crosby personality and more and more of the Capra hokum. Three of the four new songs by Burke and Van Heusen are fluffed off casually, especially a pretty ballad called Sure Thing; the fourth, the usual Pollyanna job called Sunshine Cake in this instance, starts out a gay pot-and-pan production involving Bing and heroine Coleen Gray but drags on much too long. Coleen is cute; Raymond Walburn, William Demarest and Jimmy Gleason are funny; Bing is charming; but long before the tearful climax you’ll long to call ‘time.’ —B. H.
(Metronome, March 1950)
A musical remake by Frank Capra of his 1934 movie Broadway Bill. Capra kept very close to the original Robert Riskin screenplay of Mark Hellinger’s racehorse story, even reusing a few of the old long shots, while adding some new dialogue by Melville Shavelson and Jack Rose, and songs by Johnny Burke and Jimmy Van Heusen (“Sunshine Cake” scored most strongly) for Bing Crosby. The latter was more easygoing and enjoyable than Bill’s Warner Baxter as the business man with greater interest in raising horses than making money; he did both with a no-hoper which finally repaid his devotion by winning the big race, but died in the attempt. . . . It was, despite a descent into sentimental glop during the horse’s funeral, pleasing entertainment with double box-office insurance in Crosby and Capra, one of the handful of director’s names that meant something to the crowds.
(The Paramount Story, page 196)
April 11,
Tuesday. Records “Accidents Will Happen” and “Milady” with Dorothy Kirsten and
Jay Blackton and his Orchestra in New York.
April 12, Wednesday. The 1950 Census had begun on April 1st and the official responsible for the Crosby home area started work on April 12. Bing and Dixie and the four sons plus the chauffeur Frank Gildiam are all listed as being at Living Unit 326 at the Los Angeles Country Club. The address was no doubt used for security purposes rather than the Crosby home at 594 South Mapleton Drive. Bing's age is correctly given as 49.
Maenwhile in New York, Bing records “Home Cookin’” with Perry Botkin’s String Band and the Jud
Conlon Rhythmaires.
“Home Cookin’” from the Paramount pic Fancy Pants has a light bounce that Crosby rides to a big potential. (Variety, May 3, 1950)
HOME COOKIN’ Bing Crosby, Decca 1042 Tune,
refreshing homespun fare cleffed by the Livingston-Evans team for Bob Hope’s
“Fancy Pants” flick, has the flavor of their “Buttons and Bows”. Crosby is at his
light and lilting best, zestfully abetted by Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires and the
Perry Botkin combo.
(Billboard, May 27, 1950)
(6:30–7:00
p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS.
The show has been taped and the guests are the Firehouse Five Plus Two and
Mildred Bailey.
April 13,
Thursday. At the CBS Radio Theatre No. 2 on West 45th. St. in New York,
Bing
records a Chesterfield show with Mary Martin for broadcast on May 10.
(10:00-10:30 p.m.) Has a guest spot on Perry Como’s radio show The Supper Club for NBC.
Douglas Fairbanks Jr. and the Fontane Sisters
are also on the show. Bing is
entertained at the Stork Club by the president of Paramount Pictures.
Others present are Dorothy Kirsten, Ethel Merman, Gloria Swanson and
Herb Polesie.
“A foul ball makes good” is the
fascinating title of the skit to be aired tonight at 10 over WBEN by Perry Como
and Douglas Fairbanks Jr. as a salute to the opening of the 1950 baseball
season. An added guest is that of ol’ left-fielder, Bing Crosby, who will
kibitz as the other two present their dramatic talents, Doug will play the role
of a team psychiatrist working on “Yogi Como”, a rookie trying out for the
team.
(Jim Tranter, Buffalo Evening News, April 13, 1950)
April 14,
Friday. Bing writes to accept honorary membership on the Board of Directors of the Little League Baseball Unit. Leaves New York shortly after midnight on the liner “Queen Elizabeth”
for France with Bill Morrow, George Coleman, John Mullin, and Morrow’s
secretary. Prior to departure, Bing is quoted as saying that his wife, Dixie,
was a “little mad” because he had left her at home.
April 15,
Saturday. Bing, Bob Hope, and Dorothy Lamour star in a 30-minute radio program on CBS and other networks titled
Welcome Back Baseball with Pittsburgh Pirates baseball player Ralph Kiner.
The program is broadcast on three networks for three successive
days before the start of the baseball season on April 18. The show had been recorded on March 22 in Hollywood, not long after Bing’s
appendix operation, and is sponsored by Wheaties (General Mills).
Bing Crosby and
Bob Hope will “bid” for Ralph Kiner on the “Welcome Back, Baseball” show at 10
p.m. over KNX and tomorrow at 8:30 p.m. over KFI. The Pittsburgh slugger will
be present to speak for himself. These stockholder in the Pirates and the
Indians before or after their act, will sing “If I Knew You Were Coming I’d Have
Baked a Cake,” not the printed version. Dorothy Lamour will join them in “Have
I Told You Lately That I Love You?” Ken
Carpenter, Jud Conlon and the Rhythmaires and John Scott Trotter’s orchestra
will also be on this sponsored show written and produced by Bill Morrow and
Murdo MacKenzie.
(Zuma Palmer, Los Angeles Evening Citizen News, April 15, 1950)
April 19,
Wednesday. The Queen Elizabeth docks at Cherbourg, France. Bing has an extended
visit to Paris, staying first at the Hotel Ritz and then at the Hotel Lancaster
before renting a flat. He and Bill Morrow go to Brussels in Belgium during
their time in Europe and stay at the Plaza Hotel. Bing is also understood to
have visited Rome. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests
are Carole Richards and Lindsay Crosby.
April 20,
Thursday. (7:30-8.00 p.m.) A transcribed radio program called the Catholic Charities Show
is broadcast in New York featuring Bing, Bob Hope, Ann Blyth, Fred Allen, and
Jimmy Durante.
April 22, Saturday. (5:30-5.45 p.m.) A transcribed radio program featuring Radie Harris interviewing Bing is broadcast over the Mutual network. Meanwhile in Paris, Bing walks along the Champs Elysees and decides to stretch out on the grass with a newspaper under his head. Three gendarmes are said to disturb him and they only let Bing go when he purports to be an American policeman on holiday and shows them a medal from the Professional Golfers Association which they take to be a police badge. The police commissioner for the district is skeptical about the story and suggests that the gendarmes must have been impostors.
April 23, Sunday. Bing is at the Ritz hotel and he is shadowed by a British Daily Express reporter for the day who duly reports what happens.
‘Boy, Am I Having Fun!’ Says Crosby The Golfer
From R. M. MacColl: Paris, Sunday.
A lean sunburnt arm stretched out towards the bedside telephone in suite
132 of the Ritz Hotel a few minutes after nine o'clock yesterday morning. The
melodious voice of Bing Crosby uttered two words which he regarded as highly
important - “Breakfast, please.”
“With me,” explained Crosby, “breakfast is a serious matter.” When breakfast was
trundled in by two smiling waiters you could see what he
meant.
First there was orange juice, made from frozen concentrate of Florida
oranges. Crosby brought along a big supply from the United States. Next came a
big plate of porridge. Then a dish of ham, several fried eggs, and a heap of
fried potatoes. Several croissants—dainty French rolls rich in butter—filled in
the gaps. The whole was irrigated with coffee.
Crosby smiled happily. “I know what you are thinking,” he said. “But as
it happens my weight stays almost exactly constant—around 175lb.” (l2st. 7Ib.)
He was wearing a “sunburst” pattern suit of pyjamas. He ambled into the
dressing-room. Later he reappeared in a smart blue suit, tan silk shirt, and a
grey and blue tie. He gave a burst of happy whistling.
“Now I must write some letters,” he said. He sat down at a desk and
started writing with a ball-point pen. He wrote quickly.
“You know, a fellow with my size family has his letter-writing
problems,” said Crosby. “There are mother and father, five brothers, two
sisters, and my wife and four sons.”
He went on writing. Then… “Now let's have a look at the news.” He stared
at a couple of French newspapers.
“This is a little hard to figure out,” he murmured. .. But I aim to
learn quite a bit of French while I am here.” He glanced at a portable,
self-change gramophone.
“Hey,” he said enthusiastically, “I've got a whole lot of the latest
American jazz records. I aim to give them away to the kids in London as I hear
American jazz is pretty popular in England right now.”
He donned a camel-hair coat and grey trilby. Then he set out, sauntering
through the spring sunshine in the Place Vendome. There was another burst of
whistling. He went to a shirt-makers. Afterwards he met his friend George
Coleman, who travelled with him from America.
“This fellow is a real serious golfer,” said Crosby. And he added: “I'll
get a terrific kick out of playing in the British Amateur Championship. It’s my
cherished desire, but it’s a big privilege that they are letting me do it. But
I’ve got no illusions—it’ll be one-round Crosby.”
He· went to lunch in a famous restaurant on the Left Bank. He ordered a
ham sandwich, a cup of weak tea, and an eclair. The serious business of the day
followed—golf practice.
“I never practise singing. But I mean to practise golf at least two
hours a day up to the time of that British Amateur.” said Crosby.
He changed into tan, yellow, and brown golfing clothes. Then off in a
car to the St. Cloud course. Practice over, he went back to the Ritz to change
his clothes. Five invitations to cocktail parties awaited him. He accepted one
in the Auteuil district. He went to it in the car. Crosby whispered something
to the waiter, who went out and returned with a glass of Scotch whisky and
plain water.
“Best cocktail in the world, Scotch and water,” said Crosby. Later came
dinner with five friends at Maxims. His meal consisted of lobster cocktail,
veal and kidneys, asparagus, rolls and butter, and a raspberry ice.
At 11.30 he and his party went to a nightspot to hear a singing and
miming act. Crosby loved it. The customers loved Crosby. Champagne—at £2 a
bottle—was ordered for Crosby's friends, but Bing stuck to whisky.
One o'clock came and Crosby headed back to his hotel.
“I shall read a bit before I hit the hay—a chapter or so of a thriller.
Boy, am I having fun,” he said.
(R. M. MacColl, Daily Express, April 24, 1950)
April 25,
Tuesday. Bing golfs at St. Cloud, near Paris with his friend George Coleman.
April 26, Wednesday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped in New York (as have the next four
shows) and the guest is Beatrice Lillie.
May 3,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS and Bing’s guests are Ella Fitzgerald and
Al Jolson.
May 4, Thursday.
Bing is guest of honor at a luncheon at the American Club. He is photographed
with Brigadier-General Joseph James O’Hare, while
leaving the Cercle interallié.
May 7,
Sunday. Bing at Longchamps Racecourse, Paris, with a young singer named Marilyn
Gerson and the Count and Countess of Segonzac. That evening Bing is seen at
Maxim’s dancing with fashion stylist Ghislaine de Polignac.
May 8,
Monday. In Hollywood, attorney John O’Melveny and Bing’s brother Larry admit
publicly that Bing’s marriage is “strained.” Bing is still in Paris.
May 9,
Tuesday. Bing denies that there are any problems with the marriage and Dixie,
still in Los Angeles, confirms this.
May 10,
Wednesday. Bing dines at Maxim's with the writer, Viola Ilma. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Mary Martin.
May 11,
Thursday. The Security-First National Bank of Los Angeles files suit against
Bing Crosby Productions Inc. and others asking for foreclosure to satisfy an
unpaid loan on the film Abie’s Irish Rose. The original production loan
was $370,000 and the unpaid balance is $150,615, which was due to have been paid on December 1, 1949.
May 13, Saturday. Press reports state that Bing has been backstage at the Folies Bergère to tape some radio shows. He is said to have made twenty-one recordings so far in places such as golf courses and racetracks. During his time in Paris, he is reported to have been to see Edith Piaf sing and visited Notre Dame, the Louvre, and been up the Eiffel Tower.
…Monsieur Vaudable
gave a big party for Bingo at Maxims. Later, the groaner and some of the guests
went on to Carrers, where he gave an impromptu song program. Carrers night club
was made fashionable when Princess Elizabeth and the Duke of Edinburgh visited
there and it’s one of the really chic Parisian spots.
(Louella O.
Parsons, The San Francisco Examiner,
May 17, 1950)
Bing Crosby and
Bill Morrow were the weekend guests of Lady Mendl who, by the way, is getting
better every day. They were also in a party at the Tour d’Argent where Merle
Oberon, who is completely herself again, was dining. Bing spoke to Merle, sat
at her table and she told him she was feeling more like herself. So fascinated
is Bing with Paris that he and Bill have rented a house. It’s lovely in summer,
especially in Versailles, Saint-Cloud and Fontainebleau. Lady Mendle’s house is in Versailles, a
delightful suburb. I imagine, however,
Bing and Bill will have taken one of those old but charming houses right in Paris
for the rest of their stay. Meanwhile, Bing has taken a flyer to Scotland,
where he will play a little golf before returning to Paris.
(Louella O. Parsons, The San Francisco Examiner, May 22, 1950)
...Bill Morrow and
Bing Crosby were entertained by Rita Hayworth and Ali Khan in Paris, and they
report that Rita looked very happy.
(Louella O.
Parsons, The San Francisco Examiner, June
21, 1950)
May 15, Monday. (10:30-11.00 p.m.) Is heard in the Treasury Bond Show broadcast on all networks.
Bing Crosby scored
handily in a taped warbling of “Dear Hearts and Gentle People.” Selection was good
in that it pointed up the friendly quality of Americans.
(Variety, May 17, 1950)
May 17,
Wednesday. Variety
reports that Bing recently met Hildegarde at a cocktail party at the
American Embassy. In addition, he is said to be giving a little time to an ECA
short on Paris being filmed by Gilbert Comte. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Fred Allen.
May 20,
Saturday. Bing arrives in Dover, England, from Calais, aboard the steamer
Invicta and is driven to London. Goes on by train to Edinburgh.
May 21,
Sunday. At
about 7:30 a.m., calls in at the North British Railway Hotel in
Edinburgh for breakfast. Leaves at 9:55 a.m. to go to the morning
service at St. Mary's Cathedral before motoring to St. Andrews. Plays golf in the afternoon on the Eden course at St. Andrews with two
French entrants for the British Amateur Golf championship, before meeting his
opponent for the next day, James K. (“J. K.”) Wilson, local golfer, at J.
McAndrews Golf School at 7:00 p.m. where photographs are taken. A crowd of
several hundred follows him during his round of golf.
Two thousand film fans mobbed Bing Crosby when he played a practice round for the British Open golf championship on St. Andrew’s Eden course yesterday. He came by taxi from Edinburgh, and when he went out for his game he had to plead for elbow room on the first green.
Bing was clad in two pairs of trousers - one gabardine and one cotton - crocodile shoes, and knitted tam-o-shanter, which he explained, was the nearest thing he had to a Scottish bonnet, and which had been given to him by an Indian tribe at Vancouver. The first ball Bing drove was ‘souvenired’ by the crowd, and his second was trodden on. After he managed to drive off a police car attempted to control the crowd, but girls jostled each other to walk alongside Bing between shots. Continually hemmed in and scarcely able to move, Bing remained good-natured, chatting and wisecracking with the youngsters. One girl posed with Bing’s arm around her while her boyfriend took a picture. He maintained an atmosphere of gaiety throughout the 18-hole practice, and did a high step-dance before playing his last shot, which laid the ball three yards from the pin, for a hole-out in three.
Bobby-soxers clamoured for autographs and a song, and, to the horror of hardy Scots green keepers, scrambled through bunkers and over greens in an attempt to get close enough to touch Bing.
Crosby’s more ardent followers surrounded him between shots and tried to link arms with him. Bing’s score, in his own words, was “about 100.” Commenting on his admirers, Crosby said: “I don’t mind crowds - if only they wouldn’t lay on me.”
He said he had no illusions about winning - “by tomorrow night I’ll be known as ‘one-round Crosby’” - and that he had made provisional plans to return to the Continent on Monday if beaten. Crosby’s first round opponent is a St. Andrew’s stonemason, J. K. Wilson
(Unidentified paper, May 22, 1950)
May 22,
Monday. Starting at 9:55 a.m., Bing plays in the British Amateur Open Golf Tournament on the Old
Course at
St. Andrews in front of a crowd of 3,000. He is eliminated in the first
round,
losing three and two to Scotsman “J. K.” Wilson. The proceedings are captured by
newsreel
cameras with Pathe showing the footage in their edition of May 25 in
the UK and
Paramount in the USA including it in theirs of June 17. After the
match, Bing travels to the Gleneagles Hotel and, after dinner, boards
the London train.
...Crosby’s gallery, which included many women, today braved misty rain and cold for hours to watch him hit off. Crosby drew most of the crowd, although the field included many noted players. He had a minor rival for the crowd in the British radio singer Donald Peers. More than 50 newspaper and newsreel cameramen photographed Bing and Wilson as they started on the first tee today.
Bing was dressed in a tattered red jumper, with polo-necked yellow sweater, light trousers, and checked cap. He had birdies at the first three holes, and then took a six at each of the next two holes to be two up. Near the second tee he was sitting at the bridge crossing the famous Swilkin Burn waiting to hit off when another player’s ball whizzed past his shoulder. Bing jumped to his feet, waved in mock anger, and then said: “that nearly ended St. Andrews for me.”
At the fourth he hit his third shot towards the wrong green, and Wilson apologised to him for not indicating the right direction. Wilson then squared, led at the 11th, and made it two up at the 13th hole. He missed at the 14th, but went to two up again at the 15th hole. The match ended at the 16th hole in pouring rain.
(Daily Telegraph, May 23, 1950)
The news that he would be appearing in the championship sent a wave of excitement through Scotland, a land in which he was a great favorite, and the morning that he teed off on his opening round, against J. K. Wilson, a carpenter from St. Andrews, dozens of buses and numberless private cars converged on that speck of eastern Fife, and approximately twenty thousand fans were soon packed along the borders of the course. Crosby did not let them down: He birdied two of the first three holes. I saw only the first birdie, and it was a beauty. . . . He eventually lost the match, 3 and 2, but I have an idea that he did not want to create such a crowd scene again—he hadn’t expected anything like it—and intentionally let a few holes slip away as the round wore on.
I think I will always remember how well Crosby played the first hole of that championship—particularly that classic approach shot. It was a remarkable exhibition under the circumstances, but this was a rather remarkable man—a very nice man who gravitated to high standards and who kept on growing all his life.
(Herbert Warren Wind, writing in The New Yorker, May 8, 1978)
May 24,
Wednesday. Gives an “extempore performance” at the Dorchester at the Daily Mail
National Film Awards supper party which starts at 9:45 p.m..
Bing Crosby, in grey flannel trousers and a blue sweater, with a green monogram over the left breast-pocket, walked into the Dorchester last night to seek his “celibate couch.” He passed unrecognised through the swing doors, saw a “white tie” audience, and asked “What’s cooking?” He was told it was the Daily Mail film award party. He was brought in by Lady Rothermere and “Silver Star” winner Jean Simmons—and introduced by Leslie Mitchell—took the party by storm. “Without his hair”—as he said—Bing began to sing. He sang “Music, Music, Music.” Then a song whose words he did not know. His audience cheered. Said a hard-bitten critic: “Now let anybody try to follow that.” Said the publicity director of an Anglo-American film corporation behind his hand: “Boy, Bing would never have done a thing like this in Hollywood.”
(Daily Mail, May 25, 1950)
His
performance leads the controller of
May (undated).
Bing sails back to Europe on the SS Royal Albert which docks at Brussels
in Belgium. On board, he meets the Glasgow Celtic football team and shares a
beer with them before giving his rendition of “I Belong to Glasgow.”
May 27, Saturday. Bing and Bill Morrow tape a Minute Maid show in Belgium.
May 29, Monday.
(8:45 - 9:15 p.m.) The
June 9,
Friday. Boards the Queen Elizabeth liner at Cherbourg for the return trip to
U.S.A. En route, sings “Play a Simple Melody” with Irving Berlin at a cocktail
party with the captain.
It was a day I would never forget. The phone rang and I grabbed the receiver and the appointment book. I instantly recognized the distinctive husky voice of Bing Crosby at the other end. He asked for a steam bath and massage. Could we fit him in? We would have moved heaven and earth to fit him in! Rather stupidly I asked who was calling. “Bing Crosby here,” came back the reply. He then said that he would like a bath and massage with no other passengers around and that he would like to stay for several hours. Now that really was a problem. He wanted to come in the late afternoon so we made a few telephone calls to change some booked appointments, which wasn’t easy.
Bing was due to arrive at 4.30. Can you imagine the excitement! I was about to meet the man who had been my favorite singer for more than thirty years. I had avidly collected his records and been to see almost every film. I hovered around the entrance until he arrived. I had carried a picture of him in my mind since before I went to sea in 1934 and I was surprised to find that he wasn’t very tall.
“What’s the procedure, boy?” he drawled in his deep husky voice.
I ushered him to a cubicle at the far end of the bath, took his dressing gown and handed him a towel. As I led him through to the Turkish bath he noticed our beer on the telephone table.
“Is that part of the treatment down here?” He asked.
“We get very dry in here and we find beer more suitable than the water we give our passengers but you can have one if you like.”
“OK, it’s my shout,” he said. “Order a few and I’ll try one.”
We settled Bing in the first room of the Turkish bath known as the Tepiderium, the one which is not so hot. Within minutes the beer arrived and Tommy took a pint over to him. Over the next quarter of an hour Bing progressed from room to room. The steam room was last—our guest emerged for his shower carrying an empty pint pot.
“You must have enjoyed that beer Sir.”
“It wasn’t bad but I prefer my beer to be ice cold. Have you tried our American beers?”
We all had, of course, but we preferred the English brews. . . .
Bing started to hum and as he plunged into the shower he burst into song.
“My name is McNamara . . .” The rest of the song consisted of rather colorful lyrics which only he knew but we all tried to join in. Then came “Moonlight Becomes You,” “Now Is the Hour” and a number of others. The Turkish bath had the acoustics of a recording studio and the sound was wonderful. Tommy dried him off so that he could go back to his cubicle and relax for a while.
(John Dempsey, masseur on the “Queen Elizabeth” liner, writing in his book I’ve Seen Them All Naked)
Speaking of taxis, for many
years Groucho and I have harmonized the old songs at
parties and restaurants and even in cabs. Our two favorites are circa 1914.
One is called “Night Time in Little Italy” (author unknown but I believe
Berlin), the other, “Play a Simple Melody,”
which I’m sure is by Berlin. Crossing from Europe in the summer of 1950 on the Queen
Elizabeth, I was invited to take cocktails with the captain along with
Irving Berlin, Mischa Elman,
the violinist, and others. In such a group the conversation naturally got
around to music and songs and I told Irving how much Groucho
and I enjoyed “A Simple Melody.”
I knew of
course that Elman is an authority on classical music, but I didn’t know that
he also knows considerable about
popular music. However, he said that he didn’t remember ever hearing “A Simple
Melody.” With that opening Irving and I sang it for Mr. Elman
and the rest of the assemblage, our rendering being heavily laced with harmonic
decorative effects. Someone remarked what a wonderful duet-tune it was, and
when I returned home, the same thought struck me and I recorded the number with
my son Gary, as his first venture as a recording artist, more of which later.
(Call Me Lucky, pages 279-280)
June 12, Monday.
Still on board the Queen Elizabeth, Bing watches a boxing match on the shuffle
board deck. He sends a hand-written letter to the Editor of the Club Crosby
magazine.
Well, we’re homeward bound after a delightful experience abroad. Everywhere we went we were treated with great kindness and courtesy. The French people are particularly noteworthy in this respect. They just seem to love doing things for travelers. We took a flat in Paris the last month we were there. A flat complete with cook, maid, concierge, a fat cat and numerous little 6 and 7 year old boys and girls who came around the garden gate every once in a while for a bit of candy. We had brought a half a dozen cartons of Baby Ruth bars and, as you can imagine, they were much appreciated. Our cook was a nice old girl with great ability in the kitchen. She was actually hurt and honestly disappointed when we dined out, and the more guests we had in for dinner the better she liked it. It was a wrench to leave Paris but we surely intend to return next year.
We’ll just be in New York a day or so, before going to the Coast, so probably won’t see any of you. Perhaps next time.
Give my best to all the Group,
Yours, Bing
June 14, Wednesday.
The Queen Elizabeth arrives at the West 50th Street dock in New York
at 7:00 a.m. and Paramount arranges for Bing to host a news conference
on board ship. The Paramount newsreel of July 5 shows Bing disembarking
and
talking to Irving Berlin. While in New York, Bing goes to the New York
Giants–Pittsburgh Pirates baseball game with Groucho Marx, but it is
rained
out.
June 20,
Tuesday. Returns to Los Angeles aboard the Union Pacific’s “City of Los
Angeles.” Goes home to Holmby Hills with press reports noting that Dixie had
not been at the station to meet him.
June 21,
Wednesday. (10:00 a.m.–1:00 p.m.) Records four songs from the film Mr. Music
in Hollywood with Victor Young and his Orchestra and the Ken Lane Singers. The songs are included in a Decca album
which charts briefly in 10th position in Billboard's best-selling
popular albums chart. He also visits Paramount to discuss future film
work.
Accidents
Will Happen
Decca 27241—A classy ballad from Bing’s coming “Mr. Music” flicker is warbled richly by Crosby in his best crooning fashion.
And You’ll
Be Home
Another high-grade “Mr. Music” ballad with a greater degree of commercial value is treated warmly by Bing and a vocal group. Disking should have added values when the flicker shows around Christmas.
(Billboard, November 4, 1950)
Album review
Seven numbers from
the Paramount pic, "Mr. Music," scored by Johnny Burke and Van
Heusen, are included in this strong Decca set. Crosby delivers
them all, teaming up with Andrews Sisters on "High on the List." and
"Life Is So Peculiar" and with Dorothy Kirsten on "Accidents
Will Happen" and "Milady."
(Variety, December
13, 1950)
June 22,
Thursday. (3:00 p.m.–6:00 p.m.) Records four songs supported by orchestras led
first by Victor Young, then John Scott Trotter, and finally Axel Stordahl.
Several of the songs reach the Billboard chart: “La Vie en Rose” peaks at 13;
“I Cross My Fingers” reaches No. 18 and “Rudolph” gets to the No. 14 position
in December 1950.
La Vie en
Rose
I Cross My
Fingers
Bing’s at his crooning best in handling rock-solid coverage of a pair of strong ballad threats. Disking’s particularly effective juke op merchandise.
(Billboard, July 15, 1950)
Bing Crosby: “I Cross
My Fingers”-“La Vie En Rose” (Decca).
Two good, but not
standout sides by Crosby. ‘‘Fingers” gets a lush treatment with Crosby’s
individual style virtually buried under the background. Crosby handles “La Vie
En Rose” far more impressively without the choral support. Axel Stordahl batons
on both sides.
(Variety, July 5, 1950)
Rudolph, the
Red-Nosed Reindeer
Available both as a pop single and kidisk package, this should be another of Bing’s hefty seasonal standards. He does a gay, light-hearted job with the bouncy item which last year was all Gene Autry’s.
The Teddy
Bear’s Picnic
Coupling is another delightful item which has found kid favor in various, but not outstanding, etchings. Bing’s is the best to date and could very well be the strong side of this disking.
(Billboard, September 9, 1950)
Bing Crosby: “The Teddy Bears’ Picnic”-“Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer” (Decca).
Crosby is no stranger to children’s tunes, and usually ends up capturing more of an adult than a children’s audience with them. These two sides should be no exception. “Picnic” is a delightful melody, set to a march tempo.
Crosby, together with fine choral work by Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires and Victor Young’s backing, does an excellent job with it; “Rudolph” looks to become a standard Christmas item, and Crosby turns out a fine cut of it.
(Variety,
August 23, 1950)
The irony is that he did not like many
versions of his well-known songs even if they sold very well. But his asset was
as a writer, not a performer, and it was always the public that decided which
songs they liked and which they did not. However, sometimes his taste and the
public agreed! Of all the hundreds of performers of his songs down the years,
the one he admired most was Bing Crosby. Bing was the most influential singer
of his time, perhaps of any time – the king of the crooners – and sold more
records in the 1930s, 40s and 1950s than anyone else. He made 12 recordings of
Jimmy Kennedy songs, more than any other major artist. He made 3 different
versions of South of the Border (one was for the film Pepe) and recorded The Teddy Bears’ Picnic
twice. But why did Kennedy rate Crosby so much as an interpreter? ‘That’s
easy,’ he once said on an Irish radio programme, ‘I
think he is the best interpreter of my songs because he sang them the way I
wanted them sung. I think other writers would say the same thing. He was a
wonderful song man. He sang a song the way you wrote it. He didn’t try any
fancy tricks or alter it or change the tempo or mess about with it like so many
other performers. He didn’t inject himself into the song. He had so much style, he didn’t have to do that. He sang the song like
you’d like to sing it yourself.’ Apart from Bing’s skill as a singer, he had a
tremendous knowledge of song writing, something he revealed when they met for
the first time in Dublin in the early 1970s. Recalling the occasion (which had
been arranged by Dublin producer George O’Reilly), my father said: ‘He knew all
about my songs. He knew them all. In fact, he knew about all the writers – he
could tell you who wrote this and who wrote that.’
June 23, Friday.
(9:30 a.m.–12:30 p.m.) Bing records three songs with Victor Young and his
Orchestra plus the Jeff Alexander Chorus. “All My Love” has 12 weeks in the
Billboard charts peaking at No. 11. (2:00 p.m.–5:00 p.m.) He goes on to record
“Sam’s Song” and “Play a Simple Melody” with Gary Crosby and Matty Matlock’s
All-Stars. The first song becomes Bing’s twenty-first gold record and both
become the first ever double-sided gold record. At night, there is a family
dinner with Bing’s parents, Dixie and the four boys.
Friendly
Islands, The
Ballad from the coming “My Blue Heaven” flicker lends itself for an ingratiating croon job by der Bingle on class material.
All My Love
Superb Victor Young orking and Jeff Alexander choral support enhance a rich Crosby warbling job on this beautiful French import. Could be the disking that might establish the song here.
(Billboard, August 19, 1950)
The Friendly
Islands. "Islands," from the pic, "My Blue Heaven,"
is a good show number neatly vocalled by Crosby, but its pop qualities are
questionable. Elaborate production on this side, almost burying the tune,
doesn't help either.
(Variety, August 2, 1950
Bing’s eldest son, Gary, makes his disk debut in duet with his old man and makes a most impressive thing of it on both sides of this charming disking. Should prove to be a big family trade item with its universal father-son appeal. To boot, the rendition of “Sam’s Song” could shove that promising ditty into the top money.
(Billboard, July 8, 1950)
Gary and Bing Crosby:
“Play a Simple Melody”-“Sam’s Song-’ (Decca)
An unusually strong
disk with Crosby dueling with his 15-year old son, Gary. Youngster takes the
lead on both sides with a beat and vocal quality patterned after his father.
Teaming together, they produce a couple of happy, free-wheeling, rhythmic sides
slated for big jock play. Matty Matlock’s All Stars back up with snappy dixie arrangements.
(Variety, July 5, 1950)
Finally that part of the session was over. The backup singers and most of the musicians waved good-bye to the old man. Then, after a short break, Matty Matlock, Manny Klein, Nick Fatool and four or five other good Dixieland players came back in and began rehearsing the chart of “Sam’s Song.” While they were getting it together, Dad took me off to one side, and each time they ran it down he took me through the song again, adding little details and changing the routine to make it play better. Originally he was slated to do the part with all the tricky patter, but after trying it out he decided to switch with me and sing the straight melody. “Jesus Christ, that’s too many words,” he laughed, handing me his part. “Here. You sing that. You talk fast anyhow. Don’t worry. You’ll be all right.” He kept working in close with me like that while the engineers set up the balance, so by the time the producer was ready for a take I’d been through it enough to know where I was going and could start to loosen up and enjoy myself.
The hour and a half it took to record the two sides were one of the best times we ever had together. . . . As long as he was Bing Crosby, it wasn’t the end of the world if I made a mistake. And he was such a strong singer and laid in such a solid foundation for me to work off of that it was almost impossible not to do right. He was giving to me and that made me good enough to be able to give back to him, and the momentum of the give-and-take carried us along as if we were both riding the same wave. We were working together as a team, and for once in my life with him that made me feel useful.
(Gary Crosby writing in Going My Own Way, page 141)
It got tougher to keep them on an even keel later. Dixie and I were never very anxious to get our boys too deeply enmeshed
in show business. Dixie insisted they get their education first, and it was with considerable
trepidation that I asked Gary to
make a record with me, as a kind
of change of pace.
What if the
thing were a big hit? What if it catapulted Gary into the
spotlight? What if it made him a bobby-sox favorite? How would we ever be able to control him
if it did?
All these things are just
what happened. The songs we recorded were “Sam’s Song”
and “A Simple Melody.” The label read, “Cary Crosby and friend.” I never dreamed it would hit with such impact. But as
luck would have
it, the record caught on in the
juke boxes and landed Gary on the cover of a national magazine, to say nothing of the money that rolled in.
The “Sam” in “Sam’s Song” is really Sam Weiss, a music publisher and an old-time friend of mine. After I heard the test pressings, I said to Sam, “Get a barrel! Gary’ll need one for the loot that’ll be coming his way.” I was right. He needed one to pick up his royalties.
(Call Me Lucky,
pages 300-301)
June 24, Saturday.
Bing drives his sons to the ranch at Elko for their summer holiday. Dixie remains in Hollywood.
June 26,
Monday. The United States goes to the defense of South Korea and the Korean War
begins.
July 11, Tuesday. Bing and his son Phillip visit the Sonoma Inn in Winnemucca, Nevada.
July 17,
Monday. (2:30-2:45 p.m.) Bing describes Chantilly Racetrack, Paris, in a radio
program on station KNX in Los Angeles. The broadcast is said to come from
Bing’s ranch at Elko but it is possible that Bing taped these impressions while
in Paris. Similar programs are transmitted daily on Mondays through Fridays.
Bing Crosby Takes Us On Tour
I don’t know how many of you have been catching “This Is Bing Crosby”, a 15-minute transcribed daytime show, dedicated to the proposition that every man, woman and child ought to drink more Minute Maid Orange Juice. Anyhow, Mr. Crosby has been devoting much of the quarter hour to a recital of his adventures in Europe with wit, charm and a surprising perceptiveness.
If you can’t fit Europe into your schedule this summer, the Crosby travel diary is about the best vicarious trip around. Even if you do manage to work in Europe this summer, you probably won’t be invited, as was Mr. Crosby, to take pot luck with Prince Ali Khan and Princess Rita at their splendiferous little abode outside Paris.
Pot luck with the Ali Khans, Mr. Crosby explained drily, was a production number out of Ziegfeld by Escoffier. Makes one wonder what a really formal dinner at their highness’ is like.
The other day, Mr. Crosby took us all to the Paris version of Annie Get Your Gun, which, he explained, Ethel Merman wouldn’t even recognize. The French-style Annie Get Your Gun, said Mr. Crosby, contains a Buffalo Bill who looks like Monsieur Beaucaire.
Sitting Bull, he said, resembled a French pastry cook who had fallen into flour barrel. The show also employed horses, mules and even elephants. Mr. Crosby’s eye for the odd anecdote, the irrelevant incident is very sharp indeed. If the voice ever wears out, I suspect he wouldn’t have much trouble landing a job as a commentator.
Anyway, this sort of thing is a welcome relief from the usual dreary flow of Hollywood trivia—the jokes about Bob Hope’s waistline, for example—and it leads to the suspicion that Europe, given the proper build-up on the air, might conceivably be as interesting as the glamour citadel itself.
(John Crosby, syndicated article, July 24, 1950)
July 18, Tuesday.
Bing is at the Spring Creek Ranch and he writes to the Editor of the Club
Crosby magazine.
Kindest regards to all members on the
14th anniversary of our club, which must make ours the - if not, one of the -
oldest clubs, and it is quite a record!
You asked for an article for “Bingang”, but after our visits in New York and because the
orange juice program has been a running account of my travels to date, I am at
a loss to know what to write about.
At present the boys and I are pitching
hay at the ranch near Elko, Nevada. We are up at 6 a.m. daily, and very happy
to get to bed by 8:30. The boys are working real hard, developing some new
muscles and, I hope, acquiring good experience. We are getting in a little
fishing and hunting on the side. A sizeable creek runs through our property,
and the main stream from a good lake is not far distant. There are trout of all
size up to some weighing several pounds in the lake. There are deer all over
the place. We don’t hunt them; however, there are plenty of sage hens for good
eating.
About the first of August I will take the
boys up to Hayden Lake, Idaho, for a little vacationing.
About the first of September I plan to make
my annual trek for the golf tournament at Jasper Park, Alberta, Canada, taking
along several golf pals from Monterey and the East.
Best wishes to all.
Sincerely, Bing
July 22, Saturday.
(2:30-2:45 p.m.) Another broadcast by Bing on KNX is said to have come from Elko.
July 25,
Tuesday (afternoon). Bing is made a member of the Western Shoshone-Paiute tribe
on the Owyhee reservation, near Elko. His Indian name is “Sond-Hoo-Vi-A-Gund”
(the man of many songs). This is the first time that a white man has been
adopted into the tribe as a member. Bing responds with a short speech and sings
briefly for the crowd of 500. The tribe later tries to have the White Horse
Lake on the Owynee River in Elko County named for Bing but this is refused by
the Board of National Geographic Names as it prohibits the naming of Federal
landmarks for living persons.
Ceremony at Owyhee Is Wild But Orderly
Bing Crosby yesterday became the first white man “brother” of the one-time fierce and warlike Shoshone-Paiute tribe in a wild but orderly ceremony on the Indian reservation at Owyhee.
More than 1,000 members of the tribal council voted unanimously to take Crosby into the fold as an honorary member and, according to tribal custom changed his name to “Sond-hoo-vie-a-gund . . . man of many songs.”
Gus Garity the colorful “chief” of the western council of the tribe, honored the crooner for ‘being himself, always, all over the world.’ He dedicated the tribe in similar fashion by foregoing the usual paint and eagle feathers for everyday “American dress.” Crosby, who accepted the tribute for himself and his family, was given the “eternal right” to hunt and fish the year-round on the reservation. His extensive ranch holdings in Elko County have made him a friendly neighbor of the Shoshone-Paiutes for several years.
Unaccompanied, and without Hollywood fanfare, Crosby sang “Home on the Range” and “Blue of the Night.”
The honor was the first of its kind ever accorded a white man. Once one of the most feared tribes of the West, the Indians sought refuge at Owyhee after suffering bloody defeats in battle with the US Army almost a century ago. They fought their last major engagement at Yakima, Wash, in 1872.
Squaws and braves went into the rugged Nevada hills to gather eagle feathers used on the ornate war bonnet presented Crosby. A parchment scroll, bound in white deer hide, officially made the singer “white brother” for the concern he has shown in Indian welfare.
(United Press)
July 29, Saturday.
(5:00 p.m.) Bing, accompanied by his son, Lindsay, arrives in Boise, Idaho by
car to take part in a benefit golf match. He is formally welcomed by State
Senator Herman Welker at Old City Hall in front of a crowd of 4,000. His old
Gonzaga friend Sib Kleffner encourages him to sing a few bars of “Here We Have
Idaho.” Bing goes out to the Plantation Golf Course to practice.
July 30,
Sunday. During the morning, Bing visits Elks State Convalescent Home in Boise
and talks to the patients. (1:00 p.m.) Bing and Bud Ward take on the local pair
of Roy Owen and Myron Tucker in a benefit golf match on the Plantation course
for the Elks Crippled Children’s Hospital. Bing has a 75 as he and his partner win
3 and 2 in front of 2300 spectators. Around $5000 is raised for the hospital.
July 31,
Monday. Bing and his four sons arrive at Hayden Lake, Idaho for a vacation.
Dixie remains at Holmby Hills.
August 2, Wednesday.
Bing hosts a lunch for Herman Welker, the Republican candidate, at the
Penguin Room of the Athletic Round Table in the Desert Hotel, Coeur d’Alene. He
tells the audience of 65 that his sponsorship of Mr. Welker is a “gesture of
friendship but I won’t be dismayed if you take the action as an indication of
my political philosophy.”
August 6,
Sunday. Press coverage of the Idaho primary campaign confirms that Bing is
supporting the Republican candidate Mr. Welker. During his recent visit to
Boise for an exhibition golf match, Bing is said to have handed out literature
for his pheasant-hunting companion saying, “A vote for Welker and there’ll be a
pheasant in every pot.”
August 13,
Sunday. (5:15 - 5:30 p.m.) Radio station KUNI in Coeur d’Alene broadcasts a
recently recorded interview with Bing in which he says why he chose to make a
home in North Idaho.
August 14, Monday. Bob Crosby and his children join Bing at Hayden Lake. Later, starting at 8 p.m., Bing plays on a softball team with his sons in a benefit match for the Gonzaga Building Fund held at Ferris Field, Spokane. Over 6000 people attend. Bing's Hayden Hellcats lose 7-6 to Empire Furniture Junior Legion.
Everything, including some fine softball, was on display
at Ferris field. Six photographers and one-home movies cameraman jammed the
plate every time Bing stepped up to bat. With wide pitches being called
strikes, Pappy was an easy out that first inning. In the third he beat out a
bunt despite the fact that the pitcher had served up a golf ball. The blow batted
in two runs.
In the fifth Der Bingle smacked himself a legitimate
double to right center, but the years held it to a single. The last inning saw
a jeep in service to ferry the crooner in from right field. Between fly balls
to right field—and
he handled two neatly—Bing relaxed on a shooting stick.
Bing’s
prime pest of the evening was not the little dog which scampered happily around
the outfield, but a tattered, placarded, rotund individual. This character’s
sign read “Scouting for the Cleveland Indians—Sent by Bob Hope.”
August 20,
Sunday. (8:15-8:30 p.m.) A radio program The Miracle of America is broadcast by CBS and
Bing and son Gary make a contribution as do Jack Benny, Bob Crosby, Dinah
Shore, and many others. The program is produced in co-operation with The Advertising
Council, urging listeners to send for the booklet of the same name. Bing gives
advice to his son Gary about girls and dating.
August 24,
Thursday. (2:30-2:45 p.m.) The program from station KNX features Bing and Lindsay
Crosby talking about magpies.
August 31, Thursday.
Starting at about 10:00 p.m., Bing and his son Gary take part in a
radio broadcast from station KREM as part of the fund drive for the
Spokane Memorial Stadium.
September 2, Monday. Bing and his sons leave Hayden Lake for Hollywood.
September 5,
Tuesday. (10:00 a.m.–2:30 p.m.) Back in Hollywood, Bing records “Harbor Lights”
and other songs with Lyn Murray and his orchestra. “Harbor Lights” reaches No.
8 in the Billboard Best-selling Records list and spends 13 weeks in the
charts in all.
"Harbor
Lights" "Beyond the Reef" (Decca). On the current Hawaiian kick,
"Lights," a late 1930's tune, is getting a lot of wax put on it. This
cut has strong commercial impact, with Crosby always tops on these
island type items.
(Variety, September 20th, 1950)
Harbor
Lights
This lovely oldie, being revived via strong Sammy Kaye etching, is treated to one of Bing’s warmest croon jobs in some time. Should give the Kaye slicing a run for the money.
Beyond the
Reef
Coupling is a smart Hawaiian flavored ballad, which is handled beautifully by Crosby, who is supported by a soft but lovely strings and vocal background.
(Billboard, September 23, 1950)
September 6,
Wednesday. (9:00 a.m.–12:30 p.m., 1:13–2:55 p.m.) Another recording date in
Hollywood when Bing and his four sons record A Crosby Christmas with
John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra plus the Jeff Alexander Chorus. The disc
briefly charts in the No. 22 spot.
A Crosby
Christmas
This one’s a natural to sweep in the upcoming Christmas disk season. Bing and his kids cavort thru an original collection of Burke-Van Heusen material doing a thoroly delightful job which should find its way into plenty of homes enamored of the American which Crosby represents.
(Billboard, November 4, 1950)
The fourth disc is described as A Crosby Christmas, with all four young Crosbys singing new numbers. Lindsay Crosby, the youngest, has the most self-assurance; the twins are not so good, being out of tune.
(The Gramophone, January 1951)
That
Christmas Feeling
A new Burke-Van Heusen seasonal ballad has a sentimental warmth which is richly brought out by Bing doing one of his finer ballad turns.
(Billboard, October 28, 1950)
September 7,
Thursday. (9:00 a.m.–12:00 noon) Records three songs, including “Autumn Leaves”
with Axel Stordahl and his Orchestra. (2:00–5:30 p.m.) Records three songs,
including “Poppa Santa Claus” and “Mele Kalikimaka” with the Andrews Sisters
and Vic Schoen and his Orchestra.
Bing and the Andrews Sisters do a new seasonal rhythm novelty which has spirit but slight retentive qualities.
Mele
Kilikimaka (sic)
In Hawaiian this title means “Merry Xmas”. Seasonal ditty with a switch dealing with the sun of Hawaii instead of the usual snow etc; done with a buoyant bounce by Bing and the Girls. Novel idea could pick up some coin.
(Billboard, October 28, 1950)
Bing Crosby- Andrews Sisters: "Poppa Santa Claus”-“Mele Kilikimaka” (sic) (Decca). “Santa Claus” is one of the better Xmas tunes brightly projected by Crosby and the Andrews Sisters. Side is tailored for the holiday season
and could catch on big. Flipover is an Hawaiian Xmas number with a catchy beat and lyric. Vic Schoen orch accomps.
(Variety,
October 4, 1950)
Hollywood, Oct.
10.
In the interests
of the tourist trade, Gov. Ingram Stainback of Hawaii is turning songplugger
for “Mele Kalikimaka,” Hawaiian Christmas tune recently waxed by Bing Crosby
and the Andrews Sisters for Decca. The governor is mailing out 2,000 disk
copies of the tune to U. S. disk jockeys, urging them to spin the platter in behalf
of the Hawaiian people. Rights to the number, which was written and published
by R. Alex Anderson in Hawaii, were picked up last week by Leeds Music.
(Variety, October
11, 1950)
I’ve
Never Been in Love Before
Decca
27230—Bing turns in ballad turn on the “Guys and Dolls” song. It’s an
unspectacular but understanding reading
If
I Were a Bell
Remarkably light and happy treatment of a cleverly carved rhythm item from “Guys and Dolls” should bring in heavy returns. Patti and Bing’s adroit sense of humor make this one of high spot diskings of the day.
(Billboard,
November 4, 1950)
Bing Crosby-Patti Andrews: “If I Were a Bell / I‘ve Never Been in Love Before” (Decca). Two more tunes from Frank Loesser’s musical, “Guys and Dolls,” in contrasting moods. “Bell,” with its bright beat and smart lyric,
is a surefire hit and this free-wheeling Crosby-Andrews duet should send it winging… On the Decca flipover, Crosby solos a conventional ballad. Axel Stordahl’s orch accomps.
(Variety, October 11, 1950)
Autumn
Leaves
Decca 27231—Bing turns in one of his finest ballad efforts of recent years with this extreme lovely and likely ballad. Could be a winner if the song is merchandised.
This
Is the Time
Another beautiful ballad, this one more complex than “Leaves,” is handled deftly by Crosby for maximum yardage.
(Billboard, November 4, 1950)
…Another Sinatra co-star, and a far more substantial one at that, helped Crosby achieve one of his most beautiful ballad renderings, the 1950 “Autumn Leaves.” Axel Stordahl had been the Voice’s musical director throughout the forties, and here Crosby gets the benefit of the arranger’s impressionistic string textures. Since it’s Crosby, the beat is a bit more pronounced than in the Sinatra-Stordahl sides, although he drifts ever so slightly out of tempo for a stunningly moving second chorus— hear the way he slides into “old winter’s song” before an equally fitting, typically “small” Stordahl ending.
(Will Friedwald, A Biographical Guide to the
Great Jazz and Pop Singers, page 127)
September 8,
Friday. (9:00 a.m.–1:00 p.m.) Records “Silver Bells” (with Carole Richards) and
John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra. Goes on to record two other Christmas
songs with Sonny Burke and his Orchestra and the Lee Gordon Singers. “Silver
Bells” reaches the No. 20 spot in the Billboard chart in December 1952.
“A Marshmallow World” briefly charts in the No. 24 position in January 1951.
It’s a
Marshmallow World
Fluffy,
infectious bounce ditty with a seasonal gaiety could catch on with potent
publisher aid for a group of strong recordings. Bing’s is light and breezy like
the Bing of old…Bing’s coupling is another airy winter tune tabbed “Looks Like
a Cold, Cold Winter.”
(Billboard, October 21, 1950)
Bing Crosby: “A Marshmallow World / Looks Like a Cold, Cold Winter”;
“Autumn Leaves”-“This Is the Time” (Decca).
More firstrate sides by Crosby who is delivering in his best relaxed style. “Marshmallow World,” is solid winter-season novelty, should bounce into the hit lists with this cut. “Winter” gets its best treatment on this side and should stir some noise. Sonny Burke orch and Lee Gordon Singers accomp.
“Autumn Leaves” is a lovely ballad with a big potential. ‘Time” also rates strongly. Axel Stordahl’s orch accomps.
(Variety, October 11, 1950)
Silver
Bells
A seasonal ditty
from the “Lemon Drop Kid” flicker has a charming folksy flavor
which could catch big. Bing and Miss Richards turn it out simply and
unaffectedly. Could score.
(Billboard,
October 28, 1950)
In
1950, the songwriting team of Ray Evans and Jay
Livingston were under contract to Paramount Studios in Hollywood, where they
found themselves under the gun to write a Christmas song for a movie in the
making, The Lemon Drop Kid, starring Bob Hope.
The
fact that both men had already won two Oscars for writing Buttons and Bows and
Mona Lisa carried no weight when they pleaded with the studio to be
excused from the assignment. “We were certain that it was impossible to write a
hit Christmas song,” Livingston said “so we asked for permission to write something
else—something that would have hit possibilities.”
The
producer, director and studio executives were adamant. The film took place at
Christmas and they wanted a Christmas song.
So,
the team set about writing the song they did not want to write. They worked to
make the song as different as possible. “We put it in ¾ time”
explained Livingston, “because White Christmas and most of the other
Christmas songs were in 4/4.” They christened their creation Tinkle Bell.
That
night, Livingston told his wife he was working on “a song called Tinkle
Bell.”
“Are
you out of your mind? ‘Tinkle’ has another meaning!” his wife responded.
Livingston
told Evans the next day and they threw away Tinkle Bell. They liked the
melody and the words so much—if only they could dream up a new name.
They
changed the title and gave the song to Paramount. Even though the director,
Stanley Lanfield, insisted the song be written, he
didn’t have an idea about how to use it in the film. He waited until the
picture was finished, then put the whole cast on risers like a choir, had them
stare into the camera and sing the song. The songwriters were sure at this
point that the song would be cut out of the film because it was staged so
awkwardly.
The
producer, Bob Welch, thought the song deserved better. They hired Frank Tashlin to write a special scene for it, and shot it on
Paramount’s back lot. The result is cinema history—Bob Hope and Marilyn Maxwell
shopping on a busy street, snow falling and all the Christmas trimmings.
Still,
the song might have stopped there if Livingston hadn’t been eating lunch in the
studio commissary when Bing Crosby sat down beside him. Crosby asked if he and
Evans had any new songs. Livingston sang the song in the dressing room of
Crosby who recorded and made it an instant holiday hit.
Now,
it’s hard to find a Christmas album without this song the writers didn’t want
to write, that spent time in the trash, and that nearly wound up on the cutting
room floor.
The
song is Silver Bells. As of Christmas 1991, it has sold 140 million
records.
(Pat Luboff,
The Christmas Song That Nearly Wasn’t)
…Crosby agreed
that “Silver Bells” was best presented as a duet. He contacted a radio singer
named Carol Richards and offered her a chance to record it with him. His choice
of Richards was ironic, as the Illinois native had been brought to Hollywood
upon winning a talent search hosted by Bob Hope. Crosby had Hope’s talent
discovery in a studio to record a song written for Hope. The marriage of Crosby
and Richards’ voices made for a powerful record. Released in October 1950, the
song became Crosby’s third-most popular holiday hit. The single’s success
prompted Paramount Studios to take another look at the way “Silver Bells” had
been filmed in The Lemon Drop Kid. Hope and Maxwell were called back to
the studio six months after their film had wrapped, and the duet was reshot with a much more elaborate backdrop. Although the
movie was released three months after Christmas, publicity emphasized that
“Silver Bells” was included in the musical score.
(Ace Collins, Stories Behind the
Greatest Hits of Christmas, page 89)
September 11, Monday.
Bing writes to Ruth Ness, the President of Club Crosby.
Sounds like you had quite a vacation
tour, covering all the big towns in the Northeast, and I am sure you must have
enjoyed visiting Virginia Keegan and the rest of those nice people.
The contribution to the Cerebral Palsy
Association was very nice and will help a great cause.
We have no plans for television; in fact
it is still a problem, being contrary in many departments to the fundamentals
of show business.
We were very happy that Gary was so well
received, but we do not plan on working him too hard at present, hoping he will
concentrate on school and athletics.
You may be interested to know that we
made another record for Christmas release using all the boys on a combination
of songs titled “That Christmas Feeling”, I’d Like to Hitch a Ride with Santa
Claus”, and “The Snow Man”.
Regards to all.
Sincerely, Bing
September 19,
Tuesday. (7:15–9:30 p.m.) Bing records a Bob Hope show with Dinah Shore
for broadcast on October 3.
September 20,
Wednesday. Records a Chesterfield Show in CBS Studio B in Hollywood with Bob
Hope and Judy Garland that is scheduled to be broadcast on October 4.
Apart from the records they had cut together, she [Judy Garland] had been a guest on his show from time to time. To demonstrate his faith in her, he not only invited her to be on the first show of the season, but in the second too, and another later in the season:
“He called me up one morning. Bless him–he was cute. ‘Judy,’ he said, ‘I know how busy you are’ (busy ME! That was a laugh!) ‘and I was wondering if I could get you for three shows’. . . . He could get me for thirty shows, or three hundred. That moment I felt the whole world change. It was real friendship. I needed that job more than I needed money. I could always borrow money: you can’t borrow a job, you can’t borrow the chance to put faith back in yourself. Somebody else has to have faith in you first. Well, Bing had faith in me—and thank God, I didn’t let him down.”
(Judy Garland, page 261)
Some performers knew how to make the people in the radio studio their partners. Hal Kanter will never forget one night on the Bing Crosby show when Judy Garland was the guest star. “Judy had had a lot of bad publicity and had gone through a rough time. When she finally came out of the hospital and was going to make her first public appearance on the show, at the last minute she got stage fright and got scared to death. She said, ‘They’re going to hate me; they won’t be listening to me, they’re going to look for scars on my wrists. . . .’ She was an emotional mess, and Bing went in to reassure her. Then when he walked out on stage as usual, he said, ‘We have an old friend here tonight. She’s been away for a while, but she’s come back, and I know that you missed her because we sure did. Give her a nice welcome; make her feel—make her feel loved.’ Something like that, then ‘Ladies and gentlemen, Judy Garland.’ She walked out on the stage and that audience just put their arms around her and hugged her and kissed her . . . relaxed her. And she did a show that was wonderful. But it was Bing’s sensitivity that dictated that. I don’t know too many people who would have done that.”
(The Great American Broadcast, page 199)
(9:00-9:30
p.m.) Bing makes a recorded contribution to the National Kids Day Foundation radio
program.
September 21,
Thursday. (3:00–6:00 p.m.) Records “Marrying for Love” and “The Best Thing for
You” with Sonny Burke and his Orchestra. (6:30–9:30 p.m.) Records another Bob
Hope show with Dinah Shore for transmission on October 10.
MARRYING FOR LOVE Perry Como Victor 20-3922 Bing Crosby Decca (no number available) Tune’s a ballad gem from the forthcoming “Call Me Madam” by Berlin, of course. Both Como and Crosby sell it mightily, and their versions and the tune itself should be around for quite a while.
THE BEST
THING FOR YOU
Another heart-warming ballad from “Call Me Madam”, done to a turn by Bing and Perry.
(Billboard, October 14, 1950)
September 25,
Monday. Bing tapes another Chesterfield show with Bob Hope and Judy Garland in
San Francisco. This is broadcast on October 18. Nelson Riddle and Billy May
contribute arrangements.
DIAL
TONE: This will be Bob Hope’s hottest year.
Nothing
can slow him down – not even bad scripts.
Somewhere, during the summer he must have stopped for an overall repair
job. His spark plugs are clean, his
brakes relined, generator humming, bumpers polished, wheels tightened and
timing improved. Particularly the
timing.
He
proved it to some 700 localites, Monday night when he and Judy Garland guested
on Bing Crosby’s airwaver, to be CBSed October 11.
How
this opus will sound on the air no man alive knows except balding Bill Morrow,
Crosby’s smart producer, who will trim the forty-one minutes of tape to a neat
half-hour radio package.
Bing’s
return to the Marines Memorial Theater was like the first crisp, biting breeze
of autumn after a dull and dusty summer.
They
were all back again – John Scott Trotter juggling his tonnage on the podium,
Buddy Cole chewing gum to the rhythm of his piano, Ken Carpenter beaming in the
announcer’s spotlight, Jud Conlon and his pretty Rhythmaires, Co-Producer Murdo
McKenzie impeccably dressed, and Bing, tanned and healthy, “back from a
gastronomic tour of France,” admitting he had “a little less hair, but more um
pah pah around the middle.”
All
of these – and Judy Garland!
Judy,
here to earn $5,000 – for a half hour’s work, was nervous and uncertain. And she won the greatest ovation I’ve heard
since Al Jolson’s appearance with Bing last spring.
She
muffed lines, tripped on words, lost her cues, but when she unloosed that
tingling, heart-warming throaty voice it was “Dorothy” again from “Wizard of
Oz” and “Meet Me in St. Louis,” and “Easter Parade,” and the accumulated years,
fears and tears tumbled from a gifted voice.
Judy
was great – because of Bing and Bob.
When
she blew a line, they blew six lines seven feet farther. Bob brought the house down, rebuilt it, and
knocked it over again, time after time.
Bob,
deliberately choking a joke, said: “I thought I could have my nails done, while
they were laughing. What the hell
happened?” Several times he walked off
stage in mock disgust. Once he
confessed: “I don’t want any money for this” and Bing asked him to put it on
paper.
The
comedy capers brought Judy back to her golden stride, swinging and singing like
she used to do. When it was over, she
and Bob Hope walked off stage, arm in arm – a job well done.
But Bob came back for a bonus aftershow.
He
had to retape a sequence for his own show of October 3, and he borrowed Bing’s
engineers and equipment. His handling
the audience was a work of laughing art.
“Don’t
try to be a jury,” he said. “Be happy.
Or I’ll have to go to San Jose to do it.”
His
mugging and eye-rolling gave a triple punch to one punch line.
He
had a line featuring the Victory Clothing Company. No laughs.
Bob created a whopper:
“That’s
a store in Los Angeles. You wouldn’t know
about it here.”
And
through it all, Bing, the “Mr Music” who sells cigarets, calmly puffed his
pipe.
(Dwight Newton, Day and Night, The San Francisco Examiner, September 27, 1950)
Rhythmaires:
Loulie Jane Norman wanted to slip out of her slip, so Jud Conlon and I slipped
out to the cocktail bar. Loulie Jane, the sweetest thing this side of a
peppermint drop, is the dark-haired lovely who hits the highest notes for Crosby’s
“Rhythmaires” and Jud is “Mr. Rhythmaire” himself.
The
“Rhythmaires” have been in business for seven years and how five people can
live, work and sing together that long is a tribute to slim, trim, nervously energetic
Jud Conlon.
“I
know I’m a hard guy to get along with,” he admitted as we sipped a soother half
an hour before Bing recorded the Hope-Garland show last week. “I’m a hard
writer and a hard leader.”
Mack
McLean, the quintette’s bottom voice, nodded agreement. “When Loulie Jane and I sing Jud’s
arrangements we clash like alley cats on a back fence. But when the other voices
are added we get a wonderful chord effect.”
That’s
what Bing thinks, too, and that’s why the “Rhythmaires” have been with him for five
years.
It
takes a disciplined ear and a disciplined voice to sing Jud’s intricate
harmonies, but Mack and Loulie Jane, along with blonde Gloria Wood and
flame-tressed Diane Pendleton have what it takes. This summer they made so many
records, Jud couldn’t remember half of them.
“Can
you recall the first record you made?”
“Of course. It was in 1942 (sic) with – hey,
what do you know!” he exclaimed, “It was ‘Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe’ with
Bing Crosby.
“Boy,
was I nervous. Once during the recording, Bing said: “I’m not singing it in the
way you wrote it. How should it go here?”
“I
was too excited to say anything but ‘duhh,’”
“Can
you remember your second recording?” I asked.
“Sure,
it was ‘Embraceable You’ with – How do you like that!” Jud interrupted himself
again.
Because
the girl with whom he made that second record, eight years ago, was standing
near us, ready to go downstairs and sing with Bing. Judy Garland!
(Dwight Newton, The San Francisco Examiner, October 4,
1950)
September 29, Friday.
Bing plays golf with Canadian Amateur Champion Bill Mawhinney. (8:30 p.m.) The opening of the
Sunset Memorial Community Center in Vancouver and Bing officially opens
it by a
long-distance telephone call from San Francisco which is broadcast over
the
loudspeakers to an overflow audience. A time capsule has been buried
under the
Center and this is opened in 2008 when a new center is built. The day
happens
to be Bing’s twentieth wedding anniversary and he is reported to have
sent
Dixie a necklace with a heart shaped pendant, set with rubies and
diamonds. (10:00-11:00 p.m.) Takes part in the all-network radio show
"The Red Feather Roundup", a show opening the annual campaign of the
Community Chests of America.
Show was built around
skits involving the various stars, all with the theme of canvassing for the
Community Chest behind them. Stars had their own writers work on the scripts
and their own directors pacing the sketches, and they turned out some solid
comedy material. Dennis Day, working as a canvasser, visited Ronald and Benita
Colman, and the conversation, naturally, got around to Jack Benny. Material revolving
about Benny’s apparent refusal to contribute was good, and everyone was happy
when it’s learned that he’s a canvasser himself. Bob Hope, also cast as a
campaigner, visited Bing Crosby, and between gags, Crosby sang “Mona Lisa.” Hope
then visited Lucille Ball, and together with Jack Kirkwood, they contributed an
excellent comedy turn with a trio rendition of “Home Cookin’.”
(Variety,
October 4, 1950)
We opened the time capsule
today. It included some Bing memorabilia inside, including a
few new photos of Bing at City Hall receiving the gold key to the City of
Vancouver and a few photos from his Vancouver radio show performance.
There was also two film reels inside the time capsule. One was a 16mm
home movie on the construction of Sunset without anything on Bing. The
second one is a 35mm film which has footage of Bing Crosby around
Vancouver in 1948. He’s golfing and preparing for his radio show and
there is a clip of him wearing the Indian costume.
Our national broadcaster ran
a small clip from the event on the local 12 noon news.
Attached is a
letter from our founding President, Stan Thomas. Stan was the man who
convinced Bing Crosby to come to Vancouver. I thought you might find his
letter from 1949 interesting.
Walter Schultz (2008)
To you who open the “Time
Capsule”
In this container are several items which
portray, to some extent, some of the many projects which contributed toward the
raising of funds with which to build and equip Sunset Memorial centre.
The enclosed photographs tell their own
story, but that of Bing Crosby does not tell all that that great American has
done for the people of this community.
Bing and his party of twenty-one artists,
musicians and technicians, travelled from Hollywood
to Vancouver by train a 48-hour journey in 1948, in order to stage a benefit,
show on our behalf in the Vancouver Forum (Hastings Park.) The record-breaking
show was held on September 22nd.1948 and was subsequently broadcast
coast-to-coast over the ABC (American Broadcasting Company) network. A
transcription of the Bing Crosby Show is in the Archives of the City of Vancouver.
The show at the Forum grossed $32,000.00
and enriched our Building Fund by approximately $26.000.00. Bing would accept
nothing for his services, nor to cover cost of transportation.
It has been said of Bing Crosby, that he
has brought more pleasure to more people than any other living person - a
fitting tribute! It is our belief that Bing’s voice may be enjoyed by those of
you who open this capsule, as he is undoubtedly the most popular vocalist of
our time.
Some people today, refer to this as the
start of the “Atomic Age” You who open this, will know whether or not our
scientists, after successfully splitting the atom, developed Atomic Power for
the benefit of all mankind or - Heaven forbid - permitted its use in the
destruction of present-day civilizations.
Stan Thomas, President, Sunset Community Association,
December 11, 1949
September 30 / October 1, Saturday / Sunday. Thought to have been watching the Morse Cup matches at Cypress Point between
amateur golfers from California and the Pacific Northwest. Bing is a
member of the Entertainment's committee for the event. The Cup is won
by the Californian golfers.
October 3,
Tuesday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Bob Hope’s radio show is broadcast on NBC and Bing
guests with Dinah Shore.
Bob Hope wasn’t his usual sharp self in his “opening try” for Chesterfield. The writers didn’t give him too much to work with and he had to press most of the way—even with Bing Crosby and Dinah Shore in the guest corner. The heralded new format either failed to develop or was scrapped for the old one, which has been good enough for 14 years.
(Variety, October 4, 1950)
October 4,
Wednesday. The California Highway Patrol stops Bing’s car as he returns
from Pebble Beach to tell him that his father has suffered a heart
attack at his Toluca
Lake home. Bing hurries to his father’s side but arrives forty minutes
too late
as his father dies at 2:30 p.m. Harry Lowe Crosby was seventy-nine and
had been
suffering from arteriosclerosis. His health had been failing for a
year. Bing
asks CBS not to broadcast his radio program that night and the show that had
been scheduled with guest stars Bob Hope and Judy Garland is postponed
until
the following week. CBS fills in with an audience participation program
called
“A Dollar a Minute.”
CBS was faced with
an $11,000 time rebate to Chesterfield last week when Bing Crosby cancelled the
premiere of his Wednesday night radio show following the death of his father.
Harry Lowe Crosby. However, the ciggie company and the network effected an
arrangement whereby the lost week would be recaptured at the tail end of the
season. (Although Crosby transcribes his shows in advance, the singer held up
the preem out of respect to his father. Latter had been active in the
management of Crosby Business Enterprises. He died at 79 of a heart ailment.) CBS
substituted a sustainer, “Dollar a Minute.” Bob Crosby’s “Club 15” did not go
off the air, with Jo Stafford pinch-hitting in a revised program.
(Variety, October 11, 1950)
Class Will Tell
CBS grabbed itself
some authentic data on AM-TV listening habits last Wednesday night (4) when the
sudden cancellation of the Bing Crosby radio premiere, due to the death of the
singer’s father, resulted in the web’s N. Y. switchboards being inundated with
telephone calls. Although there was an announcement at sign-on time, practically
all the callers tipped that they had missed it; that they had just switched over
from TV. (Preceding hour on video featured Arthur Godfrey on CBS; Ed Wynn on NBC).
To the web execs, it indicated that top radio shows will still invite TV tuneouts
and that audiences won’t necessarily stick with tele if there’s a particular
radio show they want to hear!
(Variety, October 11, 1950)
October 6,
Friday. A Rosary is held at the Oswald Funeral Home, North Hollywood, for
Bing’s late father.
October 7, Saturday. Harry L. Crosby Sr. is buried at Holy Cross Catholic Cemetery following a requiem mass at St. Charles Catholic Church.
October 9, Monday (possibly). A handwritten letter from Bing on his Pebble Beach notepaper to Dr. Larsen is received on October 10 and reads as follows:
Will you phone me any morning soon between 9 and 11 a. m. Carmel 7-3808? Also can you give Phillip anything for his facial skin eruption? Something internally to cleanse the blood perhaps. Regards.
Plans to transcribe a Bing Crosby Show at the Marines Memorial Theater on this day in San Francisco are cancelled.
October 10, Tuesday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another guest appearance by Bing on the Bob Hope radio show on NBC is broadcast. Dinah Shore is again the other guest star.
...That brought on
Bing Crosby, his guest for the first two weeks, and it so happens that the
reverse is true on the Groaner’s show. The by-now old insult routine got a
whopping going-byer, with no one or no holds barred. If it didn’t snap with the
accustomed gusto and lagged in spots it was because it wasn’t on paper. Not
even a Hope or Crosby can put a zing into a zag. The business of getting Hope a
job with Chesterfield, which threatens to run for at least two weeks, was the
main premise and bogged to a dubious payoff. Jack Kirkwood, straighting as
Crosby's brother-manager Everett, could offer him only the job as an orange
squeezer for Crosby’s Minute Maid. The bit squirted chuckles but didn’t pour
laughs. Neither seemed their old sharp selves and the old finesse was missed.
Dinah Shore was cut in for a song and enough, of the by-play to break up. Her
gliding notes were a delight to the ear. Crosby chose “La Vie En Rose,” not too
well suited to his lush styling. The dueting of “Home Cooking” was well coated
with amusing nonsense and Les Brown’s crew paddled along with the rippling
tide.
(Variety,
October 11, 1950)
October 11,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been
taped and the guests are Judy Garland and Bob Hope. Ken Carpenter, Jud Conlon’s
Rhythmaires, and the John Scott Trotter Orchestra remain as regulars. The
audience share for the season is only 10.0 and the show does not figure in the
top 20 ratings as assessed by Nielsen. The top radio show for the season is the
Lux Radio Theater with a rating of only 21.0 reflecting the impact of
television. The Chesterfield shows are broadcast each week on Wednesday nights until June
27, 1951.
Those two boys - Bing Crosby and Bob Hope - with a big, rollicking assist from Judy Garland must have made this parlay pay off big on the Nielsen meters. For a getaway with Hope now picking up a little cigarette money with the Groaner, Arthur Godfrey and Perry Como, it didn’t miss far being a dream show. Every line served up by Bill Morrow, Hal Kanter and assorted aides was one long howl and the music was on the same delectable level. From the tradey prologue down to the rousing finale of the trio taking turns at parodying ‘Goodnight, Irene’ it was sock and go all the way. Even a harmless little throwaway line like, ‘Me too’ was built into high voltage humor and the usual insults generated their own yocks. As for instance, when Hope said to Crosby, ‘Men have gotten Oscars for less - didn’t you?’
Young Gary Crosby came in for his share of the exchange, now that he is following in his father’s footsteps. Out in the provinces they must have taken the opening spot with bewildered amusement - Kanter as CBS veep, Hubbell Ackerman Jr. gave Crosby a dressing down for appearing on another network. ‘We want you to be more of a company man’, he was told, ‘Hope had his chance to come over to our network’. That nonsense out of the way, Crosby and Miss Garland dueted ‘Sam’s Song’, each took a couple of turns solo and Hope came on to kick the script around, though not as much as in the past. The only break-up was by Miss Garland who can do it better than most singers. The cigarette girl ‘bit’ was one solid round of laughs that never let up until Crosby broke into song. The ‘Irene’ parody at the close gave the show a walloping finish and sent the series away on a high note of promise. If radio is to be saved such shows as this will turn the trick. Ken Carpenter was on hand to pound the ‘smell milder, smoke milder’ slogan but he had plenty of help from the main men. If Crosby can keep banging it in, in the weeks to come as he did on the tee-off, it’s going to take some doing by the others to keep him out of the first ten.
(Variety, October 18, 1950)
October 12, Thursday. Bing is appointed as honorary chairman of the American Legion's “Tide of Toys” program for
European children.
October 15,
Sunday. The whole Crosby clan sits down for dinner together at the request of
Bing’s mother. Afterwards she leaves with Bing and Dixie for Bing’s home at
Pebble Beach.
In the early years of the Crosby family, nearly every Sunday evening found the family circle complete in an atmosphere of play, and banter, and music. After the supper dishes had been cleared away, perhaps one of the youngsters would start up the phonograph . . . that early model with the long horn, an extravagance that Dad blithely claimed someone had given him, fully-aware that none of us believed him. Or Dad would play his mandolin or guitar, warming up with a nonsensical ditty we knew only as “Sing-Song Polly Catch a Ky-mee-oh.” And soon everyone would be singing.
And now, after the family had been scattered for many years, they were all together again, closing ranks, as they assembled at Everett’s home for Sunday dinner. Here were Mother, Larry and Elaine and their children, Molly and Jack and Jack’s wife Bea; Everett and Florence; Ted; Bing and Dixie and their four sons, Gary, Phillip, Dennis and Lindsay; Catherine and Eddie Mullin; Mary Rose, Bob and June and their Cathy; Florence’s father, George Guthrie, and Father Sugrue.
As usual, there was much banter and kidding during the dinner and as usual, Everett and Mary Rose were generally on the receiving end, and they held their own, as of old. Someone suggested a song and the show was on, with Mother beating time much in the fashion she uses her racing program to bring in her horse.
First Bing and Gary sang a duet. . . someone brought out a ukulele ... and a Crosby Sunday evening was in full swing as various members of the family and their children took turns at song. Phillip and Dennis sang a duet and Linny, after some coaxing, gave out with a solo with Bing backing him up. Cathy sang “Dear Hearts and Gentle People” and Bob joined in. Larry did a parody on “You Wore a Tulip,” and Mary Rose, after being teased with a chorus of “Anchors Aweigh” (in honor of her seafaring husband), joined Bing in a number. Dixie dug up “Has Anybody Seen My Gal,” Jack and Bea jitterbugged.
Then, after dessert, when everyone moved into the playroom, Florence sat at the piano and delighted with several songs. The gathering broke up as Bing took Gary, Phillip and Dennis, and Ted and Eddie Mullin, to catch a northbound train.
It was the kind of a Sunday evening Dad liked best... good food, music, and laughter with his family gathered around him, for he would have echoed the sentiments of the poet who wrote:
“No funeral gloom, my dears, when I am gone
Corpse-gazings, tears, blackraiment, graveyard grimness;
Think of me as withdrawn into the dimness,
Yours still, you mine; remember all the best
Of our past moments; and forget the rest;
And so, to where I wait, come gently on.”
Yes, there were banter and songs, but underneath and each to himself, some serious thoughts and good resolutions. To help us keep these, we have an advance man loaded with spiritual bouquets, thousands of masses, more than he needs. He will spare a few, even if he must get along with a bum string or two on his harp.
(Larry Crosby, from a private essay he wrote for the family.)
October 16,
Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with Claudette
Colbert for broadcast on October 25. Bing and Claudette and their party dine at the Paris Louvre after the show.
PHENOMENA: Claudette Colbert performed a local miracle
Monday evening. She
was here to help Bing Crosby tape his October 25 show at the Marines Memorial
Theatre. A
normal Crosby recording makes Olsen and Johnson’s antics seem anemic. Sometimes it takes an hour to do a thirty
minute show. This
time the back-stage mood was as dignified as a “Theatre Guild” rehearsal. Credit
goes to Miss Colbert. Her presence
brought an unfamiliar decorum to the proceedings. Yet it resulted in one of Bing’s funniest
shows.
Miss
Colbert rejected Bing’s offer to play in his next picture with Bob Hope. She
listed the stars she has been featured with (Gable, Cooper, MacMurray, Ryan,
Grant, etc.) then explained: “When one
is used to champagne, one doesn’t like to switch to Seven Up.” Her
appearance was a pleasant interlude in a stormy series, but normal chaos should
return next Tuesday when Bing plans to host Al Jolson.
(Dwight Newton,
Day and Night, The San Francisco Examiner,
October 19, 1950)
October 18,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Judy Garland
and Bob Hope.
October 23, Monday. Al Jolson dies in the St. Francis Hotel, San Francisco, while
waiting to appear on Bing’s Chesterfield show the following day.
On the show to
have been taped with Bing Crosby tonight (Tues.), Al Jolson was to have been
paid high tribute for his recent Korean trip. Jolson was to have dueted with
Crosby in a medley of Jolson hits with Jolie also to have soloed “Japanese
Sandman.” Tonight’s taping was cancelled by Crosby and will be done Friday or
Saturday instead. Writer and co-producer Bill Morrow said a tribute would be
paid to Jolson and it’s likely that the musical portion will comprise songs
identified with the mammy singer.
(Variety, October 25, 1950)
October 24,
Tuesday. In view of Jolson’s death, the taping of the Chesterfield show
is
postponed until later in the week when Dorothy Kirsten is the star
guest. A new
ending about next week’s guests is recorded and spliced into the show
being
broadcast on October 25. Bing goes to see Toni Arden perform at
the Mark Hopkins Hotel and offers her a guest shot on his radio show.
October 25, Wednesday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with Dorothy Kirsten for broadcast on November 1. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Claudette Colbert.
October 27, Friday. The long-running Minute Maid morning shows in which Bing presented records ends.
October 30,
Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with Dick Powell for
broadcast on November 8.
November 1,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Dorothy Kirsten.
November 6,
Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show at the Marines’ Memorial Theater in
San Francisco with Toni Arden and Bob Crosby for broadcast on November 15.
November 7, Tuesday. Calls in at the Sinaloa Mexican restaurant to see Luz Garcia's Mexi-show. Gives the singer, Carlos Hilar, a $50 tip.
November 8,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and Bing’s guest is Dick Powell.
November 9,
Thursday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with the Firehouse
Five Plus Two and Ella Fitzgerald for broadcast on November 29.
November 13,
Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with Paul Douglas for
broadcast on November 22.
Squelching the divorce rumors, Bing Crosby, wife
Dixie, and the kids plan a happy Thanksgiving together in L. A.
(Earl Wilson, San Francisco Examiner, November 14, 1950)
November 15,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Toni Arden and
Bob Crosby.
November 18, Saturday. (2:00 p.m. kickoff) Bing and Bob Hope are at the Stanford Stadium to see the Stanford Indians football team lose 7-0 to the Army Cadets football team in pouring rain.
November 22,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s guest is Paul Douglas.
November 25, Saturday.
At CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing tapes a Chesterfield show with his wife,
Dixie, and their four sons for transmission on December 20.
November 29,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The guests on the taped show are the Firehouse Five Plus
Two and Ella Fitzgerald.
Some of the brightest portions of Bing’s current season’s schedule have been the appearances of the Firehouse Five Plus Two, a highly individual jazz band made up of Walt Disney artists and writers who began playing jazz music as a hobby. Bing discovered this group last year, when the boys were invited by brother Larry to play for the Victory dinner at Bing’s Pebble Beach Golf Tournament. The Firehouse Five have since appeared on the radio show five times.
Bing’s singing with the group has drawn a tremendous flood of fan mail, most of which makes the point that he sounds more youthful with them. According to Ward Kimball, Firechief and trombone player, this is actually the case.
“We play in a higher key than most of Bing’s current arrangements,” he explains, “so he sings like he used to long ago.”
(From an article in Modern Screen magazine, April, 1951)
November 30, Thursday. It is announced that Harry Lowe Crosby's will dated May 27, 1942 leaves everything to his widow. The estate is valued at more than $10,000.
December 1, Friday. Bing writes to film reviewer Milton Shulman in England who had not been
impressed by Mr. Music.
I hope the film has a good reception in England. My last three or four efforts haven’t been too successful over there, or over here for that matter.
I’m beginning to wonder if the public is getting wise to me, or weary of me, or if the stories had been susceptible to criticism or what. Possibly a combination of all these factors. After all, I’ve made 40-some pictures, I believe, and my talents are limited and it’s pretty difficult to come up with anything original or new when faced with me as a leading man.
But we’ll keep trying, and maybe we’ll be able to develop another story, such as Going My Way, before they cast me aside entirely.
December 2,
Saturday. Jimmie Fidler reports that Bing was hospitalized earlier in
the week for his yearly physical check-up. He passed with flying
colors. At the Vine St. Playhouse in Hollywood, Bing records a
Chesterfield
show with Judy Garland that airs on December 6.
December 3,
Sunday. Bing and Bob Hope supply a transcribed insert on behalf of Chesterfield to The Big Show
a 90-minute NBC radio program hosted by Tallulah Bankhead. During the
series, Bing is heard frequently as a spokesman for Chesterfield who
sponsors the show.
December 4, Monday. Bing is at Paramount studios.
Bing Crosby was
serenaded on the Paramount set of Frank Capra’s “Here Comes the Groom” by a choir
of 40 boys from France. The choir “Les Petits Chanteurs a la Croix de Bois” are
now on their fourth transcontinental American tour. Crosby joined the choir in
an English rendition of “Silent Night.”
(Valley Times, December 5, 1950)
December 6,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s guest is Judy Garland.
Judy Garland will join Bing Crosby in a duet version of “Rudolph the
Red-Nosed Reindeer” tonight at 9:30 over WDAE. This is Miss Garland’s third
visit of the season to the “Bing Crosby Show.” She and Bing will sing a special
set of “Rudolph” lyrics written by Bill Morrow, producer and head writer of the
show.
(Tampa
Bay Times, 6th December, 1950)
December 9,
Saturday. At the Vine St. Playhouse in Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield
show with Peggy Lee and Hopalong Cassidy, which airs on December 13.
December 12, Tuesday.
(7:15–9:15 p.m.) Bing tapes a guest appearance on the Bob Hope show for
broadcast on December 26.
December 13,
Wednesday. (3:00–6:00 p.m.) Records “A Perfect Day” and “May the Good Lord
Bless and Keep You” in Hollywood with Ken Darby and his Orchestra.
A Perfect Day – Decca 27404—Der Bingle’s at his warmest for this mellow mood slicing of the Carrie Jacobs Bond classic.
May the Good Lord Bless and Keep You Crosby delivers one of his finest chants of recent times on this glowing Meredith Willson theme. Should be a big current and standard item for the crooner.
(Billboard, January 13, 1951)
Bing Crosby: “May the Good Lord Bless and Keep You”- A Perfect Day” (Decca). Signoff theme of the NBC’s “The Big Show,” “Bless You” is garnering lots of wax in the continuing religioso trend. Crosby delivers it
with appropriate sincerity with choral backing by the Ken Darby Singers. On the Decca reverse, Crosby gives a relaxed rendition of the Carrie Jacobs Bond standard.
(Variety, January 10, 1951)
[Bing] is on Bruns. 04657 in a pleasant record of “A Perfect Day,” but on the reverse, “May the Good Lord Bless and Keep You,” while doubtless sincere, is rather too sugary.
(The Gramophone, April, 1951)
(6:30–7:00
p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS.
The show has been taped and the guests are Peggy Lee and Hopalong Cassidy
(William Boyd).
December (undated). Records “Talking Christmas Cards” for the Armed Forces Radio Service.
December (undated). On
the Paramount lot, Bing improvises an Italian song for a Voice of
America broadcast called "The Curtain Rises" planned to be transmitted
to Italy on December 30.
December 14,
Thursday. In CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with
Dinah Shore, Louis Armstrong, and Jack Teagarden, which airs on December 27.
December 14–February 1951. Films Here Comes the Groom with Franchot Tone,
Jane Wyman, and Alexis Smith. The film is produced and directed by Frank Capra
who comes in $61,000 over budget with total expenditure of $2.1 million. Musical
direction is by Joseph J. Lilley. Ray Evans and Jay Livingston provide most of
the song material instead of the usual arrangement with Burke and Van Heusen.
The switch is said to be for “budget consciousness rather than displeasure with
Burke and Van Heusen.”
“You could do things with Crosby that you couldn’t do with anyone else; coordination, my goodness, he could juggle balls and play scenes at the same time—unlike most actors who can only do one thing at a time. He was the most un-actorish actor. One must never underestimate that it took great talent to do what he was doing. A tremendously talented man in singing, acting, performing—he was truly irreplaceable. He was so easy and wonderful to get along with, so able. Everybody knew he was the best popular singer ever, but he was also an outstanding actor—he could make you cry, make you laugh.”
(Frank Capra, as quoted in Gord Atkinson’s Showbill, page 52)
A secret war plant couldn’t be guarded more closely than the nearby Here Comes the Groom set. I find myself watching “The Groaner,” Bing Crosby, working on dance steps. He and Jane Wyman are about to complete a complicated routine in a lavish office belonging to Jane’s boss, Franchot Tone. It is night and he is absent.
Der Bingle says he is ready and I note that director Frank Capra gives the go-ahead sign to THREE cameras. One is focused on their entrance, a second on the closeups and the last on the overall picture. Capra is crouched under the central camera. At his side is a tiny figure—his son. This is too good to miss.
The cameras role and a record starts playing “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening.” This is a real rhythm number written by Johnny Mercer and Hoagy Carmichael. Bing and Jane, out of camera sight, start to feel the beat and as her cue sounds, they bound into the set. Jane gracefully twirls to the far side of the desk and Bing, believe it or not, leaps through the air in swanlike fashion and lands squarely on the soles of his feet.
Jane picks up a large pair of shears and clamps the handles on her nostrils. She looks like she’s sporting a lorgnette and at the same time sings in a nasal and corny tone. Bing uses a fireplace shovel as a banjo and accompanies her lyrics with harmonizing “plunk-a—plunk-a-plunks.” Bing leans back in a huge revolving desk chair. As he does so, the chair whirls backward and Bing falls to the floor. This is NOT in the script. Capra shouts, “Cut!”
Crosby is momentarily stunned by the fall and is absolutely speechless. Barney Dean breaks up the deathly silence and yells: “Bing, next time stay down for a count of nine.” Bingle makes a quick inventory of his bones—all is okay and they prepare for another take. This time all goes well.
Jane puffs by and tells me, “We’ll all be cripples before this picture’s finished. I was lucky, I didn’t break anything.”
Crosby also seeks refuge in his dressing room. “I guess I’m a lousy hoofer,” he says, “but at least I’ve got the beat.” He glances at Jane and wryly comments: "Hmmmmm, so you’re tired of dramas.”
(Harrison Carroll, Los Angeles Evening Herald Express, January, 6, 1951)
I thought Here Comes the Groom, made in 1951, was a funny picture. Frank Capra, who
directed it, starts with a good script, but if he feels like it,
he varies it as he goes along. If
an inventive mood strikes him, he’s
quite likely to think up something better, as
he did in It Happened One Night.
He has an unusual feeling
about the music in his films. He won’t allow any of it in one unless it comes in
naturally. He says that in real life people don’t carry orchestras around with
them. To his audiences it appears that a
character in a Capra picture
actually makes any music they hear
on the sound track. If Frank wanted me to sing
a song while I was riding a horse, he’d have me playing a guitar or banjo or an
accordion and accompanying
myself, or he’d have somebody ride beside me playing. For
this reason, he’s had many fights with music departments
and with song writers who like to hear their songs supported by a big string
orchestra. Me, I take a neutral position. But it seems to me that if
it’s O.K. to score a picture for music, it should also be permissible to
use an unseen orchestra when somebody’s singing.
On the other hand,
the way Capra staged the song, “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening,” written by Hoagy Carmichael and Johnny Mercer for the film Here Comes the Groom, helped it win the Academy Award as
the best song sung in a motion picture in 1951.
(Call Me Lucky, page 181)
December 16, Saturday.
Bing’s recording of “White Christmas” makes its annual appearance in the pop
charts, peaking at number thirteen over a four-week period.
December 19,
Tuesday. While in Hollywood, Bing is interviewed by Martin Block in New York by
telephone. The interview is used in a two hour “Salute to Bing” tribute on
station WNEW on December 20
December 20,
Wednesday. Bing’s film Mr. Music has its New York premiere at the
Paramount Theater. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests
are Bing’s wife Dixie Lee (for the first and only time) and the four Crosby
boys. It is Dixie’s first professional appearance since 1936. (8:00-10:00 p.m.)
Radio station WNEW broadcasts its “Salute to Bing” tribute live from the
Paramount Theater, New York. Those taking part include Martin Block, Guy Lombardo,
Ella Fitzgerald, Jimmy Dorsey and Dorothy Kirsten.
There’s
a pleasant surprise in store for Bing Crosby fans on his KNX at 6:30 show
tonight. Yesterday we ran a picture of the Old Groaner and his four sons as
costars of the show. At that time we didn’t know about the surprise. It seems
Mrs. Bing Crosby, the former Dixie Lee, will also be on hand playing her role
as Mother Crosby. Mary Jane Croft had originally been set for the part on the
radio show but Dixie decided to break her retirement from public life and
requested the role herself. So it will be a happy occasion when Bing, Dixie and
their four sons celebrate an early Christmas at home tonight.
(Walter Ames, The Los Angeles Times, 20th December,
1950)
Despite a contrived story, the ingredients are sufficiently well mixed to make “Mr. Music” a box office winner.
…The crooner-star does a good job in a role wherein he fits in easily, and might well have been a truly convincing characterization if not snarled by the cliché elements. By and large, however, Crosby makes the part breathe.
The Burke-Van Heusen songs aren’t of that at-first catchy quality but have greater durability and come through pleasingly under the easy-singing Crosby style of thrushing. “Life Is So Peculiar,” “High on the List,” “Then You’ll Be Home,” along with “Accidents,” get solid airing.
(Variety, August 30, 1950)
To brighten the Christmas season, our old friend, Bing Crosby, is in town in a role (and an entertainment) that fits him—and he it—like a glove. In Paramount’s “Mr. Music,” which came to the Paramount yesterday, Der Bingle (which rhymes with Kris Kringle, we trust you will incidentally note) plays an easy-going song-writer who is coaxed into composing a musical score by a provokingly persistent young lady hired particularly for this job. And with newcomer Nancy Olson spreading much charm in the latter role; with Tom Ewell, Ida Moore, Charles Coburn and even Groucho Marx and Dorothy Kirsten lending assists and with one of the nicest sets of new songs that Jimmy Van Heusen and Johnny Burke have ever turned out, this “Mr. Music” is certainly one of the cheeriest and brightest of current films.
There’s no point in being coy about it: Bing has not been too fortunate in the general characteristics of his roles in his past three or four films. But in this light, romantic entertainment, based on Samson Raphaelson’s play, “Accent on Youth,” he acts the sort of droll, informal fellow that he himself happens to be. And since Bing’s genial songsmith in this story takes more joyously to golfing than to work, it’s the sort of job that our hero can well wrap his golf clubs around.
Fortunately, Arthur Sheekman has turned Mr. Raphaelson’s play into a lively exercise with words and music that ambles gaily across the screen. True, there are times when the action, confined largely to a penthouse drawing-room (where Mr. Crosby toys with his golf clubs just as happily as he does on the course) tends to lag slightly and grow feeble. Even with Miss Olson as vis-a-vis, the sparring of boss and slave-driver drags just a bit now and then.
But regularly Mr. Sheekman catches up the lag with a nice bit of comic invention that Director Richard Haydn grabs upon and uses to keep the whole show going in a generally sophisticated style. It is notable that little condescension to the so-called juvenile taste is evident here. And the songs are adroitly integrated into the natural flow of the script so that Bing and the cast can get into them without pointing when they do the most good.
Best of the lot, for our taste, is a lightly philosophic rhapsody, “Life Is So Peculiar,” which is done in several different ways. Bing and Peggy Lee sing it one time at a pent-house jamboree, at which the elastic young Champions, Marge and Gower, dance it spinningly. The Merry Macs also sing it in the ultimate musical show, put on as the songwriter’s triumph, and Bing does it in a skit with Groucho Marx. This latter, incidentally, is a winning but strangely skimpy highlight of the film.
Next best is a smoothly melodious song of wistful love, “Accidents Will Happen,” which Bing, after tinkering throughout, sings in a pleasing duet with Dorothy Kirsten. And “High on the List” is that, too. Otherwise “Wouldn’t It Be Funny,” “You’ll Be Home” and “Wasn’t I There” are in the category of wholly agreeable tunes.
Miss Olson, who will be remembered as the young lady in “Sunset Boulevard,” here demonstrates a thorough ability to handle a fragile romantic lead, and Charles Coburn is familiarly amusing as a harassed producer of musical shows. Ida Moore is chirpily comic as a starry-eyed chaperone, while Mr. Haydn, the commendable young director, is very funny in an asthmatic bit.
“Mr. Music” may not stack up with the best of the Crosby films, but it is certainly a contemporary achievement that the master may lean happily upon.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, December 21, 1950)
Just before Christmastime, audiences caught one of their last glimpses
of the Barbours together. Bing Crosby had thrilled Lee by
recommending her for a cameo in his latest film. Mr Music. At
a penthouse party, surrounded by revelers, she and Crosby, accompanied by
Dave’s combo, sing Johnny Burke and Jimmy Van Heusen’s homespun slice
of philosophy, “Life Is So Peculiar.” Lee had grown in confidence since her
nervous appearances in The Powers Girl and Stage Door
Canteen, and she and Crosby prove a perfect match—a rising minimalist
alongside the king of nonchalance.
(James Gavin, Is That All There Is?
The Strange Life of Peggy Lee, page 121)
In 1950 Lee made a
cameo appearance in the Paramount film Mr.
Music, starring Bing Crosby. Lee and Crosby sang the charming duet “Life Is
So Peculiar” in a party scene during which their voices intermingled in a comedic
and seemingly effortless conversation. Their evenly matched singing talents
combined to create an unforgettable performance that entertained through the
overlapping and turn-taking of a friendly discussion set to music and
choreography. The pitch-perfect delivery of a jumping, lightly swinging melody
and the improvisational, casual playfulness of this delightful duo shone
brightly in this pivotal moment in film history when two of the finest singers
in the world met for a swinging, joyful romp.
(Tish Oney, Peggy Lee – A Century of Song, page 88)
I’m just like the Mr. Averages in the audience who watch
the glamour boys on the screen and listen to the little woman at their side
sighing like a furnace.
That was why the title Mr.
Music, which Paramount gave to a picture I made in 1950 with Nancy Olson,
made me uncomfortable. The picture didn’t do too well at the box office, and
I’ve always thought it was because its
title was unfortunate. Any time you name anybody Mr. So-and-So, you’re in
trouble. It sounds as if the one named is claiming more than he’s entitled to.
I fought against that Mr. Music title because I thought it would put me in a position of
claiming to be a leading figure in the music world. But the studio thought
otherwise. In fact, that “leading figure in the music world” angle was the one
their ads and their exploitation played up.
I think it soured a lot of
people on me. Pin a name on a stage or screen actor like America’s Boy Friend
or The Orchid Man, or Mr. Music on a singer, and he’s behind the eight-ball.
People go to see him with a “he’s-gotta-show-me”
attitude. It’s easy to turn such a
label into a gibe. It can bounce. That Mr. Music title took in too much
territory for anybody, especially me, since
I know relatively little about music.
(Call Me Lucky, page 147)
December 22, Friday. Bing and Jane Wyman rehearse a scene in "Emmadel's Office" on Stage 17 involving a dance routine.
December 23, Saturday. The Here Comes the Groom production shuts down for the Christmas holiday.
December 24,
Sunday. Bing guests on Louella Parsons’ transcribed ABC radio show and sings
“Silent Night.” Hopalong Cassidy also appears. During the day, Bing records a
Chesterfield show with Fred Astaire that airs on January 3, 1951.
“We used to do jokes about Bing’s lack of hair or his quickly receding hairline. Very seldom did Bing ever say anything about a script or ever complain. But we had Fred Astaire as a guest on one show, and we had a joke. Fred said to Bing, ‘You used to be taller,” and Bing said, “Yeah, well, I used to comb mine up.” And Fred evidently didn’t care for the joke; he did not want to admit that he wore a piece, whereas [to] Bing it didn’t make any difference.”
(Hal Kanter, as quoted in The Great American Broadcast, page 177)
Bing Crosby saunters
in on Bob Hope’s show (KFI 9). The Groaner and the Nose will discuss their
Christmas shopping problems. They will also harmonise in a friendship-type
song, guaranteed to top all friendship-type songs.
(Paul Price, Daily News, December 26, 1950)
December 27, Wednesday. Bing and Jane Wyman sing “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening” on the Paramount set of Here Comes the Groom accompanied by a full orchestra on the scoring stage. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Jack Teagarden, Dinah Shore, and Louis Armstrong.
Here Comes the Groom was noteworthy to me because of a song, the launching of a fourteen-year-old Italian girl’s career, and the charming chemistry that developed from the performances of Bing Crosby and Jane Wyman. First, the song.
Much to my delight I discovered that Jane Wyman—short nose, long legs, big heart, and all talent—had a rarely used flair for singing and dancing (in films she started in the chorus line, second row). I had to have a great song for Jane to do with Bing. But you don’t just find great songs lying around on shelves. Oh, no? We did.
Joe Sistrom (one of my earlier “fiddlers three”) said: “Frank, got just the song you want. Been in Paramount’s dead letter files for years. Johnny Mercer and Hoagy Carmichael wrote it for a Betty Hutton picture I was going to make about Mabel Normand, till it got the Balaban ax. I’ll dig it up for you.”
Back he came to my office and put a small try-out record on my record player. A gravelly voice scratched out: “This is Johnny Mercer singing ‘Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening,’ lyrics by Mercer and music by Hoagy Carmichael.” Then Hoagy played the piano intro and Mercer sang: “In the cool, cool, cool of the evening, / Tell ‘em we’ll be there . . .”
That was it! Bing liked it, Asher liked it. It would be our big gag-comedy number. I hired my pal, dance director Charlie O’Curran (Patti Page’s worse half), to work out a wild dance routine.
The news about “Cool, Cool” (it won the Academy Award for Best Song) was not that we recorded, simultaneously, the orchestra in the music stage and Bing and Jane on the live sets (with tiny radios in their ears to pick up the orchestra from antenna loops on the floor)—although Film Daily said we set a precedent: “Marking a first, Paramount’s full orchestra yesterday recorded on the scoring stage while Bing Crosby and Jane Wyman simultaneously recorded Johnny Mercer’s ‘Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening’ blocks away on Frank Capra’s shooting set. . .”
Nor was the news about the song the intricate technical job of photographing and recording Bing and Jane as they started their song and dance in a plush upstairs office, then, without a break, clowned and sang down a corridor, to the elevator, out the main lobby to the lighted street, and down the street to Jane’s car. All in one take. All on one sound track—cameras and mikes in the office, the corridor, the elevator, the lobby, and the street, picking up actors as they came into view a la TV coverage—a distinctive bit of staging the actors and crews were deservedly proud of.
No, the news about the song was Jane Wyman—the way she traded in her crying towel for a glamour-girl’s raiment, and became a dish to behold!
(Frank Capra, writing in his book, The Name above the Title, page 420)
December 30, Saturday. Bing and many other stars are featured in a special "Voice of America" broadcast heard throughout Italy as a special New Year greeting. The Here Comes the Groom production shuts down as Bing records a Chesterfield show with Louis Armstrong, Jack Teagarden, and Toni Arden, which airs on January 17, 1951. Billboard announces a major marketing drive.
20 Years-and Boom
for Bing!
NEW YORK, Dec. 23.
— One of the most extensive promotions in show business history
is being readied for the month of January to herald Bing Crosby's
20th anniversary and to push Der Bingle’s new film, Mr. Music. The anniversary marks Crosby’s first appearance as a
single entity in show business, tho his actual tenure in the field dates back
even further to his days as a member of Paul Whiteman Rhythm Boys. The
promotion is a five-way deal between Decca Records, Paramount Pictures, the
Columbia Broadcasting System, Chesterfield Cigarettes and Famous-Paramount
Music Publishers…Hub of the Decca drive will be the largest single of Crosby
disks – 8 new albums – to be marketed at one time. Albums will cover songs Bing
has done in his pictures…The diskery will also issue 12 new 45 r.p.m. albums,
10 of which have appeared on 78 and LP and two completely new – a collection of
current Broadway show tunes and an Irish
songs album. Diskery will gift Bing with a platinum record of his White Christmas which has sold over
7,000,000 copies.
(Billboard,
December 30, 1950. Pages 20 and 27.)
Bing comes third in the U.S.A. movie box office stars
poll. John Wayne is first. During the year, Bing has had eleven records that
have become chart hits.
At some stage in the year, Bing appears in a tobacco industry short film called Tobaccoland On Parade with Bob Hope, Perry Como and Arthur Godfrey.
January 1, Monday. Attends the Rose Bowl game between the Michigan Wolverines and California Golden Bears at Pasadena. Michigan wins 14-6. The Here Comes the Groom production has shut down for the day.
January 2, Tuesday. Another scene for Here Comes the Groom is filmed in "Emmadel's Office".
January 3, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Fred Astaire. Louella O. Parsons' syndicated column of this date includes the following.
Dixie and Bing
Crosby’s holiday party was a western dinner in honor of Kitty Sexton, who has
bought a ranch near them in Elko. Everett Crosby, who recently kissed and made
up with Dixie, wore the biggest western sombrero there. Among the few western movie
guests were, of course, Sue and Alan Ladd, Lana and Bob Topping, Pat Dane and
Bill Morrow, and, of course, the Bob Crosby’s were among those who had a good
time. Gary, who is his dad’s greatest competition, sang. In fact, all the Crosby’s entertained.
January 7,
Sunday. Bing is heard being interviewed on radio station KMPC’s transcribed “Salute to Bing Crosby”
which is transmitted over the Liberty Broadcasting System at several times over the coming days. Also, Bing records
four songs with Tommy Dorsey and his Orchestra in Hollywood.
Bing Crosby -
Tommy Orch: “Then You’ve Never Been Blue”-“You Gotta Show Me” (Decca). Teaming
of Crosby’s pipes with Dorsey’s slidehorn on a couple of oldies was a good idea
although these sides probably aren’t destined for more than middling play.
Crosby rides both tunes with a mellow voice and good beat while Dorsey’s band
supplies smooth swing backgrounds.
(Variety, February 21, 1951)
You Gotta
Show Me
Decca 27461—A light rhythm piece benefits tremendously from the blend of a relaxed Crosby with the beat-ful inclinations of T. D. Surefire deejay fare and likely, if only for the name power.
Then You’ve
Never Been Blue
Bing croons a fine oldie, T. D. blows a bit of it on his horn; result is a nice disking for dancers. A pleasant, tho unspectacular, coupling.
(Billboard, March 3, 1951)
Without a
Word of Warning
Decca 27801—Crosby here has put to wax one of his finest croon jobs in recent years on a fine ballad oldie by Gordon and Revel. T.D. contributes a taste of his own tram style and furnishes a simple dance setting for the disking.
The Girl
Friend
Bing, backed by a bright Dorsey dance orking, does a winning job with a brilliant sample of Rodgers and Hart.
(Billboard, November 3, 1951)
I was frankly disappointed by Bing Crosby (Bruns 04704), even when assisted by Tommy Dorsey’s Orchestra, for “Then You’ve Never Been Blue” sounds too much like a “borrow” from “A Nightingale Sang in Berkeley Square.”
(The Gramophone, June, 1951)
January 8,
Monday. (Starting at 6:30 p.m.). Bing records a Chesterfield show with Bob Hope and Bob Crosby in CBS Studio B. The show
airs on January 10.
January 9,
Tuesday.(7:00–7:30 p.m. Pacific) Is honored in “A Salute to Bing Crosby,” a transcribed CBS tribute to
his twenty years (as a single) in show business.
With an all-star talent lineup, CBS must have drawn a
hefty audience for this special one-shot, designed as a tribute to Bing Crosby
and his 20th anni in show business. But the web certainly missed the boat as
far as any production credits were concerned, except for the basic necessity of
transcribing the artists from both coasts and integrating them into the half-hour
production. With Art Linkletter as emcee, the guests merely stood up and
performed their specialties.
There was no attempt made to integrate any of them
into a script, and the result was a hodge-podge of variety entertainment.
As a peg on which the guests could hang their talents,
producers Bill Morrow and Murdo MacKenzie had most of them explain how they were
associated with the Groaner during his career. When no association could be found
though, the performer merely sang or played the number that was “one of Bing’s favorites.”
CBS board chairman William S. Paley was also on hand to receive credit as the
first network exec to give Crosby a coast-to-coast show. Strangely missing from
the lineup were Mack Sennett, in whose two-reel comedies the crooner first
shone, and Paul Whiteman, with whose orch Crosby launched his singing career.
Guests,
all top names in the business, were fine when
they stuck to their specialties, but when they attempted to read some
praise of Crosby, the lines sounded like in-sincere platitudes.
Crosby’s mother was brought on as a “surprise” guest and Crosby himself
scored
in his now-standard dueling with Bob Hope and his singing of one of his
best
oldies, “1 Surrender, Dear.”
(Variety, January 17, 1951)
The Groaner’s 20th anniversary as a single entity in show business, being widely heralded by Paramount Pictures and Decca Records, was handed its send-off by CBS in a fully packed, half-hour, all-star salute. It was one of those shapeless, back-slapping presentations which could invoke nausea of heard more frequently than once every 20 years. Certainly, this particular tribute was breezier, tastefully handled and even entertaining to a certain degree above and beyond the usual run of this sort of thing. Transcribed, pasted together and run off for a studio audience with Art Linkletter serving as the emcee, the show turned up a host of talents linked at one time or another with Crosby. These included Mary Martin, Ella Fitzgerald, Louis Armstrong, Jack Teagarden, Amos ‘n’ Andy, Edgar Bergen and Charlie McCarthy, Dorothy Kirsten, Judy Garland and Bob Hope. CBS Chairman of the board, William S. Paley made a brief appearance to deliver the web’s best as well as take a bow as Bing’s “discoverer.” The tribute, appropriately enough, was topped off with the initial radio appearance of the singer’s mother, Mrs. H. L. Crosby Sr.
(Hal Webman, Billboard, January 20, 1951)
January 10,
Wednesday. This has been designated “Bing’s Day” by the media and Bing is at a
luncheon at Paramount Studios at which disc jockeys and radio editors see him
presented with a plaque from ASCAP. Dorothy Lamour is also present. (6:30–7:00
p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS.
The show has been taped and the guests are Bob Crosby and Bob Hope. (9:45 10:00p.m.)
Bing appears on Bob Crosby’s Club 15 radio program on CBS.
January 11, Thursday.
Bing guests on Bob Hope's radio show, which is taped at Fort Ord. Jimmy
Demaret and Jack Kirkwood also appear. The show is broadcast on January
23.
Fort Ord—Bob Hope,
affectionately dubbed “The Soldier in Greasepaint” by American soldiers
stationed at outposts and camps throughout the world, rocked ‘em in their seats
again Thursday night when he presented a star-studded, rollicking stage show in
the Fort Ord Soldiers’ club. Leading the list of luminaries who appeared with
him on the first show were the Ol’ Groaner, Bing Crosby. Crosby’s appearance
was a surprise. Both he and Hope are on the Monterey peninsula for the Bing
Crosby invitational golf tournament, an annual charity event.
(The Californian, January 13, 1951)
January 12-14, Friday–Sunday.
Phil Harris and professional E. J. (Dutch) Harrison win the
pro-am best-ball section at the Bing Crosby golf tournament. The
professional
winner is Byron Nelson. Bing does not play as he says that Paramount
will not
allow this while he is working on a picture. Celebrities playing
include Dennis O'Keefe, Bob Hope, Bill Boyd, Bob Crosby, Ben Gage and Johnny
Weissmuller. On the Friday, Bing’s film Mr.
Music
is shown at the Carmel Theatre and Bing is thought to have made a
personal appearance. The grand climax of the tournament is the stag
party at
the Monterey-Peninsula Country Club on the Sunday night. About $45,000
is raised for the Monterey Chamber of Commerce Youth Fund benefit.
The more a fellow thinks about Crosby’s golf tournament on the Monterey Peninsula, the more it is realized that here is a big league operation. There isn’t a bushy feature to the entire show - and the Sunday night stag dinner for tournament officials, players, and press is a fitting climax to an outstanding event.
The entertainment numbers at the stag dinner are something which must be seen to be believed. Crosby as an emcee, with his hair figuratively down and no radio microphone but only a loud speaker in front of him, is excruciatingly funny. And amazingly clever. No script either. All ad lib.
At that, two professional golfers came close to stealing the show. Dutch Harrison, whose normal conversation is more hill-billy than Lil’ Abner’s, threw the 350 spectators into an uproar with his droll observations on golf in general, Crosby in particular. Jimmy Demaret, who has a rare sense of humor and an excellent singing voice, was another unscheduled star. Demaret gagged with Crosby, later sang “Home, Home on The Range” with old Silver Pipes. With a bit of training Demaret could get by as a professional warbler; He’s good.
If the real hit of the program had to be picked by this writer the choice would settle on the Firehouse Five, the hottest, most melodious, toe-tapping, spine-tingling band in the country. And who comprises the Firehouse Five, you ask? Actually there are seven instead of five. The original five are employed by Walt Disney, all high salaried animators or officials. They play only for fun. A sixth musician is with the Los Angeles police department, the seventh, a resident of Santa Monica introduced by Bing Crosby as “a high class beachcomber”.
No wonder every professional golfer in the country, and almost every amateur, seeks an invitation to the Bing Crosby tournament. There is nothing like it in the country, in the world. For the information of those who have dreams of receiving invitations to next year’s stag dinner, it should be explained that bids to the soiree are tougher to obtain than a formal presentation to the King and Queen of England. The dinner, it can be added, is much more fun than being presented to the King and Queen. And you don’t have to dress formally either.
(Alan Ward, Oakland Tribune, January 17, 1951)
January 13, Saturday. Bing tapes his Chesterfield show at Fort Ord (northeast of Monterey) before an audience of army personnel at the U.S. Army Infantry Training Center. The venue is close to Pebble Beach and Bing’s annual golf tournament. Bing’s guests are Toni Arden and the Firehouse Five Plus Two. The show is broadcast on January 31.
Fort Ord—Roof on
the Soldier’s club was raised at least a couple of feet Saturday night when
Bing Crosby presented a show for Fort Ord servicemen. Included were Crystal
White, dancer; Phil Harris, singing “The Thing”; Songstress Toni Arden and the
Firehouse Five Plus Two, one of the top Dixieland bands.
(The Californian, January 15, 1951)
January 17,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Toni Arden,
Jack Teagarden, and Louis Armstrong.
January 18, Thursday. (7:00–8:00 p.m. Pacific) Stars in the Screen Guild Players radio version of The Birth of the Blues with Dinah Shore and Phil Harris on ABC. Music is supplied by Red Nichols and his Five Pennies.
America’s queen of song, Dinah Shore, will be Bing Crosby’s
leading lady when The Groaner stars in a radio revival of the cinema jazz
classic, “Birth of the Blues,” on Screen Guild Players tonight on ABC. Crosby will take time out from the
filming schedule at Paramount of “Here Comes the Groom,” to play the lead in
the one-hour production and as usual his performance will be contributed to the
Motion Picture Relief Fund, beneficiary of the star-studded program featuring 60-minute
dramatizations of hit screen plays.
ABC’s west coast musical director Basil Adlam will direct
a special orchestra for the show and Red Nichols and his Five Pennies will be on
hand to provide special jazz arrangements. Phil Harris, radio and film star, will
star in one of the supporting roles.
“Birth of the Blues” is regarded as a film classic on jazz.
It traces the conception of this native American music in New Orleans, and is generally
regarded as one of the all-time great musicals produced by Hollywood. (7:00-KCNA)
(Tucson Daily Citizen, January 18, 1951)
January 20,
Saturday. Billy Rowe's Notebook in the Pittsburgh Courier alleges that Bing refused to let a colored golfer named Teddy Rhodes
play in his pro-am. Larry Crosby responds (see April 10, 1951). Bing
records a Chesterfield show with James Stewart and Toni Arden that airs
on January 24. At night, Frank Sinatra has a transcribed
conversation with Bing on Frank’s television show and the setting is
the lobby
of a theater displaying Mr. Music on its marquee.
January 22,
Monday. Press reports indicate that Bing has recently moved back into his
Holmby Hills home with Dixie. He had been spending much of his time at his home
at Pebble Beach.
January 23,
Tuesday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bob Hope radio show is transmitted by NBC and
Bing guests with Jimmy Demaret and Connie Moore. This has been recorded at Fort
Ord.
January 24,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Toni Arden and
James Stewart. During the day, Bing writes to Tom Johnson,
a minority shareholder in the Pittsburgh Pirates and a senior lawyer at
Kirkpatrick, Pomeroy, Lockhart and Johnson in Pittsburgh.
Dear
Tom
I
am much indebted to you for your long thoughtful letter disclosing what has
transpired in recent months in the Pirates’ picture. Your letter cleared up
many questions which have been in my mind, and which I was going to postpone
putting to you until I saw you in the spring, but I believe now I am pretty well
briefed on the entire situation.
Newspapermen
and radio commentators are constantly jumping me out and trying to get some
form of statement from me about Branch Rickey, about his reported stock purchase,
and about his salary and his plans, and about the contractual details of his arrangement
with the team. Naturally I vague up on all this stuff, because my experience has
taught me that if I make no comment to the newspaperman there is very little he
can do about it. If you say something, he’ll twist it around to suit his own purpose
anyhow, so the best and only sanctuary is complete clam-up. Tom Harmon, the ex-Michigan
football star, is a close friend of mine, and he is trying to get somewhere
here in the sports commentating field, and I did help him out by taping a
little interview about the Pirate picture, but what I had to say was mostly noncommittal
and shouldn’t produce any earth-shaking conjectures in the sports world.
I
am glad the future indicates we will soon have a working agreement with
Hollywood, principally because most of my interests are here, and also because
of Bob Cobb. He is not only a close personal friend of mine, but he is a fine
man and is very popular in this town, and I presume he’s equally popular
wherever he has interests.
Unquestionably,
Branch has the right idea about the scouting system – building that up and
developing young players. Of course I thought that’s what we were doing all
along, but I believe we were stymied by Indianapolis.
We
have a couple of guys we are currently working on that I think are going to be
great prospects. One is a boy named O’Keefe, who went to school with my kid. He
graduates in February. He is a first-baseman, weighs about 195 pounds, and is
fast and has lots of power. He’s being sought after by every major league club
in the business, but I think though his friendship with Gary we have an inside
track on his services. This kid has done nothing but think and eat baseball
since he was old enough to walk. And he’s a finished performer. If we miss out
on getting him I’ll be bitterly disappointed. And there are some others out
here, details concerning whom I won’t bother you at this time.
Certainly
hope you can come to San Bernardino and we can discuss all these things more at
leisure and in greater detail.
Am
currently working on a picture which should finish in several weeks, then I go
back to Pebble Beach to stay for a while, doing my broadcasting from San
Francisco, but I’ll be around here for the spring training period, you may be
sure, and I certainly intend to make opening day in Pittsburgh.
My
very best to your family, and to the staff at Forbes Field.
Sincerely
yours, Bing
January 27,
Saturday. Tapes another Chesterfield show in Hollywood with Judy Garland. This is broadcast
on February 7.
January 29, Monday.
Bing sends a telegram to General Eisenhower at Columbia University in New York.
March of Time importuning me make short film subject covering my visit abroad last spring and pointing up benefits E.C.A. and Marshall plan. I don’t wish to become involved politically but would abide by your opinion as to the continuing merits of these operations confidential and in some haste
Bing Crosby 9028 Sunset Blvd
The General’s assistant replies on February 5.
General Eisenhower, although he has now returned to Columbia from Washington, continues immersed in a series of conferences and meetings that leaves him no leisure whatsoever. However, this morning, he did get a chance to read your telegram. He directed me to write immediately, thanking you for the compliment implicit in it and assuring you of his favorable opinion on the continuing merits of the two operations you named.
January 31,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s guests are Toni Arden and the
Firehouse Five Plus Two.
February 1,
Thursday. (9:00 a.m.–12:25 p.m.) Records two tracks with the Andrews Sisters
and Vic Schoen and his Orchestra in Hollywood. In the afternoon, Bing records
two Irish songs with Matty Matlock’s Orchestra and The Mellomen.
St.
Patrick’s Day Parade
Bing, in high spirits, turns on his winning Irish brogue for a sparkling etching of a new St Patty’s ditty of superior quality. Add another solid standard item to the lengthy Crosby list.
With My Shillelagh Under My Arm
Performance-wise, the same level of spirit and vigor is accomplished here but the song isn’t quite as strong as topside’s.
(Billboard, March 24, 1951)
The
Yodelling Ghost
Decca 27631—A plodding item focussed around some echo effects resists the highgrade talents of himself and the girls.
Black Ball
Ferry Line
This collaboration on the sea-going trolley song is pleasant, but doesn’t have the flash of the earlier cutting by Percy Faith.
(Billboard, June 30, 1951)
February 2,
Friday. Records “Silver Moon” and “Sentimental Music” with John Scott Trotter
and his Orchestra. A 26-minute tobacco industry Technicolor film called Tobaccoland On Parade with
appearances by Bing, Bob Hope, Perry Como and Arthur Godfrey is shown
at a Junior Chamber of Commerce meeting in Wichita. It is also shown
throughout the USA at the meetings of various other organisations
during the year.
Crosby
comes through with one of his standout vocals on “Sentimental Music,” slating
it for heavy jock and juke spins
(Variety,
February 28, 1951)
Sentimental Music Relaxed slicing of a fine ballad which has been threatening to bust out but hasn’t quite made it so far. This is Bing, the old crooner, at work.
(Billboard, March 17, 1951)
Silver Moon
Another rich Crosby go on the fine old Romberg standard.
(Billboard, April 7, 1951)
Bing Crosby, usually so fine, gets out of his depth with some low notes in “Silver Moon” (Bruns. 05062) and does better in “Betsy” verso though the Andrews Sisters are quite unnecessary.
(The Gramophone, April 1953)
February 3, Saturday.
(Starting at 5:45 p.m.) Tapes another Chesterfield show at the CBS
Radio Playhouse, 1615 North Vine, Hollywood.
February 4,
Sunday. (6:15-6:30 p.m. Pacific time) Bing takes part in a celebration on ABC commemorating Louella Parsons’
twentieth anniversary in radio. Among the many other celebrities paying tribute
to her are Marion Davies, Mary Pickford, Claudette Colbert, Dick Powell, and
Jack Benny.
February 5,
Monday. Bing records four Latin American songs, including “Granada” and
“Quizas, Quizas, Quizas” with the Bando Da Lua.
Bing Crosby turns in two neat Latin American tunes, “Quizas, Quizas, Quizas” and “Maria Bonita,” for Decca.
(Variety, April 11, 1951)
Bing Crosby: “Granada” “It Had To Be You” (Decca). The oldie “Granada” is one of Crosby’s best efforts in some time. He gives the Latino fave a lilt that could kick off a revival. Pairing of Crosby’s crooning and Red Nichols’ corneting breathes new life into “It Had to Be You.”
(Variety, August
5, 1953)
Quizas,
Quizas, Quizas
Decca 27536—This lovely Latin piece draws Bing’s finest effort in moons; the Bando Da Lua contributes that extra spark which could send this slice soaring.
Maria Bonita
More relaxed, charming, crooning Crosby on a pretty Latin ballad. But the side hasn’t the punch of “Quizas.”
(Billboard, April 21, 1951)
“Quizas, Quizas, Quizas” – “Here Ends the Rainbow” (Brunswick 04749)
The latter-day accompaniments on Bing Crosby’s recordings have been singularly uneventful. A happy exception to the general rule is provided by the instrumental backing to “Quizas” (perhaps better known as “Perhaps”). Here, the Bando Da Lua, heard on so many sides by Carmen Miranda, has been employed with telling effect. The lightly rhythmical support this group gives to Crosby’s relaxed vocal is altogether delightful. In fact, I would nominate this as one of the best Bings I have heard in recent years. “Here Ends the Rainbow,” which is given mild Hawaiian treatment, contains none of the vocal or instrumental distinction that mark the reverse performance.
(Laurie Henshaw, Melody Maker, September 8, 1951)
Granada
Decca 27951—The Latin standard is beautifully treated by Der Bingle, in sock voice here, with a scintillating backing from the Bando Da Lua, Carmen Miranda’s great combo associates.
Copacabana
Another Latin standard of more than passing merit is handed a thoroughbred go by Crosby and the Bando Da Lua. Bing’s real relaxed as he unloads a real croon job.
(Billboard, February 9, 1952)
February 7,
Wednesday. Another recording session with John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra
at which Bing sings five songs. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby
Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the
guest is Judy Garland.
Any Town Is
Paris When You’re Young
Lovely new ballad, rich ork-choral backing and a crooning Crosby makes up a lovely waxing which should do at least a substantial fan business.
(Billboard, March 17, 1951)
Bing Crosby hits
nicely on "More I Cannot Wish You," from the "Guys and
Dolls" score.
(Variety, March
21, 1951)
More I
Cannot Wish You
Decca 27568—One of the lesser known items from “Guys and Dolls” —and one of the prettiest—is sung warmly, tho deliberately by Crosby.
(Billboard, April 7, 1951)
The Loneliness
of Evening
Decca 27768—Bing spreads warmth and mood as he croons a pretty Rodgers-Hammerstein ballad, which is kin to their “Bali H’ai.” Pretty ork-chorus setting rounds out an altogether lovely etching.
I Will
Remember You
Bing does another pretty ballad and again sings in his wonderfully relaxed crooning style. Should please his collectors no end.
(Billboard, September 22, 1951)
Bing Crosby is well on form in Indian Summer (Bruns. 04947) but rather misses fire as an old-time vaudeville comedian in Row, Row, Row verso;
(The Gramophone, August 1952)
February 8,
Thursday. Records two tracks with the Andrews Sisters and Vic Schoen and his
Orchestra in Hollywood. “Sparrow in the Tree Top” hits the No. 8 spot in the Billboard
list and stays in the charts for 15 weeks. Bing then tapes a Chesterfield show
with the Andrews Sisters and Nat “King” Cole, which is broadcast on February 28.
Sparrow in the Tree Top
Bing and the girls, with Patti stepping out for some solo chores, ring up a buoyant treatment of a promising folksy ditty.
(Billboard, February 24, 1951)
Forsaking
All Others
Country waltz takes on pop potential via the slick Crosby-Andrews waxings. String backing makes it country material, too.
(Billboard,
March 17, 1951)
Bing Crosby-
Andrews Sisters: “Sparrow in the Tree Top”-“Forsaking All Others” (Decca), Two big
sides by a top vocal combo. “Sparrow,” a standout tavern-style item, is given a
commercially sock treatment with Crosby at his mellowest and the Andrews
Sisters at their snappiest. Surefire for jocks and jukes. On the Decca reverse,
Crosby and the girls pour out sweet cider on a hillbilly ballad that could be
as big as “Sparrow.” Vic Schoen orch supplies a fine framework.
(Variety, February 14, 1951)
February 9,
Friday. Bing records three songs, including “Here Ends the Rainbow” with Lyn
Murray and his Orchestra. Betty Mullin sings on two of the tracks.
Bing
Crosby -
Betty Mullin “With This Ring I Thee Wed "- “Here Ends the Rainbow"
(Decca). “I Thee Wed” is a tasteful adaptation of the marriage ritual
phrase,
with Crosby and Miss Mullin handling the lyrics in simple and effective
style.
It's a good idea that could take off. Reverse is another wedding song,
derived
from an Hawaiian tune and also rendered suitably. Lyn Murray orch backs
neatly.
(Variety,
May 23, 1951)
With This
Ring I Thee Wed
Decca 27595—A beautifully glowing reading of a recent ballad which will probably end up a standard of its type. And this will probably be the standard waxing of it. A new thrush named Betty Mullin harmonizes sweetly with Bing on the second chorus.
Here Ends
the Rainbow
This is an Americanized version of a Hawaiian wedding song. Bing and Miss Mullin do a warm job with it. Makes the coupling a strong catalog bet.
(The Billboard, May 26, 1951)
February 10,
Saturday. Starting at 5:45 p.m., he records another Chesterfield show at the
CBS Radio Playhouse, North Vine, Hollywood, this time with Tallulah Bankhead
and Peggy Lee, which airs on February 21. (11:00-11:30 p.m.) Bing narrates “Land of the Free,” in the second of the
American Legion four-program dramatization series If Fight We Must on
NBC. Later, Bing enters St. John's Hospital.
February 12,
Monday. Bing has major surgery at St. John’s in Santa Monica for a kidney
ailment. Dr. Frederick Schlumberger performs the operation. Dixie visits him every day at the hospital.
Bing
Crosby rested comfortably in St. John’s Hospital Tuesday after an operation
Monday for a kidney ailment. His physician, Dr. F. C. Schlumberger, said the
crooner should be out of hospital in about 10 days. The singer tried to keep
the operation a secret. Among the members of his family, only his wife, Dixie,
knew that it was going to be performed. The news leaked out after Crosby
entered the hospital.
(Fort
Worth Star-Telegram, February 13, 1951)
While Crosby was not a hypochondriac, he had reason to be concerned about his health. He suffered with gall stones and during attacks he would turn angrily on anyone who was close by, especially his sons. Everyone was relieved when he finally decided to have an operation. He was on the operating table and about to be anesthetized, when he sat up, got off the table, dressed, and walked out of the hospital. Two years later, with the pain becoming unbearable, he finally had the surgery.
(Sheilah Graham, writing in her book My Hollywood, page 45)
February 14,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Dorothy Kirsten.
February 21, Wednesday. Bing leaves hospital. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are Peggy Lee and Tallulah Bankhead.
Bing
Crosby, fully recuperated from surgery, is out in the open again and hankering
for the feel of his clubs against a golf ball. The crooner had an operation
Feb. 12 for a kidney ailment. Dr. F. C. Schlumberger said Bing is feeling fine
again and thoroughly enjoyed the rest from the demands of his career. He left
hospital Wednesday.
(Fort
Worth Star-Telegram, February 22, 1951)
February 27,
Tuesday. (10:30-11:00 p.m. Eastern). Bing makes a filmed contribution
to the television show “American Red
Cross Fund Campaign” which is also broadcast on radio at the same time.
No
doubt, the filming had been done before Bing’s recent hospitalization.
Others taking part include Bob Hope, Judy Garland and Perry Como.
For the performers—the talented men and women who put their careers, their reputations and their egos on the line every single time they reach out to an audience—the switch from radio to television was, in a word, terrifying. “Only one thing seems consistently apparent to me, and that is you just have to be twice as good on television as on any other medium.”
The man who wrote me that in a letter in 1949 was perhaps the best-known, most beloved star of radio and the motion pictures at the time: Bing Crosby. He had signed up to return to CBS radio and I had written to him in California proposing that he consider a television variety series. His reply made the point: Anytime you let down (on TV) for an instant you’ve lost your audience’s interest, and it’s a struggle to recapture it again.” He turned down my offer, but said that he might “take a fling at it” in another year or so. He was sure he could do a good show, he said, but it would take a lot of work.
What bothered Crosby and many other stars was that in those days most television was live. Unlike the movies, one couldn’t cover mistakes by retakes or choose between good, better, and best performances on successive takes. Bing had always preferred to use recordings for his radio performances. From any performer’s point of view, live telecasts were akin to walking on a high wire without a net. And videotape would not be introduced until the mid-fifties.
Crosby was right to hedge at the start. A series is a weekly grind with a high risk of failure. Failure would diminish his drawing power in both movies and personal appearances. Nevertheless, I pursued him on the subject and Bing took his “fling,” making his television debut on CBS in February 1951. But it was only a one-shot appearance. Not until 1964 did he consent to a weekly series, and that was as an actor in a domestic situation comedy on ABC, which lasted only one season. Thereafter, he confined his television performances to guest appearances and hosting “specials” which were videotaped.
(William S. Paley, writing in As It Happened)
February 28,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are the Andrews
Sisters and Nat King Cole.
March 1,
Thursday. Dixie flies to New York en route for a three-month tour of Europe
with Dr. and Mrs. George Hummer plus Georgina Hardwicke.
March 2,
Friday. Larry Crosby testifies against four men accused of operating a
song-publishing racket which defrauded ambitious amateur songwriters of an
estimated $200,000. The four used pictures of Bing on sheet music and advertisements
without permission.
March 4, Sunday.
(9.00-10.00 p.m.) A TV tribute to Richard Rodgers on his 25th anniversary as a
composer is transmitted from New York by NBC and Bing makes an audio
contribution from the Coast.
America
Applauds – An Evening for Richard Rodgers
…Bing’s delightful chat (by audio from Hollywood) with Celeste Holm (charmingly visible and audible) on the topic of Rodgers—men and tunes. Bing’s remarks were characteristically pertinent, breezy and touching, winding up with his singing Easy to Remember.
(Jerry Wexler, Billboard, March 17, 1951)
March 5,
Monday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Judy Garland that airs on March
7.
March 6, Tuesday. Bing writes to Eugenie Baird in New York.
Dear
Eugenie:
Surprised
to hear from you after so long a time, and I got a big kick out of the clipping
indicating that our Pittsburgh Pirates have signed your young brother for one
of our farm clubs. According to the clipping, he goes down to the Bartlesville
Club in Oklahoma. I shall watch his progress there with much interest, and
certainly hope he makes the grade for us. We need a good catcher very badly,
and inasmuch he’s your brother it would be particularly gratifying to me if he
came through.
You
have my deep sympathy over the loss of your father. I too sustained a similar
loss this fall when our Dad passed away. We certainly miss him, and I’m sure
you feel the same way about your Dad.
What
have you been doing with yourself professionally lately? Probably married and
raising a family by now. In whatever activity, I hope you’re happy and successful.
Nice
hearing from you again. Warmest personal regards,
Sincerely
Bing
P.S. Are your defences still impregnable?
March 7,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Judy Garland.
March 10, Saturday.
Records another Chesterfield show in Los Angeles with Judy Garland who has been
paid $2500 for her appearance. The show airs on March 14. "Billy Rowe's Notebook" in the Pittsburgh Courier again accuses Bing of bias against the colored golfer Teddy Rhodes.
March 11, Sunday. Sees the Pittsburgh Pirates beat the St. Louis Browns 8-5 in an exhibition match at Burbank.
March 14,
Wednesday. (2:00 p.m.) Bing is in San Bernardino to see the Pittsburgh Pirates lose 10-6 in
an exhibition match with the Cleveland Indians. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific)
Another taped Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the
guests are Judy Garland and Jack Pepper.
March 17,
Saturday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in Hollywood with Judy Garland, Les
Paul, and Mary Ford. The show airs on March 21.
March 18, Sunday. Starting at 1:30 p.m., watches the Chicago White Sox beat the St. Louis Browns 9-7 at Burbank Memorial Stadium.
March 21,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. Bing’s guests are Judy Garland, Les Paul, and Mary Ford.
March 22, Thursday.
Recording session in Hollywood. Bing sings two duets with Gary Crosby
(“Moonlight Bay” and “When You and I Were Young Maggie, Blues”) supported by
Matty Matlock and his All Stars. The disc peaks at No. 8 in the Billboard
chart, spending ten weeks in the charts in all.
Bing & Gary Crosby: “When You and I Were Young Maggie Blues”- “Moonlight Bay” (Decca). Crosby and his eldest son have come up with a solid sequel to their “Sam’s Song” click of last year. Crosby in fact, seems to be working with more zing in these family waxing sessions…
(Variety, April 4, 1951)
Gary and friend are back with a super side in “Moonlight,” complete with patter in a relaxed, beguiling performance. Flip, with two lines going simultaneously, should get plenty of turnover action.
(Billboard, April 7, 1951)
March 23, Friday.
Takes three of his sons to Wrigley Field, Los Angeles to see the
Pirates beat the Chicago Cubs 6-2 in a game starting at 2:15 p.m.
March 24,
Saturday. Another Chesterfield show is transcribed and the guest is Judy
Garland. The program is broadcast on March 28.
March 28,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and the guest is again Judy Garland.
March 31, Saturday. Tapes a Chesterfield show at the Plaza Theater in Palm Springs with Dinah Shore and Hopalong Cassidy. The show is broadcast on April 4.
Crosby Show Delights
Crowd at Plaza Theater
Bing
Crosby, his guests, Dinah Shore, Bill Boyd (Hopalong Cassidy), Happy Peters and
all of Bing’s cast on his Chesterfield show, delighted a packed house at the
Plaza theatre last Saturday night when they taped their show for recording
Wednesday night.
It
was a happy informal gathering with plenty of music and a lot of good gags. The
show was recorded here for presentation later on a coast to coast hook-up. In
the course of the evening Crosby introduced Ziggy Elman, famed trumpet man, who
played his well known “And the Angels Sing” as a solo. The band was John Scott
Trotter’s and has been with Crosby for years.
Consensus
of Villagers who see a lot of broadcasts was that “it was one of the best yet.”
(The Desert Sun, April 6, 1951)
April 3,
Tuesday. Having not been allowed to play golf until recently, following his
operation, Bing shoots a seventy-one at the Thunderbird course in Palm Springs.
April 4,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped at Palm Springs, probably to tie
in with Bing’s convalescence following his operation in February. The guests
are Dinah Shore and Hopalong Cassidy (William Boyd).
April 6, Friday. Sings at William Moncrief's patio supper in Palm Springs.
April 7, Saturday. Tapes a Chesterfield Show at the Plaza Theater in Palm Springs with Louis Armstrong, Marilyn Maxwell and Lindsay Crosby. The show is broadcast on April 11.
I dropped in on Bing Crosby’s taping session for his Wednesday evening show to watch Der Bingle give his youngest son, 12 year-old Lindsay, another lesson in microphone technique. I think Bing lost the bout, however. Everything was done in the typical casual air of Palm Springs. Bing was attired in his familiar off-the-hips sport shirt, which was topped by the casuals worn by announcer, Ken Carpenter and musical director, John Scott Trotter. Lindsay staggered onto the stage in cowboy boots obviously, a couple of sizes too large for him. He was the hit of the show for the audience standpoint with a duet of “Moonlight Bay” with his famed dad. You can hear the show on Wednesday, at 6.30 on KNX.
(Walter Ames, Los Angeles Times, April 10, 1951)
April 9,
Monday. (10:00 a.m. to 12:45 p.m.) Records four songs from the musical The
King and I with Victor Young and his Orchestra in Hollywood.
Bing Crosby: “I Whistle a Happy Tune” “Getting to Know You” “Hello Young Lovers” “Something Wonderful” (Decca). Four tunes from the Rodgers & Hammerstein score of “The King and I” delivered by Crosby in his best relaxed style. “Happy Tune” is the most commercial side…
(Variety, May 2, 1951)
Something
Wonderful
Decca 27588—Fine, warm Crosby on one of the striking Rodgers-Hammerstein ballads from “The King and I” score. Victor Young’s orking is effectively plain.
Hello, Young
Lovers
The “King and I” ballad most likely to succeed is wrapped up handsomely in the mellow Crosby manner to assure Bing of a big share if the song catches.
I Whistle a
Happy Tune
Decca 27589—The airy lilt from “The King and I” is warbled and whispered with an appropriate lightness by der Bingle. A most effective slicing which could stir pop action for the Disney-ish song.
Getting to
Know You
Another catchy bouncer from the same show score is done lightly and in straight-forward fashion by Crosby.
(Billboard, May 12, 1951)
In 1951, Crosby
and Victor Young commemorated their twentieth year of occasionally working
together with a winning quartet of tunes from the current Rodgers and
Hammerstein smash, The King and I. Crosby proves that “Getting to Know
You” was wasted on all those stiff-upper-lipped British babes who’ve sung it in
the show’s various incarnations. Rather, he approaches it so easily and so
convincingly that it’s not difficult for us to believe that it is precisely his
cup of tea.
April 10, Tuesday. Articles in the Pittsburgh Courier on January 20 and March 10 had alleged that Bing refused to let a colored golfer named Teddy Rhodes
play in his pro-am. Larry Crosby writes an impassioned defense of his brother
making it clear that Rhodes did not enter for the tournament and that Bing
would not have been consulted anyway as Larry deals with such matters. Larry
sends a copy of his letter, dated April 10, to J. Edgar Hoover, director of the
FBI.
April 11, Wednesday. General MacArthur is dismissed from all of his posts by
President Truman. In Hollywood, Bing
records a Chesterfield show with Gary Crosby which airs on April 18. (6:30–7:00
p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS.
The show had been taped on April 6 and the guests are Marilyn Maxwell, Lindsay Crosby, and
Louis Armstrong.
April (undated). Bing films a cameo appearance in The Fifth Freedom, an
advertising film made by Chesterfield Cigarettes and sings, “You’re a Grand Old
Flag.” Bob Hope, Perry Como and Arthur Godfrey are also featured in the film.
April 18,
Wednesday. Records a Chesterfield show with Bert Wheeler and Walter O’Keefe.
The show is broadcast on May 2. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing
Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guest is Gary Crosby.
April 19,
Thursday. Bing tapes a Chesterfield show in Hollywood with Louis
Armstrong that is subsequently broadcast on April 25. He sings “Old
Soldiers Never Die”
as a tribute to General MacArthur. Records “Gone Fishin’” with Louis
Armstrong
and John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra for Decca prior to the radio
taping.
The record briefly charts, peaking at No. 19.
Gone Fishin’
A pop tune, which didn’t make it a year or so back, gets a brand new lease on life in a happy gab-fest treatment by Croz and Satch.
(Billboard, May 26, 1951)
Then there is Bing Crosby “Gone Fishin’” with Louis Armstrong. This is gentle humor, all too rare these days, and there is a fine family affair between Bing and his son Gary on the other side, a modernised ‘Moonlight Bay’ (Bruns. 04781).
(The Gramophone, November 1951)
Old Soldiers
Never Die
Taken off one of his broadcasts, Bing uses the “wiffenpoof” (sic) approach to the Macarthur-inspired ballad revival. Should get a big share of whatever action the song stirs.
(The Billboard, May 26, 1951)
April 21,
Saturday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Fred Astaire and Teresa Brewer
which airs on May 9.
April 25,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Rose Marie and
Louis Armstrong.
April 26, Thursday. Records a Chesterfield show with Burl Ives and the Cass County Boys at the Marine Memorial Auditorium in San Francisco.
Bing
Crosby, down pounds since his operation, put on a show as wonderfully
entertaining as ever, with the usual flub dubs and miscues that always delight
a studio audience. Once, while singing
“Too Late Now,” he stopped to rehearse with his pianist, finally gave up and
adlibbed his own words.
“It’s too
late now to learn this song.
Besides,
I don’t feel very strong.
“It’s too
late now.”
Of
course, the final version, to be aired May 16, will be spotlessly perfect. During the two hour rehearsal Bing records
every number. The best version is used,
but not necessarily the one heard by the studio audience.
Bing
records again tonight, hosting Louis Armstrong, Teresa Brewer and Jack
Teagarden.
(Dwight
Newton, The San Francisco Examiner,
April 30, 1951)
April 28,
Saturday. (5:00-5:30 p.m.) Guests on the Hedda Hopper radio show with Lionel Barrymore
and Florence Bates.
April 30, Monday. Tapes a Chesterfield show in San Francisco with Teresa Brewer, Louis Armstrong and Jack Teagarden. This is broadcast on May 23.
May 2, Wednesday.
Bing visits his sons at Bellarmine Academy in San Jose. Dixie
celebrates Bing’s “fiftieth” birthday in southern France.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Walter O’Keefe and
Bert Wheeler.
May 5,
Saturday. In Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with Helen O’Connell which airs on
May 30.
May (undated). Bing sends a hand-written letter to his sister Mary Rose from his Pebble Beach home.
Dear Mary
Rose
Thought
you might like some tickets for yourself or some of your friends to our shows
being done in S. F. during the next week or so - Thursday and Monday, to be
exact, guests unselected as yet, but hope to have someone clever.
Mother
seems pleased with her new teeth and is trying to keep them in as much as
possible. Her health remains as good as can be expected at her age.
Dixie is
touring Europe on a broad scale - in Switzerland now.
Love, Bing
May 9,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s guests are Fred Astaire and Teresa
Brewer.
May 10, Thursday. Records a Chesterfield show at the Marine Memorial Auditorium in San Francisco.
May 11,
Friday. (5:00-5:30 p.m.) Bing again guests on the Hedda Hopper radio show. Possibly a
transcribed broadcast. Bing sends Bob Hope a clipping about Danny Kaye being the uncrowned king
of British vaudeville following a recent appearance at the London Palladium.
Hope is about to undertake a European tour and play in the British Amateur Golf
Championship. The hand-written letter accompanying the clipping reads as
follows:
Dear Flab
Don’t come home until you’ve won the title back from this upstart. Do I have to send Oscar Lorraine over to top him? Or Council Berneirci? Or Fradkin or Taradash? Good luck in the Tourney, old boy. Hope you win some matches – Stay out of Paris – that’s my town!
Love to all, Bing
American folk songs and ballads highlight the variety-spiced musical
session on tonight's Bing Crosby Show (WDAE, 9:30 p.m.) It is real
old-fashioned songfest as Bing welcomes balladeer Burl Ives and the Cass County
Boys, singing instrumentalists featured regularly on the Saturday night Gene
Autry Show. Crosby injects a bit of early Americana into the show by
acknowledging his appointment as an honorary engineer of the Erie Railroad on
its 100th anniversary and citing a few historical railroading notes.
(The Tampa Times, 16th May, 1951)
May 21, Monday. Bing, Bill Morrow and John Eacret drive to the Flathead Lake Lodge in Montana for more fishing.
May 22, Tuesday. Fishing on Flathead Lake from Irv Ohmsted's cruiser.
May 23,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are Jack Teagarden, Louis
Armstrong, and Teresa Brewer. The
show had been taped at the Marine Memorial Auditorium in San Francisco.
Bing arrives at his Hayden Lake home and goes fishing on Lake Pend
Oreille.
May 26, Saturday.
Bing drives into Spokane with Dr. and Mrs. Herb Rotchford to speak at
the Gonzaga Alumni buffet luncheon in the Gonzaga canteen. During his
time in Idaho, Bing records a special record to be played at a stag
dinner for Jimmy Demaret, which is to take place at Toot Shor's in New
York City on June 5.
May 27, Sunday. Attends the 9 a.m. mass in the university chapel at Gonzaga. Leaves Hayden Lake for Seattle in the afternoon.
May 28,
Monday. Bing and Bill Morrow have driven on to Vancouver, Canada, and
as Bing is unshaven and wearing a leather jacket with dungarees and boots, he
is initially turned away by the hotel night room clerk at the Hotel Vancouver
at 7:00 p.m.. Fortunately, the bellhop notices this and stops Bing from driving
away. The bellhop takes Bing and Bill Morrow up the freight elevator to the
seventh floor and allocates them two rooms. Bob Hope later hires the hotel
night room clerk for a bit part in his film Son of Paleface.
All a
Mistake: Art Cameron, night clerk at the Hotel Vancouver in
Vancouver, B.C., gave a brush-off to a “bum” who sauntered in wearing a leather
jacket, dungarees, boots, and “no shave.”
“Fix
me up with a couple of singles with baths, will ya,
boy?” the man asked. Cameron gave him an icy stare and said the hotel was
hooked solid. But a bellhop, Ray Morrison, recognized the “bum” as Bing Crosby
and quickly installed him in twin suites, with his producer, Bill Morrow. “I
thought they were a couple of bums or Indians from up north,” Cameron
explained. “It was all a mistake.” Crosby, who had driven to Canada with Morrow
on a fishing trip, said: “It’s the first hotel I ever got kicked out of before
I got in.” His clothes, he added, would have been “all right for a full-dress
affair at home.”
(Newsweek, June 11, 1951)
En route up and down and
around and about,
I’ve had a few misadventures—but I have taken no more of
a jerking around by hotel people and the constabulary than most people who
travel a lot. However I have jounced over a few such
thank-you-marms which the press has
thought newsworthy. Why they thought so, I don’t know.
On a visit to Vancouver a
room clerk at a hotel didn’t want
to let me in, and it was blown up into a front page story. I’d been fishing in the
Rockies with Bill Morrow. We reached Vancouver with a substantial stubble on
our faces. We had on clothes we’d
worn for three or four days and we must have looked like a couple of loggers
coming to town lonely and loaded, seeking a skid-row flop.
The Vancouver Hotel is a fine
hotel and it does such a big business it’s generally hard to get a room there. But I thought it was so late in the season
that we wouldn’t have much trouble. We
drove up, got out of our car, went into the lobby, approached the clerk at the desk, and asked
for a room. He looked us over with halibut eyes and
asked incredulously, “You
want a room here?”
“That’s why we’re here,” we said.
“I don’t think we have
anything available,” he said.
I began to steam a little.
I said, “There should be no doubt
in your mind. Either you have something or you
haven’t.”
“We run a very exclusive hotel here, you know,” he said.
I said to Morrow, “Let’s
blow.”
Walking out we passed a
bellboy at the door who had been there when we’d stayed there the year before. Remembering Morrow and how lavishly he’d tipped, he was loath to see us leave, so while we walked to our car, he ran quickly to the manager’s office. Apparently he told him that a human Comstock Lode was making his departure, for the manager came out with the bellboy, apologized, and took us back and got us a room.
That was all there was to it, but when the newspapers and the press associations got through with it, it took on
the proportions
of an international incident. You couldn’t tell who had insulted whom or why, but,it all blew over without the U.N. taking it
up.
(Call Me Lucky, page 281-282)
May 29, Tuesday.
(4:00 p.m.) Bing goes to the Sunset Memorial Community Centre in
Vancouver where he sings an unaccompanied chorus and verse of “Blue
Skies” to an
audience of 1,000 teenagers. The mayor had apparently sent a car for
him but
Bing makes his own way to the centre, which causes some confusion to the
civic
party. At night, watches a lacrosse game at Kerrisdale Arena and
sees the North Shore Indians beat the Vancouver Combines 9-7.
May 30,
Wednesday. Bing goes to Horseshoe Bay for a fishing trip to Long Bay in Home
Sound with Danny Sewell and Bill Morrow. At night, Bing dines in Chinatown.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Charles Durand,
Guy Brion, and Helen O’Connell.
May 31, Thursday. Bing and Bill Morrow leave Vancouver and drive to Seattle where they stay at
the Olympic Hotel.
June 1,
Friday. Bing is in Seattle where he interviews
four Seattle University stars with a view to signing them for the Pittsburgh
Pirates. Bing and Bill Morrow then start the long drive back to California
where they go to Rising River for more fishing. Elsewhere, Dixie returns to Los Angeles from her European holiday and is greeted by her son Lindsay at the airport.
June 4,
Monday. At the Marine Memorial Auditorium in San Francisco, Bing tapes a
Chesterfield show with George Jessel and Martha Tilton that is broadcast on
June 6.
June 6,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are George Jessel
and Martha Tilton.
June (undated). Films a brief guest appearance in Angels in the Outfield, a baseball film featuring Paul Douglas and Janet Leigh, which is shot at the Pittsburgh Pirates ballpark. Bing’s spot comes from a golf course.
June 8,
Friday. Recording date in Hollywood with Dave Barbour and his Orchestra when
Bing sings “Shanghai” and “I’ve Got to Fall in Love Again.” The disc charts
only briefly in the No. 21 spot. Decca Records masters “Row, Row, Row” which
Bing had recorded for his radio show.
Bing Crosby: “Shanghai”-“I’ve Got to Fall in Love Again” (Decca). Crosby has one of his better recent sides in “Shanghai,” a bounce number with a clever lyric. It’s a relaxed vocal in a rhythmic vein which could hit big for Crosby.
(Variety, June 20, 1951)
Shanghai
Decca 27653—Fast and strong coverage on the bounce ditty. Der Bingle hands it a neat, relaxed reading.
I’ve Got to
Fall in Love Again
Bing sounds fine on an excellent bounce ditty from the Burke and Van Heusen pens.
(Billboard, July 7, 1951)
...on 04764 he essays Shanghai and sounds as young as ever, pairing it with Black Ball Ferry Line, with the Andrews Sisters. It’s quite a good performance but I feel the point of much of it will be lost on British audiences.
(The Gramophone, October 1951)
Row, Row,
Row
Bing belts thru a delightfully simple and rhythmic treatment of the good oldie.
(Billboard, July 28, 1951)
June 9,
Saturday. Bing and Dixie attend Gary’s graduation at Bellarmine Academy, San
Jose. Bing gives Gary a car (“a brand-new shiny white ’51 Mercury”) and later
says that it is the biggest mistake he has made.
The summer couldn’t have started out
better.
The first thing to happen was that I got
my own car. Mom and Dad came up to San Jose for my high school graduation, and
when I met them back at the room, after dropping off my cap and gown, Dad threw
me half a smile and said, “Okay, Gary, I have a little surprise for you.” I
knew that parents usually gave their kids some kind of gift for making it
through high school, but 1 wasn’t expecting much, not after the big blowout
earlier that year. A few months afterwards Mom had asked me what I wanted for a
graduation present, and I had told her, “Gee, I know there’s not much chance of
getting it, but I sure would like a car.” When she backed off with an “Uh-huh,
well, we’ll have to see,” I figured that was that and forgot about it. But now
Dad pulled a set of keys from his pocket, placed it in my hand and told me to
have a look outside.
I took the dormitory stairs four at a
time, burst out the front door and there it was, parked by the curb, a
brand-new, shiny white ‘51 Mercury, all molded and low and round, just aching
to be thrown into gear. For the moment the anger still lurking in my heart was
overwhelmed by gratitude, and 1 thanked him profusely, then hunted up a couple
of the guys and whipped them off for a shakedown cruise around the block. It
wasn’t too much longer before Dad began using the car as a weapon by
threatening to take it away if I didn’t knuckle under, but right then that
little white devil was my passport to freedom.
(Gary Crosby, writing in Going My Own
Way, page 153.)
June 13,
Wednesday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Tommy Dorsey, Joe Venuti, and
Teresa Brewer, which airs on June 20. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing
Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped
and the guests are Teresa Brewer and Bert Wheeler. Elsewhere, Gary Crosby has reconstruction surgery on his shoulder in St. John's, Santa Monica following a shoulder dislocation.
June 15,
Friday. Lindsay Crosby graduates from the Beverly Hills Catholic School.
June 16,
Saturday. Bing tapes a Chesterfield show with Ken Murray and Burl Ives. The
show is broadcast on June 27.
June (undated). Bing Crosby Enterprises Electronics Division opens a laboratory to develop a videotape recorder. The project is under the control of John T. Mullin.
June (undated). Bing and Bob Hope film a cameo appearance in Cecil B. DeMille’s The
Greatest Show on Earth.
June 20,
Wednesday. (9:00–11:45 a.m.) In Hollywood, Bing records “In the Cool, Cool,
Cool of the Evening” with Jane Wyman plus other songs from the film Here
Comes the Groom. Musical support is shared by Matty Matlock and his
All-Stars and also by John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra. The disc reaches
No. 11 in the Best-sellers list and spends 6 weeks in the charts in all. During
the day, Bing tapes 24 spots for various charities, the gratis blurbs plugging everything
from the Iowa State Fair to a Canadian charity drive. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests
are Joe Venuti, Teresa Brewer, and Tommy Dorsey.
In late June, she went into a recording studio with Bing Crosby and the duo cut their first record. Accompanied by Matty Matlock’s All Stars and the singing group Six Hits and A Miss, Jane and Bing recreated “In the Cool Cool Cool of the Evening.” Bing recorded “Misto Cristofo Columbo,” also from the film.
Here Comes the Groom was soon released and with this picture Jane Wyman had finally found another blockbuster. It was an even bigger hit than had been anticipated at a time when few movies were registering really big grosses. And there was a further dividend—after fifteen years Jane Wyman was suddenly discovered to be “a singer”! “Cool Cool Cool of the Evening” became a hit record throughout the country.
Jane’s reviews for the picture were excellent. The fact that she could hold her own with Crosby as a singer astonished everyone. Suddenly, singing offers poured in. The London Palladium wanted to sign Wyman for a personal appearance. Jane even signed a recording contract with Decca.
(Joe Morella and Edward Z. Epstein, Jane Wyman – A Biography)
“In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening”
This one is a bright and happy ditty which Der Bingle and Miss Wyman do in their forthcoming motion picture “Here Comes the Groom”. Cleffed by Hoagy Carmichael and Johnny Mercer, the tune sports a clever lyric and an infectious melody.
(Billboard, July 7, 1951)
Misto
Cristofo Columbo
The co-stars turn in another fine go on a material ditty from the flick. Song’s not as effective as that on the topside
(Billboard, July 14, 1951)
Bonne Nuit
Decca 27679—Bing croons this quite attractive and pleasant ballad from his coming flicker with his casual warmth. A pretty effort which could score if the song does.
Your Own
Little House
Another neat ballad entry from the Crosby flicker is done with characteristic charm by Bing.
(Billboard, July 14, 1951)
June (undated).
Bing and three of his sons leave Hollywood for Elko. Gary Crosby remains in
Hollywood to convalesce following his shoulder operation and then goes with his
mother to the bungalow at Lake Tahoe.
June 22, Friday. Bing, together with his sons Phillip and Dennis, is seen dining at Amelio's in San Francisco at night.
June 23, Saturday. Bing and his three sons arrive in Elko and drive on to the ranch in the northern part of the county.
June 27,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are Laurie Anders, Ken Murray, and Burl Ives. This
is the final Chesterfield show of the season.
June 30, Saturday (afternoon). At Elko, Bing takes part in the
second day of the Silver State Stampede and members of the Elko Silver State
Stampede present him with a special tuxedo made by Levi Strauss so that he is
not turned away by a hotel again. Inside the coat is a leather patch signed by
the president of the American Hotel Association as follows:
Notice to Hotel Men Everywhere
This label entitles the wearer to be duly received and
registered with cordial hospitality at any time and under any conditions.
Bing
donates an engraved silver trophy to be given annually to the outstanding
cowboy of the Silver State Stampede.
The largest second day crowd in the history of the four-year-old Stampede was on hand to see Der Bingle receive the suit which has received nationwide publicity. . . .When Bing got his suit he said “Hell’s fire, ain’t that a whizzard.” Then he sang a song for the crowd, to the tune of “On Top of Old Smoky.” It went: “Way up in Elko they know what to wear. The next time I come here I’ll have to bring my hair.” He tipped his cowboy hat to the crowd, showed his bald pate and received a tremendous hand. . . . Crosby was watched by three of his sons from an official box, Lindsay, Phillip and Dennis being present. Gary was unable to be here.
(Elko Daily Free Press, June 30, 1951)
July 1,
Sunday. (8:30-9:00 p.m.) Bing takes part in the radio program “Freedom
Under God” with other stars observing the 175th anniversary of
Independence Day.
July 29,
Sunday. More than one-hundred press, radio, screen, and political dignitaries
start descending on Elko for the world premiere there of Bing’s film Here
Comes the Groom. The first planeload arrives at 7:50 p.m. and is welcomed
by Dorothy Lamour and Mayor David Dotta on behalf of the organizing committee.
A crowd of over 3,500 is present.
July 30,
Monday. The many official guests are entertained by travel tours, fishing, and
riding. At 7:30 p.m., a street show commences outside the Hunter Theater and
the stars start arriving in front of a crowd of 3,000. Ted Husing is the master
of ceremonies for a radio show that is being recorded and he greets the stars
as they arrive. The proceedings are broadcast by CBS nationally on July 31.
Bing, accompanied by his sons Phillip, Dennis, and Lindsay, drives through the
city on a buggy. At 8:00 p.m., a stage show starts at the Hunter Theater with
Bing acting as MC and introducing Dorothy Lamour, Connee Boswell, Cass Daley,
songwriters Jay Livingston and Ray Evans, Joe Venuti, Perry Botkin, and the
Cass County Boys. Bing sings, “Home on the Range”. Following this at 8:45 p.m.,
the premiere of Bing’s film Here Comes the Groom commences. The stage
show then moves across to the nearby Rainbo Theater where Here Comes the
Groom is also shown. After the showing of the film, the guests are
entertained at a cocktail party and buffet supper in the lounge of the
Commercial Hotel.
July 31,
Tuesday. During the afternoon and evening, the guests attend a real ranch-style
barbecue at the Orvis Stock ranch twenty-eight miles south of Elko and Bing,
Cass Daley, Dorothy Lamour, Alexis Smith, and the Cass County Boys entertain.
Bing donates a 1200-pound steer, which is raffled. He leads a softball team of
Hollywood stars and they lose to a team of visiting newspapermen by twenty-two
to twenty-three in three hilarious innings played in a pasture. The various
events in Elko over the three-day period raise $10,000 for the hospital
building fund. The Paramount newsreel of August 22 includes film of the
proceedings.
I remember the 1951 premiere of “Here Comes the Groom”
very well, not specific details but in all the “once-in-a-lifetime” factors.
It was the first
and only engagement I ever did with Bing, also the first and only time I saw Elko and enjoyed the real Far West quality of the
life, something I never previously experienced. The people in Elko were
enthusiastic and friendly. The “just-folks” atmosphere of the casinos had me
feeling I was at a neighborhood social, rather than a gambling house.
I can’t recall details of all events or how we spent our time, except for one affair. Part of
the celebration was having a softball game on a field remembered as being a sort of cow pasture not meant for softball. I think
Bing pitched and his sons, who were there (they were good athletes) all played. To me this was a
chance
to shine and “make a name for myself.” Being
an avid softball player and in good shape, I
decided to give my ego full play! Imagine my embarrassment when one of the publicity men in charge
whispered not to try so hard as this was all in fun;
just part of the hoopla and not a contest to
determine Olympic ability. So, I cooled down and
participated only
for fun.
People left the premiere showing humming, “In
the Cool, Cool, Cool
of the Evening,” which won the Oscar that year for best song. Unfortunately we did not write it! We
composed
all the other songs for the picture. ”In The Cool” was a song that Paramount owned, originally
written for a Betty Hutton movie which never was filmed. Somehow it got into the score of this movie and turned out
to be the hit. However, we were happy with our songs, “Bonne Nuit” (the title was Bing’s idea), “Your Own Little House” and “Mister Cristofo Columbo” even though they weren’t big hits. But we had our “Oscar” and our “hits” by being able to work with Bing Crosby and Frank Capra, and to have participated in
that wonderful premiere junket to Elko, Nevada.
(Ray Evans, writing in
BINGTALKS magazine, April 1992)
Bing was named Honorary Mayor of Elko, and I was tabbed Honorary Governor of Nevada, for 48 hours. Connee Boswell sang, and Bing and Jane Wyman reprised their “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening” (which copped an Oscar for Best Song that year), even though in those days he never liked to get up on stage. As I look back, I think he was a very shy, insecure man. The world looked upon him as one of the great talents, he just never saw himself in that light.
(Dorothy Lamour, My Side of the Road, page 182)
August 1,
Wednesday. With two associates (George L. Coleman and Kenyon Brown), Bing
purchases FM radio station KSNI in Salinas, California, for conversion into a
television broadcasting outlet. Bing and his associates already own the nearby
radio station KMBY. Meanwhile, Bing, Phillip, Dennis and Lindsay have left Elko and they arrive at the Hayden Lake,
Idaho home at night where they are to be joined by Dixie and Gary. Bing's mother is already at the Hayden Lake property.
August 6, Monday. Golfs with Herb Rotchford and Boyd Walker at Hayden Lake golf club.
August 7, Tuesday. Dixie and Gary arrive at Hayden Lake.
August 9, Thursday.
(7:15-8:00 p.m.) A special tribute to station KCBS in San Francisco as it
increases its power to 50,000 watts is broadcast and includes a taped
message from Bing.
August (undated). Bing has been considering the script for a forthcoming film to be called Famous.
(The name of the film is later changed to "Just for You"). He sends a
handwritten note to the producer - Pat Duggan - at Paramount.
Ultimately, Jane Wyman fulfils the role.
Note:
Important To Pat Duggan –
Dear
Pat,
How
about a dame called Rosemary Clooney? Sings a good song - and is purportedly
personable. Or Vivian Blaine? I’m more concerned than ever that this girl,
Caroline, should be a legitimate song and dance gal. One who can belt a number
with conviction. They say Clooney can. Blaine is probably not available, but
even so, she had a good shot at Fox a few years ago, and couldn't excite the
people. I have read the script again, and it seems to me that the casting of
the dame is going to determine which way the picture is to be done. Either an
out and out musical with staged numbers and Technicolor, or a dramatic yarn
with the music incidental or part of the action. I don’t know but what the
forthright musical might be best, and if the drama plays - alrite.
I
spent a few nites up here trying to get into Show Boat, and when I did get in I
found it a simple unabashed old fashioned musical with every conceivable
license employed. Of course it’s a great name and the music is matchless
because Kern is Kern. But it’s a demonstrated indication of what the audiences
want and why quarrel with it? We all extract greater satisfaction, I am sure
out of a serious honest picture. But it’s got to be a hell of a good one to
succeed. And I doubt if I'm a good enough actor to do a good one. The just don’t
believe me. I think we’ve got a good script and I think we can have a good
picture but the delicacy of this female casting problem can’t be overestimated.
I’ll be interested in learning from you what turn this has taken.
Yours
August 22, Wednesday.
The Coeur d’Alene newspaper gives details of a radio appeal on station KVNI made by Bing on
behalf of the Red Cross Drive for Flood Relief. There have been severe floods
in Kansas.
August 23, Thursday.
Bing is in the Davenport Hotel in Spokane.
August 30, Thursday.
Bing has a 73 as he qualifies for the Inland Empire Golf Tournament at Hayden
Lake Golf Club.
September 1, Saturday.
Bing is eliminated in the first round of the Inland Empire Golf
Tournament at Hayden Lake Golf Club by Buddy Moe who has a 64 and wins 6 and 5 despite Bing's par golf.
September 6, Thursday.
Having driven up to Seattle from Hayden Lake, Bing and Bill Morrow take
the C.P.R boat to Vancouver Island. They lunch at the Empress Hotel on
Vancouver Island, British Columbia and stay overnight. They are en route to a fishing trip on the Campbell River.
September 9, Sunday. Attends the 9:30 a.m. mass at St. Peter's Church, Nanaimo. Bing's Pebble Beach home is advertised for sale at $230,000. His sister Mary Rose is shown as one of the realtors.
September 10,
Monday. Bing's fishing trip with Bill Morrow has brought him to Comox Bay on
Vancouver Island, British Columbia. While there, he joins the Tyee Salmon Club.
Press reports indicate that he catches a 48 lb. Tyee salmon in the waters of
Comox Bay after a 30-minute battle.
September 11, Tuesday.
Bing and Bill Morrow sail from Nanaimo on the Princess Elaine and check in again at the Hotel Vancouver in
Vancouver, British Columbia. This time they are greeted by a brace
of bellboys and whisked to their fourth floor suite.
September (undated). Lindsay Crosby enrolls at Loyola High School, Los Angeles.
September 20,
Thursday. Gary Crosby starts his studies at Stanford University, located between
San Francisco and San Jose in California. The film Here Comes the Groom has its New York premiere at the
Astor Theater and goes on to take $2.55 million in rentals during its initial
release period in the USA. Bing is nominated for a Golden Globe Award for an
“actor in a leading role - musical or comedy” but does not win.
Paramount has a topnotch piece of comedy diversion in Here Comes the Groom. It is the sock picture both Bing Crosby and Frank Capra have needed and tops all of their more recent entries. The boxoffice response should be as hearty as its laughs, particularly after strong word-of-mouth potential gets going.
…Crosby is at his casual best, nonchalantly tossing his quips for the most effect. Miss Wyman is a wow as the girlfriend who makes him really work to win her. The two join on the Hit Parade tune, “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening,” by Johnny Mercer and Hoagy Carmichael, in a socko song-and-dance session.
…Score includes three Jay Livingston-Ray Evans songs, all likeable. They are “Your Own Little House,” “Misto Cristofo Columbo” and “Bonne Nuit,” latter a lullaby sung to the orphans by Crosby. “Columbo” is a novelty number done on the States-bound plane from France by Crosby, the kids and such guest stars as Dorothy Lamour, Frank Fontaine, Louis Armstrong, Phil Harris and Cass Daley.
(Variety, July 11, 1951, following tradeshow)
Again the calculated coincidence of Frank Capra and Bing Crosby combined to produce and direct a picture and star in it, respectively, has resulted in a light, breezy item, nicely marked with the genial Capra touch and adorned with the cheerful disposition and the casual vocalizing of Bing. There isn’t a great deal of substance to the gentlemen’s “Here Comes the Groom,” which they jointly turned over to Paramount for delivery to the Astor yesterday. As a matter of fact, a fair-sized zephyr or a few harsh words might blow it away, and it barely survives the burlesque antics that occur in it from time to time. But the idea of it is amusing and the writing is clever and glib. Mr. Capra and Mr. Crosby have both worked harder and done worse.
Being a Crosby picture in this certain day and age, it has to have children in it—and children mean sentiment. The children in this particular instance are a couple of orphaned French tots whom Mr. Crosby, as a roving reporter, culls from a batch of same. And the sentiment is that he finds them so essential to his life, and he to theirs, that he brings them to America with him. A complicating factor, this.
For in order to hang onto the children, Mr. Crosby must be married within five days, and the girl with whom he thinks this most convenient is about to be wed to someone else. Indeed, she is about to be married to a fine Boston millionaire who is more handsome, more wise, more athletic but not more charming or clever than Bing. And so the main purpose of the picture is to show how Bing maneuvers and connives to break up the prearranged marriage and snag the lady just in time—which he does.
Somehow, we have a feeling that we have seen all of this before—or so many things so much like it that it has a familiar look. But, even so, clever Mr. Capra has kept it moving along so well and he has got so many likely people in it, other than Bing and the kids, that it rolls.
Bing, of course, is the big thing, and there’s no use describing him—except to note that he looks a little thinner and a little wearier under the weight of the years. Pretty soon Mr. Crosby will have to stop playing carefree scamps and he’ll have to side-step such frisky numbers as “In the Cool Cool, Cool of the Evening,” which he plugs here. He’ll have to stick to the less exhausting efforts such as “Your Own Little House” or “Bonne Nuit.” Hopping around and play-acting sort of takes the wind out of him.
But Jane Wyman still can scamper, and she does plenty of it here, as does Alexis Smith as her rival—and wrestling opponent—for the millionaire. The latter is suavely developed by a slyly smiling Franchot Tone into something nice and entertaining in the stuffy Bostonian line. James Barton and Connie Gilchrist as the parents of Miss Wyman are fetching, too, and Jacky Gencel and Beverly Washburn are appealing as the French kids.
Additional music is provided by Anna Maria Alberghetti, an Italian miss who sings the “Caro Nome” from “Rigoletto” and then quietly slips away, and also by Louis Armstrong, Phil Harris, Cass Dailey and Dorothy Lamour, who assist Mr. Crosby in delivering “Misto Cristofo Columbo” while fellow-passengers of his in a plane. With all due respect to these worthies, they are obvious “ringers” in this film. It could get along just as well without them.
And it’s better than television, as someone says.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, September 21, 1951)
As a comedy team, Jane Wyman and Bing Crosby are sensational in Frank Capra’s warmly human, screwball movie, Here Comes the Groom. The picture, which opened yesterday at the Paramount Hollywood and Downtown theaters, is Crosby’s best in ages and is dedicated to only one goal—glowing entertainment. Bing’s casual charm never was shown off to better advantage than as the globe-trotting reporter here of the current story. Jane is a delight as the girl back home who waits and waits for him and then finally gets mad and accepts the proposal of Franchot Tone, heir to $40,000,000. Just before the wedding, Bing returns home from Europe with two French war orphans whom he has adopted but can’t keep unless he gets married within five days.
(Harrison Carroll, Los Angeles Evening Herald Express, September 7, 1951)
September 21, Friday.
Tapes a Chesterfield show at the Marines' Memorial Theater in San
Francisco with Jane Wyman, which is
broadcast on October 10. (Starting at 9:45 p.m.) At Santa Clara's Townsend Field, Bing watches his sons
Phillip and Dennis play for Bellarmine Bells against Monterey High.
Bellarmine win 19-2. Gary Crosby also watches the game.
September 23,
Sunday. Bing records another Chesterfield show, this time at the U.S. Naval Air
Station at Alameda. Jane Wyman and Hoagy Carmichael are the guests and the show is broadcast on October 3.
September 24,
Monday. (6:00-7:00 p.m. Pacific) Bing takes part in the transcribed Lux Radio Theater program “Movietime USA” on CBS
and presents an extract from the film Here Comes the Groom with Jane
Wyman. They sing "In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening". Scenes from six other pictures are also included.
September 25, Tuesday. Bing plus Gary, Phillip and Dennis record a radio program in San Francisco called "Youth Crusade with the Crosbys". They are photographed signing a Freedom Scroll.
September 27, Thursday. Starting at 7:00 p.m. records a Bob Hope show at Long Beach Naval Base, which is broadcast on October 2.
Terminal
Island naval personnel and other members of the armed forces in the port area will
be offered a special entertainment treat tonight at Naval Station theatre.
The
Bob Hope radio show, first of the new fall season, will be transcribed at 7 o’clock.
Guest stars will be Bing Crosby and Jane Russell.
Ava
Gardner was originally listed as the female guest star, but was taken off the
program when she developed a virus infection, a Terminal Island spokesman
reported today.
The
show is designed primarily for Terminal Island navy men, but all men in uniform
will be admitted free until there is a full house. Gates will be opened at
6:20.
(News-Pilot, September 27, 1951)
September 28, Friday.
(11:00-11:30 a.m.
…this show did a
firstrate job of turning a heavy anti-Russian propaganda message into dramatic
and understandable terms for the kids. That was due partly to the carefully scripting
but, most of all, to the showmanship of Bing Crosby's sons, notably Gary who
was given the heaviest assignment…The message was projected via a question-and-answer
routine between the younger Crosbys and Gary with Bing also stepping in occasionally
to add a word…With the Crosby clan out in force, some vocalising was inevitable
and Bing, Gary and Dennis delivered three numbers. The vocals of such tunes as “Simple
Melody” and “On Moonlight Bay,” seemed curiously out of place on a show that
was describing a living nightmare. The sugar-coating wasn’t necessary.
(Variety, October 3, 1951)
…The choice of the Crosby family to get over the message of Democracy is most fortunate. Crosby himself has become a symbol of Americanism, is loved by the general populace. Further, he and the Crosby youngsters, make the show an entertaining half-hour—entertaining, that is, while still delivering with impact the program’s story…Nobody in the broadcasting field is quite as adept as Der Bingel in establishing and rapid and close accord with a radio audience. He does this on “Crusade,” creating an atmosphere of urgency and charm.
(Billboard, October 6, 1951)
September 29,
Saturday. Takes Dixie to the Cocoanut Grove for their twenty-first wedding
anniversary. He gives her nine custom-made gowns as an anniversary present.
September 30, Sunday. (7:30-8:00 p.m. Pacific) Bing is featured on a recorded radio show "Give Your Best" to launch the 1951 United Red Feather
Campaign of America for the Community Chest with Jane Wyman, Dinah Shore, Jimmy Durante, and many other
stars.
October 1,
Monday. Records “Christmas in Killarney” and “It’s Beginning to Look Like
Christmas” in Hollywood with John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra.
Christmas in
Killarney
Decca 27831—one of the promising late entries of last season is dished up again in a Bing-fully warm, holiday style.
It’s
Beginning to Look Like Christmas
A delightful Christmas tune by Meredith Willson offers something for the entire family. Bing does it in great spirit.
(Billboard, October 27, 1951)
One can rely on Bing Crosby for some Christmas cheer, and on Bruns. 04838 he sings “Christmas in Killarney” and “It’s Beginning to Look Like Christmas.” Both these are Bing’s style entirely, and so for that matter are “My Own Bit of Land”, a nostalgic, homey song of great appeal, and “With This Ring I Thee Wed”, quite delightful.
(The Gramophone, January, 1952)
October 2,
Tuesday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Bing guests on Bob Hope’s transcribed radio show on NBC
with Jane Russell and they take part in several sketches including one called
“The Road to New Orleans”. Bing sings “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening”.
Les Brown and his Band of Renown provide the music. The program was taped at
Long Beach Naval Base on September 27.
Hope seemed more at home when Bing Crosby came on as guest star, and he
berated brother Bing for his miserliness, his obesity etc, But Crosby was at a
loss in this exchange, most likely because he was given virtually no material.
The groaner’s version of “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening” reminded that
the Crosby pipes aren’t what they used to be, but Crosby pushed it over by
resorting to his personality in vocalizing. Yesteryear’s Crosby would have
found this number a pushover.
(Variety, October 10, 1951)
October 3,
Wednesday. Forms Bing’s Things Inc. to sell a score of items ranging from toys
to clothing. (Starting at 6 p.m.) Bing tapes a Chesterfield show at the CBS
Radio Playhouse at 1615 North Vine, Hollywood. The guests are thought to have
been Bob Hope and Martha Tilton. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby
Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been
taped at the U.S. Naval Air Station at Alameda, and the guests are Jane Wyman
and Hoagy Carmichael. Ken Carpenter, Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires, and the John
Scott Trotter Orchestra remain as regulars. The shows continue on Wednesday
nights until June 25, 1952, and Bing receives $16,000 per show out of the
budgeted $30,000. The show does not reach the top 20 Nielsen ratings and the
most highly rated radio show for the season is the Amos ‘N’ Andy program with
17.0.
Bing Crosby is probably one of the most affable performers in radio. Year in and year out, he’s held a commanding position on the air by virtue of warm, easy verbiage and a song style that’s made him the number one pop-singer. His return to the airways after a summer hiatus indicates that Crosby will maintain his audiences. It’s a delightful show, easy on the ears, in a program that provides a maximum of relaxation. Crosby indicated that he is still to warm up to his assignment. He hasn’t hit his stride, as yet but there’s no doubt that his Wednesday night stanza will be strong enough to give listeners the kind of show they want.
The guest stars, Jane Wyman and songwriter, Hoagy Carmichael lent themselves, admirably to Crosby’s scheme of entertainment. With Miss Wyman, Crosby did an unusual amount of kidding, putting in a few ribs of Louella Parsons and winding up with ‘Cool of the Evening’. Carmichael, in addition to the usual line of banter, did his own composition, ‘Buttermilk Sky’. The Groaner’s other assignments included renditions of ‘Row, Row, Row’ and ‘There Was a Girl’ (sic). Ken Carpenter also worked as a foil for Crosby and John Scott Trotter handled the music department excellently. The Chesterfield ‘Sound Off’ commercial is a catchy rhythmic item. As always Bill Morrow and Murdo MacKenzie have produced an excellent show even though the initial session had the proceedings formularised a bit too rigidly. Morrow’s writings are order-built for the Groaner’s effortless delivery.
(Variety, October 10, 1951)
October 4,
Thursday. Bing records “When the World Was Young” and “Domino” with John Scott
Trotter and his Orchestra in Hollywood. “Domino” charts for six weeks, peaking
at No. 15.
Bing Crosby: “Domino”-
“When the World Was Young” A ballad import from France, “Domino” is given a
standout Crosby slice which looks good to reestablish Der Bingle among the top
bestsellers It's a big song in waltz tempo and Crosby projects with the right
feeling…On the Decca reverse. Crosby delivers another French item, a good special-material
number but with doubtful commercial chances.
(Variety, October 17, 1951)
Domino
Decca 27830—Bing should ring the bell with his rendition of a striking waltz import with a Gallic-gypsy feel. The competition is heavy but Bing, singing at top form, should be in there with the big winners.
When the
World Was Young
Bing does splendidly by an unusual Frenchie, adapted to English poetically by Johnny Mercer. The recitatif verses make this a toughie commercially. But, this splendid rendition could pick up some action.
(Billboard, October 27, 1951)
October 5, Friday. (Starting
at 3:15 p.m.) Watches his twin sons play for the Bellarmine football
team against Alameda High at Thompson Field, Alameda. Bellarmine lose
6-0.
October 10, Wednesday.
Bing tapes a Chesterfield show in Hollywood which is broadcast on October 24.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped in San Francisco and the guests are
Bill Thompson and Jane Wyman.
…Current Crosby series wisely features more music than ever, with el Bingo warbling five numbers, including “Come-On-A-My House,” “Shanghai,” “How High the Moon,” “Because of You” and “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening.” On latter he teamed up with movie actress Jane Wyman, his “Groom” co-star. The airer’s spontaneous sounding pace hit a snag on their mike patter, tho, with the supposedly “gay” banter about Paramount and Bob Hope coming over as contrived and awkward scripting. Crosby was much better solo when he ribbed TV at the beginning of the show. Chesterfield commercials featured the cig’s outfit “Sound Off” parody and Crosby’s usual personal plug.
(June Bundy, Billboard, October 20, 1951)
October 11, Thursday. Lindsay Crosby makes two solo records for Decca accompanied by John
Scott Trotter and his Orchestra. The song “That’s What I Want for Christmas”
(Decca 27812) is said to sell over 200,000 copies but this may well have been
publicity talk. The other side of the record was “Dear Mr. Santa Claus”.
“Dear Mister Santa Claus” (Decca). The youngest of the Bing Crosby clan registers with a pleasing simplicity on these Xmas tunes. The immaturity of his pipes blends well with the tunes, particularly “That’s What I Want for Christmas,” which was originally written for a Shirley Temple pic.
(Variety, October 31, 1951)
That’s What
I Want for Christmas
Decca 27812—Bing’s youngest son is the major attraction of this seasonal disking. His presence alone should assure this waxing of plenty of action, tho it is not a particularly sterling etching. Tune’s perfectly suited to the youngster.
Dear Mister
Santa Claus
Same story for this side, tho the material is a shade less appealing.
(Billboard, November 10, 1951)
October 17,
Wednesday. (Starting at 6 p.m.) Bing tapes a Chesterfield show at the CBS Radio
Playhouse at 1615 North Vine, Hollywood. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped
Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are Martha
Tilton and Bob Hope.
October 19,
Friday. Records “I Still See Elisa” and “A Weaver of Dreams” in Hollywood with
John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Guests on the Dean
Martin and Jerry Lewis radio show on NBC with Sheldon Leonard. Music is
provided by Dick Stabile.
Bing Crosby is in for a rough time tonight. He’s guesting with the zany
Dean Martin and Jerry Lewis on their new radio show heard at 9 tonight. Bing’s
due to duet with Dean on “Sam’s Song.” Wonder if he’ll get out of the studio
alive?
(The Los Angeles Times, 19th October, 1951)
I Still See
Elisa,
Decca 27852—Bing sings this “Paint Your Wagon” ballad free and easy in his croon style. It’s a tough ballad and doesn’t figure to catch more than a limited trade.
Weaver of
Dreams, A
A lovely new Victor Young ballad loses some of its effectiveness at the rapid beguine tempo in which Bing sings it. The Ned Washington lyric is pleasurably off the beaten track.
(Billboard, November 17, 1951)
Bing also sings “I Still See Elisa” (Bruns. 05048) from Paint Your Wagon and “Any Town Is Paris When You’re Young” in his slow pensive style that no one has yet successfully imitated.
(The Gramophone, March 1953)
October 22–December 20. Films Just for You with Jane Wyman, Natalie
Wood, Bob Arthur, and Ethel Barrymore. The director is Elliott Nugent with Emil
Newman as musical director. The film is originally titled “Famous.” It is said
that Judy Garland had originally been sent a script as she was being considered
for the female lead, but she apparently decided not to proceed with the
project. Location scenes are filmed at Lake Arrowhead, near San Bernardino,
California and at Big Bear Lake in the San Bernardino National Forest.
Crosby had similarly high standards on the set. “What was really surprising about Bing Crosby to me was that he really was a very, very, bright man. He knew everybody’s lines and knew everything about the camera. He always came across as this relaxed performer but he was far from relaxed.”
(Bob Arthur as quoted in Natasha: The Biography of Natalie Wood, page 94)
You know I worked with Bing Crosby when I
was a kid, about 13. It was a movie filmed in the mountains, at Lake Arrowhead.
I was very nervous acting with him and he was sort of retiring. He didn’t say
very much and I was so nervous. He kept to himself between scenes. I don’t
remember him singing at all, which would have been nice. But he was real kind
to me, relaxed, did everything pretty much on one take. I wish I would have
gotten to know him, but I was so scared and he was such a big, big star that I
didn’t have much to say.
(Natalie Wood, interviewed on The Merv Griffin Show)
I noticed that when Ethel (Barrymore) was rehearsing her scenes for our picture,
apparently she was not concerned with her lines, the
business, or the props. But when the director
finally said, “Let’s take
it,” her first take was perfect. Past experience with other
actresses hadn’t prepared the director for such perfection, and he asked for
another take as a matter of course. The more the scene was shot the worse Ethel became. Like any true champion,
she’d built herself for one major effort, and that was it. She was amazed that
the director insisted on taking the scene over and over.
“Is he making a collection
of these things?”
she asked me
with some puzzlement.
(Call Me Lucky, page 185)
October 24, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Paul Douglas and Anna Maria Alberghetti. Bing writes to Canadian broadcaster Gord Atkinson.
Dear
Gord:
Upon
my return to town recently I came across the fine cuff links you sent for my
birthday, and am wondering if I acknowledged these at the time. However, want
you to know they are very much appreciated.
Hoping
you and your wife are enjoying matrimonial bliss, and with kindest regards to
you both - Sincerely, Bing
October 27, Saturday. June Crosby (Bob’s wife) gives birth to a daughter, Junie
Malia.
October 31,
Wednesday. (Starting at 6 p.m.) Bing tapes another Chesterfield show at the CBS
Radio Playhouse in Hollywood. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific)
Another taped Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s
guest is Dinah Shore.
November 7,
Wednesday. (Starting at 6 p.m.) Bing tapes another Chesterfield show, again at the CBS
Radio Playhouse in Hollywood, with James Stewart and Anna
Maria Alberghetti, which is broadcast on November 14. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The
Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been
taped and the guests are Dean Martin and Jerry Lewis.
November 9, Friday. John T. Mullin and Wayne R. Johnson of Bing Crosby Enterprises demonstrate a primitive video recorder.
Crosby Ent. Previews New Magnetic Recording Device; Cost
Slash Seen For Films
In a preview of things
to come, The Reporter Friday afternoon witnessed the first tape-recorded
images seen through the use of a newly developed magnetic recording system
which threatens to revolutionize methods of televising, and the making and
distributing of motion pictures.
A
new “magnetic recording head,” capable of absorbing pictures, sound and color
on a single plastic tape, took pictures off a home television receiver of a
motion picture film being televised over one of the local channels and
faithfully transmitted the sequences onto a quarter-inch tape for rebroadcast later.
(The Hollywood Reporter, November 12,
1951)
November 14,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are Anna Maria Alberghetti and James Stewart.
November 21,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. Bing’s guests are Bert Wheeler and Alexis
Smith.
November 27, Tuesday.
Bing is thought to have recorded a Chesterfield show with Ella Fitzgerald and
Louis Armstrong which is broadcast on November 28.
November 28,
Wednesday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with James Stewart that airs on
December 5. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are Ella Fitzgerald and Louis Armstrong.
November 29,
Thursday. Dixie executes her last will. It was reported that she was losing
weight at the time and that her abdomen was distended.
December 3,
Monday. (11:15-11:30 p.m.) Bing makes an appeal for UNICEF greetings cards in the 15-minute radio
program The United Nations Today.
December 5,
Wednesday. Bing tapes a Chesterfield show for broadcast on December 12. The
guests are Alexis Smith and Bert Wheeler. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing
Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped
and the guests are Toni Arden and James Stewart.
December (undated). Takes Gary’s car away from him because of his son’s poor grades at
Stanford. Gary buckles down to his studies and when his grades improve, Bing
lets him have the car again.
The biggest mistake I’ve ever made with my boys was giving Gary a car as a high school graduation present. It did him no
good at Stanford. I guess it’s too much to expect of a college freshman that he’ll hit the books when there’s a car outside the dormitory and opportunity to use it up and down
a shore highway. Gary had eight years of grade school with the sisters and four years of high school with the Jesuit fathers. A considerable amount of restraint is a part of both these educational systems. They go in for supervised study at night, and no freedom except on Saturdays and Sundays—even then only until ten p. m.
But when Gary reached Stanford with an automobile at his beck and call, he fell apart. Like any other university, Stanford expects its students to be self-reliant and to face up to responsibilities when they enter college. Sooner or later a fellow has to accept the restrictions
of maturity, and he might as well
start when he’s a
college freshman. A good way to begin is to
realize that nobody’s going to take him by the
ear and make him study.
I didn’t know how serious Gary’s situation was until he came home at Thanksgiving and I heard him telling one of his pals how
easy it was at Stanford; nobody cared
whether you went to class or not, and
everything was a cinch. That
wasn’t what I’d heard about Stanford. I began to worry,
and after he went back to Palo
Alto, I took a week end off and
went up to talk to his professors—particularly to the Dean of Men—to find out what was going on.
When I asked the Dean how Gary was
doing, he said, “You won’t have to worry about him, because he won’t be here after Christmas.”
“Where’ll he be?” I asked.
“I don’t know,” the Dean said, “but he won’t be here.”
I got hold of Gary, and had a
talk with him. I pointed out the seriousness of the situation,
took his car away from him, put it in a
garage and
went home to talk to his
mother. Quite naturally,
Dixie was
upset. “I think we ought to write him a strong letter,” she said.
“You write him a letter,” I suggested.
She did. She told him that if he
hadn’t made up his grades by Christmas, that if he was bounced by Stanford, we’d arrange for him to work digging ditches for the city
when he came home. It was no empty, blustering,
parental threat. When it came
to discipline, Dixie didn’t fool, and Gary knew
it. She added that she didn’t think he’d have to dig ditches very long, for she was sure the Army
would reach out and tag him shortly after
he left Palo Alto.
Her letter must have carried
impact. He knuckled down, survived
the weeding out of the lamer brains after Christmas, and made a really good
showing in the spring quarter.
(Call Me Lucky, pages 298-299)
December 11, Tuesday.
Bing lunches with Jane Wyman and journalist Leo Lerman at the Paramount
commissary.
December 12,
Wednesday. Mildred Bailey dies. Elsewhere, Bing records a Chesterfield
show with Bob Hope and Dorothy Lamour that airs on December 26. At the
recording, the show runs for just over an hour and it has to be extensively
edited. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are Bert Wheeler and Alexis Smith.
December 16,
Sunday. Tapes a Chesterfield show with Trudy Erwin and Lindsay Crosby which is
broadcast on December 19.
December 17, Monday. Bing writes a check for $20 to California Kamloops in order to take up life membership in the organisation. Later, takes part with Bob Hope and Frank Sinatra in the Long Beach Press-Telegram's annual Christmas show for patients at the Veterans Administration Hospital. Part of the proceedings is taped and broadcast on December 25 as the Bob Hope Show.
There
was a great show in town last night. Its
headliners were Hope, Crosby and Sinatra, and it would have taken an adding machine
to keep count of the gags. Les Brown was there with his orchestra, and a parade
of shapely Hollywood beauties wore out the whistles of the males in the
audience.
All
of that—a million dollars of talent—and it didn’t cost the spectators a copper.
For
it was the Press-Telegram’s Christmas show for patients at the Long Beach
Veterans Administration Hospital, the second annual affair of the kind since
the VA Hospital moved down here from Birmingham.
It was a huge success, and we at the P-T are
mighty pleased.
An
hour of the uproarious doings was taped and you can hear it on KFI on Christmas
night – Tuesday – starting at 9 o’clock, as the Bob Hope Show. But it went on
for two or three hours beyond that to give the men and women of the hospital a terrific
evening, topped off with refreshments of ice cream, cookies and coffee before
they returned to the wards of the big institution at Seventh and BellFlower.
The
radio show was, of course, from script, but the rest of it was ad libbed and
highly informal, and the stars were at their best then. The gang got a real
bang out of Crosby getting help from the audience on his lyrics, Hope knocking
over a Christmas tree and Sinatra asking Brown to change the pitch.
That
made a party of it.
…Before
the show, Hope, Crosby and Sinatra, as well as the girls from the Paramount “golden
circle” toured the hospital wards and visited with the patients.
(Malcolm Epley, Long Beach Press-Telegram, December 18, 1951)
December 18, Tuesday. Plays Santa Claus at the Hollywood Women’s Press Club luncheon at the Beverly Hills Hotel and presents the Golden Apple Awards to Anne Baxter, William Holden and John Derek. (9.00-9:30 p.m.) Guests on Bob Hope’s radio show on NBC with Vera Vague and Jo Ann Greer.
…Crosby popped up
in the hirsute role of Santa Claus and handed out the awards given annually by
the lady writers covering movieland….But the big applause came when Santa, concluding
the presentation, whipped off his red and white foliage——and revealed the bald
dome of El Bingo. He had driven over from his studio during lunch hour—eating a
hamburger en route. The same Women’s Press Club eight years ago sent Crosby a
stuffed shirt for his uncooperative attitude.
(The San Bernardino County Sun, December
19, 1951)
December 19, Wednesday. Records “At Last! At Last!” and “The Isle of Innisfree” with John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra in Hollywood. Also records a Chesterfield show with Monica Lewis and Hopalong Cassidy that airs on January 2, 1952. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are Trudy Erwin and Lindsay Crosby.
Bing Crosby: “At
Last! At Last”-“The Isle of Innisfree”; “Granada”-“Copacabana” (Decca).
“At Last” is the
most likely of Crosby's latest four sides. It’s a lilting tune and Crosby gives
it an adequate, if not particularly strong, rendition. “Innisfree” ’ a fair
ballad with a wordy lyric. Crosby's workover of “Granada’* is smoothly handled
as is the chile rhythm item “Copacabana.”
(Variety, January 30, 1952)
December 22, Saturday.
Bing’s recording of “White Christmas” makes its annual appearance in the pop
charts, peaking at number thirteen over a three week period.
December 23,
Sunday. (6:00-7:00 p.m.) Appears on The Joyful Hour radio program on Mutual with Ann
Blyth, Pat O’Brien, Jimmy Durante, and Licia Albanese. (6:00-6:15 p.m.) Also appears on Louella
Parsons’ radio show, which is her last for her sponsor, Jergens Woodbury.
December 25,
Tuesday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Guests on the Bob Hope radio show on NBC with Jack
Kirkwood, Benny Rubin, and Frank Sinatra. The show has been recorded at the
Long Beach California Veterans Administration Hospital.
…In view of Hope’s sock talent line-up, this show was a disappointment. Hope and Crosby indulged in their usual insult routine about latter’s excess profits and poundage, but the gags were pretty stale. With the exception of Crosby’s vocals, the rest of the show was equally dull. Billed as a “surprise visitor,” Sinatra didn’t show up until the last three minutes of the broadcast, and then he didn’t have anything to do.
(Billboard, January 12, 1952)
December 26,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Dorothy Lamour
and Bob Hope.
December 31, Monday. (12:05-12:45 p.m.) Guests on Kate Smith’s radio show. Bing enters hospital for a check-up.
Bing is fifth in the U.S.A. movie box office stars
poll for 1951. John Wayne is again at number one. During the year, Bing has had
eight records that have become chart hits.
January 2, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Monica Lewis and Hopalong Cassidy (William Boyd).
January 4, Friday. Leaves hospital after a 5-day check-up. His kidney stones have been affecting him.
January 5, Saturday.
Writes a check for $45 for a nurse at St. John's. Starting at 6 p.m., Bing tapes another Chesterfield show at the CBS Radio
Playhouse at 1615 North Vine, Hollywood.
January 8, Tuesday.
Bing writes a check for $400 payable to cash and which is annotated
"Expense P. B. tournament S. F. shows." Leo Lynn signs the check on the
reverse,
January 9,
Wednesday. Bing is seen golfing with his son Lindsay on the Monterey Peninsula course. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and there are no guests as Bing sings nine popular songs from
1951.
January 10,
Thursday. The film The Greatest Show on Earth is released.
Among the
entertaining gimmicks inserted by DeMille are the frequent closeups of the
circus audience, among them the celebs of the Paramount lot. There’s a sock
laugh when two intent, peanut-eating bleacherites prove to be Bing Crosby and
Bob Hope.
(Variety, January 2, 1952)
January 11-13, Friday–Sunday. The Bing Crosby Pro-Am Tournament at Pebble Beach. Bing does not play. The weather is so bad on the Monterey Peninsula Country Club course that the second day’s round has to be called off, restricting the tournament to thirty-six holes. The professional winner is Jimmy Demaret and he and Bob Hope finish in third place in the pro-am section. Other celebrities taking part include Bob Crosby, Phil Harris, William Boyd, Johnny Weissmuller, Gordon MacRae, Dick Arlen, Dennis O’Keefe, Buddy Rogers, Ben Gage and Lefty O’Doul. On the Friday, Bing writes checks for $825 payable to Bob Crosby and $619.33 payable to Phil Garnet which he annotates "Calcutta Pool P.B. Tournament". See What is a Calcutta in Golf? Golfing Terms Explained For Everyone (golfspan.com)
…Then
last Friday off we went into the blinding rain for Bing Crosby’s Pro-Amateur
centering around fashionable scenic Monterey and Carmel. The press was
quartered at Monterey’s San Carlos Hotel and as each writer entered, a large
bottle was pressed under his arm. Yes, this sports writing business can be
awfully rrrough.
Seriously,
Crosby’s tournament is one of sports’ finest events, both in entertainment and
purpose. Probably only the East-West Shrine game is more worthy. All proceeds,
after taxes, are given to charities with Der Bingo paying all the bills. At the
completion of the meet, Bing was host to his annual dinner party Sunday night,
and he brought before the players enough talent for an Ed Sullivan TV show…
(Jim
Scott, The Berkeley Gazette, January
15, 1952)
January 11, Friday. Bing is a guest on Bob Hope's radio show, which is taped at Fort Ord and broadcast on January 15.
Overflow crowd of
more 2,000 members of the Army, Navy and air force enjoyed two and one-half
hours of rollicking entertainment by Bob Hope and top names in the entertainment
field at Fort Ord’s soldiers’ club last night. The ski-nosed comedian and his entourage
first presented Hope’s radio show and then gave an after-show that had the
military audience cheering and doubling over with laughter. Among Hope’s guests
were Bing Crosby, Golf-Pro Jimmy Demaret, Comedian Jerry Colonna, Singing Star
Gordon MacRae, Actresses Virginia Hall and Susan Morrow…
(The Californian, January 12, 1952)
January 12,
Saturday. Bing tapes his Chesterfield show at Fort Ord in the afternoon
and evening. The
guests are Bob Hope and Monica Lewis. The show is broadcast on January
16. Bing and Bob Hope plus Hoagy Carmichael and Red Nichols go on
to entertain at Bob and Virginia Stanton's party at their house in the Carmel valley.
For Fort Ord Clambake Bing Crosby, in addition to John Scott Trotter’s orch, has assembled a crack Dixie combo for the show he is staging for Army trainees at Fort Ord Saturday night and the dinner program following the annual Bing Crosby Invitational Golf Tournament at Monterey Peninsula Country Club Sunday evening.
(Variety, January 9, 1952)
Bing
Crosby did all right by the GI’s at Fort Ord. He taped a half hour radio show,
then proceeded to give the lads a three-hour additional show, backed up by Bob
Hope, Monica Lewis and a dozen vaudeville acts.
(Hedda Hopper, The Berkeley Gazette, January 18, 1952)
…After
a delicious curry dinner, Bing Crosby and Bob Hope arrived from their show,
which they had just put on at Fort Ord, and with them were Hoagy Carmichael and
Red Nichols and his five “Hot Pennies.” From then on, everyone was spellbound,
as Bing, Bob and Hoagy all took turns singing impromptu songs and reducing the
crowd to laughter with their at-the-moment jokes.
(Susan
Smith, The San Francisco Examiner, January 22, 1952)
January 13, Sunday.
The Victory dinner takes place at Monterey Peninsula Country Club.
January 15,
Tuesday. (9:00-9:30 p.m.) The Bob Hope radio show is broadcast on NBC and Bing guests with Jimmy
Demaret and Jerry Colonna. The show has been recorded at Fort Ord. Bing sings
“Slowpoke” before dueting with Bob on “Undecided”.
January 16,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped at Fort Ord and the guests are Bob
Hope and Monica Lewis.
January 23,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are Helen O’Connell and Paul Douglas.
January (undated). Golfs at Cypress Point on several occasions using caddies to play with him.
January 27,
Sunday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in Hollywood with Bob Burns and Patti Page that
airs on January 30.
January (undated). Goes with Bob Hope and Phil Harris to sse Buddy Hackett at Billy Gray's Band Box, 123 North Fairfax at Beverly.
January 30, Wednesday.
(Starting at 6 p.m.) Tapes a Chesterfield show at the CBS Radio Playhouse, 1618
North Vine, Hollywood, for transmission on February 6. The guest is Fred
Astaire. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS and Bing’s guests are Patti Page and Bob
Burns.
January 31, Thursday.
(10:35–11.00 p.m.) Contributes to Eddie Cantor’s birthday show on
NBC-radio. This is part of a 60th birthday celebration dinner for
Cantor at the Hotel Commodore in New York. The occasion is also part of
a testimonial linked to the campaign to sell Israel bonds.
February 2,
Saturday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Humphrey Bogart and Lauren
Bacall that airs on February 13.
February 3, Sunday. Writes a check for $400 payable to cash and which he annotates "S.F. Bdst Expense". Leo Lynn signs it on the back.
February 6,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guest is Fred Astaire.
February 7, Thursday.
Bing records another Chesterfield show with Patti Page and the Mills Brothers,
which airs on February 20.
February (undated). Takes Dixie and Lindsay to Palm Desert for a break. They stay at the Firecliff Lodge.
February 8, Friday, Plays in the first round of the Thunderbird Country Club four-ball match-play championship but he and his partner, Clive Roberts, are knocked out, losing two and one.
February 10, Sunday. Golfs on the Thunderbird course in Palm Springs with Ben Hogan, Bob Hope and W. A. Moncrief.
February 13,
Wednesday. Records a Chesterfield show in Hollywood with the Bell
Sisters (Cynthia aged 16, and Kay aged 11). The show is broadcast on February 27 by CBS. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific). The Chesterfield show with Humphrey Bogart and Lauren
Bacall is broadcast. It had been recorded on February 2.
February 14,
Thursday. Bing records “Just for You” and “A Flight of Fancy” with Camarata and
his Orchestra in Hollywood.
Bing Crosby: “Just For You” “Flight of Fancy” (Decca). Bing Crosby’s decline as a factor on disks is traceable to the switch of tastes away from the practitioners of the relaxed vocals and, equally important, to the failure of the material...
(Variety, June 11, 1952)
Just For You
Decca 28217—The Groaner just isn’t up to par on this light new tune from the flick of the same name. Ork backing by Camarata is good.
A Flight of
Fancy
Bing comes thru, with a smooth performance on this appealing item from the movie “Just for You,” over attractive ork support. Deejays can use.
(Billboard, June 21, 1952)
February 16, Saturday.
Thought to have taped a radio program for New York Catholic Charities with Bob Hope,
Ann Blyth, Jimmy Durante and Ruth Hussey.
February 17,
Sunday. (6:00-6:15 p.m.) Bing is the guest host on the Walter Winchell Time radio program
on ABC in Winchell’s absence due to ill health. Bing manages to plug his
Chesterfield show. The program has been recorded in advance and may have used some recordings made for Bing’s radio show.
February 19,
Tuesday. Records three songs in Hollywood with Perry Botkin’s String Band and
the King’s Men.
“Two Shillelagh O’Sullivan”
- "That Tumbledown Shack in Athlone” (Decca).
A coupling of
Irish tunes which should earn spins on and before St. Patrick’s Day. O’Sullivan”
is a snappy Gaelic entry which Crosby projects with folksy verve. This rates
plenty of juke spins. Reverse is projected in a slower tempo with a nostalgic back-to-the-old-sod
pitch.
(Variety, March 12, 1952)
Rosaleen
Decca 28061—The
groaner is effective and warm on this sweet ditty about a coleen from the
Emerald Isle. Also a good d. j. item
Don’t Ever Be Afraid
to Go Home
Bing turns in a good
vocal on this lively item with its own folksy moral. The Kings Men and the ork
back the warbler well. Deejays will spin.
(Billboard,
April 5, 1952)
Bing Crosby (Bruns.
04921) also tries some impressions — Irish, of course, in Two Shillelagh
O’Sullivan and That Tumbledown Shack in Athlone. The former is probably funny
if you like that sort of fun, and the latter is as much of a wallow
deep in nostalgia as it looks.
(The Gramophone)
February 20,
Wednesday. Bing records a Chesterfield show for transmission on March 5 with
Bob and Cathy Crosby. Increasingly, takes from earlier shows are being reused.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific.) A taped Chesterfield show with the Mills Brothers and
Patti Page airs on CBS.
February 21,
Thursday. (8:10–11:45 a.m.) Records “I’ll Si-Si Ya in Bahia” and “The Live Oak
Tree” with the Andrews Sisters and John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra in
Hollywood. The tracks are included in the Decca album "Just for You".
Bing Crosby -
Andrews Sisters: “I’ll Si-Si Ya In Bahia”- “The Live Oak Tree" (Decca). Bing
Crosby-Andrews Sisters tandem produces results on a pair of tunes from forthcoming
paramount, pic, “Just For You.” “Bahia” is a slick Latino flavored novelty to which Crosby
and the Andrew femmes bring enough sparkle to keep it in with the jocks and
jukes. Superior voice blending on the record is more outstanding than the material.
John Scott Trotter backs fully.
(Variety, July 23, 1952)
I’ll Si Si Ya in
Bahia Decca 28256 — To a mambo tempo the Andrews Sisters and the Groaner tell
about Bahia. Tune is from the flick “Just for You,” and the singers give it a
good whirl. The ork backing is top flight.
The Live Oak Tree
Another item from
“Just for You” receives an adequate vocal from Mr. C and the gals. Novelty tune
is pleasant.
Review of album
With the title flicker still to open and run what promises to be a long course, this album of ditties featured in the film figures to do right well over the counter. Crosby and Miss Wyman, of course, star in the pic. While the Andrews Sisters do not appear in the movie, their efforts on this disk add plus values… Liner carries a synopsis of the film and fairly detailed biographies of the artists featured on the disk.
(Billboard. October 4, 1952)
February 27, Wednesday. Tapes another Chesterfield show in Hollywood and the guests are Humphrey Bogart and Lauren Bacall. "Miss Kangaroo Contest" presents Bing with a baby kangaroo. The show is broadcast on March 12. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific.) The Chesterfield Show broadcast today features The Bell Sisters as guests.
February 29, Friday.
Bing plays in the Founder's Day Championship at Tamarisk Country Club
in Palm Springs. Others playing are Bob Hope, Phil Harris, Groucho
Marx, Harpo Marx, Dennis Morgan and Ralph Kiner.
March 1,
Saturday. The second round of the Founder's Day Championship. Bing
writes a check for $194.75 payable to Pinecliff Lodge, which he
annotates Hope host, Crosby host. Bing Crosby Enterprises introduces
“Bing Crosby Ice Cream.” This is a
special interest of Everett Crosby and it licenses the use of Bing’s
name in
national advertising of ice cream.
March 2, Sunday.
Bing and Bob Hope are filmed at Palm Springs by Paramount News plugging
the current drive for the Braille Institute. Starting at 8:00 pm., Bing takes part in a
recording of Bob Hope’s radio show at the Plaza Theater, which is
subsequently broadcast on March 11. The show forms part of a benefit
for the Sister Kenny Foundation and more than $5000 is raised.
Sunday (2) Crosby
appeared as guest star for Bob Hope’s taped show, also at Plaza Theatre, as did
Palm Springs Mayor Charles Farrell. Show also benefit for Sister Kenny
Foundation. Appearing were Jack Benny, Phil Harris, who earlier in the day
taped Benny show at War Memorial Bldg.
(Variety, March 12, 1952)
With Bing Crosby
as special guest, Bob introduced such other personalities as Danny Kaye, Frank
Sinatra and Martha Stewart. The show was taped for a delayed airing in
the near future; however, the follow-up show for the Sister Kenny Fund enjoyed
a complete sell-out.
(Tom E. Danson, Long Beach Press Telegram, March 7, 1952)
...That evening,
Sunday, Bob Hope, Bing Crosby, Phil Harris, Charlie Farrell, Orchestra leader
Les Brown, Marilyn Maxwell, Chief of Police (Palm Springs) Gus Kettman, Jack
Benny and others staged a benefit for the Sister Kenny Polio Foundation. What a
ball! Here was a line-up of Champions. Scripts had been written for the affair
but they proved to be mere rough outlines as the off-the-cuff wisecracks were
scattered around that stage.
(Dick Hyland, The Los Angeles Times, March 4, 1952)
March 4,
Tuesday. Press reports state that a recently concluded deal involving over $4
million has made Bing Crosby Enterprises the largest producer of films for
television in the country. A new subsidiary known as Lancer Productions has
been formed.
March 5,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Bob Crosby and
his daughter Cathy. The Paramount newsreel used that day shows Bing working out
with the Pittsburgh Pirates.
March 6, Thursday. Bing records a Chesterfield show in Palm Springs at the Plaza Theater with James Stewart and Fran Warren, which airs on March 19.
Bing Crosby taped
show at Plaza Theatre Thursday (6). Guests included Jimmy Stewart, who is vacationing
with Mrs. Stewart, and former Bendix Trophy winner Joe de Bona and Mrs. de
Bona.
(Variety, March 12, 1952)
March 8, Saturday.
Starting at 1:00 p.m., Bing and his son Lindsay attend a Pittsburgh Pirates vs. St. Louis Browns
spring training match at the City of Burbank Municipal Stadium. The Browns win 7-4.
March 11, Tuesday.
(9:00-9:30 p.m.) Bing makes a guest appearance on Bob Hope’s radio show on NBC that was
recorded in Palm Springs on March 2. Other guests are Marilyn Maxwell
and Charles
Farrell. Bing sings “Anytime.”
March 12, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Lauren Bacall and Humphrey Bogart.
March 17,
Monday. Bing has been at his Spring Creek ranch near Elko and he sends
a hand-written letter to Art MacKay (? bit illegible) in Fossil, Oregon.
Dear Art
It’s good job you
got out when you did. We’ve had a foot and a half of snow since you left. I just
got out today. Some of our neighbors in bad straits, and we moved 900 head up
to our hay about 6 miles from headquarters. They belong to our herd next door
and would have been in a bad way in a couple more days.
Johnny will call
you when it goes down some and he can book these cattle. He wants to get them
there before the 1st.
Yours, Bing Crosby
March 18, Tuesday. Bing checks in at the Palace Hotel in San Francisco.
March 19,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are James Stewart and Fran Warren.
March 20,
Thursday. At the Academy Awards ceremony at the RKO Pantages Theater, Danny
Kaye and Jane Wyman sing “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening”; the song by
Hoagy Carmichael and Johnny Mercer from the film Here Comes the Groom
wins an Oscar. Robert Riskin and Liam O’Brien have been nominated for “Best
Motion Picture Story” for their work on Here Comes the Groom but they
lose to Paul Dehn and James Bernard for Seven Days to Noon.
“Crosby” Kaye joining Jane Wyman in a socko selling on “In the Cool, Cool, Cool of the Evening”. Kaye’s Bing Crosby takeoff was solid.
(Variety, March 21, 1952)
…in
1951 I won the Oscar, with Johnny Mercer, for a song called “In the Cool Cool
Cool of the Evening”. Bing Crosby sang it in the picture Here Comes the Groom. The betting and studio pressure play had been
for “A Kiss to Build a Dream On” by Harry Ruby and Oscar Hammerstein, II.
Advertising and press agent gall doesn’t make an Oscar race pure as the driven
snow. But we had planted our song not once but several times in the picture,
and I carried home, fairly won, the golden nude statue with the sword. Many are
cynical about Hollywood awards, and rightly so. There is too much jockeying and
lunch buying, gift giving and ad taking. But I didn’t do anything but sit back
and wait after writing the music—a creative item often overlooked in that busy
place. My good friend Jane Wyman was in the picture with Bing and sang “Cool
Cool” better than I thought she knew how to sing. She and Danny Kaye did the
song at the Awards dinner and in very good style.”
(Hoagy
Carmichael with Stephen Longstreet, Sometimes
I Wonder)
March
21,
Saturday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Marilyn Maxwell and Anna Maria
Alberghetti, which is broadcast on March 26. The show is taped before an audience of service personnel from the US Naval Training
Station at Treasure Island, San Francisco.
March 22, Saturday. (7:30-8:00 p.m.) Bing is heard in the "All Star Show for Catholic Charities" on WNBC in New York. Elsewhere, snow continues to be a problem at Elko and the Reno Evening Gazette reports:
…An example of the situation was Bing Crosby’s Elko ranch. Snowdrifts up to 35 feet covered the crooner’s haystacks. Hay was abundant on his ranch but approximately 300 head of his cattle were stranded because they could not be reached by accessible roads…
March 26, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped in San Francisco and the guests are Marilyn Maxwell and Anna Maria Alberghetti. Miss Maxwell is paid $1000 for her services.
It now looks
virtually certain that Jack Benny, Bob Hope and Bing Crosby — the three
top-budgeted personality shows in radio — will lose their sponsors at the end of
the current season. From here on in, the $8,500-$10,000 bracket will be tops in
AM, as reflected in the Chesterfield purchase (at 10G a week) of Dean Martin &
Jerry Lewis for next season. On the other hand, Chesterfield is calling it quits
on the Hope and Crosby stanzas, each of which carries a nut in excess of
$30,000 a week. If Hope and/or Crosby return to the AM kilocycles next season, it’s
a foregone conclusion that it’ll be at a considerably reduced price, with
trimmed productional accoutrements.
(Variety, March 26, 1952)
March 27, Thursday. Cashes a check for $500. He annotates it as "Exp. 2 S.F. Broadcasts".
March 28, Friday. Tapes a
Chesterfield show in San Francisco with the Bell Sisters and Gary Crosby.
April 1, Tuesday. Writes a check for $107 payable to Wallace Robinson, which he annotates "Paint - Repairs Pebble Beach".
April (undated). Signs to make the film Little
Boy Lost.
April 2,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and the guests are the Bell Sisters and Gary Crosby.
Four months after Dad blew up at me he
came back up north to transcribe his radio show in San Francisco and brought me
on as a guest. When I read through the script the day before the broadcast I
was appalled. It made me uncomfortable enough to see the jokes that cast me as
some kind of teenage heartthrob. I’d cut two more duets with him by now
-“Moonlight Bay” and “Maggie Blues”- and they’d done all right, but I sure as
hell wasn’t a heartthrob to any teenagers I knew. It was Dad’s fans who were
buying the records, and if I did have a few of my own, they certainly weren’t
enough to justify the heavy hype. The main thing that got me, though, was the
fact that the script made my humiliation at Stanford public. “Oh, Christ,” I
groaned when I saw the dialogue, “now he’s gonna be
broadcasting over national radio that I’m damn near flunking out of college so
everyone in the country can hear about it.” But I did what he wanted and read
my lines as written.
(Gary Crosby, writing in Going My Own
Way, page 167)
April 5, Saturday.
(Starting at 2:00 p.m.) Bing, who has been staying at the Rogers ranch
in Palm
Springs, puts on a two-hour benefit show at the Polo Grounds in Palm
Springs
with Bob Hope, Kay Starr and the Bell Sisters as part of the annual
Desert
Circus celebrations. Some of the proceedings are used as a Chesterfield
Show that is broadcast on April 9 but the Bell Sisters’ segment is not
used.
April 6, Sunday. Gives an informal dinner at the Thunderbird Country Club. Lindsay Crosby accompanies him.
April 8,
Tuesday. A federal judge in San Francisco orders Bing’s appearance as a witness
in the Henry Von Morpurgo trial. Bing was supposed to have appeared that day
and an order for his arrest is prepared if he does not appear on April 10.
April 9,
Wednesday. Back in Hollywood, Bing records a Chesterfield show with
Helen
O’Connell and the Bell Sisters, which airs on April 16. Later, Bing cashes a check for $300 and he annotates it as "Exp Von Morpurgo trial." Leo Lynn signs it on the reverse. Bing and Larry
Crosby then depart for San Francisco by train. (6:30–7:00 p.m.
Pacific)
The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are
Kay Starr and Bob Hope.
April 10,
Thursday. Arriving at the Federal Court in the post office building at Seventh
and Mission at 10:00 a.m., Bing testifies for about an hour as a government
witness at the mail fraud trial in San Francisco of Henry Von Morpurgo who is
charged with diverting $93,000 from the Sister Kenny Foundation for his own
use. Bing had acted as fund-raising chairman for the Sister Kenny charity in
1945 and 1946 and his name has been used without his authority in a number of
telegrams designed to raise funds in Northern California. It emerges that while
Bing had performed entertainment activities to raise money for the charity, all
lower echelon administration matters had been handled by Larry Crosby. Von Morpurgo is found guilty. Bing
omits to collect his court expenses of $74.80.
April 14,
Monday. Bing and Dixie sign a promissory note for $655,000 to Citizens National
Trust and Savings Bank.
April 16,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby
Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are the Bell Sisters and
Helen O’Connell.
April 20,
Sunday. (4:00-4:45 p.m.) Bing records a Chesterfield show in CBS Playhouse No.
2 at 6126 Hollywood Boulevard, Hollywood with Kay Starr and the Bell Sisters.
The show airs on April 23.
April 21–July.
Films Road to Bali with Bob Hope and Dorothy Lamour. The director is Hal
Walker with Joseph J. Lilley as musical director.
There are other pleasant things about owning part of a picture. In The Road to Bali there was a beach scene for which tons of beautiful white sand had been trucked in from Pebble Beach. I had just put in a one-hole golf course at my house on Moorpark Street in North Hollywood. I had four sand traps standing empty, with nothing in them in which my friends could leave their hoof prints. When I saw that sand a light switched on in my head.
“We own two-thirds of this sand, don’t we?” I asked.
“Sure,” Bing said. “Why?”
“Well,” I replied, “I’d like some of it for my course at home.”
When he said, “Why not?” I
called the prop man and said, “Take
ten truck-loads of this sand out to my house when we’re done with it.”
“No
dice,” he
said. “This is Paramount’s sand.”
Bing and I had another talk with the boys in the front office. As a result, part of The Road to Bali is in my back yard.
(Bob Hope, This Is On Me, page
124)
April 22, Tuesday. A pre-recording session for the Road to Bali songs.
April 23,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast and Bing’s guests are the Bell Sisters and Kay Starr.
April 24, Thursday.
Bing overdubs “Till the End of the World” and “Just a Little Lovin’” on to tracks previously prepared by Grady
Martin and his Slew Foot Five in Nashville. “Till the End of the World” charts for six weeks and
peaks at No. 16.
Just a
Little Lovin’
Decca 28265—Crosby hands the ballad a neat reading replete with whistling variations mid-disk. Backing by the Western band is dandy.
Till the End
of the World
The Groaner is in fine voice as he reads the bouncing ditty with appealing spirit. Support by the Martin combo is bouncy. Crosby fans will like.
(Billboard, June 28, 1952)
Though Bing by himself (04970) is still Bing, albeit accompanied by the most horrible alto saxophone this side of the average village-hall band of thirty years ago, Bing’s whistle in “Just a Little Lovin’” redeems the side, and the melody of “Till the End of the World” is very attractive. But oh! that accompaniment!
(The Gramophone, September 1952)
April 30,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast. The guest is Donald O’Connor.
May 1, Thursday. Bob Hope and Bing are photographed on the set of Road to Bali as Bob lights the "Beacon of Hope" to launch the United Cerebral Palsy campaign.
May 2,
Friday. Dixie gives a surprise birthday party for Bing at their home with 175
guests and he is visibly moved on his arrival home from the studio that
evening.
When I left for the studio that morning, all was as usual. Linny was getting ready for school,
Dixie was at breakfast, the rest of the household bustling about their usual tasks.
When I got home at seven that
evening, the Crosby manse had
been transformed into a veritable tropical garden. A great marquee
stretched from the
back patio to the far end of the lawn. There were tables under the
marquee, each bearing candles in a red and white tropical floral centerpiece. Palm trees had been
temporarily planted around the patio, which
had been made into a huge dance
floor. At the far end of the
garden was a bandstand with Les Brown and full orchestra aboard, playing “Happy
Birthday to You.”
As I stepped into the foyer, this was the sight that
greeted me, along with about one hundred seventy-five guests,
who had come to wish me well. As
Dixie came up to me and
put her arms around me, I am not ashamed to admit that my eyes were swimming.
(Call Me Lucky, page 326)
May 7,
Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield
is broadcast. The guest is Marlene Dietrich.
May 8, Thursday. Records more
songs from the film Just for You in Hollywood
with an orchestra directed by Nathan Van Cleave. Ben Lessy
joins him on “On the 10:10 from Ten-Ten-Tennessee” while Jane Wyman duets “Zing
a Little Zong.” “Zing” reaches the No. 18 spot in the
Best-sellers list and remains in the charts for six weeks. Leo Robin wrote an opening verse which was not used in the
film or the commercial recording but it does help to set the scene and explain
the use of the last letter of the alphabet.
Let’s imagine we’re in
Holland and we’re underneath the moon,
Let’s walk a little, talk a
little, kiss a little,
Cling a little, sigh a little,
sing a little tune…
Zing a Little Zong
Bing Crosby and Jane Wyman team up for a sock waxing of this cute novelty ditty from their flick “Just for You”. Bing sounds more relaxed than he has in a long time and the thrush carries her part in fine fashion. The Jud Conlon Rhythmaires help out spiritedly. Side should get a lot of plays and spins due to impact of movie.
(Billboard, July 19, 1952)
Bing Crosby-Jane Wyman:
“Zing A Little Zong’’-”The Maiden of Guadalupe” (Decca). Bing Crosby and Jane
Wyman, on “Zong,” one of the brightest novelty items to hit the market in some
time, should make this side a click commercial bet this summer. Tune, from the forthcoming
Paramount pic, “Just For You,” has a light rhythmic beat and a cute lyric. Both
Miss Wyman and Crosby deliver for top impact. Miss Wyman solos the reverse, a
mild novelty attempt, but even her okay warbling effort never brings it to
life.
(Variety, July 9, 1952)
May 11,
Sunday. Tapes a Chesterfield show with Teresa Brewer and David Niven. This is
broadcast on May 14.
May 14, Wednesday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are David Niven and
Teresa Brewer.
May 16,
Friday. (11:30 a.m. to 1:30 p.m.) Records “The Moon Came up with a Great Idea Last
Night” and “Watermelon Weather” with Peggy Lee and Vic Schoen and his Orchestra
in Hollywood. “Watermelon Weather” briefly charts in the No. 28 position.
Bing Crosby-Peggy
Lee: “Watermelon Weather’ -“The Moon Came Up With A Great Idea Last Night (Decca).
“Watermelon” gets
another appealing etching by this Decca tandem of artists. Peggy Lee, in her
first duet since switching from Capitol, is in top voice with Crosby in usual
good form. Reverse has a neat idea and gets a good ride via this cut. Vic Schoen
orch backing up.
(Variety,
June 4, 1952)
BING
CROSBY-PEGGY LEE WATERMELON WEATHER DECCA 28238— Bing Crosby and
Peggy Lee team up on this light, summery ballad and turn in a smooth, quiet
reading making it a listenable item. If the Perry Como-Eddie Fisher waxing goes
anywhere this one will share in the loot, altho the Crosby-Lee names will
create action on their own among the deejays.
THE MOON CAME UP WITH
A GREAT IDEA LAST NIGHT Another frothy, novelty tune receives a slick, quiet
warble from the pair. Not exciting, but pleasant. Deejays should use.
(Billboard,
June 14, 1952)
“Watermelon Weather,”
taped with Peggy Lee, weighs in as Crosby’s most remarkable duet of the late
Decca period. Crosby and Lee had sung together dozens of times on the radio
but, thanks to competitive label affiliations, had not gotten the chance to do
so commercially until 1952. Laid back as an old hound dog, these countrified
cadenzas could be described as “Gone Fishin’” spelled sideways. Crosby and
Lee sing it so vividly you can practically taste the watermelon juice as it
drips.
(Will Friedwald, A Biographical Guide
to the Great Jazz and Pop Singers, page 127)
In addition to the
masters that later were collected into the Lover album in 1952 Lee
recorded a couple of duets with her Decca colleague Bing Crosby.
These included her third hit for the label, “Watermelon Weather.” A
cute, slowly swinging tune, the song allowed an easygoing pairing of two of the
finest voices in America. Matching adorable, almost-rhyming lyrics (“meander,”
“veranda,” and “hand her”) in an every-other-line passing back-and-forth manner
marked this nostalgic duet that resonated with the postwar fascination for music that soothed and comforted
the heart. This heartwarming duet peaked at number twenty-eight
on the popular music charts during the summer of 1952. In order to
promote this single, Lee sang it on the radio as a guest in Crosby’s Chesterfield
Presents the Bing Crosby Show, which aired on June 18.
For the next
week’s episode, the pair tantalized listeners with the other duet recorded at the same Decca session, “The Moon
Came Up with a Great Idea Last Night,” which featured one singer at
a time singing lead, while the other sang a response in a backup manner throughout
the first verse. In the second chorus, the two sang together in
charming harmony. Whenever these two stars were paired, a worthwhile
listening treat resulted from their collaboration. Both of these songs,
although obscure today, reward repeated listening.
(Tish Oney, Peggy Lee – A
Century of Song, page 73)
May 18,
Sunday. Tapes material for three Chesterfield shows with Judy Garland, which are
broadcast on May 21, May 28, and June 4.
May 20, Tuesday. Another recording session for the Road to Bali songs at Paramount. Joseph Lilley directs the orchestra,
May 21,
Wednesday. Bob Crosby films his guest spot in Road to Bali at Paramount.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast and the guest is Judy Garland.
Bob Crosby checked in
at Paramount yesterday to make a “surprise” guest appearance with brother Bing,
Bob Hope and Dorothy Lamour in “Road To Bali.” He’ll play himself in a gag
sequence set in a jungle. It’s first time the brothers have worked together in
a pic.
(Variety, May 22, 1952)
The voice of Judy Garland, which rekindled vaudeville in recent months
will be heard on radio tonight when she visits the Bing Crosby Show at 8:30
o’clock over WFBM-CBS. This marks Judy’s first radio appearance since her
triumphant engagement at New York’s Palace Theater…Judy will also appear on the
May 28 and June 4 Crosby shows.
(Georgia Gianokas, The Indianapolis News, 21st May, 1952)
May 24, Saturday. Bing writes a check for $1000 payable to the United Cerebral Palsy campaign
May 26,
Monday. Records a Chesterfield show with Rosemary Clooney, which airs on
June 11. Rosemary receives a fee of $1000.
May 28, Wednesday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast and Bing’s guest is again Judy Garland.
Harmony and witty
remarks were mixed when Judy Garland visited the Bing Crosby Show last week in
the first of three appearances. The two join forces again tonight at 8:30 o’clock
over WFBM-CBS… Taking the prize among the collection of quips last week was: “We’re
all proud of you Judy… you’re the gal who’s responsible for bringing back vaudeville,
that’s why I asked you here tonight,” said Crosby. Judy asked, “Why?” The
reply: “I thought you might bring back radio!”
(The Indianapolis News, 28th May, 1952)
May 29, Friday.
Bing and Dorothy Lamour host a birthday party for Bob Hope on the set of Road
to Bali.
May 31, Saturday. Bing golfs in the Beat Ben Hogan National Golf Day tourney and has a 74-5-69. Hogan has a 71 and is beaten by 7511 golfers nationwide. (9:30-10:00 p.m. Pacific) Bing makes a short guest appearance on the NBC radio program Silver Plus Five to pay a tribute to Red Nichols who is celebrating thirty years in show business.
June (undated). Bing meets the Manchester United football team on the Road to Bali set.
June 1, Sunday. Writes
a check for $250 for cash, which is later signed on the back by Leo
Lynn. Bing annotates the check "Exp K. M. B. G. Trip".
June 2,
Monday. Tapes a Chesterfield show with Peggy Lee that is broadcast on June 18.
June 3, Tuesday.
Bing sponsors a dance at the Burlingame Club for Dennis and Phillip
Crosby who are about to graduate from Bellarmine. 120 couples are
invited including all members of the senior class.
June 4, Wednesday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for Chesterfield is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is again Judy Garland.
June 7,
Saturday. Bing and Dixie see Dennis and Phillip Crosby graduate from Bellarmine
College Preparatory, San Jose.
June 11,
Wednesday (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific). Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast and the guests are Joe Venuti and Rosemary
Clooney.
June 15,
Sunday. Bing records a Chesterfield show with Peggy Lee that airs on June 25.
June 17,
Tuesday. (6:00-9:00 p.m.) Records “You Don’t Know What Lonesome Is” and “Open Up Your Heart”
with a group led by Perry Botkin, the Cass County Boys and the King’s Men in Hollywood. The
disc briefly charts, peaking at No. 22.
Bing Crosby: “Open
Up Your Heart” — “You Don’t Know What Lonesome Is” (Decca). The swift country
beat of “Open Up Your Heart” serves as excellent material for a Crosby workover.
Tune is grooved for current pop market tastes and Crosby should cash in on the
vogue with this waxing. The Crosby contingent as well as the cornball fans
should go for it in a big way. Crosby slows up on the reverse, "You Don’t
Know What Lonesome Is.” Tune is a neatly constructed cowboy’s lament but its
impact, despite Crosby’s warm delivery, probably will be felt west of the
Mississippi only.
(Variety, December 17, 1952)
You Don’t Know What
Lonesome Is
Decca 28470—This is a
rather unusual item, telling of a lonely reflective cowpoke, and his solitary
life on the plains. Bing hands it a meaningful reading, and the backing retains
the lonesome and melodic mood. Jocks should hand it spins.
Open Up Your Heart
The Groaner turns in
a happy vocal on this fast-tempo effort, with the chorus and ork backing him
neatly. Side is not extraordinary, but may catch some spins.
(Billboard, December
27, 1952)
June 18,
Wednesday. Dixie has exploratory abdominal surgery at St. John's Hospital, Santa Monica. The surgeon is Dr.
Arnold Stevens. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for
Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests
are Joe Venuti and Peggy Lee.
June 20,
Friday. Bing records “To See You Is to Love You” with Axel Stordahl and his
Orchestra.
Even the presence of MD Axel Stordahl fails to make “To See You”—a Road to Bali song—stimulating listening.
(Laurie Henshaw, Melody Maker, January 3, 1953)
June 21,
Saturday. Bing writes a check for $250 payable to cash. He annotates it
"Cash Expense Travel - Ranch". Leo Lynn signs it on the reverse. (8:00
p.m.–10:30 a.m. on June 22) Bing joins Bob Hope to host a
fourteen-hour telethon broadcast jointly on the NBC and CBS television
channels
to help finance the American Olympic team. This is Bing’s first live
television
appearance and the show comes from the El Capitan Theatre in Hollywood,
with stars
such as Frank Sinatra, Dorothy Lamour, Dean Martin, and Jerry Lewis
taking
part. Over $1M is pledged but ultimately only about $200,000 is
collected.
It was an occasion for some major TV “firsts,” including foremost the long-awaited debut of Crosby as a video personality. He demonstrated (toupee and all, a la the pix Crosby as distinct from the hat-toting, sports-attired, pipe-smoking Bingle of the radio studio audience) that he’s a natural and “sure bet” in the transition to TV, adding an affirmative addenda to the current wholesale jockeying among the top bankrollers in TV to latch on to his services for the upcoming semester.
(Variety, June 25, 1952)
The Bob Hope-Bing Crosby “telethon” to raise funds for the United States Olympic Fund, which probably kept a good part of the nation up for most of Saturday night and Sunday morning, was quite a financial feat. A total of $1,000,020 was contributed or pledged over a fourteen and one-half hour period, which is a formidable achievement now that these marathon performances occur so frequently on TV.
Theatrically, the chief news of the “telethon” was that it marked the video debut of Bing Crosby. If there ever was any doubt about it, the word is that the groaner can make the medium his own whenever he chooses. Still youthful as ever in appearance and in good voice, Bing’s relaxed style and easy-going ways were made to order for home viewing. The Bing is in.
Otherwise, however, the long show was something of a disappointment. Perhaps the “telethon” stunt is just becoming too familiar, but much of yesterday’s program was far from exciting and more akin to a succession of personal appearances than a real show. Viewers must have been particularly disappointed that Bing was so sparing with his vocal wares. During the ten hours that this department watched he did only one complete song.
The “telethon” was staged at El Capitan Theatre in Los Angeles and was carried by both the Columbia Broadcasting System and the National Broadcasting Company television. From the outset Bob and Bing made it clear that for the night they would be intent on the business of raising the needed funds to transport the American team to Helsinki. Accordingly, their participation consisted chiefly of reading figures and the names of contributors, a chore in which they had the help of Dorothy Lamour. This inevitably made for considerable repetition and, while some of their byplay was fun, the show as a whole moved pretty slowly.
Part of the program’s lack of pace could be attributed to the staging, which was more in the style of radio than television. The guest artists were forced to work in front of a microphone, which is the old-fashioned way of doing things now, and this imposed severe limitation on the variety of acts. The emphasis was mostly on singing and instrumental solos, with hardly any representation of dancing or sketches.
In the early morning hours the madcap team of Dean Martin and Jerry Lewis injected some life into the proceedings and the studio audience really came alive. Unfortunately, Jerry somewhat overstayed his welcome, but Bing’s attitude of superiority toward the comedy duo was a mite surprising.
Another star making his TV debut during the “telethon” was Phil Harris, the veteran of the Jack Benny program. He showed to good advantage in two lively numbers and his vitality came over very effectively on TV. Frank Fontaine and his son, Bobby, also had an amusing comedy act during the morning portion of the show.
Bob and Bing deserve the country’s thanks for pitching in at the last moment to
assure adequate finances for the Olympic team, and it must be hoped that those
who made pledges will keep them. With past “telethons” the actual cash finally
received was only a small part of the total pledged and many of the
“contributions” turned out to be just cheap and thoughtless bids for free
publicity. It’s probably just as well that Bob and Bing rescued the Olympic
Committee from its financial plight before the “telethon” format is worn out.
(Jack Gould, New York Times, June 23, 1952)
Bing Crosby, Bob Hope and scores of other personalities went to bat for the 1952 U.S. Olympic team yesterday and smashed a sizzling home run – worth more than $1,000,000.
The two stars sang and joked their way through a 14 1/2 hour television marathon which was beamed to a nationwide audience estimated at 50,000,000. And their efforts – plus those of hundreds of other persons responsible for the show – raised the Olympic fund well over its goal.
Two television networks – NBC and CBS – carried the show by microwave to 68 stations in 48 cities from coast to coast. The telethon, staged at NBC studios in the El Capitan Theater, began at 8 p.m. Saturday and ended for the tired performers at 10:30 a.m. yesterday after switching to New York for appearances by several noted sports figures.
Crosby, who teamed with Hope to answer hundreds of telephone calls and introduce the more than 250 actors, dancers and singers on the program, was making his television debut on the record-breaking telethon.
He and Hope deserted the cameras for three or four hours early yesterday morning to freshen up but were back on the stage for the finale and exchange comments with the New York end of the show.
Avery Brundage, president of the U.S. Olympic committee, opened the program Saturday night with an announcement that the Olympic fund was still nearly $500,000 short of the money it needs to send the nation’s athletes to Helsinki this summer. Fourteen and a half hours later, just three minutes before the show ended, contributions donated and pledges across the nation as a result of the program were announced as $1,000,020.
Officials said this figure, however, probably will be swelled by many thousands of dollars this week as mail contributions are received ….
Hope and Crosby, obviously weary after their long stint before the cameras, were still joking as they posed with Miss Lamour after the show.
“Well, Bob, ready for a fast 18 holes. Where’ll it be? Lakeside or Riviera?” Crosby cracked.
(Los Angeles Times, June 23, 1952)
It took Bing Crosby a long time to get around to making his personal appearance on television but, once there, he settled down for a straight 14½ hours. Last week the aging (48) groaner co-starred with TV Veteran Bob Hope on an all-night show to raise the $500,000 still needed to send the U.S. Olympic team to this summer’s games at Helsinki, Finland. Conceived by Sport Writer Vincent Flaherty of the Los Angeles Examiner, and obviously patterned after the annual Milton Berle TV marathon for the Cancer Fund, the Hope & Crosby show was a mixture of guest stars (Ezio Pinza, Phil Harris, Martin & Lewis), appeals for money, and the reading of interminable lists of contributors.
Crosby, complete with his Hollywood toupee, was as pleasantly relaxed and as glibly polysyllabic on TV as he is on radio and in the movies. He traded familiar insults with Bob Hope; exchanged small talk with Guest Dorothy Lamour; moaned in true TV-Comic fashion whenever the studio audience seemed lukewarm, and crooned such songs as Home on the Range. When the Telethon ended its allnight, two-network (CBS and NBC), stand, Hope, Crosby and friends had collected pledges for more than $1,000,000. Crosby also seems assured of a lively and profitable TV career whenever he wants it. Said Bing: “Well, I guess I’m off on the road to vaudeville—again.”
(Time magazine, June 30, 1952)
For all that, he was certainly encouraged
in his hunger for affection: He and Dean made a cameo appearance in Road to
Bali that winter, popping up in a dream sequence—necking, even!—in order to
return a (contractually agreed) favor Hope and Crosby had done them earlier by
appearing in a similar cameo in Scared Stiff.
…It’s telling, by the way, that Hope and
Crosby never actually appeared on screen with Dean and Jerry. In June 1952 Hope
and Crosby hosted a U.S. Olympic team telethon on NBC and had Martin and Lewis
as guests; Dean and Jerry came out so full of piss, vinegar, and anarchic
energy that they literally drove Hope and Crosby off the stage—Hope in a
joking, confident fashion, Crosby quite literally, out of fear, Jerry later
learned, that these insane upstarts would strip him of his toupee.
(Shawn Levy, King of Comedy, The Life and Art of Jerry Lewis, page 153)
June 23,
Monday. Records “Hoot Mon” and “Chicago Style” with Bob Hope and Joe Lilley and
his Orchestra in Hollywood.
June 24,
Tuesday. A recording session for Bing and Bob Hope as they duet “The Road to
Bali” and also join in “The Merry-Go-Run-Around” with Peggy Lee. Both songs are
from the film Road to Bali. Sonny Burke and his Orchestra provide the
accompaniment. Decca issues a 10" LP containing the songs.
The Merry-go-run-around – The Road to Bali
More attractive is “Merry-go-run-around,” a musical triangle of some appeal. This, like the reverse, comes from The Road to Bali. Both songs, however, probably sound more effective in their filmic context. Unfortunately, all four of these Brunswick sides are marred by an excess of surface noise.
(Laurie Henshaw, Melody Maker, January 3, 1953)
June 25,
Wednesday. Dixie goes home from hospital. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing
Crosby Show for Chesterfield is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped
and the guest is Peggy Lee. This is the final Chesterfield broadcast as Bing
has been dropped by the sponsor. The General Electric Company becomes Bing’s
sponsor in the autumn.
Bing Crosby and his writer, Bill Morrow, thought they’d have a little fun by playfully baiting a sponsor for next Fall. The humor of it didn’t appeal to the client, however, and three pages of script were ordered deleted.
(Variety, June 26, 1952)
June (undated). Filming of Road to Bali is completed. Around this time, Bing and Bob Hope film a scene for the Martin & Lewis film Scared Stiff.
June 26,
Thursday. Bing purchases a 12-acre site on the west shore of Hayden Lake for a
reported $11,000. It is located at English Point in a secluded area about three
miles from his existing home. He plans to build a new house upon it.
June 27, Friday. Bing and his sons have travelled to Elko, Nevada. Dixie remains at home recuperating. Bing attends the opening of the
Silver State Stampede in Elko. Later, he gives a party to celebrate Gary Crosby's birthday at the Ranch Inn.
June 28, Saturday. Bing is photographed with Miss America (Colleen Kay Hutchins) at the Silver State Stampede.
June 30, Monday. Writes to Irv Kupcinet of the Chicago Sun Times.
Dear Kup:
Thanks
for your complimentary comment on the Telethon. It was a lot of fun and the
success of the function of course is directly attributable to the organization
work of Mr. Hope’s outfit, plus the wonderful assistance we received from so
many generous and talented people.
Something
over a million dollars was pledged, but people experienced in these affairs
tell me that you can anticipate about a 20% shrink. If this is true, the
balance would not be any more than enough to take care of this year’s Olympic
team’s necessities. There is of course a possibility that the response by mail
will be considerable and if so this would more than make up for the shrink, in
which case your suggestion that we donate the surplus to some worthy charity is
a good one. I believe it would create a good feeling among the American people
for the Olympic committee and the sponsors of the Olympic Games. I am going to
relay your suggestion on to Jack Hope, who has been more or less my contact in
connection with the arrangements for the Telethon.
I am
dictating this letter from up in the vastnesses of Elko, Nevada, where we are
currently spending six or seven weeks teaching the boys the value of a buck and
the importance of manual labor. I don’t know how successful we are, but I am
confident it provides a defining contrast to the fleshpots of Beverly Hills, and
maybe some little germ of an idea will be implanted in their subconscious which
will serve them in good stead when they grow up and become citizens. It’s
healthy for them anyhow. It was 28° here this morning when I got up and here it
is almost 1st of July. In fact tomorrow will be 1st of July.
From what
I hear over the radio, it’s been a little warm back in Chicago. I hope
you get some relief before the Convention. I should like to be there because
from all indications the Republican caucus is going to be an exciting affair, but
this is more important right now to me.
Will be looking forward to seeing
you possibly in the fall. Say hello to Frankie Harmon and Society Kid Hogan if
you see them.
As ever, your friend, Bing
July 9, Wednesday. General Electric close a deal with CBS to sponsor Bing for radio the upcoming season. The deal calls for 39 weeks of AM plus options on whatever TV Crosby is willing to perform. (Variety, July 11, 1952). Other prospective sponsors were U. S. Rubber and Coca-Cola.
Deal for Coca-Cola
to sponsor Bing Crosby on radio and TV next season for CBS has fallen through at
the last minute, and General Electric has moved into the picture as a
prospective bankroller for the Groaner. While all parties concerned are keeping
tight wraps around the maneuverings, it’s understood that underneath the
collapse of the Coke deal is a plan Crosby has to enter the ice-cream
manufacturing business with his four sons. What GE has to do with that plan is
still unclear, but it would mean that Crosby could benefit via a capital gains
tax setup on his radio-TV earnings, whereas his deal with Coke would have given
him only a straight tax setup.
(Variety, July 9, 1952)
July 12,
Saturday. Margaret Crosby (nee Mattes, Ted’s second wife following his divorce)
gives birth to a son, Howard Mattes, at Deaconess Hospital in Spokane.
July (undated). Helen Delores Crosby (Ted’s daughter, also known as ‘Dixie’) enters Holy Names as Sister M. Catherine Joan.
July 21, Monday. Dixie undergoes another abdominal operation at St. John's, Santa
Monica. Bing has flown down from Elko to be with her. This is thought
to be the first time he has flown since WW2.
I need no crystal ball to tell me that television looms big in my future, as it does in the future of any entertainer. The principal reason I haven’t had a go at it is that radio, recordings, picture-making and the other businesses in which I’m involved take up so much of my time and mean so many trips away from home that the time to do it right just isn’t available. Then, too, there are a lot of things I like to do aside from business, like golfing, and fishing, and hunting, and if I did TV, when would I so indulge myself?
TV is here to stay, and it will be here when I get ready to go into it. There’s a question in my mind as to what TV format would be best for me. I’m investigating the possibility of a filmed half-hour show, employing motion-picture techniques the way a big studio films a short subject. But the expense would be tremendous. It might cost so much to make that it wouldn’t be practical. I’m not sure I could find a sponsor who could get up the large bundle of coin such a show would cost. But given the right format, television doesn’t frighten me. I should be able to get by, doing what I’ve done in pictures, in camp shows, and in vaudeville—entertain.
I do think this: anybody who goes into TV should be sparing in how much work he does. No entertainer who’s in everyone’s home once a week can survive very long. His welcome can’t be stretched that far. If a new motion picture of mine were released each week for fifty-two weeks—or even for thirty-nine weeks—I soon wouldn’t have many friends coming to the theaters to see me. And they’d drop the flap on me at home, too. They’d weary of my mannerisms, my voice, my face.
Three years ago the price for my complete radio package was twenty-seven thousand five hundred dollars a broadcast. This included my salary of seven thousand five hundred dollars a week. For my 1951-52 (sic) radio broadcasting season I made a package deal with General Electric at sixteen thousand dollars a week. This same contract stipulates that so long as I’m doing a radio show for G.E. I will not do a TV show of my own - except for General Electric. I have no agreement on price with G.E. but there are indications that a big show on television would be worth up to fifty thousand per week.
In view of this, it may be cause for wonderment on the part of some that
I don’t succumb to the lure. Naturally, I am toying with the idea—who wouldn’t
at such prices—but I’m content to take my time. After all, I’m doing reasonably
well now, and I don’t have to work at all if I don’t want to. The reason I
don’t quit is that I’ve stayed in the entertainment business so long I’ve
become a squirrel on a treadmill. I can see no end to my road, so I can’t jump
off.
(Bing Crosby, writing in Call Me Lucky, pages 328-329)
Bing Crosby is
the luckiest thing that ever
happened to me. My writing life has been
divided into two periods: Before Crosby and After Crosby. I was bucketing along, writing pretty much
anything anybody suggested, from Jefferson’s home in Monticello to Leary’s secondhand bookstore in Philadelphia, when
Bing’s life
meshed with mine.
It was
not Bing’s idea. My
editor, Ben Hibbs, announced
one day at a meeting
of the Post editorial staff that
he was low on multi
part nonfiction series and would we please all go back
to our cells, put on our thinking
caps and see what we could come up with. I went back to my desk and sat there
asking myself, who’s
the best liked and the best known personality in the entertainment field we haven’t already done?
It wasn’t very skull-stretching. The answer popped
to the top of my mind like a cork: Bing Crosby.
The only problem was to get Bing to hold still
for it. Bob Fuoss, the managing editor, talked to him on the phone. Price was
no problem, although the amount we suggested seemed a sizable one to me.
The sum agreed upon
was $75,000. In Bing’s income bracket that meant he netted about $7,500—which he later
blew on a Mercedes-Benz in Germany. Within a week after he brought the
Mercedes home to California, he collided with a carload of Mexicans coming
home from a wedding. It was the end of
the Mercedes.
But back to the
conversation Fuoss had
with
Bing.
Bing objected
that millions of words
had been written about him, that there was nothing left
to say. Fuoss countered with two
notions (and I couldn’t have agreed with him more): First, a personality’s story hasn’t been told unless he’s told it himself. Second,
it hasn’t been told unless
it has appeared in the Saturday Evening Post.
These ideas gave Bing
cause for thought. Finally he agreed to give it a whirl.
Not long
afterward I found myself in the golf club at Hayden Lake, Idaho. Bing
was spending the summer
there. Bill Morrow, Bing’s
radio and TV writer, was
talking
to me when I
gradually became
aware that a
pair of speculative blue
eyes had been studying
me from across the room. Those eyes were trying to figure
out whether I had an angle
to shoot, an ax to grind, whether I was a right
guy or a wrong guy. Finally they made up
their mind.
Bing walked over, sat down and talked
to me.
We made a date to go to work the following afternoon. We worked every day for two hours
from then on—even in the stateroom on the Liberte when Bing was headed for England—until we were finished.
There is this about
Bing. Once he makes
up his mind you’re a right guy it’s
hard to change his
point of view. He’s
been a friend
of mine ever since.
(Pete Martin, writing
in Pete Martin Calls On)
August 10, Sunday. Press reports state that Dixie is feeling much better and she has "shooed Bing and the boys back to their Hayden Lake vacationing."
August 12, Tuesday.
Golfs at Hayden Lake and then plays host to 60 boys from Grosse Point, Michigan High School who are on a western tour.
August 13,
Wednesday. (7:00–7:30 p.m.) Bing is the host for “Action Was Limited,” a Family
Theater drama broadcast over the Mutual network. Kathryn
Grandstaff, the runner-up in the "Miss Texas" beauty contest, has a
screen test at Paramount Pictures and is signed on a 7-year contract.
In 1954, she changes to her name to Kathryn Grant
and marries Bing in 1957.
August (undated). Dixie, who is still recuperating from her operation, flies to
Hayden Lake, Idaho (near Spokane), in a specially chartered plane.
When she flew up to Hayden
Lake in a chartered plane in the middle of August, she hadn’t seemed any worse
than usual. She was terribly thin - you
could see the bones sticking through her hands and shoulders, and the skin
around her face was drawn tight - but she’d looked like that for a while now. I
was used to her being a semi-invalid.
Even before the operation she hardly ever got out of her bathrobe or left the
house, and her routine now was just about the same. As always, she moved very
slowly, with her back hunched over, yet with a certain grace. About the only
difference was that she didn’t seem to be drinking, and even that wasn’t all
that extraordinary. Over the years I’d seen her stay off the booze for weeks
and even months at a time, only to climb right back in the jug again once the
pressure got to be more than she could handle.
(Gary Crosby, writing in Going My Own Way, page 170)
August 16, Saturday. Bing writes a check for $91 payable to Dorothy Smith. He annotates it as "Nurse Mrs. Crosby".
August 17, Sunday. Writes a check for $98 payable to M. McKenzie, which he annotates "Nurse Mrs Crosby".
August 23,
Saturday. Bing withdraws his entry for the Canadian Amateur Golf Championship,
which is due to commence on August 27 at the Capilano Golf Club, Vancouver,
because of other commitments. No doubt, this was because of Dixie’s health
problems.
August 24, Sunday. Bing again writes a check for $91 payable to Dorothy Smith. This is marked as "Nurse Mrs Crosby".
August 27,
Wednesday. Golfs with Senator Herman Welker, Virgil McGee and J. R. Simplot
at Hayden Lake Country Club. (7:35-8:00p.m.) Bing contributes to a
radio program "Portrait of a City" about Spokane that is broadcast by
August 28, Thursday.
Bing, with a round of 70, again qualifies for the Inland Empire Golf
Tournament at Hayden Lake Golf Club.
August 30, Saturday.
Plays in the first round of the
Inland Empire Golf Tournament at Hayden
Lake Golf Club and beats Bill Moore 7 & 6. He writes a check for
$150 payable to Robert Thompson, which he annotates "Help Hayden Lake".
August 31, Sunday.
Bing loses one down to Buddy Moe in the second round of the Inland Empire Golf
Tournament. Bing is scheduled to go to Paris to film Little Boy Lost but
delays his departure until September 12 because of Dixie’s illness.
September 1, Monday. Bing is seen in the Spokane Chronicle receiving the first Red Feather following his opening pledge for the 1953 United Red Feather campaign. Bing drives his sons back to Hollywood from Hayden Lake. Press
reports indicate that Dixie is up and around again after her operation
and Bing feels able to fulfil his filming commitment in France.
September 3,
Wednesday. Bing records material for his first two General Electric shows with
Jane Wyman, Helen O’Connell, and the Bell Sisters, which air on CBS on October 9
and 16.
Bob Phillips also provided a
fascinating look at the behind-the-scenes activities concerning Bing’s radio programs from the
late 1940s to the mid-1960s. After leaving the Kraft Music Hall
in 1946, Bing
steadily transitioned from live radio broadcasts, to live
performances that were simultaneously recorded for subsequent editing and later
transmission, and eventually to performances that were completely pre-recorded
under studio conditions and were significantly edited before being aired. In fact, according to Bob
Phillips, many of Bing’s
Chesterfield and General
Electric programs that were heard by
the radio audience never actually took place at all. Instead, marathon recording sessions at times
lasting from early morning to late at night would separately create Bing’s musical
selections for many programs, the separate songs and dialog with Bing’s guests, and even the various audience
reactions (laughter, applause,
etc.). Then a team of engineers,
including at one time Bob Phillips, under the direction of Murdo
MacKenzie would work to “create” the actual
broadcasts through a complicated editing process. Bob said that it often took a
full week of work by the editors to perfect a single 30-minute radio program. In response to a question,
Bob replied that Bing did not personally
participate in the editing
process. Bing left all of that to Murdo MacKenzie and his team
while he was off and running to other activities.
Another aspect of this process was that the
musical pre-recordings
for Bing’s
radio shows, first with John Scott Trotter and later with Buddy Cole, were
made under the same studio conditions as his commercial recording sessions for
Decca Records. Thus these radio recordings were of the same high quality
as those released from Bing’s regular studio sessions.
(F. B.
Wiggins, reporting on a lecture by Bob Phillips, in BING magazine, winter 2011)
Bob (Phillips) said that Jack
Mullin was a fantastic editor. He was a stickler for quality and top class
equipment was used throughout the process. Bob would be used as an additional
tape editor on occasion and this was during 1952/53. Every 6 weeks or so,
depending on Bing’s schedule, a recording session would be held which might run
from 6 a.m. until 11 p.m. when Bing and the guest stars would record songs and
dialogue. An audience would come in for a section of the session although the
show done with the audience would never be heard on the air. Mullin had put
together 42 different audience reactions, which could be added later, and
sometimes there would be big arguments about what reaction was appropriate. Murdo Mackenzie was the show’s producer and he would sit on
a stool during the editing process and use a French taxi cab’s horn he had
brought back from Paris to stop the arguing!
Sometimes it might be
necessary to update dialogue that had already been recorded and Bing would tape
this wherever he was, be it at Elko or elsewhere. This usually was merged with
the dialogue of the guest star or announcer. Often different studios with
varying acoustics might be used. The editors could create medleys by taking
parts of different songs. These might be in different keys and the keys would
have to be matched by speeding the tape up or down. It took a long time to edit
the shows to the required time. Murdo Mackenzie would
supervise the editing and there would be bits of tapes hung up on a string in
the studio. Mackenzie would have to use a spreadsheet setting out the different
parts of show in order to pull it all together. A big library of music was held
with artists and songs all appropriately catalogued.
I asked about the shows which
purported to come from Paris in 1953 and Bob confirmed that they were taped in
California before Bing’s departure although it was possible that some updated
dialogue might have been flown back from Europe later. The editing for the
radio shows was done in LA weekly; however, there were shows aired that were
done in Paris at the end of the trip. Bob had wanted to go with Bing to Paris
but he was told firmly by Mullin that he had been recruited to work on the video
recorder and he had to remain in Los Angeles with Mullin.
Bob Phillips told me that
Bing was “technical” and took a real interest in the editing and all the other
processes. Bob said of Bing, “He was great, a very nice person. He was very
easy to work with and he had a good sense of humour.”
Bob first met him at the
A list was maintained of
people to whom Bing wanted to be helpful and this included Judy Garland,
Rosemary Clooney, Louis Armstrong and Les Paul. One Saturday morning a phone
call was received from Bing saying that Judy Garland wanted to record her
contribution to the show that afternoon at a downtown theatre. Everything was
immediately dropped to fulfil the request. I marvelled at this and wondered how John Scott Trotter could
have coped with the short notice.
(Article by Malcolm
Macfarlane in BING magazine, winter 2011)
September 5,
Friday. (8:30 a.m.–12:10 p.m.) In Hollywood, Bing records with the Andrews
Sisters for the last time singing “Cool Water” and “South Rampart Street
Parade.” Matty Matlock and his Orchestra provide support.
Bing Crosby / Andrews Sisters: “South Rampart Street Parade” Bing and the Andrews Sisters team up on a snappy slice of a Dixieland number which should get juke spins. It’s a mid-hit possibility.
(Variety, October 15, 1952)
SOUTH RAMPART
STREET PARADE . . . Bing Crosby-Andrews Sisters .. Decca 28419 The Groaner and
the Andrews Sisters come thru with a sock rendition of the Dixieland oldie,
over a driving backing by the Matty Matlock crew. TV star, Steve Allen, penned
the lyrics for the fine side.
(Billboard, October 25, 1952)
South
Rampart Street Parade
Decca 28419—The dixieland oldie, with a fresh set of lyrics, is socked thru powerfully by Crosby and the fem combo. They generate plenty of aural excitement and the platter could well become a winner. Deejays, especially, will appreciate.
Cool Water
The fine evergreen is given a persuasive performance by Bing and the Andrews Sisters. Tune and beat are haunting and the side could easily step out.
(Billboard, October 25, 1952)
The more I listen to modern popular vocalists, the more I am convinced that they are moulded to a set pattern. This, of course, does not apply to Bing Crosby, whose “Cool Water” (Bruns. 05019) is right up his street, and even the Andrews Sisters do not obtrude, though I could have enjoyed “South Rampart Street Parade” verso much more without them.
(The Gramophone, March 1953)
In October, Decca
released the last recording, Bing Crosby and the Andrews Sisters would make
together, “South Rampart Street Parade” and “Cool Water”. Variety gave
it a lukewarm review. Predictably, Metronome did not like the
sisters’ part of the record and offered one of its most vitriolic of the trio:
I’m sorry but I just
can’t take those sisters. I know they hate me for it, but there’s something
about concentrated, unshaded shouting that will always strike me as being
completely unmusical. It’s a shame that they had to interfere here, because
musically speaking, Bing and Matty Malneck’s (sic) jumping Dixieland band had a
fine side going as they strode down the street together. But those kibitzers
from the side lines! And there was a nice warm mood going on Cool until the
gals started polluting that water. That’s not music, that’s all.
I disagree with Metronome and
think “South Rampart Street Parade” is one of the enduring songs of the
Andrews-Crosby collaborations. The sisters’ seasoned brassy voices become loud
instruments within the equally loud, brassy Matty Matlock Dixieland jazz band.
Perhaps more than any other song they recorded, their performance illustrates
their early claim that they wanted their voices to sound like three trumpets.
Indeed their raucous rendition backed by the Matlock band almost blasts Crosby
out of the record. Steve Allen, who wrote the lyrics of the song, said the
Crosby-Andrews recording was “the biggest thrill” of his songwriting
career. “South Rampart Street Parade” never made the charts, but it is
still good Dixieland listening.
(H. Arlo Nimmo, The
Andrews Sisters: A Biography and Career Record, page 296)
September 6,
Saturday. Bing tapes material for a General Electric show with Connee Boswell.
They sing, “That’s a Plenty” together. The show is eventually broadcast on
November 27. Bing also records a GE show with James Stewart for transmission on
October 23.
September 11,
Thursday. Bing arrives at the Grand Central terminal in New York with a
cinder-inflamed eye and he receives medical treatment for this.
September 12,
Friday. Bing is on the liner “Liberte” which sails for Europe at noon from the
dock at West 48th Street.
September 13, Saturday. Dennis and Phillip Crosby enter Washington State College at Pullman.
September 18,
Thursday. The “Liberte” arrives at Plymouth, England in the early
hours. Bing has been working on
his life story with Pete Martin during the voyage. Goes straight to
Temple Golf
Club, Maidenhead, where he plays with James Perkins, managing director
of
Paramount Pictures in Great Britain. Bing has a 76, four over par
including two
birdies. He goes on to his hotel in London where he is
interviewed by the press. Meanwhile Bill Morrow flies out to meet Bing
in Paris with a story
treatment for a proposed film Road to the Moon.
September 19,
Friday. Golfs with Bob Hope, Charles Graves, and Bob Foster on the Red course at the Berkshire Golf Club as practice for a charity match on September 21. Bing has a 74.
September 20,
Saturday. (7:15–7:45 p.m.) Appears on the In Town Tonight
Once Bing Crosby walked into the IN TOWN TONIGHT studio alone and unannounced. I was rehearsing, and it was some time before I spotted the blue-blazered, balding man quietly smoking a pipe in the corner by the piano. Usually when a star walks into the studio surrounded by the theatre’s Press representative, his own personal publicity officer, agent, manager, secretary, plus an assorted corps of hangers-on, the effect is that of a charabanc of trippers descending on a peaceful country pub. As intended, the entrance causes a stir.
I stopped what I was doing and went over to Bing. We had not prepared a script, because I knew his ability as a comedian quite equalled his reputation as a singer. In an American studio I saw a leading comedian refuse to do an ad-lib interview with him, because he was quite aware that in an easy, effortless throwaway manner, Bing would chop the heads off his best gags with faultless precision-timing.
“What would you like to do for us?” I asked.
“Peter Boy,” he replied, putting a hand on my shoulder, “this is your show, you are the producer. You tell me what to do, and I’ll do it.”
It takes a great artist to show such courtesy, and great artistes are those who pay the same meticulous attention to a three-minute broadcast as to an hour’s performance at the top of the bill. I knew that Bing would have the whole routine worked out in his mind, so contented myself with explaining that as I had asked his father to join in the broadcast, would he please try and be polite to the old gentleman.
I was fixed with a withering stare. “Young man, you are not referring to my father, but my grandfather.” Bing nodded towards the studio door where Bob Hope was entering in the normal manner, scarcely visible among his escorts. “You see, he can’t even be let out alone.”
It was the day before their famous charity golf match with Donald Peers and Ted Ray. While the rest of the program proceeded, Bing and Bob sat in the corner scribbling some words on the back of old envelopes. They finished just in time to come to the microphone for their interview, and at first I wondered if the envelopes had anything to do with the broadcast. Then they began to sing the tune “We’re off on the Road to Morocco” but the words, read with much pantomiming from the scraps of paper, were a skit about the golf match, which they put over with all the verve of a couple of youngsters fooling about at a piano.
(Peter Duncan, In Show Business Tonight)
September 21,
Sunday. Golfs at Temple Golf Club, Maidenhead, with Bob Hope, Ted Ray, and
Donald Peers to raise money for the National Playing Fields Association. Huge
crowds mean that the match has to be cut short. Newsreel cameras capture the
proceedings and Pathé include footage in their September 25 edition in the UK.
In September of 1952 we played a match
against two English opponents, Donald Peers and Ted Ray, at the Temple Golf
Club in Maidenhead, England. The contest raised seven thousand and six hundred
pounds for the English Playing Fields Fund.
After three or four holes the match
turned into quite a block party. Maybe Hope reminded them of the loins of pork
or the roasts of beef they don’t see so much of these days, for when ten
thousand or twelve thousand spectators planted themselves in front of us and we
asked them, “How about giving us a little elbow-room; we’d like to shoot down
your way,” they yelled, “We don’t want you to shoot! We want to look at you!”
As we ducked under and around the crush,
and when we could get our breath and some attention, Hope and I essayed an
occasional jocosity, but the most amusing remark of the day was made by one of
our opponents, Ted Ray. Ray is an English comedian with a ready wit. At the
sixth hole the gallery left us an alley only fifteen feet wide down which to
drive. None of us were very expert and that sea of faces leaning over the
ropes, peering down at the tee and watching us didn’t make us feel more
accurate.
Ray addressed his ball, waggled his club
a few times and looked down the narrow lane of bodies. “Either stand back a
little,” he hollered, “or shut your mouths! I’ve had four balls swallowed
today.”
A London journalist, Charles Graves,
wrote what seemed to me a funny story about our match. He treated it as if we
were a party shooting grouse on the moors. “Hope got three,” he wrote. "Crosby
got a brace, but one of Crosby’s was winged on the rise, which is a really sporting
shot."
We did wing a few people, but, luckily,
nobody was hurt. For one thing, we didn’t hit the ball hard enough to injure
anyone. Besides, it was a chilly day and almost everybody had on extra
garments. You could fire a squirrel gun into the kind of coat called a British
warm and never pink the wearer.
I think we got in eight or nine holes
over a three-hour stretch, although the players were seldom simultaneously on
the same hole. At the conclusion of the confusion it grieves me to record that
Peers and Ray were one up, and the annual rout of the British Walker Cup team
was partially avenged. My handmaiden and I want them again, though, alone and
at Lakeside.
It did give me a warm feeling to know
that such a great, good-natured crowd of well-wishers would journey far into
the country to cheer and applaud actors from another land. Of course they say
an Englishman will do practically anything to get out into the country.
(Call Me Lucky, pages 227-229)
Crosby I found to be a kind and very gentle man. He was “three” handicap and as we walked arm in arm down the fairway, I noticed that he had his signature inscribed on all of his clubs. “Don’t tell me you actually manufacture golf clubs, Bing,” I said. “Oh yes,” he replied with a grin, “I’ll do anything for money . . . steal even.”
What a lovely bloke he turned out to be, and what a fine golfer. Unfortunately he like myself, was getting worried about the encroachment of the spectators. The stewards just couldn’t control them. They were breathing down our necks and you couldn’t take a backswing for a short putt!! As we played the tenth hole where we were “all square” it was decided that we should pack it in. Someone sent for a car and we piled in and drove off to the eighteenth tee. Eleven thousand people hared after us, but we managed to drive off and Peers got a four to decide the match.
(Ted Ray, Golf–My Slice of Life)
That
night, at around 10:30 p.m., Bing makes an unbilled guest appearance in “Sunday
with the Stars,” a Variety Club benefit in aid of Camberwell’s Clubland and the
Midwife Teachers’ Training College, at the Stoll Theater, London. He walks on
unannounced while Bob Hope is talking to the audience and there is a tremendous
spontaneous ovation. Bing ad-libs with Hope for a while and then, although
unprepared and unrehearsed, has a short solo spot.
When Crosby found himself alone on the stage at the end, his impish grin faded. . . . The crowd gave the nonplussed Bing plenty of advice: “Sing ‘Please,’ ‘White Christmas,’ ‘Blue of the Night.’” The most practical help came from Pat Dodd who, at the stage piano, was a relic from Hope’s act. He started playing. It was the intro to “It Had to Be You,” we hoped he’d picked the right key. . . .
Bing got through the first set of couplets, then found himself groping for the others. But he merely grinned and explained, in song and rhyme, that he’d forgotten the words. Pat Dodd prompted him with “Pennies from Heaven,” “Thanks,” “Love in Bloom,” and “Don’t Fence Me In.” We heard a snatch of each. The Crosby memory is definitely not in the Pelman class. He did better with “Blue Skies” and “Somebody Loves Me” and I fancy that he enjoyed doing these the most. He certainly didn’t give out much in the others. His last number was “White Christmas.”
(Melody Maker, September 27, 1952)
The Coliseum performance was a fully rehearsed show, but Jack [Buchanan] sometimes found himself ad libbing in charity shows where a previous run through was impossible. One such occasion was at the Stoll Theatre on 21 September 1952, when the Variety Club of Great Britain presented Sunday with the Stars. Bob Hope - who was appearing at the Palladium - organised the cast which included Pat Kirkwood, Jerry Desmonde, Donald Peers, Peter Sellers and ‘additional surprise stars’.
As Bing Crosby was in Britain at the time, there was speculation as to whether he might be one of the guests. When the curtain went up, however, the first surprise of the evening was revealed as Jack strolled on to the stage. Prevented from wearing ‘stage costume’ by Sunday theatre regulations, Jack was in a lounge suit and bow tie as he began his work as compere for the evening. His reception was warm - the usual Buchanan welcome - made all the friendlier by the audience’s knowledge that he had literally popped in from Hollywood between tests and the start of shooting of The Band Wagon.
Jack introduced the turns with his usual charm but there was a feeling of anticipation which made it hard for the earlier turns - great artists though they were - to distract the audience’s mind from the obvious question - when would Bob Hope appear and would Bing Crosby be with him?
As the orchestra struck up ‘Thanks for the Memory’ Bob Hope made his expected appearance. He and Jack began to trade the wisecracks and insults which had worked well in their radio and television programmes. But it soon became clear that their ad libbing had an almost frenzied purpose in keeping the show going until Bing could be found. The Old Groaner had agreed to appear but, typically, had been delayed on the golf course.
As the show went on until, by now, a late hour, the audience appreciated to the full Jack and Bob’s ability to keep them entertained without a script or prior rehearsal long after their loosely planned routine was due to end. Finally, to the strains of ‘Where the Blue of Night meets the Gold of the Day’, Bing appeared. Casually dressed in blazer and flannels, he had not bothered with his toupee and offered his left side to Jack, Bob and the photographers with ‘I’ve got more hair there’.
It was planned that Bing would simply appear to take a bow at the final curtain. The audience, by now, was in no mood to let the three Kings of comedy, song and dance leave without performing for them. There were hurried consultations; what number, if any, did all three and the orchestra know well enough to tackle ‘cold’? Eventually, Jack announced that ‘Carolina in the Morning’ would now be rendered - perhaps literally - and ‘everyone should feel free to leave!’
No one showed the slightest interest in doing so and - for the first and last time on any stage - Bing, Bob and Jack went into their song and dance routine. The singing was easy enough but the dance routine depended heavily on Jack with flashes of Bob’s early ‘buck and wing’ training and Bing’s total faking. At the end of the number, the two greatest all round American entertainers showed their appreciation to link man Jack with a kiss from each side which, happily, the photographers were there to catch.
Recalling this occasion at his home in California in 1976, Bing Crosby said:
That night at
the Stoll certainly was off the cuff. I never got to see either of the others
until I arrived at the theatre. We didn’t even have a few minutes together in
the wings. All of a sudden I was on. There were a lot of things Bob and
I had been doing in the army camps but it is always very difficult to go on
cold. That was where Jack was so clever. Hope and I knew each other’s work
pretty well but Jack just fitted in with the wise-cracks and the song and dance
as though we had all been working together for years. I was in awe of Jack. He
was such a distinguished looking fellow and he had such a variety of talents.
It was like Laurence Olivier today. That was what he represented to me. He was
very crisp and spruce. I just liked his style. He was my idea of a great
English actor.
Bob Hope, too, has the happiest memories of working with Jack. This - as we have seen - was not confined to charity shows but to radio and television work in Britain and the United States. Still the supreme variety artist himself, early in 1977 Bob Hope summed up his impressions of Jack:
He had
a great and immense talent with a comedy and musical style all his own and he
had a great sense of humour. Those spots with Jack and Crosby at the Stoll in
1952 were genuinely ad lib and there were a lot of unprogrammed activities
going on, but working with two people like that, I felt pretty secure out on
stage.
(Top Hat and Tails - The Story of Jack Buchanan, pages 221/222)
…That night we pulled another
fifteen thousand pounds into the Playing Fields Fund
with a show in a London theater. The theater deal was Hope’s
venture, but I did a guest appearance
for him, sang a few songs
and “hopped the buck” a little. Taken all
in all, we thought it a pretty satisfactory day’s work for a worthy cause. Every time I’ve
even been in England, which is three,
I’ve had a royal time, and the friendliness of the English people, their eagerness to let you know how glad they are to see you, is a very heart-warming thing to me.
(Call
Me Lucky, page 229)
September 22,
Monday. Bing and Bob Hope golf at Sunningdale with a friend. The friend
takes them along to the wedding of US Army Lieutenant and Mrs. Thomas
Boardman at Sunningdale Church much to the surprise of the bride and
groom. Later, Bing then
flies to Paris to film Little Boy Lost with Nicole Maurey, Claude
Dauphin, and Christian Fourcade. The director is George Seaton with Victor
Young handling the music score. Location work is filmed at Montfort-L’Amaury.
The Paramount newsreel of October 20 shows Bing selling lottery tickets in Paris
to assist with the restoration of the Palace of Versailles.
It’s always a wonderful experience to
awake in Paris and look out of the window at postal card views in every
direction. But Paris, on this occasion, was to be secondary, because we were
awaiting a message from Bing’s agent about where he’d be shooting scenes for
the movie. Hardly had we had our tea and crumpets when the telephone rang and
we were told to meet Bing at the Pont Saint-Michel bridge.
When we arrived, no one was in sight! Now, we thought, where would one find Bing in the entire city of Paris? Presently a car pulled up near the bridge, and Bing alighted. He waved a greeting, and walked over to us. He wore a grey hat, light brown raincoat and matching brown suit, and he wore the thick screen makeup. Bing, as you may know, is an excellent subject to interview. We didn’t have to ask him questions, because he fired inquiries at us in a steady stream. He asked about movie making in England, what stars are popular, what American films have been drawing good audiences, what the rank and file of the English population thinks about Hollywood, and how his latest film, Just for You, had been doing at the box-office.
Then Nicole Maurey, the pretty French girl who plays his wife in Little Boy Lost, arrived and the director called to them to start the scene. It took place on the boulevard opposite the bridge, and Bing and Nicole got into the car and drove down the avenue. Suddenly the car stopped and Nicole rushed out, with Bing following her, calling her name. When he reached her, she stopped and they broke into an argument. As they quarrelled, they failed to notice a priest nearby, until he touched Nicole’s arm and shook his finger at her. This ended the spat, and arm in arm Nicole and Bing returned to the car.
The scene was done five or six times, and then the company broke for lunch. We made short work of eating, and Bing announced, “Next station is the Boulevard Haussman, so come along with me and ride in my car.” On the way over, Bing asked about the reception given The Emperor Waltz, and he sang a few bars from the well-known “Blue Danube.” Since the death of Mrs. Crosby, Bing has been closer than ever to his sons. We asked him if he had a picture of the boys. He said, almost sadly, “Too bad I don’t have them with me today. Yesterday I was carrying a whole batch of the kids’ pictures. It would have been nice to show them to you.”
Bing doesn’t speak any German, but he has a wonderful command of French. When we mentioned how agreeably surprised we were, he laughed, “You don’t believe everything you read in the papers, do you?”
The scene at the Boulevard Haussman was a short one, with Bing and the small boy who meets him outside a glove store. Next we went to Montmartre, where Nicole, Bing, Claude Dauphin and a French girl worked in a picture-snapping scene. Bing had several golf balls which he autographed. Presenting them to us, he said, “Here’s a souvenir of the day, and if I shouldn’t see you again, goodbye and auf wiedersehen. Give my regards to everyone in London.”
But, luckily, we did see him again two days later when Bing was shooting at Montfort-l’Amaury. We drove out to Montfort, a dreamy little spot in the country. We didn’t have to search long for Bing, because there was only one square in the town and a noisy fair was going on. It was near luncheon time, so we sat at a sidewalk cafe, watching the activity while we nibbled sandwiches and coffee. Soon Bing came along and stopped at our table, and a sudden thought struck him. Since we were reporting on his weekend of acting, he said, “Why don’t you do this thing up right and do bit parts as people at the fair? Then, when the movie shows in your neighborhood you can ask the theatre manager to put your name on the marquee as ‘Also Starring Angie Gurlitt.’”
When Bing finished the final take on the scene he came and paid us, explaining, “Now you can’t sue me for unpaid services.” Since nothing had been said about pay of any kind, it was like found money and we decided we’d simply frame the francs as another memento of the weekend.
I’d been told that Bing was a difficult man to interview, simply because it was an impossibility to set a date with him. Our weekend of cooperation from him certainly disproved this. That a star of his stature would have devoted so much time to a visitor, including her in his plans for several days running, even giving her a small spot of acting in his film, was most unusual. I had heard, too, that Bing tended to be a nonconformist, and yet the only proof I saw of this was in the clothes he wore He couldn’t have been more agreeable or patient on the set, doing scenes over and over, and talking with everyone from bit players and crew members to bystanders watching him work.
Finally, my mental picture of Bing has always included a pipe in his mouth and
yet during the weekend, I saw him smoke a pipe only once, and then only for a
short time. All of which brings to mind a rephrasing of a quote from Bing: “You
shouldn’t believe everything you read, nor should you believe everything you
see!
(Angie Gurlitt, writing in an unidentified European magazine)
…But it is undoubtedly Bing Crosby who
proved to be the co-star who most marked Christian Fourcade
and helped shape his life. When I finally managed to establish contact with
Christian, who had the kindness to reply to my query and invited me to meet
with him in Normandy, where he lives with his wife and son Paul. I was
surprised to learn that upon retirement from the screen, he had chosen to move
away from Paris and settle in Normandy to raise race horses.
Certainly Bing played a role in his
career choice, as Christian very proudly showed me the correspondence he had
kept up with Bing until his death. In the letters, Bing regularly inquired
about Christian’s stable, indeed sent him a subscription to a horse-raising
periodical which he recommended. Then, too, every Christmas without fail there
was a gift for Christian that arrived in the mail.
As for the making of Little Boy Lost, Christian
has very happy memories of working with Bing. He describes him as a simple and
kind man who ended up becoming as much of a father to Christian in real life as
he does in the film.
Christian also told me about the several
months he spent living in Los Angeles, where much of the film was shot on
Paramount’s back lot, where the Montfort-Mere train
station had been partially reconstructed. Christian remembers how his mother,
who plays a brief role in the film, refused to let him live in a hotel room for
fear that he would take on the bad habits of the local American boys whom she
had seen on drug store floors reading comic books. She also wanted to ensure he
would eat properly and not grow fat on hamburgers, the American dish that had
not yet arrived in France.
Even with his mother’s home cooking,
Christian ended up putting on a bit of weight, so much so that the film’s
make-up specialist had trouble making him look as thin as the sickly 1948
postwar orphan he was supposed to portray. As for the train station,
Christian told me that it was in Montfort, in front
of the real train station, that Bing received the telegram from his doctor
announcing to him his wife’s terminal cancer. It explains why Bing seems to be
authentically moved in one of the final scenes of the film, when he awaits the
train to Paris, having concluded that Christian was not his child. If Bing
looks so pained at being unable to decide whether Jean is in fact his son, it
is in large part because of the pain caused upon learning of impending death of
his real-life spouse.
Christian also introduced me to another
of his co-stars, Binkie, his toy dog - today a bit
moth-eaten - who plays a central part in the film. It is Christian’s
recognition of Binkie in the closing moments of the
film that makes Bing realize that Jean is indeed his true son and that he need
not return to Paris and America empty-handed.
Christian also helped me locate another
of the movie’s principal actors, Nicole Maurey. I’d
spent months unsuccessfully attempting to locate Nicole in Hollywood, where she
had spent much of the 1950s not only starring in Little Boy Lost but
being directed by the likes of Blake Edwards. She had also spent some time in
England, where she had a successful career as a television actress.
After I told Christian about my
discouragement over not having been able to locate Nicole, he took out his
address book, pointed to her name, and noted that she lived in the same village
I did, Marly-le-Roi, a suburb of Paris with a
population of 17,000. As it turned out, she lived only a couple of
streets away in a house in front of which I’d run regularly during my nightly
jogging jaunts.
I later had the chance to meet Nicole,
whom I’d already noticed without knowing who she was, in the street and at some
of the local stores. Today, almost 50 years since she portrayed Lisa, Nicole is
as beautiful and lively as she was in Little Boy Lost, the film where I
first spotted her at the age of five. I’ve never forgotten some of those
scenes. Most importantly, she proved to be my very first contact with le
femme francaise.
Nicole, who continues to play small roles
in French made-for- TV movies, revealed something to me that I don’t believe
she has ever told anybody else: the role she was originally supposed to play
was that of Nelly, the sexy vamp-like niece of the Montfort-Amaury
hotel owner, played in the movie by Colette Dereal.
When Nicole showed up at Paramount’s Paris offices for casting, however, it was
decided she would play the role of Bill Wainwright’s wife, the mother of Jean.
To this day, Nicole says she doesn’t really understand why she was given the
more important role, and anybody who has seen Nicole in her subsequent films
will certainly agree that she would perhaps have been better suited to the role
played by Colette Dereal. It is Colette, a
professional singer who died in Marseilles in 1988, whose voice you hear when
Nicole sings her duet with Bing at the opening of the film.
(Paul R. Michaud, writing in BINGANG
magazine, winter 2001-02)
September 25,
Thursday. In Paris staying at the Hotel Ritz. Later receives a letter stating
that Dixie has terminal ovarian cancer although she has not been told.
The crunch came, director Seaton revealed, during the shooting of a minor scene: “It was just simply Bing walking from a small-town bus to the railroad station. We were lining up for the shot and someone came out from the hotel with a letter for him. Bing sat and read it, and I said to him, ‘Sorry Bing, we’re ready now—the light’s right.’
He put the letter in his pocket and the shot was to be merely him getting off the bus carrying a suitcase, having left this child he wasn’t going to adopt because he was convinced it wasn’t his. The walk wasn’t more than thirty yards. But the way he carried that suitcase. He had the whole weight of the world on his shoulders. When he got to the platform I yelled ‘cut’ and looked around to find half the crew were crying.
It was so beautifully done, I went up to him, put my arms around him and said, ‘Bing, that’s the most magnificent moment of film that I’ve seen in years.’ And he took the letter out of his pocket. It was from his wife’s doctor. He’d just found out that Dixie had cancer.”
(Bing, The Authorized Biography, page 170)
October 8,
Wednesday. The film Just for You has its New York premiere at the
Capitol Theater.
Just For You, a Bing Crosby-Jane Wyman musical which Paramount has set for national release in September, should prove a stout factor in bringing back that “lost audience.” For this Technicolor film has a rousing, melodic score and a logical story well acted by a fine cast. With such basic ingredients, the picture will not only satisfy the “under 35” trade but will recapture some of the older public who have temporarily lost the film-going habit.
…Musical sequences run the gamut from “Zing a Zong,” duetted by Crosby and Miss Wyman on the modest stage of an Air Force base in Alaska, to “I’ll Si-Si Ya in Bahia,” an opulent production number. Particularly effective is “The Live Oak Tree,” a novelty tune warbled by Crosby in an outdoor campfire setting in company with a flock of young teen-age girls.
With fine material to work with, Crosby socks across one of his best portrayals.
(Variety, August 6, 1952, following New York preview)
Bing Crosby’s well-known reputation as an amiable father of boys may have no bearing whatsoever on his new picture, “Just For You,” but it is notable that, in this song-plugged fable, he plays a father who has trouble with his son.
Solemnly, anxiously, benignly, the greying Bingle appears as a widower dad who is torn between sparking Jane Wyman and squaring himself with his 18-year-old lad—who also turns out, as the story develops, to be interested in Jane. And by the time it is ended, the genial papa is not only jake with his son, but he is locked in the arms of Miss Wyman and has got his ‘teen-age daughter into a fancy finishing school.
Whether the line of procedure arranged by the writer of the script of this new Paramount picture at the Capitol would be approved by the real Crosby Pere is open to question, however—and we seriously doubt that it would. For the real Bing, they say, is realistic—and this little story is not.
The son, played by Robert Arthur, is supposed to be 18, but his mental processes and behavior are those of an adolescent boy. He gushes, he pouts, he fumbles feebly and painfully with words and he acts toward the debonair Miss Wyman as though she were his teacher in the sixth grade at school. And Bing, who is usually imperturbable and takes childish matters in his stride, worries and ponders over this one in the most unpaternalistic way. Indeed, he actually ducks the whole problem, by courtesy of Robert Carson, who wrote the script. In the showdown, it is the Air forces that make a man of the boy.
Meanwhile, as casually and lightly as he is solemn with respect to the lad, the old fellow arranges matters for his daughter to enter the finishing school. And this he does by soft-talking the headmistress, Ethel Barrymore, and enchanting an alumnae tea-party by singing “On the 10:10 from Ten-Ten-Tennessee.” As for his romance with Miss Wyman, that works out naturally. After all, the two were thoroughly warmed up in last year’s “Here Comes the Groom.”
Put this one down as an endeavor in a generous cause that fails to come off entirely because it lacks sharp direction—and a script. Elliott Nugent’s staging and pacing is as rigid and uninspired as the stiff and conventional plotting in Mr. Carson’s script. And the songs and song numbers, while pleasant, are nothing to set the screen on fire.
Best of the lot is that favorite of the disk jockeys, “Zing a Little Zong,” which Mr. Crosby and Miss Wyman handle in a gentlemanly and ladylike way. And a big dance production number, done to a Spanish serenade, has strong visual style and vitality in the Technicolor in which the picture is made. For the most part, however, the ideas are worked out in pretty tedious talk, which we rather image Mr. Crosby, as a practicing papa, would eschew.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, October 9, 1952)
As the
comparative mildness of the forties (which, despite its faults, had given us
some of the best songs and most creative singers the music profession has ever
known) reluctantly gave way to the prevailing gimmickry of the fifties, Bing
Crosby’s image began to change almost imperceptibly from a romantic singing
leading man into something resembling a favourite uncle—but a very swinging
uncle nonetheless. He was now nudging fifty and this fact was reflected, quite
fetchingly, in his 1952 film Just For You in which he was cast as a middle-aged
theatre producer with greying temples and sporting a receding toupee. The role
fitted him well and while it didn’t exactly tax his acting ability, he made the
transition quite painlessly. He was again fortunate in having Jane Wyman as his
leading lady. The film’s score, by Leo Robin and Harry Warren, was excellent in
every way except one—it did not yield any outstanding hits, except for the
cleverly conceived ‘Zing a Little Zong’ which the
writers had originally intended as a throw-away item. While it did not reach
quite the heights of acceptance that the previous year’s ‘Cool, Cool, Cool of
the Evening’ had achieved, it still notched up considerable sales as a
single—thanks once again to a well-staged on-screen treatment by Bing and Miss
Wyman.
(Ken Barnes, The
Crosby Years, pages 90-91)
Bing Crosby is back for another semester in radio and this time, flying the General Electric colors. Chesterfield gave him the go-by at the wind up of last season, along with Bob Hope, considering the weekly tab too high. The Hollywood and Vine reports have it that, as with Jack Benny before him, the production, accoutrements and bankroll on Bing’s showcase have been trimmed in keeping with the ‘radio re-appraisal’, if so, GE has grabbed itself a good deal. For there is no perceptible change - so far as the listener is concerned - either in Crosby or his entourage. If the opening stanza lacked some of the sharpness and the brittleness of the Crosby romps in the past, the track record is sufficient warranty that in another couple of weeks the Thursday night 9.30 to 10.00 slot on CBS will be rockin’ to the customary Crosby mastery. Not that one needed too much reassurance on his first time out, last week. His brief encounter with Joe Venuti (leading up to fiddlin’ virtuosity), his by-play with announcer, Ken Carpenter; his soloing on ‘Auf Wiedersehn’ and his dueting with Jane Wyman on, ‘Zing A Little Zong’ (on reprise from their Par film click ‘Just For You’) were all grooved to the Crosby touch and manner, even though some of the dialogue spark was lacking. Significantly, The Groaner tipped on his GE preem that he’ll be TV bound, (presumably under the same sponsorship auspices) when he winds up a film chore in Europe. The only despondent note in the show was the heavy handed and trip-hammered GE plugs with both Crosby and Carpenter equally guilty.
(Variety, October 15, 1952)
October 16,
Thursday. Bing sails from Cherbourg on the Queen Mary liner bound for New York. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are the Bell
Sisters and Helen O’Connell.
October 19,
Sunday. Bing is featured in Guest Star #291, a transcribed radio show.
It is assumed that the songs were dubbed from Bing’s radio shows.
October 20, Monday. On board the Queen Mary liner, Bing cashes a check for $300, which he annotates "Exp Little Boy Lost".
October 21, Tuesday.
(Noon) Bing arrives back at Pier 90, North River, at 50th St. in New York on board the Queen Mary liner.
October 23,Thursday.
Bing writes a check for $250 payable to Ambassador Hotel and he
annotates it "Exp Little Boy Lost". (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is James Stewart.
October 25,
Saturday. Bing returns to Los Angeles and Dixie is there to greet him at Union
Station. Apparently, Dixie has disobeyed the orders of her physician, Dr. John
Davis, in order to meet Bing.
October 26,
Sunday. Dixie suffers a relapse.
October 27,
Monday. Dixie is received into the Roman Catholic Church by the Rt. Msgr.
Patrick Concannon, pastor of the Church of the Good Shepherd.
October 28,
Tuesday. Dixie goes into a coma. Bing’s four sons are brought back from their
studies to be at the family home.
The sound of his voice
spooked me immediately. It was full of emotion, wavering around the edges as if
he were about to burst into tears. I’d never heard him so vulnerable, so
overwhelmed by human feeling, and didn’t know what to make of it.
“Gary, listen, I got bad
news for you,” he said. “Your
mom is dying. It’s cancer. She’s in a coma, and the doctors don’t think she’s gonna pull
out of it. You better come home right away.”
And then he started to cry.
I put down the phone,
walked out to the car and drove straight to the nearest bar. I stayed there,
getting myself good and whacked until I ran out of money, then climbed back in
and headed south.
The old man’s news came as a complete shock. I had no idea Mom was sick with
cancer, much less that she was so far gone. Three
months ago, just a few weeks after I’d finished my first
year at Stanford, she’d been taken to St. John’s Hospital in Santa Monica for
stomach surgery, but it hadn’t sounded all that serious. When Dad told us about it
at the ranch, he just casually mentioned out of the side of his mouth, “Well,
your mother went to the hospital today for a little
operation, but don’t worry about
it. It’ll be all right. She’ll be up at Hayden Lake at the end of the summer…
It had been decided that my brothers and I weren’t to see Mom in the coma, so we were kept out of her bedroom. We were hardly kids anymore but were still looked on as babies. For the next three days we drifted aimlessly
around the house, waiting for the
inevitable to happen as she gradually slid
downhill into the arms of God.
Every few hours Georgie or Dad or the doctor would walk downstairs and issue a report on her progress. Often there
were tears running down Dad’s face, and he didn’t seem to care who saw them. The display of emotion coming out of the old man was so totally foreign
that it put me on edge. I didn’t know
how to handle it. Over the
years I’d come to think about him tough
and hard and deal with him tough and hard like a convict does with the warden, and now
suddenly the warden was doing something
so human that I wanted to put
my arms around him - and that scared me. I didn’t trust the feeling, didn’t dare lower my
guard, so I held myself in
check and made sure I stayed as mean and hostile as ever.
“Well, what do you know,” I thought to myself, “So he cries just like the rest of us. He feels things. He must have really loved this woman all this time. Why the hell couldn’t he show it? Why couldn’t he act like it?”
(Gary Crosby writing in Going My Own Way, page 169-173)
And when Dad takes himself to task for
failing us, I can’t go along with him at all. He’s given us too much. The way I
see it, the best performance he ever gave didn’t win him an Academy Award. It
was the months he kept the act going and held our family together when Mom was
dying.
Dad carried the weight of knowing this
all alone. We didn’t know anything about it until right at the last. He never
let Mom know he knew, and Mom never let Dad know she was on. And I’ll
never forget how they used to kid back and forth all the time. And when our
father says he couldn’t ever find the right words to say to us, I’ll never
forget how gently he broke this to us. Steadying our world the best way he
could to keep half of it from crumbling apart. Not telling us all at once even
then, but just gently preparing us for the day Mom died.
(Lindsay Crosby, as quoted
in an unidentified magazine in 1959)
October 30, Thursday. Judy Garland takes Bing’s place as host on the General Electric show.
With Bing Crosby
bowing out of his scheduled CBS Radio show last Thursday night (30) because of
the critical illness of his wife, the web’s Coast office put Judy Garland in as
a last-minute sub. Miss Garland failed completely to live up to expectations,
to the point where it was difficult to imagine a singer with her known ability
hitting so many clinkers in a single half-hour. There are a number of mitigating
factors, of course, such as the short rehearsal time she had, her impending
motherhood, etc., but even so, she was a far cry from the Judy who wowed ’em at
the Broadway Palace last winter. Miss Garland worked with Crosby's regular
crew, including the John Scott Trotter orch, the Modernaires (sic), announcer Ken
Carpenter, etc. Show itself was nothing to rave about since, with little time for
preparation, the web merely had Miss Garland lead a half-hour songalog. That
would have been okay if she had been up to par but, sans her anticipated sock,
it was almost embarrassing to listen to. Her numbers were well selected, ranging
from “Alexander's Ragtime Band” through “Carolina in the Morning” and “Wish You
Were Here,” but only seldom did she sound like the Garland of old.
(Variety,
November 5, 1952)
October 31,
Friday. Bing is heard in a public service announcement urging people to vote in
the forthcoming Presidential election.
November 1,
Saturday. Dixie Lee Crosby dies at 9:50 a.m. More than 12,000 messages of
condolence are received over the following days.
Mother [Bing’s sister, Mary Rose] decided she wanted to be with Bing and the boys, too, and so she travelled to Los Angeles. She later told me that when the doctor at last advised Bing that Dixie was slipping away, he was devastated, absolutely wiped out. The priests administered the last rites while Bing sat, inconsolable, at her bedside.
He regarded his wife’s still form for a long time, and then went to a jewelry box on a nearby vanity table and took from it the simple gold band that he had married Dixie with more than two decades before, back when they were young and starting out. He returned to her bedside and removed the glittering gold and diamond wedding ring that he had given her to replace that much simpler token, after he had established his successful career and could afford a more substantial representation of his love.
Uncle Bing knelt down and replaced that more lavish ring with the band he had originally slipped onto her finger, and said over and over, “Why didn’t I understand? Why didn’t I understand?”
And then Dixie was gone.
(Carolyn Schneider [Bing’s niece], writing in Me and Uncle Bing, page 150)
November 3,
Monday. Dixie is interred in the Crosby plot at Holy Cross Cemetery after a
Requiem High Mass at the Church of the Good Shepherd in Beverly Hills. There
are 600 mourners at the service including Mr. and Mrs. Bob Hope, Dorothy
Lamour, Johnny Mercer, William Gargan, Nick Stuart, and John Scott Trotter.
Honorary pallbearers are Bob Crosby, Johnny Burke, John O’Melveny, Dr. George
Hummer, Brant Metzler, and Joe Venuti. The funeral sermon is delivered by Dr.
Frank Corkery, president of Gonzaga University. The funeral is upset by the
media. Bing’s mother subsequently moves in to take over at the home in Holmby
Hills.
Mother sent for me to attend her funeral, which was in a very large church, filled to capacity and surrounded by fans, onlookers and the media. Mother and I sat with the rest of the family in the first few pews.
It was difficult even to glance at Uncle Bing. He looked terrible, his happy-go-lucky demeanor obliterated. He was pale and morose, a broken man who had literally lost the love of his life. One of the most poignant moments in the service was when the priest ended his homily by turning to my uncle and saying, “Don’t forget, Bing, that where the blue of the night meets the gold of the day, someone waits for you.”
Bing’s fans followed us in the procession to the cemetery, and I was surprised, dismayed, to be more accurate, at how some people behaved, like this was a show of some kind. There were women in hair curlers, pulling along children, people eating their lunches, or talking, some excitedly. It was surreal. The press, no surprise, behaved little better.
My cousin Gary remembered the scene at the graveyard as a circus, not a service, with the entire Crosby clan jostled and shouted at. Cries of “How do you feel?” pierced the air. At one point, the photographers pressed in close, and Uncle Bing was really shaken. I remember as he began to cry, one of the shutterbugs moved forward, getting down on one knee, carefully aiming his camera and trying to get a photograph of that tear falling down Bing’s face. It was so heartbreaking, and so very, very rude. A gravedigger had left a shovel laying nearby, and my Uncle Everett, surely on some mission from God, picked up the shovel and hit that photographer and cried, “For Godsake, leave the man alone!”
(Carolyn Schneider [Bing’s niece], writing in Me and Uncle Bing, page 151)
November 5, Wednesday. Dwight D. Eisenhower is elected president of the United
States, defeating Democrat Adlai Stevenson.
November 6,
Thursday. James Stewart is host on the General Electric show in the continued
absence of Bing.
November 9,
Sunday. Bing records material for two General Electric shows with Dinah Shore that air on November 13 and 20.
November (undated)-December 5. Bing returns to the Little Boy Lost set in
Hollywood.
Three days after Dixie was gone, Bing was back on the set, welcoming the distraction of work. Both Bing and director George Seaton believe in shooting a picture in continuity, to sustain characterizations. By a sad irony, the next scene called for Bing, as a war correspondent, to broadcast the news of his wife’s death, “This man” Seaton says “can feel an audience better than anybody - and he felt all the depressed reverence around him, and he soon let everybody know, “we can’t go on this way”.
Seaton decided to approach the problem forthrightly, “Look Bing, I can’t avoid the lines in the script here - speaking about a wife who’s dead. But we can change the shooting sequence, any way you want to handle it”. “I understand,” Bing told him, “Nothing you say or don’t choose to say is going to change matters. Let’s make a picture!”
Taking their cue from Bing, saying nothing, they all rallied around him, helping. Even the “Little Boy Lost”, Christian Fourcade, was always clinging to him, walking hand in hand with him, haunting eyes ever watching him. “He idolized Bing,” a friend remembers. “He would unconsciously imitate him. We could hear them laughing together sometimes - and that was a very good thing.”
Eventually, Bing had to face an even more grueling scene, the most important in the picture. The war correspondent, who had never in his own heart accepted the fact that his wife was dead, would be forced to listen to the official, brutal account of her death, read by her friend. He had to realize that to go on living and to love the living a man must bury his dead.
“Bing,” Seaton explained, “you’ve got to let yourself go in this scene. You can’t be holding back. You’ve got to make the audience understand how you feel here - how it’s going to be?”
“You’re talking about any actor. I’m a crooner.”
“Not in my book you’re not.”
When the cameras stopped turning, Seaton came up to Crosby. “You had tears in your eyes.”
“I did not,” Bing said.
“You’ll see.”
They ran the rushes. “If that’s a crooner,” Seaton said quietly, “then I don’t want actors.” That may have been the first time that Bing fully revealed himself before the cameras. But there was an earlier occasion when, far from Hollywood, he unconsciously let others look into the depths unsuspected during his crooner days. He was touring the muddy battle fronts of France, entertaining the weary troops of the third army, vainly trying to duck the always-requested “White Christmas”. Bing sang for the boys in the “Hopeless Tents” with all his heart - and with the prayer that his eyes weren’t giving him away. Afterwards he said to a fellow-member of his troupe, a little dazedly, “You know - I don’t even remember doing that show. Did I do okay?”
This was the Bing Crosby that Seaton wanted to capture on the film. The Director still insists, “The scene was one of the finest moments I’ve ever seen on the screen. Bing is one of the most talented men this industry has ever known. He has a tremendous wealth of talent as an actor, which hasn’t been tapped until recently.”
(Photoplay magazine, June 1955. page 110)
November 10,
Monday. (9:30–9:45 a.m.) Bob Hope’s new morning radio show premieres on NBC.
Bing is thought to have made a brief appearance.
November 12,
Wednesday. Bing records “Keep It a Secret” and “Sleigh Bell Serenade” with John
Scott Trotter and his Orchestra and Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires in Hollywood.
“Keep It a Secret” briefly charts at a lowly No. 28 despite Bing promoting it
on six occasions on his GE show.
BING CROSBY Keep It a Secret— Decca 28511— The tune has started off fast and looks big enough to handle a number of versions, This one, by Bing, is his best effort in some time.
(Billboard, December 6, 1952)
Keep It a
Secret
Decca 28511—A beautiful recording in all respects. Der Bingle is in great form and his tender reading is his best in some time. Quiet and lovely arrangement by the Trotter ork plus a nice job by the Rhythmaires adds to the attractiveness of tune. Tune looks big, and this version should come in for a good slice.
Sleigh Bell
Serenade
Tune is a fine vehicle to show the effortless of Crosby’s singing. It’s a pleasant winter tune.
(Billboard, December 6, 1952)
Keep It a Secret - This is not the best Bing; he sounds much happier in Pass That Peace Pipe verso.
(The Gramophone, February, 1953)
November 13, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Joe Venuti and
Dinah Shore.
November 17,
Monday. Tapes additional material for the General Electric show due for
transmission on November 27. Meanwhile, Decca masters several radio tracks by
Bing for commercial release including “Sleigh Ride” and “Little Jack Frost Get
Lost”.
Bing Crosby has an excellent slice of “Sleigh Ride” (Decca).
(Variety, November
19, 1952)
Bing Crosby is very cheerful and seasonable in “Sleigh Ride” (with some singable lyrics added) and ‘Little Jack Frost Get Lost”, in which he is aided by Peggy Lee (Bruns. 05014); this is one of Bing’s best.
(The Gramophone, January 1953)
Sleigh Ride
Bing solos on this one and his reading of the Leroy Anderson opus makes for enjoyable listening. Moderate action in all categories is in store.
Little Jack Frost Get Lost
Peggy Lee is paired with the Groaner in this cute seasonal ballad and they sound fine together. Should do okay as a cold-weather item.
(Billboard, November 29, 1952)
November 19,
Wednesday. Bing’s film Road to Bali is released. The New York
premiere takes place on January 29, 1953.
Bing Crosby, Bob Hope and Dorothy Lamour are back again in another of Paramount’s highway sagas, this time in Technicolor, with nonsensical amusement it’s only destination. That end is reached eventually, but the road isn’t a smooth highway and the entertainment occasionally falters. Overall, however, it serves its intended purpose satisfactorily and the grossing prospects are okay.
…Hal Walker’s direction is geared to the free-wheeling spirit that dominates the script and does well by it, as do the three stars and the featured cast. With such a trio to vocal them, the tunes by Johnny Burke and James Van Heusen listen well.
(Variety, November 19, 1952)
November 20, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Dinah Shore and
Joe Venuti.
November 23,
Sunday. Bing records material for two General Electric shows with Rosemary
Clooney which air on December 4 and 11.
November 25,
Tuesday. Dixie’s will is filed and in it, she leaves one fifth of her estate to
Bing plus her share in their houses at Pebble Beach, Holmby Hills, and at
Hayden Lake, Idaho. One-tenth of her estate is left to her parents and
one-tenth to Bing’s mother. Her four sons are left the remaining three fifths
and all of this goes into trust funds.
November 27,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is Connee Boswell.
November 30,
Sunday. Bing records songs for three General Electric shows, two with Ella
Fitzgerald plus his Christmas show with son Gary. The shows air on December 18
and 25 and on January 1, 1953. (various times) Bing is also heard on Sammy
Kaye’s transcribed program Sunday Serenade on NBC.
December 4,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Rosemary
Clooney and Christian Fourcade.
December (undated). Bing and Bob Hope film seven TV commercials for Paramount to promote Road
to Bali.
December 10, Wednesday.
Bing and his son Lindsay are in Pendleton, Oregon en route to join
the twins Phillip and Dennis Crosby on their animal husbandry course at
Washington State College, Pullman. Arriving at Pullman later in the
day, they attend a basketball game between the Cougars and Whitworth. The score is 54-48 in favour of Whitworth.
Bing Crosby fans in Pendleton got a thrill Dec. 10,
1952, when the crooner stopped in Pendleton for lunch at the Hotel Pendleton
with his son Lindsay and his ranch manager, on his way to Pullman, Wash. Crosby
was registered to attend a Washington State college (now university) short
course for stockmen. He joined his twin 18-year-old sons, Dennis and Philip,
who were attending WSC earning degrees in animal husbandry.
Fellow diners and the restaurant’s waitresses were
reluctant to approach Crosby, who pretended to ignore the stares and whispered
comments until it was time to pay the bill. Crosby then joked with staff and
signed autographs, and eventually posed for an East Oregonian photographer who
was lurking nearby. Comments were to the effect that “if someone didn’t lead
the photographer astray, perhaps he had a chance to grab himself some
publicity.”
Crosby, who was heading to Spokane after his visit
to Pullman to look into his television interests there, said he had been
through Pendleton several times but had not yet had the chance to see the
Round-Up, though he had heard it was a “great show” and was looking forward to
attending some day.
(East Oregonian, December 14, 2013)
It
wasn’t purely a longing for snow that brought Bing Crosby into the Northwest not
so long ago but appropriately and happily it snowed while he was in Pullman on
the Washington State College campus on a short ag course. The Crosby twins,
Dennis and Philip, are freshmen at W.S.C and pledges of Sigma Nu fraternity
over which Michael McNamara (better known as Mike) of Walla Walla presides as
president.
Mike
reports the twins fit into the scheme of things collegiate just like any other
freshmen. “They’re not identical twins and they’re completely different as to
personality and temperament.” Mike says. “One’s an introvert, very quiet, the
other’s a typical extrovert…but they certainly show evidence of having been
reared well.”
Bing
was very much in demand during his brief stay on the campus but he declined invitations
to sing or entertain He seemed to get a lot of pleasure out of viewing the
fraternity house, and incidentally, took part in a snowball fight between the
Sigma Nus and the Phi Delts who live across the street.
(Walla Walla Union
Bulletin, December 28, 1952)
December (undated). With his autobiography Call Me Lucky at the publisher, Bing
writes an additional chapter that eulogizes Dixie.
I don’t plan to talk about my grief at losing her. I believe that grief is the most private emotion a human being can have, and I’m going to keep mine that way. But in the years that lie ahead I’m going to sorely miss her love, her steadfast and constructive support. She was the most completely honest person I’ve ever known, and as the last events in her life demonstrated, one of the most courageous. Two weeks before her death, she took daily transfusions to build up her strength so she could come to the station and meet the train which brought me home. And she was there, just as she’d always been: beautifully dressed, gay, and smiling. I don’t want anything more in life than the memory of all she did for me.
(Bing Crosby, Call Me Lucky, page 326)
That
was how in 1952 I happened to collaborate with Bing on a book titled Call Me
Lucky. In its magazine version, its hardcover edition and its softcover edition (the latter two published by Simon and
Schuster), its Readers Digest Book Condensation and a clutch of foreign
editions. I’ve never been able to estimate how many copies of it reached
readers. All I know is, it’s been nine years since we wrote it, and once in a
while I still get a small royalty check like $10.90.
I flew
the Call Me Lucky manuscript out to Hayden Lake for Bing to O.K.
it. It was deep winter. It was cold at Hayden Lake. It was cold inside Bing,
too. His wife, Dixie Lee, had just died. He was visibly shaken. But he got out
his pencils, and he spent two days going over our manuscript. He added sentences
and paragraphs, even whole pages; he cut as well. Whenever he touched it, he
improved on his original taped material.
A lot
of personalities I’ve worked with have told me, “I always wanted to be a
writer.” Bing never said that - but he is a writer and a good one, too. If you
see the first album ever cut for Pat Suzuki, read the liner notes. Bing wrote
them. Even if I hadn’t told you, you’d know it. The words are pure Bingese.
(Pete Martin, writing in Pete
Martin Calls On)
December 13/14, Saturday/Sunday. Staying at a motel in Colfax (15 miles from Pullman), Bing hunts geese over the weekend.
December 15,
Monday. Arrives at Hayden Lake, Idaho. Records “Mother Darlin’” and “Hush-a-Bye” with Fred Waring and his
Pennsylvanians. Waring had earlier recorded his part in New York and Bing
overdubs his vocals, allegedly at a golf course. “Hush-a-Bye” briefly charts in the No. 24 spot.
Hush-a-Bye
A very warm reading by Bing, his best in recent months, that could re-kindle consumer interest. Waring ork and chorus add a lush background. Tune is from the film “The Jazz Singer,” Flip is “Mother Darlin’.”
(Billboard, January 31, 1953)
Hush-a-Bye
Decca 28581—Crosby has one of his finest wax efforts in many moons here. His tender warble brings out all the sweet sentiment of the familiar melody and he receives unusually sensitive support from the Fred Waring ork and chorus. Ditty is from the flick “The Jazz Singer.” Solid prospect here.
Mother
Darlin’
Another sentimental tune, this cleffed by Meredith Willson, is sung with warmth and charm. Deejays may twirl, especially come Mother’s Day.
(Billboard, February 14, 1953)
Bing Crosby enthusiasts (and their name is legion) will be unable to deny themselves his new record of “I Love My Baby” and “Mother Darlin’” in which he is at the very top of his form (Bruns. 05136).
(The Gramophone, August, 1953)
December 16,
Tuesday. Bing goes to Gonzaga University to examine the blueprints for the
proposed new library with Father Corkery and Father Carroll. He drives to the
campus from Hayden Lake, Idaho by himself and arrives inconspicuously attired
in sports clothes, light brown overcoat, yellow muffler and brown hat. Although
he looks tired, he has a cheery greeting and smile for the students and faculty
who had heard of his arrival via the fast-moving grapevine. As he leaves he
calls out “Merry Christmas everybody” and a special horn on his car plays
“Jingle Bells”.
December 17,
Wednesday. While in Spokane, Bing calls into the Spokesman-Review office
and is interviewed by Margaret Bean. Her article about him is printed in the
paper on December 18 and she follows up with a supplementary article on
December 28.
More aftermath on the Bing Crosby interview
which appeared in The Spokesman-Review on December 18…
After he walked into my office and closed
the door, this Wednesday afternoon, news of his arrival seemed to go like wildfire throughout the building. How? I don’t know, I didn’t know he was coming. Two anonymous phone calls came to my desk during the hour he was with me asking if he was actually in my office. Other people began phoning the managing editor’s secretary, just outside my door, to enquire
if Bing was with me. Other phone calls came in from
various Review departments to ask if she would notify them as soon the door opened and he emerged.
After the story appeared, I had phone calls
asking for more news about
him. People stopped me on the street to talk about the
interview. At luncheon spots, waitresses wanted
to know more about him, I began
to feel as though some of the Crosby
glamour had rubbed off on me…
After hearing Bing tell of
the way crowds pursued him, I could understand
why he shut my office door as he entered.
It also interested me as to how he left his handsome
camel’s hair
coat in a corner of the office, but brought his hat to lay it on my desk where it could be reached in a hurry. Everybody knows that his hair
has thinned out on top to leave a shiny spot but, being in the show business,
illusion plays its necessary part and Bing’s hat, which he always wears when
possible, keeps him looking young.
As I observed him during
the interview, it seemed amazing that anyone possessed of such simplicity and
naturalness could be the world’s most beloved entertainer. I couldn’t sense
that he had the slightest ego. Nor could I discover that any of the terrible
stress and strain of his life had frayed even a single nerve. He is as
completely natural and apparently carefree as “the barefoot boy with a face of
tan.” I have never seen anyone so relaxed.
(Margaret Bean, The
Spokesman-Review, December 28, 1952)
December 18,
Thursday. Bing and Lindsay visit the site of the KXLY-TV tower and transmitter on Mount Spokane. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Ella Fitzgerald
and Joe Venuti.
December 19, Friday. Leaves Hayden Lake for Pullman to pick up his twin sons for the trip back to Hollywood.
December 20, Saturday.
Bing returns to Hollywood.
December 21, Sunday. (7:00-8:00 a.m.) Sings in Father Peyton's "Church of the Air" radio show on CBS. Other guests are Marina Koshetz, Jeff Chandler and Ann Blyth.
December 22, Monday.
At
Paramount for a recording and dubbing session for Little Boy
Lost.
December 24, Wednesday. Bing sends a telegram in French via western Union to Schiaperelli model Ghislaine de Boysson in Paris wishing her a merry Chrismas and a big career in the next year.
December 25,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is Gary Crosby.
When I came home for the Thanksgiving vacation, the old man took me to the studio to transcribe his Christmas show. On the drive over he seemed kind of sad and down but once he stepped in front of the microphone he perked right up and was back to being his old, warm, charming, breezy self again. There was no mention of Mom’s death. Someone who had passed the last weeks living in a cave would never have known it had happened. Like a lot of performers, Dad felt the audience wasn’t interested in your personal problems. All they wanted was the show and that’s what he gave them. With the help of his script-writers, I dusted off my own wise-cracking persona and we went at each other with the standard, good-natured give-and-take.
(Gary Crosby, as quoted in Going My Own Way, page 177)
December 27,
Saturday. It is announced by Larry Crosby that a cooperative nonprofit
organization to aid cancer research is being formed and is to be known as the
Dixie Lee Crosby Memorial Foundation.
Bing is fourth in the U.S.A. movie box office stars
poll for 1952. Martin and Lewis are top. During the year, Bing has had five
records that have become chart hits.
January 1,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Ella Fitzgerald
and Joe Venuti.
January 3, Saturday.
Bing records a General Electric show with Rosemary Clooney, which airs on
January 8. A Billboard reporter tells of seeing a demonstration of a
video tape recorder developed by Bing Crosby Enterprises that is “truly one of
the scientific wonders of our day.”
January 4, Sunday. Bing has written to his office staff.
Dear Friends
I want to thank
you all for the handsome toilet case you sent me for Christmas. Very useful
item for a man like myself who is on the road so much.
Love to you all,
from your seldom-seen but always-thinking-of-you boss
Bing
(8:00–9:00 p.m.) Bing makes a surprise guest appearance on the Colgate
Comedy Hour television show on NBC with Bob Hope, Jack Buchanan, Marilyn
Maxwell, and Don Cherry. Bing and Bob promote their film Road to Bali.
Hope took over from the start and the tempo whisked from his opening monolog to the Road to Bali scene, which brought on Bing Crosby, as a surprise guest making his debut on commercial television. . . . Hope reserved the closing minutes for Crosby’s entry and a long pitch for their Paramount picture Road to Bali, in which each has a financial participation stake. By actual count, “Bali” was mentioned twelve times and the Groaner walked off with a neon sign that spelled out “Road to Bali”. . . . For a closer, Bing, Bob and Buchanan did a song-and-dance and then came on with ukes, which they didn’t have time to play.
(Daily Variety, January 5, 1953)
After the show, Bing and Bob Hope go on to the wedding
of Peggy Lee and Brad Dexter in the back garden of Peggy’s property in Denslow
Avenue, Westwood. The marriage founders before the end of the year.
January 8,
Thursday. Bing guests on Bob Hope's radio show as it is taped at Fort Ord. Terry
Moore and Phil Harris also appear. The show is broadcast on
January 14. Press reports state that Bing was seen dining with Mona
Freeman recently on Sunset Boulevard. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Rosemary
Clooney and Joe Venuti.
January 9-11,
Friday–Sunday. Attends but does not play at his thirteenth (or twelfth
as it is
incorrectly described) annual golf tournament which is won by Lloyd
Mangrum. Celebrities
taking part include Bob Hope, Phil Harris, Bob Crosby, Don Cherry,
Gordon
MacRae, Johnny Weissmuller, Max Baer, Buddy Rogers and Hoagy
Carmichael. During
the day on January 9, Bing visits the US Naval Post-Graduate School at
Monterey
where he is thought to have made a charitable donation. The clambake
dinner on
the Sunday night features Rosemary Clooney, Phil Harris, Jimmy Demaret,
Don Cherry, and a jazz
group led by John Scott Trotter together with a few solos by Bing. The
jazz group comprises Perry Botkin, Red Nichols, Matty Matlock,
Buddy Cole, Dave Harris, Ted Vesley, Don Whittaker and Nick Fatool.
January 10, Saturday. Tapes a General Electric show at Fort Ord, again to tie in with the pro-am. The guests are Bob Hope and Rosemary Clooney and the show is broadcast on January 15.
Rafters in Fort
Ord’s Soldiers’ club will shake again tonight when Bing Crosby and his “road”
partner, Bob Hope, entertain servicemen for the second time in three days.
Thursday evening the two Hollywood entertainers and a host of stars took the
spotlight at Fort Ord with more than two hours of jokes, songs and dances.
(The Californian, January 10, 1953)
January 14,
Wednesday. (7:00-7:30 p.m.) Bing’s guest appearance on the Bob Hope radio show is broadcast on
NBC. Terry Moore also guests. The show has been taped at Fort Ord and Bing
sings “To See You Is to Love You.” Meanwhile, Bing records a General Electric
show with Rosemary Clooney, which airs on January 22. He then goes on to Palm
Springs.
Bob Hope will have
Bing Crosby, his “Road” partner, on the second broadcast of his new nightime
series, 8 tonight, KTAR. Hope and Crosby, with the aid of Terry Moore, film
lovely, will do a take-off on “Road to Bali”.
(Ralph Mahoney, The Arizona Republic, January 14, 1953)
January 15, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped at Fort Ord and the guests are Bob
Hope, Joe Venuti, and Rosemary Clooney.
January 16,
Friday. Bing, Bob Hope and Ruth Hussey are among celebrities taping a radio
show for NY Catholic Charities at NBC. The show is aired in April.
January 19/20, Monday
/ Tuesday. Bing plays in a pro-member competition with Jimmy Demaret
and two other club members as part of the Thunderbird Country Club
Invitational in Palm Springs. Bing’s son Lindsay, Bob Hope, Phil Harris
and Dean Martin also play. Bing's team's final score of 126 was well
out of the reckoning. Jimmy Demaret wins the professional prize.
January (undated). Attends a stag party thrown by Jimmy Demaret at the El Mirador in Palm Springs.
January 21,
Wednesday. Dines at the Doll’s House Restaurant in Palm Springs with Mona
Freeman.
January 22,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guests are Joe Venuti and Rosemary Clooney.
January 24,
Saturday. Bing records a General Electric show at the Plaza Theater in Palm Springs
with Kay Starr and Joe Venuti which airs on January 29. Bing, Kay Starr and Mona Freeman go on to Howard Manor.
January 28,
Wednesday. More press coverage seen about Bing dating Mona Freeman as they have been
out to dinner twice during the last month. Mona was separated from her husband
Pat Nerney, an auto dealer (their divorce was finalized on September 30, 1953).
The press reports ignore the fact that Bing’s son, Lindsay, was usually with
them. Bing has also been seen golfing with Mary Murphy at Palm Springs and been
linked with Audrey Hepburn as he had escorted her to a party. Reports state
that he has, in addition, dined at Bob Hope’s home.
January 29,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and Bing’s guests are Joe Venuti and Kay Starr. The General
Electric shows come from Palm Springs for the next fourteen weeks with one
exception. The New York premiere of the film Road to Bali takes place at
the Astor Theater.
For, all of a sudden, it is apparent that this veteran and camera-scarred team is the neatest, smoothest combo of comics now working the fun side of the screen. Apart, they may be very funny or clever or quaint or what you will, according to where you are sitting and what sort of picture they’re in. But together, and in a “Road” picture, with the consequent freedom of style and reckless impulse that goes with it, they are pretty nigh nonpareil.
At least, that’s the word of this reviewer who spent a small part of yesterday falling out of a seat at the Astor while desperately clutching his sides. The reason? Quite simply, “Road to Bali” is a whoopingly hilarious film, full of pure crazy situations and deliciously discourteous gags, all played with evident relish and split-second timing by the team.
Of course, it is vain to endeavor even a brief explanation of what goes on in this mélange of Marxian (Brothers) clowning, satire and travesty. As dictated by tradition, Mr. Crosby and Mr. Hope appear as a pair of vaudevillians just one jump ahead of the hook. And, of course, Miss Lamour is the princess, decked out in pink flowers and sarongs, whom they meet on an exotic island, the like of which is nowhere in this world. The population appears to be a mixture of Apache Indians. Hollywood stars and chorus girls. An evil prince, bent on sunken treasure, is the tangible nemesis.
But story, as such, doesn’t matter. The substance is in the flock of gag and comical situations that a stable of writers has contrived, with Producer Harry Tugend and Director Hal Walker riding herd. And the character is in the flip derision of the attitude that prevails between the rival companions, especially when it comes to handling girls. “That Lalah!” sighs Mr. Hope, blissfully, “she intoxicates me!” “Could be,” replies Mr. Crosby, with a wisp of a sniff, “she’s half Scotch.” (Mr. Crosby, by his own admission, is just an all-round all-American boy with an excess of charm.)
Girls aren’t the sole hitch, however. There are monstrous gorillas in the trees and a giant squid as gutta-percha guardian of the underseas treasure the boys seek. There’s a jungle, from which Bob Crosby nonchalantly steps, at one point, and casually fires a rifle because his brother promised him “one shot.” And there’s a swamp, through which Humphrey Bogart is witnessed hauling a boat, in a manner highly reminiscent of his toil in “The African Queen.”
There is also a magical basket, out of which, with the aid of a flute, Mr. Hope is surprisingly able to coax luscious dancing girls —and eventually luscious Jane Russell, which is just about what you’d expect. And, in somebody’s dreams, Dean Martin and Jerry Lewis grotesquely appear. To be sure, there are songs in the picture, but the time that is given to them is just about enough to hold the franchise—and that’s about all they deserve. Mr. Hope speaks the best opinion when Mr. Crosby gargles at one point. “He’s going to sing, folks, now’s the time to go out and get the popcorn,” he says.
And so it goes through the picture. Mr. Crosby, Mr. Hope and Miss Lamour may have looked lovelier but never better in their happy excursions down the “Roads.”
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, January 30, 1953)
January 31,
Saturday. Bing records two General Electric shows in Palm Springs with first
Jack Benny and then Joanne Gilbert, which air on February 12 and 19
respectively.
February 4, Wednesday.
Guests on the Jack Benny radio show which is taped in the World War
Memorial Hall in Palm Springs. Judy Garland and her husband Sid Luft, are in the audience. The show airs on February 15.
The
World War Memorial Hall was filled to capacity Wednesday night as Jack Benny
made his second Palm Springs broadcast of the season, with Bing Crosby as guest
star. Regular members of the troupe appearing with Jack Benny and Mary
Livingston were Announcer Don Wilson, Rochester, Mel Blankley (sic) (voice of “Bugs
Bunny”), Benny Rubin and Bob Crosby.
Crosby
was wearing a Thunderbird jacket, and many of the gags in the broadcast
centered about Palm Springs, Thunderbird and El Mirador. An episode in the broadcast concerned the life
story of Bing Crosby, a take-off of the one which is to appear in Saturday
Evening Post, and the two Crosbys, Bing and Bob, sang together.
(The Desert Sun, February 9, 1953)
February (undated). At the Thunderbird Country Club in Palm Springs, Bing, Bob Hope, Ben Hogan, Phil
Harris and Ralph Kiner take part in the filming of Faith, Hope and Hogan. This is produced by Father Keller and televised on his Sunday religious
program. Bing sings a chorus of “One Little Candle” accompanied by Perry
Botkin.
Golfer
Ben Hogan will have the title role and Bing Crosby, Bob Hope, Phil Harris and
Ralph Kiner will be his supporting stars in a half-hour TV movie called “Faith,
Hope and Hogan.”
The
movie has been made on the golf course at Palm Springs, Cal., by a Catholic priest,
Rev. James Keller, and the Christophers group. They believe the story of how
Hogan, nearly killed in a 1949 auto crash, came back to the top of the golfing
world, will give courage to millions of handicapped people.
All
the actors, including the millionaire movie producer William Perlberg who acts
as Hogan’s caddy, donated their talents. The film is to be shown by 75 TV
stations across the nation late in March.
(Sexson Humphreys,
The Indianapolis News, February 20,
1953)
A couple of years ago
I went to Palm Springs to relax. My phone rang and a voice said, “This is
Father Keller.” Father Keller is the big mind behind the Christopher Movement.
The Christophers are trying to spread religion in general. They don’t make any
special effort to spread the Catholic Religion, they just try to spread good to
the whole world. . . .
“I’m making a little movie short for the Christophers with Ben Hogan,” he said,
“I’d like to have you come over and say a few words. . . .”
The next day Bing and I joined him there [at the golf club]. The “few words”
wound up as an hour and a half of dialogue between golf shots. The entire
country must have seen this film by now because every time Hogan wins a
tournament, they run it on television.
(Bob Hope, Have
Tux, Will Travel, page 272)
February 5, Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guests are Kay Starr and Joe Venuti (who becomes a regular
for the rest of the season).
February 7, Saturday. Tapes material for two General Electric shows at the Plaza Theater in Palm Springs with first Peggy Lee and then Jimmy Boyd, which are broadcast on February 26 and March 5 respectively.
Jimmy Boyd, the
freckle-faced moppet whose song, “I Saw Mommy Kissing Santa Claus,” made record
sale history over the past holidays, gets his greatest boost to stardom within
the next few weeks by guesting with Bing Crosby. I dropped in on Palm Springs’
Plaza theatre Saturday night to watch the Groaner taping one of his Thursday
night KNX shows and Jimmy’s nasal tones came close to breaking up the old
Groaner when they did a duet together. Jimmy was an added attraction at the
taping session and his part will be spliced into a show some time after Feb.
26.
(Walter Ames, Los Angeles Times, February 10, 1953)
February 8,
Sunday. (Starting at 1:30 p.m.) Golfs with Bob Hope at Fox Hills Country Club against Dean Martin and
Jerry Lewis in front of a crowd of 2000 delirious spectators. Bing and Bob win the nine-hole match one up. The event has been
sponsored by the Southern California
The merciless
ribbing the contestants inflicted on partner and opponent alike kept the
gallery in constant laughter during the two-hour show. The merriment began
before the match started when Martin and Lewis engaged in a comedy warm-up
routine on the first tee while waiting for Crosby and Hope to appear.
(George Wilson, Daily News, February 9, 1953)
February 9,
Monday. Recording session in Hollywood with John Scott Trotter and his
Orchestra plus Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires at which four songs are recorded. One
track—“The Magic Window”—is not released.
Bing Crosby: “A Quiet Girl” “Ohio” (Decca). From the legit musical, “Wonderful Town,” these two tunes furnish Bing Crosby with some of his most attractive material in a long time. “Quiet Girl” is a lovely ballad…
(Variety, February 25, 1953)
A Quiet Girl DECCA 28610 — Gentle ballad from “Wonderful Town,” new Broadway musical
is chanted tenderly by Crosby. Ditty has much quiet charm and could stir
action with enough exposure.
Ohio
Nostalgic opus about the state, also from the same Broadway show. Crosby
warbles his way thru the sentimental ditty in his warmest manner. His fans will
welcome the platter
(Billboard, March 7, 1953)
Bing Crosby:
“There’s Music in You”-“I Love My Baby” (Decca).
The Rodgers &
Hammerstein tune for the Metro pic, “Main Street to Broadway,” “There's Music
in You” rests pleasantly on the ear via this Crosby etching. It’s doubtful,
however, if it’ll mean much in the commercial sweeps.
(Variety, May 13, 1953)
There’s Music in You
Decca 28683—Rodgers – Hammerstein ballad from “Main Street to Broadway”
is appealing. The Groaner is still the Groaner and undoubtedly still has his
fans.
I Love My Baby
Backed by John Scott Trotter and Jud Conlon group, Crosby tackles a fine
old ditty for a neat bounce side.
(Billboard, May 23, 1953)
February 10,
Tuesday. Bing records “Tenderfoot” and “Walk Me by the River” with Perry Botkin
and his Guitars in Hollywood. Botkin composed “Tenderfoot” with help
from Bob Bowen and from a certain Bill Brill, who was in fact Bing using a
pseudonym. The Brill Building in New York was home to many music publishers and
this is thought to be the reason Bing selected the name.
Walk Me by the River DECCA 28733— Bing’s fans and most everybody will
like this side. It’s a lovely ballad and it receives a sensitive performance.
Deejays will spin this one
Tenderfoot -
Cleverly written novelty. Bing gives it a smart performance.
(Billboard, June 27, 1953)
The latterday Crosby recordings have been singularly disappointing; “Tenderfoot,” a fine song with a philosophical turn, is an outstanding exception to the general rule. This is more like the Crosby of old. The accompaniment, directed by guitarist Perry Botkin, is brilliantly devised and executed. Note particularly the clip-clop effect of horses’ hooves—this, which could have sounded banal, is handled with a subtlety that should be an education to some of our ham-handed MDs.
(Laurie
Henshaw, Melody Maker, September 19, 1953)
February 11, Wednesday. Variety magazine carries an item about the script Norman Krasna has written for the forthcoming film White Christmas.
Both Bing and Fred Astaire had balked at it because the roles made them
too young, Astaire still thinks so and it is suggested that Donald
O'Connor may take Astaire's part.
February (undated).
Bing and Lindsay record a contribution to an episode of "The American
Trail" which is broadcast on April 1. “The American Trail” radio
show was a 13-part
radio series based on the important events on the history of the United
States.
It aired on 1953, and featured the story of brave men and women who
fought and
worked hard for their great nation, which became forever known as the
“Land of
Opportunity.” With The VFW Ladies Auxiliary as its main sponsor,
"American Trail"
aired for 15 minutes each episode. It was particularly dedicated to
middle
schoolers.
February 12, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Jack Benny. Later,
Bing acts as host for the Family Theater radio production “Foreign Exchange” on
the Mutual Network.
February 13,
Friday. Press comment states that Bing has invested in a Broadway musical
called Carnival in Flanders being produced by Paula Stone and Michael Sloane. The
songs are being written by Burke and Van Heusen and the show is expected to
open in September.
February 14,
Saturday. First of eight parts of Bing’s autobiography Call Me Lucky is
serialized in the Saturday Evening Post. Bing golfs at Tamarisk in Palm Springs and has a 96 leading to some press comment.
February 15,
Sunday. Bing tapes material for two GE shows in Palm Springs with James Stewart and Dinah
Shore, which are broadcast on March 12 and 19 respectively. (4:00-4:30 p.m.) Bing is also heard
as a guest on the Jack Benny radio show sponsored by Lucky Strike Cigarettes on
CBS with regulars Bob Crosby, Don Wilson, and Rochester. The serialization of
his autobiography in the Saturday Evening Post is heavily promoted. The
show had been recorded on February 4.
February 16, Monday. Attends a reception for Dan Thornton, the Governor of Colorado at The Town House, Los Angeles hosted by Ed Crowley.
February 17,
Tuesday. (10:15-10:30 p.m.) Bing speaks for the Metropolitan Opera in a fifteen-minute program
aired on radio station WJZ in New York.
February 18, Wednesday. (2:00-4:30 p.m.) Is heard on Johnny Grant's radio show on KMPC having been interviewed recently in Palm Springs.
February (undated). Records more General Electric radio shows in Palm Springs.
February 19, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guest is Joanne Gilbert. The show had been taped in Palm Springs.
February 23,
Monday. Films the final interior scenes at Paramount to complete Little Boy
Lost and meets Kathryn Grandstaff, age nineteen.
Bing Crosby was standing in the doorway of his dressing room chatting with Barney Dean. I knew Barney was some special kind of writer called a gag man. Bing had just returned from Paris where he’d been on location for Little Boy Lost. I’d never met him.
“Howdy, Tex. What’s your rush?”
“No rush, really,” I said, skidding to a stop. “Hi, Barney, how are you?” I turned toward the man who had called me Tex and received full voltage from those robin’s-egg-blue eyes. “No rush at all.” I stood on one foot, dropped the tennis racket ... picked it up. Two petticoats slid off my arm and were hastily retrieved.
“You look as if you needed to sit down for a spell. We’re taking a little
breather here while the company moves to another stage. Y’all shouldn’t hurry so.”
What was this? Was he teasing me
about the Texas accent I was
working so hard to lose? I looked again into those eyes—it didn’t matter.
(Kathryn Crosby, Bing and Other Things, page 38)
February 25,
Wednesday. (8:00-8:30 p.m.) Makes a walk-on guest appearance on the I Married Joan
television show, starring Joan Davis and Jim Backus, on NBC. The episode is
entitled “The Opera” and it had been filmed in advance.
In the Crosby self-kidding tradition, the script took note of the Groaner’s reluctance to plunge into TV. As he sauntered onstage, Joan Davis gasped: “You’re not . . . Oh, no, he wouldn’t be on television. Too fat for it. Too slow.”
(Newsweek, January 4, 1954)
February 26,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Peggy Lee.
February 27, Friday.
Attends the City of Hope Dinner at the Racquet Club in Palm
Springs. Bing does not attend a Friars Club testimonial dinner in New
York at
the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel for Bob Hope as he is still in California.
March 1, Sunday. Jimmy McHugh and Bing are photographed explaining the entry requirements to entrants for the Miss Universe contest at El Mirador.
March 2, Monday. Bing hosts a dinner party at the opening of the new Don the Beachcomber's restaurant in Palm Springs.
March 5, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and Bing’s guest is Jimmy Boyd.
March 10, Tuesday.
Is given a major bon voyage party in the South Pacific Room of the El Mirador
in Palm Springs. Those attending include the Bill Gargans, the Jack
Bennys, Lindsay Crosby, the William Perlbergs, Greer Garson and her
husband, the Bill Powells, Phil Harris and Alice Faye.
March 12,
Thursday. Records four songs from the film Little Boy Lost with John
Scott Trotter and his Orchestra in Hollywood, including another version of “The
Magic Window.” These were the last songs written by Jimmy Van Heusen
and Johnny Burke for a Crosby film. They had first combined on Road to
Zanzibar in 1941. None of the songs in Little Boy Lost were hit
material but they fitted in well with the action on screen. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast and the guest is James Stewart.
The Magic
Window - Decca 28805 — Picture tune from Bing’s new Paramount flick, ‘”Little Boy Lost”,
has charm but also the limited appeal of so many special material songs. The
backing here is by Bing’s long time associate, John Scott Trotter
Cela M’Est Egal— If It’s All the Same to You. Bing sings this flick tune, from
“Little Boy Lost” with considerable elan. John
Scott Trotter backing is neat
(Billboard, September 19, 1953)
March 14,
Saturday. In Hollywood, Bing records material for two General Electric shows
with first the Bell Sisters and then with Jimmy Boyd. The shows air on April 30
and May 14 respectively.
March (undated).
Takes Lindsay out of school early to accompany him to Paris and they
stop off in Chicago on their way to New York. They play eleven holes of
golf at
Chicago’s Beverly Hills Country Club with the professional Charley
Penna. There was some criticism in the press of Bing's decision to take
Lindsay out of school.
Hollywood – A Hollywood columnist has taken potshots at Bing Crosby
because the celebrated crooner and actor has withdrawn his 15-year-old son,
Lindsay, from school in order to take the boy on a trip to Europe. The
columnist, assuming a superlative brand of wisdom, demanded: “What kind of
business is this, when Crosby can take his son flitting across the world, when
other kids have to keep at their school work?”
I’m afraid that columnist was more concerned with
creating gossip than with ordinary facts. Young Lindsay, who is the most
emotional of the four Crosby boys, has been seriously broken up over the death
of his mother, He needs, at this moment, the closet possible association with
his father. Getting away from Hollywood, and being with Bing constantly on a visit
to foreign lands, can be of greater psychological importance to Lindsay’s life
than school books could ever be. Furthermore, most schools regard travel as highly
educational.
But there is another point in Bing’s favour. Crosby
is wealthy, He can pick up a tutor in Europe to make sure that Lindsay does not
lose step with his schoolmates. Many thousands who travel are doing this for their
children. What’s wrong in Bing’s travel plan?
Obviously, the columnist who criticized Crosby,
wrote without thinking—which is always fatal. There is no camouflage about Crosby
and his love for his family—and there never has been any. He is one of the most
responsible parents in Hollywood. He knows better than anyone else what is best
for his son.
(Jimmie Fidler, writing in his syndicated column, March 14, 1953)
And I can’t understand why Dad worries
whether or not he gave us enough of his time. It was typical of him to
give up everything to stick close to us that first year after Mom died.
My brothers went back to college and Dad took me to Palm Springs right away,
and he kept me busy all the time. He played golf with me every day. I had
always been interested in art, and so Dad talked me into taking up painting
again. He decided we’d go to Europe and he had me take French lessons so
I’d be able to know the people and the country better over there. At the time,
Dad said he wanted to get away, and he could tape his radio show abroad just as
well―but I knew later that he planned the whole
trip to give me a change of scenery, and make things easier for me.
We had an apartment in Paris, and
Dad kept me busy to the point where I never had a minute to get depressed or
moody or anything. I helped him tape 20 radio shows, and when we weren’t
working, we went sight-seeing together everywhere. We toured the art museums,
and we spent a lot of time near the Seine looking at the artists, and sitting
in the sidewalk cafes and little bistros watching the people pass, and talking
to them. We had a wonderful time together over there. We went to Germany and
then to Spain, where we took in all the fiestas and the bullfights and just
about everything.
It’s aches and pains for Dad to get out
in public too, because of people recognizing him everywhere he goes, but he
wanted to keep me busy every minute.
And when we went home four months later
and walked back into the house in Holmby Hills, I
knew Dad had gone to Europe for one reason: to keep me away until time could
help me come back to a home without Mom there. When my brothers got out of
school we left again and all vacationed together. Dad gave up just about everything
else that year; he wouldn’t leave us alone at all. We found out he turned down
two or three big pictures, and he kept the radio show mostly just to keep me
busy.
(Lindsay Crosby, as quoted in an
unidentified magazine in 1959)
March 19,
Thursday. Bing and Lindsay arrive at Grand Central station, New York on the 20th Century Limited. During their time in New York, Bing and Lindsay go to see the revival of the Gershwin
musical Porgy and Bess which had opened at the Ziegfeld Theatre on March
10. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is Dinah Shore.
Bing Crosby and Dinah Shore will utilize Mattfeld’s ‘Variety Music Cavalcade’ as a springboard for their songalog, originating (taped) from Palm Springs. Crosby and his writer/producer, Bill Morrow, have proved partial to the ‘Variety’ anthology of songs (as compiled by CBS musicologist Dr. Mattfeld) on previous occasions, and this past Thursday night’s show, over CBS made the Southern California country and local color the musical theme of their chatter and chirpings. It permitted Crosby some droll opportunities with some impossible song titles in between his easy styled vocal references to the ‘Ramona’ country, ‘Capistrano’, ‘Avalon’ and the like. He did a ‘newie’, ‘Avalon Town’ in more spritely rhythm than Miss Shore’s reprise of the Buddy DeSylva-Al Jolson ‘oldie’, ‘Avalon’. The former should par the latter in future durability. It has strong potentials, especially if already waxed by Crosby. On the subject of Bing, one of his favorite musical aides, Perry Botkin did a stint with WMGM’s Henry Morgan, one post-midnight which was distinguished by the guitarist’s literal style at the mike as he professed complete ignorance of any new Crosbyana. Botkin kept reiterating, ‘It’s all in The Saturday Evening Post; why I’ve learnt more about Crosby from Pete Martin’s book (Call Me Lucky) than in all my years with Bing’.
(Variety, March 25, 1953)
Later, at the first televised Academy Awards
celebration, Bing’s song “Zing a Little Zong” from Just for You is
beaten by “High Noon (Do Not Forsake Me Oh My Darlin’)” for the Oscar for Best
Song of 1952.
March 21,
Saturday. (11:30 a.m.) Bing, Bill Morrow, John Scott Trotter and Lindsay Crosby sail from
Pier 90 at the West 50th Street dock, New York, on the Cunard liner Queen
Elizabeth bound for France. Other celebrities on board are David Niven, Charles Boyer and Binnie Barnes.
March 23, Monday.
(7:00-7.15 p.m.) Bing makes a guest appearance on Dinah Shore’s radio show on NBC. The show had
been recorded in advance.
To make the takeoff all the more impressive, she had Bing Crosby drop in for a chat, a song and a cup of flour. The script by Tom Adair had them neighbors at Palm Springs with the Groaner whipping up a crawfish pie.
(Daily Variety, March 24, 1953)
Stanza got an added shot
via Bing Crosby’s guest stint. Crooner’s patter was brief and breezy
and the duo got off a brisk treatment of “You’ll Never Get Away.” Crosby’s
Decca etching of “HushA-Bye” got a spin and a-solid plug. It was a cheerful and
tuneful stanza and the beginning of another winning series for chevvy.
(Variety, March 25, 1953)
March 26, Wednesday. The Queen Elizabeth arrives in Cherbourg and during their time in France,
Bing and Lindsay stay at the Trianon Palace Hotel, Versailles. Bing hand-writes
an airmail letter to his sister Mary Rose shortly after his arrival. (6:30–7:00
p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by
CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
Dear Mary Rose,
I’m writing rather than cabling because it’s almost as fast and a cable of this length would cost considerable. I confess your query leaves me in a dilemma. Does Sam Morse mean he’ll hold still for the rental or not? Does your inference that Basil disapproves of the trade done mean that he wouldn’t recommend it? I feel we could sell the acreage, and surely rent or sell the Lafayette house. How old is the Lafayette house? Let me summarize in this manner. If you can close deal for the trade, get out from under the rental deal entirely safe legally, checking every aspect of this with O’Melveny’s office, getting Basil’s and Todd’s approval taxwise, you may proceed on this basis to close the deal, altho’ I feel $100,000 is a high valuation on the property. You’d have a hard time selling at this figure. Send me more details on the Lafayette house, location, condition, age, traffic, etc.
Had a smooth crossing and are relaxing here. I hope all goes well.
Address – next 2 weeks Trianon Palace, Versailles.
Love Bing.
March 29, Sunday. A transcribed radio program "The 1953 All-Star Revue" is broadcast to launch the 1953 Cancer Crusade. Bing, Bob Hope and Judy Garland take part. The show is heard in various parts of the USA during April.
March 30, Monday. Press reports indicate that Bing, in Paris, has shrugged off rumors that he will be marrying Mona Freeman.
April 1, Wednesday.
Golfs with Lindsay in Paris.
April 2, Thursday.
(2:15-2:30 p.m.) Back in the USA, Bing and Lindsay are
heard in Chapter IX of "The American Trail". Their contribution had been
recorded in February. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
April 9,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast and the guest is again Rosemary Clooney.
April 11, Saturday.
(9:00-9:30 p.m.) Bing is heard in the Catholic Charities All Star show on
WNBC together with Bob Hope, Jimmy Durante, Ann Blyth and Ruth Hussey.
The show had been taped in January.
April 16, Thursday.
(6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are George Kainapau
and his Island Serenaders.
April (undated). Bing and Lindsay are in Amsterdam, Holland. During their time in Europe, they also visit West Germany.
April (undated). Bing and Lindsay go to Rome for an audience with Pope Pius XII. While in Italy, Bing plays golf with Clark Gable.
April 23,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
April (undated).
Bing and Lindsay are in St.-Jean-de-Luz and then Biarritz where they
stay with
French comedienne Gabrielle Dorziat. They go on to Spain visiting
Madrid,
Seville (where they attend services at Seville Cathedral, visit the Seville Fair and meet up
with Father Peyton), Granada (where they stay at the Washington Irving
Hotel), Barcelona,
and Valencia. En route they attend bullfights.
Gary Cooper, was
huzzahed all over the place and won a great press as a ‘'gentleman— not like
Bing Crosby, who doesn’t know how to dress”. This chiding of the crooner’s penchant
for highly informal personal garb is a little more deep-seated. The Spanish
press couldn’t understand his Garboesque hideaways, including a disappointment
at a railroad station by getting off two stations prior thereto. It resulted in
Paramount and/or Crosby sending a letter of apology to the sensitive local press
that this was essentially a holiday with his son, Lindsay. Cooper who was
joined by daughter and his wife here, didn’t act as elusive, so the comparison
was heightened.
(Variety, July 22, 1953)
April 30, Thursday.
John Mullin outlines the advantages of video recorders at the National
Association of Radio and Television Broadcasters conference at the
Philharmonic Auditorium. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and Bing’s guests are the Bell Sisters.
May 2, Saturday.
Bing celebrates his birthday with a dozen friends including Gary Cooper
and Errol Flynn at Antibes on the French Riviera. There is a big
birthday cake with 49 candles (Bing had thought that he was born in
1904). Errol
Flynn is photographed kissing Bing’s balding head. Bing and Lindsay
also visit Cannes and Nice during their time in the area. While
visiting the casino in Monte Carlo, Bing is asked not to smoke his pipe.
May 7,
Thursday. Herman Welker causes two articles by Bing, which have been published
in a Catholic publication The Star and in Freedom Club News, to
be entered in the congressional record. Bing is described as a distinguished
member of the Freedom Club’s National Advisory Committee. The articles concern
the state of the world “on peace and clear thinking” and are described “as told
to Larry Crosby.” The director of the FBI writes to Bing on May 27
congratulating him on the matter. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby
Show for General Electric is broadcast and the guests are again George Kainapau
and his Island Serenaders.
May 13, Wednesday.
Bing withdraws from the British Amateur Golf Championship due to start
on May 25 at Hoylake. There had been critical comments in the British press about
his qualifications to take part. Bing's handicap is three.
May 14,
Thursday. Bing records a contribution in Paris to the
May 16,
Saturday. Records the Le
Bing album with Paul Durand et son Grand Orchestre in Paris. All of the
eight songs are sung in French. In addition, two of the songs are recorded in
English for release as a single.
…That the French touch is a good one is proven by Bing Crosby, whose latest release from Decca is a new set Le Bing— Song Hits of Paris. Le Bing sings such French favorites as “Mademoiselle de Paris,” “Embrasse-Moi Bien,” “La Seine,” “La Mer” and “La Vie en Rose,” all in French and all very nice, too. This set could move well.
(Billboard, December 5, 1953)
Bing Crosby: “Embrasse-Moi
Bien”-“MadamoiseIle de Paree”
(Decca. Bing
Crosby has rarely shown better form in recent years than on this disk. Both sides
were sliced in France. “Embrasse” is a lovely romantic ballad while the
standard “Mademoiselle” is handled expertly in lighter mood.
(Variety,
September 2, 1953)
Embrasse Moi Bien – Decca 28814. The old
“Groaner” warmly breathes the pretty love ballad, a French import.
Mademoiselle De Paree - Clever story ditty about the attractive French
Miss is sung smoothly by Crosby. Both sides of this disc
were cut in France.
(Billboard, September 19, 1953)
LE BING-Decca (US), Brunswick (UK),
10 inch LP-8 titles including ‘La vie en Rose’, ‘La Mer’,
‘Mademoiselle de Paree’, etc, all sung in French.
According to the discographical information, this remarkable album was
recorded in a single day. The orchestrations and conducting are uncredited (although it sounds like John Scott Trotter’s
work). Unfortunately, the string sound is a little thin and the intonation of
the violins is somewhat insecure on one or two tracks - notably on ’Embrasse-moi bien’. But
the same can never be said of Mr Crosby whose pitching is unerringly accurate throughout
all eight titles. Of his French accent, Bing remarked at the time that any
complaints should be sent ‘to the back door of the United Nations’. As it
stands, however, his accent is above A-Level standard and probably sounds to
the French ear as charming as Chevalier’s accent did to the English ear.
Vocally, Bing is at his most effective in ‘La Seine’ (as, too, is the
orchestra) and especially in the subtle ‘Tu ne peux pas te
figurer’. Apart from recording this entire album in one day (16 May 1953),
he also found time to record English versions of two of the songs - ’Mademoiselle
de Paree’ and ‘Embrasse’
(‘Hold me close’).
(Ken Barnes, The Crosby Years,
pages 91-92)
The
10” LP Le Bing: Song Hits
of Paris is Bing Crosby’s first 33-1/3 rpm LP to be recorded as such. It was cut in Paris and
consists of eight songs sung in French, including the Edith Piaf standard “La Vie en
Rose” and “La Mer,” later known as “Beyond the Sea”
when it was given an English lyric. Crosby is a competent singer
in French, though he certainly wouldn’t fool a native speaker. Just as in his
long period of cutting singles for Decca Records, he is game to try his hand at
nearly any style of pop music, and his name alone should be enough to sell this
pleasant collection, particularly in France itself, even if the French are
notoriously judgmental about foreigners trying to speak (or sing) their
language.
(William Ruhlmann, Allmusic)
May 20, Wednesday. Bing entertains at the
25th "Bal des Petits Lits Blancs" (the Ball of the Little White Beds), organised by the novelist Guy des
Cars. The prestigious charity ball takes place at the Moulin Rouge in Paris in the presence of the
French President, Vincent Auriol. The evening attracts 1,200 artistes and stars
from around the world, including Josephine
Baker who sings “J'ai deux amours”. Bing is photographed with Lily Pons. Others present include Gary Cooper, the Aga Khan and Charlie Chaplin.
…Bing Crosby got a terrific reception when he bounced to the podium to do two numbers in English and - one in French…
(Variety, May 27, 1953)
May 21,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The show purports to come from Paris
for the next seven weeks but the bulk of the shows were recorded in Palm
Springs with only additional linking dialogue being taped in Paris. Lindsay
Crosby and Joe Venuti are featured in each of the shows.
May (undated). Bing
visits the Mercedes factory at Untertürkheim, Stuttgart, West Germany. He is
accompanied by German singer Marcel Wittrisch.
May 27,
Wednesday. Bing golfs at Frankfurt in West Germany.
FRANKFURT, May 27 (S&S) — Der Bingle visited the Frankfurt
golf course today. Coming from Stuttgart after picking up his new $8,250
Mercedes-Benz convertible, Bing Crosby stopped off at Frankfurt course for a
quick round. Cloudy skies and scattered rain showers held Bing to 12 holes, but
he gave the gallery of 500 spectators a thrill. Possessor of a three handicap
on his home course in California, Bing lived up to his reputation on the
Frankfurt links. He had never seen the course before, he was besieged by
autograph seekers and camera bugs both between and during shots, and at times
couldn’t see where he was driving because of crowds between him and the green,
but Crosby still managed to come in with a two-over-par 38 for nine holes.
Bing played in a foursome with Glenn Peeples,
two-time Stuttgart District champion; Vie Janusch,
Frankfurt ace, and Jack Ellis, sports editor of The Stars and Stripes. The rain drove Bing and his partners back to the
clubhouse where the radio and film star sang several songs. After staying
overnight in Frankfurt, Bing will head for Brussels, and from there back to
Paris. He’s slated to play in the French Amateur golf tourney June 4 at
Chantilly, outside Paris, and has already received a bye into the second round.
He will meet Pierre Bochayer, of France, in his first
match.
Bing, who learned his game from MacDonald Smith, a famous old-time pro, said he
thought Jimmy Demaret was potentially the best golfer
around today. He said that if Demaret paid a little
more attention to his golf and took the game more seriously, he would be higher
on the moneywinning list.
Bing stopped off for lunch at The Stars and Stripes Press Club in Darmstadt.
(The Stars
& Stripes, European edition, May
28, 1953)
May 28,
Thursday. Bing drives to Brussels in Belgium after staying overnight in
Frankfurt. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General
Electric is broadcast by CBS.
May 29, Friday.
Bing’s autobiography Call Me Lucky is published by Simon and Schuster.
That droll and resonant world figure, Harry Lillis “Bing” Crosby (unnumbered millions on either side of the Iron Curtain regard him as The Voice of America), has talked his autobiography to Pete Martin. In this golden age of the ghost writer, when it sometimes seems as if only Sir Winston Churchill were speaking his own piece, the book reviewer must be wary of discussing an “author’s” style. In this case, however, I think we may waive the customary caution. If Pete Martin’s redaction of Bing Crosby’s talk is not appropriate in tone, then twenty-odd years of Bing’s own public palaver have falsified the man.
...In Call Me Lucky, there is a great deal to be gathered about Crosby’s public life and business affairs, but the essence of the book is its suggestion of high and warm times with his family and cronies. He is clearly a man with a great talent for friendship nourished on a high calorie sense of the absurd...In Crosby we have a democrat, an artist and a delight.
(Wilder Hobson, New York Times, June 28, 1953)
A more revealing portrait of Crosby became possible in 1953 when Simon and Schuster published his autobiography “Call Me Lucky” and The Saturday Evening Post serialized it in eight installments that winter.
“Call Me Lucky” is an extraordinary book for its time in that Crosby is candid beyond what might have been expected of a movie star in that era. The structure is rambling and anecdotal, full of racetrack and golf escapades, but skies darken when he chooses to be serious. He is defensive about criticism he left Dixie alone too much during their marriage saying: “Neither of us went on the theory that marriage is a trap. So long as it was right, fair and honest, we did what we pleased.”
He is all but reverential about Whiteman, Kapp and O’Melveny but fires salvos at ASCAP and Abe Frank, the latter an indication he was still fretting about what happened to The Rhythm Boys at The Cocoanut Grove two decades earlier.
While the book is billed as an “as told to” collaboration with Pete Martin, the verbiage and thinking are unquestionably Crosby’s and Martin avoids getting between The Singer and what he wanted to say, narrative application of the scriptwriting approach Carroll Carroll perfected on The Kraft Music Hall.
It sometimes reads like a diary and much of it is recounted in his customary tone of self-deprecation. “I guess what I’ve disclosed reveals me as a fellow without much class,” he writes in summary but few discerning readers would agree. There is a sincere attempt to evaluate his past as a performer and a realistic guess at what retirement will be like. He concedes developing problems with his sons.
He is not always consistent with facts and there are times when his memory is inaccurate, nothing more dramatic than would be the case with anyone trying to recall a lifetime. What depth of research Martin did to verify data is not clear but it would seem to be little beyond accepting Crosby’s version, which likely was his assignment in any case. Crosby glosses over some things but there is an absence of the self-serving: “Call Me Lucky” is not a promotional vehicle.
The Look magazine writer who called him someone few know might have done well to study Crosby’s observations about what gave him the most satisfaction in life for he off-handedly opens the windows on his soul. He writes not of fame and fortune, love, honors or family but of hours spent hunting and fishing.
Things a man does alone.
(Norman Wolfe, Troubadour, page 349-350)
June 2, Tuesday. The coronation
of Queen Elizabeth II.
June 4,
Thursday. Bing wins his opening match against Pierre Bouchayer four and three in the second round of the French
Amateur Golf Championship at Chantilly, having had a bye in the first round. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast by CBS.
June 5, Friday. Is eliminated from the championship in the third round by Leonard
Crawley, a former English Walker Cup player, seven and five. Later, Bing flies
into London with Lindsay and stays at the Savoy. Irish fan George O’Reilly
visits Bing at the Savoy during the week.
June 8,
Monday. Golfs at Addington Golf Club in Surrey and cards a seventy-four.
Attends a private party with American polo players.
June (undated).
Bing golfs with Gregory Peck while in London.
June 10,
Wednesday. Bing and Lindsay golf at Sunningdale. In the evening, Bing gives a
dinner for Dean Martin and Jerry Lewis before going on to the Players Theater
in Charing Cross to see The Boy Friend. Back in the USA, Phillip Crosby has an operation on his knee at St. John's Hospital to correct an old football injury.
June 11,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. Elsewhere, Bing and Lindsay go to Northolt airport
to fly to Paris but in view of the heavy rain, they decide to travel
back to France by
ferry from Folkestone, landing at Calais.
June 13, Saturday. Back in Paris, Bing is filmed singing "White Christmas" for a TV special honouring the Ford Automobile Fiftieth Anniversary.
June 15, Monday.
(9:00–11:00 p.m.
Last
Friday Wickliffe Crider, vice president for radio and television at the Kenyon
and Eckhardt Advertising agency, hopped a plane for Paris, arrived Saturday and
hustled Bing Crosby to a studio to make a film of him singing “White Christmas”
and several short takes showing Crosby introducing various segments of the
program. Crider flew back Sunday and the film was processed immediately for
tonight’s show.
(Jack
Gaver, The Press Democrat, June 15,
1953)
June 18,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast by CBS.
June 25,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast by CBS. Around this time, Bing is
photographed at a reception in Paris promoting Cinzano with tennis star Raymond Rodel. It may be the
same reception when, speaking French, he presents French singer Line Renaud with the
"Médaille de la Courtoisie française".
June 26,
Friday. Decca masters eight of Bing’s radio songs and subsequently issues them
in 1954 as a 10” LP called “Some
Fine Old Chestnuts”.
Another record taken from an actual performance is Bing Crosby’s Some Fine Old Chestnuts, songs of the ‘twenties, accompanied by the Buddy Cole Trio. These are on Bruns LA8673.
(The Gramophone, September, 1954)
The eight-song, 10” LP Some Fine Old Chestnuts,
released in 1953, was one of Bing
Crosby’s first albums to be recorded as such, consisting entirely of previously
unreleased material. That said, it is also true that the recordings were not
made specifically to create an album for Decca Records. Rather, Crosby had
prerecorded the songs for use on his weekly radio program and then offered them
to Decca for release on disc. The selections included pop standards like
“Dinah” and “I Can’t Give You Anything But Love,” which Crosby sang over only a piano trio accompaniment. The
circumstances surrounding the appearance of the LP reflect the reduced
significance of recording to the singer; as he aged into his fifties, he cut
back somewhat on his professional activities, notably recording. (Meanwhile,
radio went into fast decline, and he did not jump into television in any big
way.) Nevertheless, the actual performances are comfortable and confident, as
the singer takes a slightly jazzy approach to the familiar material.
(William Ruhlmann, Allmusic)
But if
individual hit-parade entries were in short supply, Bing and many other singers
of similar stature were appeased by the growing popularity of the long-playing
record. Indeed, it was the advent of the LP that was the salvation of Frank
Sinatra’s career and was largely responsible for his re-acceptance as a great
recording star. Thus, the record market of the fifties split itself into two
diametrically opposed factions. On the one side, the callow mass-market of the
hyped-up pop single, and on the other the more discerning (and more expensive)
LP market with its encouraging emphasis on quality repertoire and generally
gimmick-free talent. This meant that singers like Crosby, Sinatra, Nat King
Cole, Peggy Lee and Ella Fitzgerald found their commercial outlet not in the
cheap juke-box fodder of the period, but in the sophisticated and jazz-tinged
songs of Cole Porter, Rodgers and Hart, Gershwin, Harold Arlen and Johnny
Mercer. And while it was not unheard of for quality album artists to enjoy an
occasional hit single there were actually very few of the accepted pop-single
artists who were capable of crashing into the then-rarefied and highly
exclusive LP market.
Under
these conditions Bing Crosby should have taken over the market, or at least a substantial
share of it, in a big way. But unlike Sinatra, who threw himself passionately
into the new medium, Crosby was content to have his record company compile
albums from his old singles. When he did get around to recording completely new
albums—and such occasions were few and far between—the competition from other
singers was hard to contend with.
(Ken Barnes, The Crosby Years,
page 91)
SOME FINE OLD CHESTNUTS-Decca (US),
Brunswick (UK), 10 inch LP-8 titles.
Here is another
release that was conceived purely as an album, although all the titles were
originally recorded for insertion into Bing’s CBS radio series of the early
fifties. The album was mastered on 26 June 1953, but the actual recording dates
are unknown. The songs are all great standards - some of which he had never
previously recorded (like ‘Sleepy Time Gal’ and ‘I Can’t Give You Anything But
Love’) plus some which were associated with him (like ‘Dinah’ and ‘Do You Ever
Think of Me’). Bing is in excellent voice - thanks to an intelligent choice of
keys - and accompanied only by the Buddy Cole Trio (piano, bass and drums). The
recording quality is truly superb. The only criticism is an alarming sameness
in the presentation of each song (first chorus slow, second chorus fast - or,
at least, moderately bright). But perhaps this is being churlish when the
standard of performance is so high. Apart from Bing’s glorious vocals (his
performance of ‘Sleepy Time Gal’ is absolutely definitive), there is Buddy
Cole’s dazzling piano work.
(Ken Barnes, The Crosby Years, page 92)
June 30,
Tuesday. Bing and Lindsay depart from Paris for their journey home to
California. They board the French liner S.S. Liberte at Le Havre. Other
celebrities on board are Abe Burrows and Ruth Draper.
I once spent five interesting days with Bing on an ocean liner. This was in 1953. Carin and I had flown to London for the opening of the London company of Guys and Dolls. The show was a big hit there; we were feeling good and we decided not to rush back to New York on a plane. We booked passage on the beautiful Liberte of the French Line. Neither of us had ever sailed the Atlantic before. Carin was raised in Seattle and her voyages were limited to the ferry that crossed Puget Sound. My experience consisted of an occasional voyage on the Staten Island Ferry and once in a while, a long trip on the Hudson River Day Line, to Bear Mountain for picnics.
So when we boarded this great ship we were excited, and a few moments later we became even more excited when we ran into Crosby. Bing and his son Lindsay - he was fifteen, Bing’s youngest - were coming back from a European trip.
Carin and I hurried to finish our chores. Unpacking, noticing that the stateroom was smaller than the photograph we had seen (we loved it anyway), trying to open the portholes (they wouldn’t budge), rushing down to the dining room to reserve a table (something you had to do quickly or you’d get stuck with the wrong people for five days and fifteen meals). We arranged to sit with Bing and Lindsay for the whole trip.
Then we just strolled on the deck like people we had seen in the movies. And as we strolled I began to think about the Ship’s Gala. Friends in London had told me about the tradition of the Ship’s Gala, which is a big party on the last night of the voyage. This one was especially important to the crew because it was held for the benefit of the Sailors’ Fund. Any performer who happens to be on the ship is asked to appear in the show. My friends warned me to be prepared.
Many performers feel a need to complain a bit when they are asked to do this. They grumble that they are on the, ship for “a rest,” or say, “I don’t have any accompanist with me,” or make some other lame excuse. However, all of us admit that we’d feel terrible if we weren’t asked, and one hour after we sailed I started worrying. The Gala was four days off but I was already wondering whether they’d want me to perform. An hour later, the ship’s purser, a pleasant young Frenchman, came to me on the deck and asked if I would honor them by being the master of ceremonies. I was relieved and delighted, but I quietly, almost shyly, said, “Well, I guess I can if you want me to.” Then the purser said, “I know you’re a friend of Mr. Crosby’s. Do you suppose he would do something in the show?” He evidently was nervous about approaching Bing directly. I knew that part of his eagerness to have me as the MC was my connection with Bing, but that didn’t trouble me. I was eager to be included. I agreed to talk to Bing about it.
That night I casually asked Bing if he would come on the show and sing a couple of songs. He looked at me with a very cool look and said, “No way. I’m on this ship to take it easy.” I told him it was for the benefit of the sailors and that I was going to be the MC. He just shook his head. He said to me, “You’re like Bob Hope. He’ll go anywhere where there’s a benefit. I’ll come to the Gala but only as a member of the audience.” I didn’t press him, although I began to feel depressed. I couldn’t imagine performing at a show while Bing Crosby is sitting at a table and just watching.
I decided I wouldn’t let this spoil our trip. We didn’t talk about the Gala again, and we all had a very pleasant time. Crosby was relaxed and charming company. Carin and I and Bing and Lindsay (we called him Linnie) took all our meals together, and what meals they were. It’s the last time I remember getting all the caviar I could possibly stuff down. On the Liberte, caviar was considered an ordinary part of the menu; all you had to do was ask for it. Of course, if you were a celebrity or a friend of that celebrity, you got a lot more of it.
We shared our table with one other couple. They were from California and Bing knew them slightly. One thing I remember about the man was the unusual tie he wore with his dinner jacket. In those days passengers dressed for dinner every night except the first night out. However, instead of the conventional black bow tie this man wore a long black four-in-hand. He continually stroked it, as though he were very pleased with it and was waiting for some comment. The first time I saw that tie I whispered to Bing, “I never saw anybody wear a four-in-hand with a tux.” Bing whispered back to me, “Don’t say anything. Don’t ask him about that tie because what he’ll say is ‘Where have you been? This is the new In thing.’” For the rest of the trip we never mentioned the tie and the poor guy just sat there stroking it and waiting for comment.
As we neared the night of the Gala, I began to get more and more nervous. The purser had corralled one more performer besides me. The great Ruth Draper, who was famous for her one-woman show, was on the ship. Miss Draper had agreed to do a few of her fantastic sketches. So the entire show would consist of Ruth Draper and me, with Bing Crosby sitting out front enjoying himself.
The day before the Gala I was walking on the deck thinking and worrying when Linnie Crosby came up to join me. His manner seemed very furtive and he quickly whispered to me, “Abe, I know you’ve been worried but it’s going to be all right. He’s just teasing you. He’s going to do the show. Don’t tell him I told you.” And he fled before I could say anything. I’ll always be grateful to Linnie for that.
About an hour later Bing came over to me and said, “I decided to do that dumb thing with you. I don’t want you making a fool of yourself all alone.”
I wasn’t going to squeal on Linnie and I put on a very surprised and grateful act. “Hey Bing, that’s great. Makes me feel a lot better.” He said, “Forget it. Let’s get that piano player from the ship’s band and we’ll rehearse tomorrow afternoon.” Now that he was going on, he became completely professional. And he was damned well going to rehearse.
I went to my cabin and wrote a song for us to do together, a parody of “The Sunny Side of the Street.” It was based on the fact that for days the ship had sailed in fog. Very little sunshine. The name of the captain of the Liberte was Commodore LeVecque, which fortunately rhymed with “deck.” That led me to “Please, dear Commodore LeVecque, where’s the sunny side of the deck?”
The next day we all met in the lounge. Bing, Carin, Linnie, the purser and the pianist. Bing liked the song I had written, and when we finished singing it together he said, “Burrows, if the ship’s foghorn ever busted, we’d always have you.”
He ran through the songs he was going to do, including one of my favorites, “When the World Was Young,” the lovely song that starts out “Ah, the apple trees … “We were all having a good time when a strange thing happened.
Young Linnie was also a pretty good singer. He had just made a hit record in London. The purser suddenly remembered this and he said, “Maybe young Mr. Crosby should sing something at our Gala.” Bing said, “Great idea.” I saw Linnie grow pale. He was only fifteen and had never performed before a live audience. And I’m sure he wasn’t wild about performing with his father watching. He shook his head shyly and said he’d rather not do it. Bing then said something like “Aw c’mon, Linnie, it’ll be fun.” Lindsay Crosby just shook his head. Bing began to kid him and then started to press him. The boy kept shaking his head. Suddenly the atmosphere began to get tense. Then I opened my mouth and started to say something like “Bing, if Lindsay really doesn’t want to, maybe … “I stopped talking when Bing said sharply to his son, “Linnie, you’re going to do that song. If you don’t, you can’t come to the Gala and you’ll spend the night by yourself in your cabin.” He wasn’t teasing now. He sounded like a tough military officer. Lindsay responded like a tough private. “Okay, then I won’t come to the Gala.” And he ran out of the lounge. The rest of us were all quiet for a moment. Carin and I looked at each other. She was unhappy about this because she had grown very fond of Lindsay; but we both knew there was nothing we could or should do. Bing looked thoughtful for a moment and then he went on rehearsing.
The next night we performed at the Gala and it went very well. Carin was
watching the show from a table in back of the room when she suddenly heard a
whispered “Pssst.” She turned around and there was Lindsay, crouching behind
her chair. He had sneaked in to see part of the show. He hid behind Carin for a
while, and then just before the show ended he quickly sneaked out. The next day
Bing and Lindsay were strolling the deck together as though the whole thing
hadn’t happened. Bing loved his sons but he had definite standards of
discipline for himself and for the people he loved.
(Abe Burrows, writing in his book Honest, Abe – Is There Really No Business Like Show Business?)
July 2,
Thursday. (6:30–7:00 p.m. Pacific) The final General Electric show of the
season is broadcast. The guests are again Joe Venuti and Lindsay Crosby.
July 6, Monday.
(8:00 a.m.) Bing and Lindsay arrive back in New York on the Liberte at
Pier 88 on the West 48th. Street dock and catch a train to Chicago where they play golf.
July 16,
Thursday. Bing is at his Elko ranch.
July 23,
Thursday. Bing begins selling his sixty-five racehorses at Hollywood Park to help
raise what is said to be nearly $1 million for taxes on Dixie’s estate.
Fifty-eight are sold but raise only $85,000, which has to be split equally with
Lindsay Howard. Bing puts his Pebble Beach house on the market for $250,000 and
also his Holmby Hills home is up for sale for $300,000 in order to raise cash
to meet the tax bill. Bing has already sold some stocks and bonds. Larry Crosby
is quoted as saying that Dixie was not properly insured.
July 24,
Friday. Further sale of racehorses at the stables at Suburban Moor Park.
July 27,
Monday. An armistice is signed to end the Korean War.
July 31, Friday.
Bing leaves Elko for Hayden Lake, Idaho.
August 1, Saturday. Arrives at Hayden Lake where he vacations with his four sons and buys 12 acres in the Hayden Lake area. Lindsay wins a junior golf tournament during their stay in Idaho.
August 2, Sunday. Is scheduled to golf with Herb Rotchford but Bing cries off as he is nursing a bad cold.
August 15, Saturday.
(8:15 p.m.) Bing and his sons are thought to have attended a show featuring
Spike Jones called “Musical Insanities of 1954” at North Idaho Junior College,
Coeur d’Alene.
August 16, Sunday. Bing, wearing tartan shorts, plays in an exhibition golf
match in Wenatchee, Washington to raise funds for a new municipal golf course
to be called Three Lakes. He partners Jack Westland against Bruce Cudd and
Eddie Draper but they lose the match 2 and 1. Bing has an eagle at the third
hole when he chips in from 100 yards. He has a round of 79.
August 18,
Tuesday. Kathryn Grandstaff (later “Grant”) has her contract renewed by
Paramount for a further six months.
August 19, Wednesday. Variety magazine reports that Donald O'Connor has had to withdraw from the forthcoming White Christmas film because of illness. Danny Kaye is brought in to replace him.
August 20,
Thursday. Bing has been reluctant to return to a weekly radio show but it is
reported that he has eventually signed for GE again.
Bing Crosby will be “fined” $500 a week by his radio sponsor, General Electric, for not doing television. In signing for a resumption of his radio series on CBS, he agreed to accept the penalty for every week he doesn’t do TV. This knocks his weekly radio take down to $15,500.
(Variety, August 20, 1953)
August 24, Monday.
Visits the "Operation Palette", the navy combat art exhibit at the
Davenport Hotel, Spokane. Also meets Father Corkery at Gonzaga
University and approves plans for the proposed new library.
August 25, Tuesday. Molly Crosby (19), daughter of Larry Crosby, dies in St.
John’s Hospital from complications of a throat infection.
August 28, Friday.
Bing and his four sons plus producer William Perlberg slip into the Fox State
Orpheum cinema in Spokane to watch a preview of Little Boy Lost.
August 31, Monday.
(11:00 a.m.–12 noon) Bing is in Spokane to sign copies of his book Call Me
Lucky at the John W. Graham store at W707 Sprague. 330 copies are sold.
September 2,
Wednesday. A letter from Mona Freeman to newspaper columnists about her
friendship with Bing is published. She categorically denies any romance.
Meanwhile, Bing writes to Eugenie Baird.
I did receive your letter and records at the ranch, and I thought I had made a reply thereto. Evidently in my increasing senility my memory is playing tricks on me, because I guess if you didn’t receive a letter I couldn’t have written one. I thought I had, and I seek your forgiveness.
I can’t plead press of other duties or occupation with too many things, as I haven’t been doing anything since March when I went to Europe, and although we did 8 or 20 transcriptions over there, there was very little real work involved. Since returning in the middle of July I haven’t done anything but ride herd on these four little monsters who bear my name.
I am presently at Hayden Lake with them, from which point we return to Hollywood on September 6 or 7 to start work on ‘White Christmas’—a new picture involving Danny Kaye, Clooney, Vera-Ellen and myself. So if you come to California in September we will be there and eager to see you. My home phone number is 57665 and the office—which is probably the best place to locate me—is Crestview 11171.
By the way, the records which I played at the ranch sounded very good, and your delivery and voice-handling most impressive. I can tell you more in detail about my reaction when I see you.
Hope you come to California—I think you’ve been away from that part of the country too long. Surely you must be sick of the effete East by now.
As ever—Your friend,
September 7–November 25, Monday–Friday. Bing films White Christmas with
Danny Kaye, Rosemary Clooney, Vera-Ellen, and Dean Jagger. The director is
Michael Curtiz and Joseph J. Lilley is the musical director. External scenes on
a station location are filmed at Twentieth Century Fox.
Even though Curtiz was a celebrated director—Casablanca—and even though Danny Kaye had his own agenda and a very strong ego, Bing was always in charge. Sometimes he’d just disappear. He’d say, “I’m going over the wall.” Nobody would know where he went, and nobody would ask. We’d already shot the finale of the picture, a lavish production number done on two stages, but on the day the king and queen of Greece came by, Curtiz announced that we’d do it again. “We will not film it, but Binkie and Danny and Vera and Rosemary will pretend to film it for their majesties, the king and queen of Greece.”
Bing leaned over to me. “Cover for me. I’m going over the wall.” So we did the scene without him, lip-synching to the playback, trying to pretend that Bing wasn’t supposed to appear in the number, even though his voice, singing “White Christmas,” was coming out of my mouth.
Bing had a hard time being direct with people; if he wanted to pay a compliment, he’d do it by going “around the horn,” saying it to someone else. Even when he tried to make a joke of it, he’d do it secondhand. The minstrel show number contained this bit of banter for me and Danny.
“Mr. Bones, Mr. Bones, how do you feel, Mr. Bones?
“Rattling!”
“Mr. Bones feels rattling! Ah, that’s a good one!” The move was for me to put my hand over my left breast. Then all the dancers behind us burst out laughing; Bing had stage-whispered to them, “And the other one’s not bad, either.”
I know that Bing could be very aloof, his eyes not sky-blue, but steel-blue. He had a way of appearing friendly–“Hiya, pardner,” he’d say, but then he’d just keep moving. Dinah Shore once told me that Bing lived behind a “privacy curtain,” and I couldn’t see behind it, as close as he and I were.
(Rosemary Clooney, writing in her book Girl Singer, page 111)
Tony remembered “Mr. Crosby”, as they were taught to refer to him, as always being friendly, kind and congenial to each and every boy at all times, always making a point to do extra “kidding” with whoever was the littlest and youngest boy in the choir.
Turning to White Christmas specifically, Tony said that by the
time the choir was hired to work on the film, he had done so many movies,
recordings and television shows, and had seen Bing Crosby almost every Sunday
when they sang at his church, it was simply regarded as just another movie.
However, Tony, as an adolescent boy, was particularly
pleased when he realized he was going to be working “with those beautiful gals
Rosemary and Vera.” The boys from the choir spent three days working on the film, one day on the soundstage and two
days filming the finale. The older members of the choir were left out of
the filming as they were too tall and the remaining choir members plus several
child actors all lip synched to the recording of the choir’s voices. Tony
remembered being measured for the costumes which were designed to be seen only
from the front – there were pins in the back. Bob
Mitchell wouldn’t even let the boys sit down during breaks in the actual
filming for fear they would wrinkle the costumes. Tony is one of ten boys in that final scene and he remembers
that there were problems with the tracking of one of the cameras. He recalls
playing with the artificial snow too.
The Mitchell Boys Choir voices were the young voices on the recording of the song alongside those of the four principals (Trudy Stevens provided the voice for Vera-Ellen). Tony said that the choir was very well prepared and disciplined on the sound stage. The boys were not allowed to ask for autographs or to have photographs taken with the stars although, by chance, Tony did have a photo taken with Rosemary Clooney. Tony said that “in rehearsals and at costume fittings the production assistants were going crazy with all of the unpreparedness, fits and egos of the other child actors and dancers, who acted like they were the stars of the film.” The little ballerina kept performing the scene in her own way but this was not how the Director wanted it done.
Tony remembers that Danny Kaye was always trying to keep everyone on the set relaxed especially during a “tantrum” by the little ballerina, by impersonating her, usually behind her back but where the rest of the boys could see him and laugh to themselves.
Kathy queried whether the film had an impact on Tony and his career but he said doing the movie was just another day at the office. Even though his family was happy that they could tell all of their friends that he was in the movie, most of the choirboys had by then been in so many movies it was “old hat” to them. He did not see the film until some years later but when he sees the movie now he gets a good feeling remembering the camaraderie of Bing, Danny Kaye, Rosemary Clooney and Vera-Ellen and how nice they all treated the little choirboys.
(Tony Butala, a member of the Bob Mitchell Boys Choir from 1951 to 1954, later of The Lettermen, in an interview with Kathy Brown in 2011)
September 8, Tuesday.
The musical Carnival in Flanders in which Bing has invested opens at the
New Century Theatre in New York. It closes on September 12 after only 6
performances.
Harold Arlen was approached to write the score, but the task ultimately fell to Van Heusen and Burke. Bing Crosby was providing much of the financing for the production and had great faith in the songwriting team, who had written several of his hits, despite the fact that their previous theatrical collaboration, Nellie Bly (1946), had been a critical and commercial flop. George Oppenheimer, one of the book’s original co-writers, withdrew from the project during pre-Broadway tryouts in Philadelphia, and Dorothy Fields joined her brother Herbert to help with rewrites. Eventually all their work was discarded by Sturges, who replaced Bretaigne Windust as director and completely reworked the book before the show reached California for a series of stagings by light opera companies prior to the New York City opening. Choreographer Jack Cole was replaced by Helen Tamiris, and several cast changes were made before the troubled production finally opened on Broadway.
Carnival in Flanders opened on September 8, 1953 at the New Century Theatre, where it ran for only six performances. The cast included John Raitt, Dolores Gray, and Roy Roberts. Critics were enchanted by Oliver Smith’s sets and Lucinda Ballard’s costumes, inspired by Brueghel paintings, and Gray’s lively performance, but universally panned every other aspect of the production. In his review for The New York Times, Brooks Atkinson wrote “As an actress she [Dolores Gray] is authoritative enough to bring down the house with some of the maudlin songs...In the version prepared for the stage by Preston Sturges it is laborious and banal... As usual, the theatre has lavished a lot of wealth and talent on this hokum. Lucinda Ballard has dressed everybody to the nines... Although Oliver Smith’s scenery is cluttered and rather desperate, there is certainly a lot of it.”
If remembered at all, it is primarily as the source of the Van Heusen-Burke standard “Here’s That Rainy Day”. Dolores Gray won the Tony Award for Best Actress in a Musical. It remains the shortest-lived Tony-honored performance ever.
(Wikipedia)
September 15,
Tuesday. Bing records material for two General Electric shows with Gary Crosby which
air on CBS on September 27 and October 4.
September 20,
Sunday. Tapes songs for two General Electric shows with Rosemary Clooney which
air on October 11 and 18.
September 21,
Monday. The film Little Boy Lost has its New York premiere at the Rivoli
as a benefit for the Overseas Press Club.
A considerable departure for Bing Crosby from the sort of picture and the type of role that he has been accustomed to playing is made by him in “Little Boy Lost,” a Paramount offering that was put on for the benefit of the Overseas Press Club in its première last night at the Rivoli. For here Mr. Crosby is playing a straight dramatic role in a picture of deep emotional content and genuinely tragic, overtones. Except for two or three song numbers that are worked in consistently, there are few other points of contact with the bright and chipper Bingle of old.
And yet it must be said for Mr. Crosby that he manages to convey a strong sense of real emotional torment in a tragically wracked character and that he serves as a credible buffer in a candidly heart-socking film. As an American radio reporter who returns to France after World War II to seek the child of his briefly blissful union with a French girl, later killed with the Underground, he makes the agony of this man in trying to fathom the identity of a nameless French boy both perceptible and understandable, in human, uncomplicated terms.
Filmed in France
From the moment Mr. Crosby lands in the heart of France, where most of the picture was filmed, incidentally, and begins his touching search, the pathos and heartache of his mission increasingly intrude. And as soon as he meets and starts to study the little lad who is suspected as being the reporter’s son, the emotional surge becomes intense. For George Seaton, who wrote and directed the picture, and William Perlberg, who produced, have got a youngster to play the orphan who seems the absolute and undeniable thing.
This little chap—an 8-year-old named Christian Fourcade—has the eyes, the expression and the voice that would tear the heart out of a heathen idol and a sure sense of the drama he plays. In the scenes wherein he cautiously reaches for intimacy with the man who is equally cautious in making contact with him, the lad is unerringly true. And in his moments of private anxiety and disturbance, he is nigh superb.
Seaton’s Direction Praised
For this we can thank Mr. Seaton, quite as much, you may be sure, as the boy, for the job of directing a youngster in such a delicate role is exceedingly tough. And Mr. Seaton’s command is equally evident in the performance Mr. Crosby gives and in the exquisite acting of Gabrielle Dorziat as the Mother Superior of the French orphanage. Required to be stern and objective, yet revealing of feelings underneath, Mlle. Dorziat is subtle, the most subtle and brilliant of all the performers in the film.
Claude Dauphin as a friend of Mr. Crosby who assists him in the search and eventually reveals the dilemma on which the man actually hangs is adequate. The misfortune of Mr. Dauphin—and, indeed, the one misfortune of the film—is that the problem of the searcher cannot be sooner and more artfully revealed.
As the lovely French wife of the reporter, Nicole Maurey is attractive in her few brief scenes, and Colette Dereal is pretty and fetching as a momentarily passing coquette.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, September 22, 1953)
A direct play on paternal instincts is made in this film treatment of Little Boy Lost, resulting in a picture with an obvious pitch at family audiences, among whom it will enjoy its best reception. The Bing Crosby name should help generally.
…Crosby fans should like the Groaner’s work, even though his song stints are incidental and held to a minimum.
Based on the Marghanita Laski story of a father’s search for the young son from whom he had become separated because of the war, the film doesn’t come off with the tremendous heart impact of the original, or of the television version seen only a season or two back, although it does have sufficient moving moments to be satisfactory family filmfare.
…Three Johnny Burke-James Van Heusen tunes are heard during the picture and listen well. They are “The Magic Window,” which the Crosby pipes makes something special; “Cela M’Est Egal (“If It’s All the Same to You”), and “A Propos De Rien.”
(Variety,
July 8, 1953)
…The father is
played by Bing Crosby; and I hope nobody still regards Mr. Crosby as a simple
grizzler over White Christmases and Empty Saddles in the Old Corral. As an
actor he is among the most cunning manipulators of timing and toning we have in
the cinema, and here, though one or two songs have been sneaked in for custom's
sake, it is as an actor that he scores, conveying with seeming ease the
father's disappointments and anxieties and his bursts of exasperation with the
uncomprehending child.
(Dilys Powell, The Sunday Times, August 16, 1953)
It is possibly a
mistake to imagine that things come easily to Mr. Bing Crosby, but that is the
impression he often gives. His swing at golf is easy to a point of laziness,
and that same deceptive laziness informs his acting and his singing. It is an
agreeable laziness, a restful laziness, and it is blessedly impossible to think
of Mr. Crosby cross or of Mr. Crosby in a hurry. Nevertheless, that air of
casual assurance may well be the result of long and careful application, and it
is not at all impossible that Mr. Crosby put some hard work into Little Boy
Lost, which is now to be seen at the Plaza cinema. If so, it was hard work that
triumphantly justifies itself.
(The Times, August 17, 1953)
What do you associate with Bing? Songs and sentiment, amiable gentleness and the family touch? Well, they’re all here and something else, too. The something else is a spot of originality in the story and its settings. And it’s my guess that the tender, human theme will go down well with Bing followers—and picture goers everywhere. To the role of an American journalist and broadcaster in Paris, Bing brings conviction. . . . Frankly, I was moved by this simple little story—Bing’s Little Boy Lost is certainly one to watch for.
(Picturegoer, September, 1953)
“Tear-jerker” was the dismissive epithet used by most critics in their Little Boy Lost reviews. But this was a persuasive exercise in movie sentiment, astutely crafted by director-writer George Seaton from a story by Marghanita Laski, and it opened up an expected development in Bing Crosby’s career. In his first completely dramatic role Crosby played, very convincingly, an American news reporter who returns to France after the war to find a son he has never seen. . . .The William Perlberg production, made in France, may not have drawn such crowds as Crosby’s musicals did, but it pleased a lot of people.
(The Paramount Story, page 208)
September 25, Friday. (7:00–8:00 p.m.) Bing narrates This Game of Baseball, a sixty minute recorded program broadcast on CBS Radio.
With Pitt Pirate
stockholder Der Bingle virtually singing his script and operating as the focal
point throughout, the illusion of personal interview, with delivery in light documentary
style, was an absorbing lesson in the ‘how to’ of such diffusions. Der Bingle bingled
to centre immediately with an overall pitch (he’s also a hurler who knows his
mixed metaphors) on the pastime and quickly got down to chapter and verse,
leading tuner-inners up from the sandlots in easy stages through the big
leagues, with color bits and sound effects added.
(Variety, September 30, 1953)
September 27,
Sunday. Larry
Crosby is arrested on a drunk driving charge and he is fined $500 at
his trial the following week. It was his first offence. (9:00–9:30 p.m. PDT) The General Electric show returns on Sunday nights for this
season. “Where the Blue of the Night” is replaced as a theme song by an
untitled orchestral piece written by Victor Young. Gary Crosby is the guest on
the opening show with Ken Carpenter and the John Scott Trotter Orchestra
remaining as fixtures. The shows are produced by Bill Morrow and Murdo
MacKenzie and continue until May 30, 1954. The audience share is 6.0 for the
season which earns the show seventh place in the Nielsen ratings. The game show
People Are Funny takes top position with a rating of 8.4 and it is clear
that the public has deserted radio for television.
Sunday is now Bingsday on CBS Radio and no matter where you move him, the loyal will find him. His voice and personality have the magic of the Pied Piper and even without his long-time “themer” (“Blue of the Night”) he’ll be fished out of the receiver. To many, the crooner may have given the impression that he’s easing off and letting another generation carry on but that’s his style. If it doesn’t fit snugly into his range, he’s let it alone. From the swingy “Down by the Riverside” down through ballad, whimsy and romance, he lilted his larynx in approved Crosby style which is still good enough to warm ears and excite the senses.
In the guest slot was son, Gary, who sounds and acts like out of the same pod as père Crosby. In duet their voices were so well matched, they couldn’t be told apart. The youngster also had a good sense of timing and should carry the name long after El Bingo has retired to Fort Knox. The comedy was on the short side, the usual sharp wit of Bill Morrow being held to a minimum. The patter that passed between Bing and Ken Carpenter and the humorous lead-ins provided the only light touches. John Scott’s filigreeing orchestration shone brightly in “Dancing in the Dark” and coproduction of Morrow and Murdo MacKenzie was grooved to the Crosby lining. General Electric preferred to have cross talk about people, rather than "move merchandise". For an encore the singing Crosbys appear again next week.
(Variety,
September 30, 1953)
Bing Crosby returned to the air this week in good voice and a gay old mood. There was a time a few years ago when Crosby was developing an unfortunate habit of slurring his ballads, as in “Golden Earrings.” But there was no trace of that this week. His “Vaya Con Dios,” while somewhat slower than the Les Paul-Mary Ford version, was as clear as his best record hits. His guest this week—and again next week was his son, Gary, who seems to sound more like Crosby every time he’s heard. He gave out with a snappy “Gambler’s Guitar,” and then joined his dad in a cute duet. John Scott Trotter’s ork got its turn with a plush “Dancing in the Dark.” In a season in which Crosby is due to bow on TV on a somewhat regular basis, it’s worth noting that his current radio show is strictly a radio show, consisting of songs and pleasant chatter. While his zillions of fans would no doubt flock to see him do no more than that, it is nevertheless to be hoped that Bing will pay some attention to develop a really televisable format.
(Gene Plotnik, Billboard, October 10, 1953)
October (undated).
Kathryn Grant interviews Bing for her weekly column "Texas Gal in
Hollywood" which is included in 20 Citizen papers. Bing invites her for
tea at Lucy's.
October 4,
Sunday. In the CBS Studio in Hollywood, Bing records songs for two General
Electric shows with Gary Crosby, which air on November 1 and 8. (9:00–9:30 p.m.)
The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The show
has been taped and the guest is again Gary Crosby.
October 10, Saturday.
Press reports again link Bing with Mary Murphy. (7:45 p.m.) Bing leaves his
Holmby Hills home and drives to pick up Moa Freeman from her home. They go to
a dinner party at the home of William Goetz, the film producer, at 300 Delefern
Road, Holmby Hills. Dinner is served at 10:30 p.m.
October 11,
Sunday. (5:30 a.m.) Returning from his evening out with Mona Freeman, Bing has
an automobile accident at the junction of Wilshire and Sepulveda Boulevards in his
Mercedes Benz sports car and has a “severely wrenched back.” He is taken to his
home by two Los Angeles police officers and has to miss several days of
filming. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
Crosby Escapes Injury
in Crash
Hollywood,
Calif. (UP)
Crooner
Bing Crosby was reported unhurt today following an auto collision which injured
three other persons and bashed in the front of the singer’s $12,000 Mercedes-Benz
sports car.
Crosby
reportedly complained of a sore back when he stepped from his cream-colored
roadster following the crash early Sunday morning. But the crooner’s brother,
Larry, said later Bing was “shaken up, that’s all.”
Bing
was not available for comment.
The
driver of the second auto, Los Angeles fireman Frank Verdugo, 32, was
hospitalized with head injuries. His wife, Lucy, 28, received a possible broken
nose, and a passenger, Eulalio Perea, 25, suffered minor bruises.
Crosby’s plush auto, purchased in Germany last
summer, had fenders, radiator and lights crumpled.
Crosby
told highway patrolmen he stopped at the intersection, saw no cars and started
across.
“There
was a crash and I lost control,” he said. “That’s all I know.”
(The Waukesha County Freeman, October 12,
1953)
Bing Crosby will be in sad shape for several weeks due to a cracked vertebra. They can shoot around him for a couple of days and the last number has been postponed until the film’s final week
(Daily Variety, October 13, 1953)
October 14, Wednesday.
Bing reports back to Paramount to continue with the filming of White
Christmas with his cracked vertebrae taped up.
October 18,
Sunday. Tapes a General Electric show for transmission on October 25. The guest
is Jane Morgan. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General
Electric is broadcast by CBS and the guest is again Rosemary Clooney.
October 20,
Tuesday. Again, there is press speculation about Bing’s private life and this
time he is said to be cabling to Schiaperelli model, Ghislaine de Boysson, in
France.
October 21, Wednesday. Bing records a contribution to a radio tribute to Fred Ahlert, former ASCAP president and composer of “Where the Blue of the Night” who died on October 20. The tribute is narrated by Ben Grauer and broadcast on NBC on October 25 (12:00-12:30 p.m.) and the 1945 recording of "old blue" is played..
...It was a warm
sentimental half-hour, excepting for the Crosby tie-in which, possibly because
of the mechanical interpolation via disking, seemed too matter-of-fact and aloof
and out of spirit with the warmth of the event.
(Variety, October 28, 1953)
October 23,
Friday. Bing is sued by Frank Verdugo and the occupants of the other car in the
accident on October 11 for $1,051,400. Bing is accused of “driving his car at a
wanton, reckless rate of speed in violation of traffic controls and while under
the influence of intoxicating liquors.”
October 25,
Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guest is Jane Morgan.
October 26,
Monday. Representatives of the State Highway Patrol say that Bing “showed no
signs of being drunk and that there was no indication that Mr. Crosby was
driving recklessly” when involved in the accident on October 11.
October 29,
Thursday. Bing lunches with the stand-ins for his female costars in White
Christmas at Paramount and is said to have “smashed the Hollywood caste
system.”
October 30, Friday. (12:30-1:15 p.m.). Autographs copies of "Call Me Lucky" in the book department of the Broadway Crenshaw.
November 1,
Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.)The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Gary Crosby.
November 2,
Monday. Press comment states that Bing is a frequent visitor to the Sabrina
Fair movie set and that he talks to Audrey Hepburn in French.
November 4, Wednesday.
Decca masters two radio recordings by Bing and Gary Crosby for commercial
release. “Down by the Riverside” briefly charts in the No. 28 spot.
Bing & Gary Crosby: “Down By the Riverside”-“What A Little Moonlight Can Do” (Decca) The Crosbys, pere et fils, have a surefire moneymaker in “Down By the Riverside.” It should repeat their “Sam’s Song” click of a few years back. Side is packed with a lively beat and tiptop harmony from start.
(Variety, November 18, 1953)
What a
Little Moonlight Can Do DECCA 28955 — Bing and Gary, together again after almost two years, may have another “Sam’s Song” here with
this bright waxing. The duo hands the evergreen a potent vocal, over a happy
arrangement by the John Scott Trotter crew. Name power and performance should
help this one get a lot of action and loot.
Down By the Riverside - The
duo tackles another oldie here with good results, with Bing and Gary
alternating on the refrain, and adding some clever patter as they sing away.
Flip side has a little more sparkle but this side makes a good pairing for the
father and son combo. Two potent sides.
(Billboard, November 28, 1953)
“Speaking in generalizations—not particularly
applying to Mr. Crosby—I certainly would like one day to marry again,” said
Miss Freeman, mother of a five-year-old daughter whose custody she’d won in the
divorce proceedings.
“But I’m a Catholic.
And I am divorced. I never could get an annulment of my first marriage because
I have no grounds for an annulment. If I marry again, and I repeat, this is a
general statement, I’d have to give up my religion. Therefore I’d have to give
any marriage a lot of thought.”
Since Crosby was a
Catholic as well, the marriage was not given much of a chance to occur by
thinking people, since the Church doesn’t sanction matrimony among divorced
Catholics. For the time being, Mona said, she and Bing were “very good friends
and I hope we always will be.” Twisting her fingers nervously, Mona added this
observation:
“I see him now and
then, we go to dinner parties. I’m sure he goes out with other girls, but I
don’t know who. Really, you just don’t ask your date those things.”
(The Fabulous Life of Bing Crosby, page 130)
November 7, Saturday. Bing takes Mona Freeman to Rocky Cooper's party.
November 8, Sunday. Bing
records material for two General Electric shows with Peggy Lee which air on November
15 and 29. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast and the guest is again Gary Crosby.
November 14, Saturday. Records
“Y’All Come” and “Changing Partners” with Perry Botkin and his Orchestra.
“Changing Partners” spends three weeks in the charts and peaks at No. 13. It also
reaches the hit parade in the UK peaking at No. 9.
Bing Crosby:
“Changing Partners’’- “Y’All Come”; “Ida. Sweet As Apple Cider”-” I Can’t
Believe That You’re In Love With Me” (Decca). Bing Crosby may pull a surprise
on “Partners.” and come out on top. He’s in excellent voice and gets first rate
backing from the Jud Conlon Singers. "Y’All Come” is a bright
country-styled item okay for the genre. Crosby is un-impressive on the oldie.
“Ida." but comes through nicely on the flip standard. “1 Can't Believe.
(Variety,
November 25, 1953)
Changing Partners DECCA 28969— Warm and intimate, the Groaner’s version of the big new
ballad will be welcomed by many. Looks like the gals have the click wax on the
item, but Crosby can come thru with many
more than his usual sales allotment here. Fine wax.
Y’All Come – Effort is a really attractive bundle of
corn, with Bing singing out the happy opus pleasantly. Folk backing, with back
country fiddles and all, add to the pleasure. Good contrast to flip, with the
package one of the chanter’s strongest in some time.
(Billboard, December 5, 1953)
The worthy Bing, however, who was crooning before
Vallee and is still doing better at the game than anyone else has ever done,
offers a merry new number typifying American hospitality on Bruns. 05244,
“Y’all Come,” coupled with “Changing Partners” which suits the singer
perfectly–even if a few of his lower notes are a little rusty.
(The Gramophone. March, 1954)
November 15, Sunday. Tapes songs
for two General Electric shows, the first with Rosemary Clooney and the second
with Ella Fitzgerald, which are broadcast on December 6 and 13 respectively. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast
by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Peggy Lee.
November 16, Monday. Bing meets
Dame Flora McLeod (chief of Clan McLeod) on the set of White Christmas.
Meanwhile Bing writes to Ken Murray.
Of
course, you may use any film of mine which you can pry out of the Paramount
Film Library and I will so advise Miss Marshall in the library today via the
telephone.
I hope
what you find is of some use to you and I also hope that the venture in which
you are engaged proves to be successful and profitable to both you and Bergin.
I’m
just about to finish “White Christmas” over here at Paramount. It’s been a long
tough chore with another couple of weeks to go. Then I expect to get at my golf
again and after a few days practice I will be ready for you. Right now I think
you could give me about 3 aside and bring me in pretty crisp.
Have
been involved quite a bit lately with Alice. It’s a
pitiful case and while I feel deep sympathy for her and her situation, it
really seems like it would be unwise to meddle in view of medica1 evidence
which is available. I would like to talk to you about it sometime.
My
best to Betty Lou.
As ever
– Your friend
Bing
November 22, Sunday. Records
material for another General Electric show with Ella Fitzgerald, which is
broadcast by December 27. (5:00-6:00 p.m.) Bing is heard in one of Father
Peyton’s Family Theatre Thanksgiving Hour radio programs on the Mutual
Broadcasting System. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General
Electric is broadcast and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
November 25, Wednesday.
Completes filming of White Christmas. Goes to Palm Springs and during
his stay a sandstorm ruins the windshield of his Mercedes-Benz car.
November 28, Saturday. Goes to a birthday celebration for Mrs. Perlberg (Bobbe Brox) at the Perlbergs' home with his sons Lindsay and Denny. Later, he is thought to have attended a
reception organized by the Telemeter and Paramount executives at the Racquet
Club in Palm Springs after the world premiere of "Forever Female" over the new Telemeter closed circuit at the Plaza Theatre. Many other stars such as Bob Hope, Jack Benny, and Eddie
Cantor also attend.
November 29, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guest is Peggy Lee.
December 6, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and Bing’s guest is Rosemary Clooney.
December 9, Wednesday. (11:00
a.m.) Red Nichols and his Five Pennies give a clambake in the Gonzaga
University gym in front of 1900 students. The event has been sponsored by Bing.
December 12, Saturday. Billboard
magazine reports on a demonstration of a video recorder by RCA and it
appears that this could be superior to the one being developed by Bing Crosby
Enterprises.
December 13, Sunday. Affidavits
are lodged by Bing and Mrs. Bob Hope regarding their efforts to disassociate
themselves from the National Kids Foundation. The foundation sent out requests
for donations using the names of Bing and Mrs. Bob Hope and raised $2.9 million
in 1952 but spent only 10 percent of this on children. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The
Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The show has
been taped and the guest is Ella Fitzgerald.
December 14, Monday. Press
reports state that Bing has sold his interest in two Spokane television
stations for $1.75M. He is said to be off to Palm Springs for golf. In addition, it is
reported that he has reduced the asking price for his Pebble Beach house by
$50,000 to $200,000.
December 18, Friday. Starts
filming his first television special for CBS-TV on Stage Three of the General
Service Studios in Hollywood.
December 20, Sunday. Bing
records material for two GE shows with Connie Russell, which are broadcast on
January 3 and 31, 1954. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General
Electric is broadcast and the guests are Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires.
December 26, Saturday. Having
been unplaced the previous year, Bing’s recording of “White Christmas” returns
to the pop charts, peaking at number twenty-one over a two-week period.
December 27, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS and the guest is Ella Fitzgerald.
December 30, Wednesday. Records
“If There’s Anybody Here” and “Back in the Old Routine” with Donald O’Connor
and Matty Matlock’s All-Stars in Hollywood.
Bing Crosby-Donald
O'Connor: “If There’s Anybody Here”-“Back In The Old Routine” (Decca). Bing Crosby
teams with Donald O’Connor in a couple of freewheeling sides with an
oldfashioned vaude touch. “Anybody Here” is a snappy rhythm tune while “Old
Routine” is pegged on a show biz theme. Crosby and O’Connor blend nicely against
the two-beat backgrounds
(Variety, April 7,
1954)
If
There’s Anybody Here
The two movie personalities project their famous
smiles and friendly good humor into this vaudeville-styled material neatly. A
warm novelty that ought to get some reaction.
Back in the Old Routine
In this material, whose lyric and arrangement
nostalgically recall the ‘20’s, Crosby and O’Connor have an unusually
attractive vehicle. The New Orleans backing which furnishes so much of the
bounce and sparkle to this opus is supplied by Matty Matlock’s All- Stars. A
soft-shoe tempo might have been more appropriate.
(Billboard, April 17, 1954)
December 31, Thursday. Further
recording session in Hollywood with Matty Matlock’s All Stars. Bing and Gary
Crosby sing “Cornbelt Symphony” and “The Call of the South.” On the same day,
Decca masters a number of Bing’s recordings originally made for his radio show
and many of them are included in a 10” LP “Bing Sings the Hits”. Later, Bing
dates Mona Freeman.
Cornbelt Symphony DECCA 29147 — Another bouncy vocal duo by the famous father-son team.
The tune, which has been around some time, has a jaunty beat. Should get plenty
of spins from deejays and jukes.
The Call of the South – same comment.
(Billboard, June 19, 1954)
Bing Crosby himself, and his son Garry, (sic) join
forces again in two old-style new numbers, Cornbelt Symphony and a
quaint Irving Berlin song, Call of the South (Bruns. 05315). There is
some fine interplay between father and son with Swanee River on this
one.
(The Gramophone, October, 1954)
Outstanding among the 45s is Bing Crosby’s “Sleepy
Time Gal” with the Buddy Cole Trio backed by a dull “No Other Love” with our
old friend John Scott Trotter who includes a nice piano solo in his
accompaniment. An American correspondent tells me that Crosby is constantly
heard on radio in these stylish performances which seldom reach record. One or
two of them are reaching us over here and we could do with more.
(The Gramophone, July 1956)
Secret Love
Decca 29024—The singer
covers the current hit tune with a version that will please many, tho it is too
late to dislodge the hit version. Crosby is relaxed and works up to the emotional
climax of the song with feeling.
My Love, My Love
This is a cover of another successful tune, which
is also ideally suited for the crooner’s voice and traditional style. It’s a
lovely song and forcefully projected.
(Billboard, February 20, 1954)
Bing Sings the Hits
Decca DL 5520. Many of Bing’s fans will be
interested in this collection of top hits of the day, sung by the “Groaner”
with his usual light-hearted, but sincere air. Backing is by the John Scott
Trotter ork in most cases. Collection includes “Vaya Con Dios,” “Stranger in
Paradise,” “Secret Love,” “I Love Paris,” “Y’All Come” and others. Should be a
brisk seller.
(Billboard, April 3, 1954)
In the U.S.A. movie
box office stars poll for 1953, Bing comes in at number five. His friend Gary Cooper
is number one.
During the year,
Bing has had only four records that have become chart hits.
January 3, Sunday. Bing
records material for four General Electric shows that air on January 17, 24,
31, and on February 7. Much use is made of material from earlier shows and
recordings. (9:00–9:30 p.m.). The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric
is broadcast on radio by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Connie
Russell. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show, a television special,
airs on CBS-TV. The show had been filmed in advance and the guests are Jack
Benny and Sheree North. Fred de Cordova is the director and Buddy Cole, plus
John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra provide musical support.
Bing
banged over a whopping first show on TV for General Electric, with the New Year
only three days old as Crosby ushered in his video debut with his own series,
sporadic though they’ll be, it automatically gave an aura of shining expectancy
to the ’54 outlook. For years it has been axiomatic in radio that BC can do no
wrong. On the basis of the GE Sunday night bow (in the usual Fred Waring spot
on CBS TV), it goes in spades. It can be argued that the decision to ‘go film’
instead of live, stripped the half-hour show of a certain spontaneity element
(This reviewer, for one, would have preferred a ‘live’ Crosby). At this stage
of the game it might seem totally unnecessary and unreal for the Groaner to
dandify himself to look twenty-five again and it can be argued that the singer
has yet to achieve an on camera TV stance, more appropriate to his demeanor
than casualness.
It can also be argued that there was no reason for Bing to permit his initial
showcase to fall from grace and its high qualitative level by introducing a stripper
(Sheree North). The fact remains that none of it really mattered - for if there
is a more natural, sure and at ease performer in showbiz, he’s still being kept
under wraps. Whatever the minor flaws of chapter one on the Crosby GE TV agenda
and they were apparent, they will probably be taken care of, now that Mr. Big
has finally succumbed to video’s blandishments.
What is important are the positive factors about Bing’s first show - that he’s
got himself a format without really requiring a format (which, of course, means
nothing more than a relaxed, informed, thirty minute, sequencing of songs and
the inevitable banter with a guest star - particularly when the guest is Jack
Benny). As it turned out this was one of those dream talent parlays, a visual
throwback to ex-radio semesters of the Hope-Crosby by-play, which set some kind
of a high mark in comedics, on the listening only circuit. The Benny-Crosby
interlude was a little gem in itself. It was so good that the introduction of a
third party in the person of Miss North didn’t hurt it but it didn’t help it,
either. What is important too, in the Groaner’s first time up, was the clincher
that all the surrounding Crosby show components, (John Scott Trotter’s musical
backgrounding, Ken Carpenter and more notably, Bill Morrow’s solid contribs as
writer/producer have made the AM to TV transition, with the same grace and
ease). Chalk up as a plus factor too, the directorial assist from Frederick de
Cordova who does the Burns & Allen CBS show. Bing bodes some happy video
semesters for ‘54.
(Variety, January 13, 1954)
That old charmer, head of the Crosby clan, finally
showed his face around television. On his own show, that is. The millions who
made up the vast welcoming committee must’ve shared the same thought - he was
well worth sticking around for. One word description of his coming out party:
Socko!
The trepidation and fear of the new
medium no longer can be a mental block with the Groaner. He came off his first
show, dashing and debonair, as sure of himself as in a Decca recording studio.
Only trace of nervousness was in his closing walk-off, he seemed slightly
bewildered but that extra bow is not in BC’s makeup. He’ll do another one for
General Electric in March and probably, six next season. The first one out of
the way, he’ll be old Mr. Confidence himself.
What Crosby and Bill Morrow put
together for the grand entry was a pleasantly persuasive dish that must have
been devoured avidly by the onlookers. His themer for so many years and dropped
this season, ‘Blue of the Night’ brought him on as a standup comic, a
monologist of the Bob Hope stripe. Morrow supplied him with some breezy
chatter, such as, ‘Reason I haven’t been on TV before is that I was waiting for
color. GE came up with green so, I grabbed it’ Hope, he compared to ‘a stricken
steer’. Bing need have no worries on this score, either. He can time and punch
a line with the best of them and has the added plus of spreading his charm with
the friendliness of an old shopkeeper.
Unlike other singers with their own
shows, he warmed his pipes with only four numbers: his current Decca sides,
‘Y’All Come’ and ‘Change Partners’, ‘It Had To Be You’, with Buddy Cole’s piano
accompaniment, and ‘I Love Paris’. To most Crosby fans that would have been the
show in itself, the lush lilt of the Crosby styling. He was given a production
backup for ‘Y’All’ and ‘Paris’, with the Cass County Boys and instrumentals
giving the country beat an oatuneful background. It was impressive and warming,
with Bing wearing a cowboy hat as his only rural effect. In the ‘Paris’ number,
Bing must have titillated the distaffers when he planted a long kiss on Barbara
Logan.
Jack Benny’s guesting, along with
Sheree North, a bosomy blonde, clad in a clinging jersey, was a riotous romp
with the laughs rolling in waves. Benny tried to unsell Bing on TV, working on
his nerves to unsteady him but to no avail. The fright gripped Benny instead
and he leapt on Bing’s shoulders like a femme frightened by a mouse. It was
amicable repartee that passed between them, Bing remarking about Benny’s
coziness with a buck and how he took his lunch at the Cocoanut Grove and was
ordered out. Shot back Benny, ‘I can remember when you were thrown out of the
Grove for another reason’. That was strictly a trade gag.
The North dance speciality created
somewhat of a crisis but it gave the show a zippy pick-up. The Dulcy type,
she’s a rare find and could, conceivably, give some competition to Marilyn
Monroe or Marie Wilson. She’s the perfect foil for the flip-lipped comic and
worked the scene with Benny to most of the hilarious highs. Morrow’s production
and Frederick De Cordova’s direction were stellar.
Bing’s in and all the way, a stroke of
good fortune for GE.
(Daily Variety, January 4, 1954)
Crosby opened his first GE TV show with switch on
Jack Benny’s old vaude intro—“Here I Am.” It’s difficult to believe that the
show was produced by the same men responsible for his delightfully informal
radio airers. Benny provided the brightest spot on the program via his attempt
to persuade the imperturbable Bing that that he really suffered from opening
night nerves. Benny also introduced Sheree North, a pretty comedienne with a
sensational figure. Crosby warbled four numbers—“Ya All Come,” “I Love Paris,”
“Change Partners” and “It Had to Be You.” The last-named number, which simply
planted Crosby by pianist Buddy Cole and let him sing, was by far the most
effective. It is to be hoped that he’ll do more of the same on the rest of the
series.
(Billboard, January 16, 1954)
He has strong objections to
too-frequent appearances. “I’ve always felt television is just like movies, but
it’s in the home. I wouldn’t want to be in anybody’s home too often, and you
wouldn’t want to see a movie starring the same person every week.” He feels
performers should limit their TV appearances to no more than six or seven times
a year. Of his own plans, he is vague. One thing is certain, nonetheless: He
will film his second TV show in March, for Easter release.
(Newsweek, January 4, 1954)
January 10, Sunday.
(12:00–12:15 p.m.). Bing appears with Dennis Day on a Christophers program
broadcast on WPIX-TV in New York. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for
General Electric is broadcast by CBS radio. The show has been taped and the
guest is Gary Crosby.
January 11, Monday. Bing writes
to Eugenie Baird whose brother Eugene had been killed in an auto crash on December 19 in Pittsburgh.
I am so sorry to hear of your recent tragic loss. I feel the deepest
sympathy for you and for the rest of your family.
I finished ‘White Christmas’ around the first week in December and it
turned into quite an epic. I don’t know if it will be any good or not, but it
cost a fortune and a lot of blood, sweat and tears went into it. I had a great
time with Danny Kaye. He’s wonderful to work with - very cooperative and
industrious and agreeable in every respect.
Nothing to do now but radio shows until March. Take care of yourself,
Eugenie.
Warmest regards
January 15-17,
Friday–Sunday. The
Bing Crosby Pro-Am Golf Tournament at Pebble Beach. The event raises
$50,000
for charity. Mona Freeman attends with Bing. Other celebrities playing
include
General Omar Bradley, Randolph Scott, Dean Martin, Bob Hope, Don
Cherry, Gordon MacRae, Van Johnson, Johnny Weissmuller and Ralph Kiner.
Prior
publicity states that Bing is to be televised presenting the winner
(who turns
out to be E. J. (Dutch) Harrison) with the cup on January 17 as the
second part
of the Colgate Comedy Hour on NBC-TV, but by the time the television
coverage
commences at around 5:30 p.m. the presentation is over and Bing is not
seen at
all.
Colgate Comedy Hour hit a pretty mediocre level
last Sunday (17th), over NBC TV. In a mish mash of video and sports, it looked
like a carbon of ‘Toast of the Town’, without any of the latter’s class. Some
names were there with inferior material, only Frank Sinatra’s special guesting
in the final quarter of an hour lent the show some distinction. Advance
publicity had played up promise of scenes from the Bing Crosby Golf Tourney at
Pebble Beach, Cal., with El Bingo and various stars, to participate in the
climax of the event and what resulted was pretty flat. For fifteen long, dull
minutes, the camera floated round the clubhouse after the event was over, as
Ben Gage picked up some golf and baseball players as well as Dean Martin and
Phil Harris (but no Crosby!), in a few chatty inanities that seemed to please
the participants, hugely. Alan Young opened the studio part of the show with a
few gags and passes at a bagpipe. It picked up quite a bit thereafter, when
Chicquita and Johnson came on for their sure-fire class acro act and then
segued back to a routine level with a skit showing Stan Freberg, in a recording
studio, disking a take-off on, ‘C’Est Si Bon”’ Although this sketch had its
moments, it didn’t completely, come off. Then Young was back in a skit about
buying a suit which was corny vaudeville in Joe Laurie’s day. Sinatra looking
fuller and fit had some sneak gagging that included ribs at his own radio
program and offered, a neat solo rendition of ‘Young At Heart’ and a somewhat
overproduced blues number with a dancing chorus.
(Variety, January 20, 1954)
I got to know Crosby really well in the winters when we
played a lot of golf and I started playing in his tournament. I discovered that
he was a pleasant man to be around when he wasn’t moody. He could be as affable
as you would want and then for no apparent reason become very quiet and
reserved. He was different from [Bob] Hope in that he was extremely
introspective and usually preferred being alone and reading a book to being in
front of an audience.
(Ralph Kiner, Kiner’s
Korner)
January 17, Sunday. The Pro-Am
Victory Dinner takes place at the Monterey Peninsula Country Club. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast on CBS and the
guest is Helen O’Connell.
January 19, Tuesday. Bing and
Mona Freeman return to Hollywood.
January 22, Friday. Bing films an appearance on the Jack Benny television show at General Service Studios, which is shown on March 21.
Filming of the Jack
Benny show, with Bob Hope, Bing Crosby and George Burns as guests was a
side-splitting affair, I am told. One of the funniest cracks came from Bing
after the quartet had finished a dance routine in record time. Mopping his
brow, Bing mumbled, “What a life. If I took time out to go to the restroom,
they’d shoot around me.”
(Walter Ames, Los Angeles Times, January 29, 1954)
January 24, Sunday. Bing’s
first date with Kathryn Grant. They go to Chasen’s in Beverly Hills for dinner
where they meet Phil Silvers and Danny Kaye. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another
taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast and the guest
is Gary Crosby.
By the time we’d finished the filet de boeuf,
I became possessed of a new feeling, a new perception. Not infatuation, and
certainly not love at first sight, but something different: a startling
realization that this was a man - a man who knew a lot, understood more, and
had accomplished much. No matter what I might do, it would be nothing beside
his achievements. Yet he wasn’t at all self-satisfied. Always he remained a man
of imagination and sly good humor. I choked on my after-dinner coffee thinking
of all this, and the choking was just one more thing to laugh about.
On the drive home, the rain had ceased; the stars vied with the
lights of Beverley Hills and Westwood. Bing hummed a
few bars, then started, “Sometimes I’m happy ...” I threw in some harmony, and
our first duet was sung. Then he took my hand and sang, “You’d Be So Easy to Love,”
and my toes went numb. That was new, too. Curiously, I’d never had numb toes
before. When we arrived at the Zibell’s, he didn’t come in. He took me to
the door, looked at me a minute with those blue eyes, and said good-night.
(Kathryn Crosby, Bing and Other Things, page 44)
January 27, Wednesday. Bing
records a General Electric show with Ella Fitzgerald that airs on February 14.
January 28/29, Thursday/Friday. Bing teams up with Jimmy Demaret while Bob Hope plays with Lew Worsham in the Pro-Am competition at the Thunderbird Country Club in Palm Springs. Bing and Demaret score 125 for the two rounds whilst Hope and Worsham score 123. Both teams are well out of the prizes. Around this time. Bing is interviewed by Jimmy Demaret in color for Demaret’s 15-minute TV show series. The series consists of 13 quarter-hour shows.
…Beginnings, about
half the quarter-hour, comprise the general audience appeal by the appearance of
such celebs as Bob Hope, Bing Crosby, Ted Williams, Sammy Snead, Bobby Jones,
etc. On two shows caught (Hope and Crosby), there was a little too much talk and
no action, plus the fact that the mutual admiration business was a little
overdone. Appearance of these gents, however, should extend the appeal of the
show to more general audiences.
(Variety, June 16, 1954)
January 29, Friday. Records
“Young at Heart” and “Oh Baby Mine (I Get So Lonely)” using tracks
previously recorded by Guy Lombardo and his Royal Canadians in New York. “Young
at Heart” charts briefly, reaching the No. 24 position.
Bing Crosby - Guy
Lombardo Orch.: “I Get So Lonely”-“Young At Heart” (Decca). Although this mating
of Crosby and Lombardo can be tagged “cover” sides, each slice is potent enough
to make a dent. “Lonely” has the better chance to step out. Tune is just beginning
to break nationally and the jaunty Crosby-Lombardo treatment could push it to
the top. “Heart” is given a slick dance-tempoed workover by Lombardo and Crosby
croons it effectively.
(Variety, February 17, 1954)
Decca Record stalwarts Bing Crosby and Guy Lombardo are back together again on
wax for the first time in 20 years. A new disk just released features the two
perennials in “Young at Heart” and “I Get So Lonely”. The voice and
orchestra are undoubtedly Bing’s and Guy’s, the artists collaborated over a
distance of some 3000 miles. Crosby dubbed his voice on a band track cut by
Lombardo in New York.
(Billboard, February 20, 1954)
I Get So Lonely
Decca 29054—Bing and Guy mark their first dual
appearance on wax in about 20 years with a happy job that will appeal to the
many fans of both artists.
Young at Heart
Beautiful ballad already big via Frank Sinatra is
covered neatly by Crosby and Lombardo. Jockeys ought to spin frequently.
(Billboard, February 27, 1954)
I suppose a case can be made out for the assertion
that the tearful vocalists of the present are in direct lineal descent from
Bing Crosby, who started crooning before some of today’s aspirants were born,
and is still much better than any of them. If you doubt this, listen to “I Get
So Lonely” on Bruns. 05277. Listen to that tongue-in-cheek style, that innate
sense of rhythm and timing, and even listen carefully to the accompaniment.
Although it’s by Guy Lombardo’s Royal Canadians, they really get down to a
man-size job of work. The other side, “Young at Heart” is also good; it sums
Bing up perfectly.
(The Gramophone, May 1954)
January 31, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guest is Connie Russell.
February 1, Monday. Dines with Pete Petito at the Don the Beachcomber restaurant in Palm Springs.
February 7, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast
and Bing’s guest is Helen O’Connell.
February 9, Tuesday. The San
Diego County Fair directors obtain Bing’s permission to name the largest
exhibit building at Del Mar after him as a gesture of their appreciation for
all that he did to develop the Del Mar racetrack.
February 12,
Friday. Kathryn Grant learns that Paramount are releasing her
from her contarct and that the Citizen newspapers no longer wish to
carry her weekly column. Bing helps her obtain a part in a TV series
called "Where Were You?". She signs a contract for Columbia Pictures
later in the year.
February 13, Saturday. Kathryn
Grant comes to Bing’s house at Holmby Hills for dinner and meets Bing’s son,
Lindsay.
February 14, Sunday. Bing, Grace Kelly and William Holden assemble in a church hall in Palm Springs to rehearse for "The Country Girl". Later that week they dine at Don the Beachcomber's restaurant. Mona Freeman, Pete Petito and William Perlberg join the party.
Joan Crawford was a
very good friend of mine. Once, after a night out on the town with her, I said,
“Joan, You’re such a great star - you’ve won the Academy Award, you’ve worked
at MGM, Warners, RKO, but you have never worked at Paramount. How come?”
“Well, they never
asked me. But there is a property at Paramount that I’m interested in -
Clifford Odet’s play The Country Girl - and maybe you can arrange the female
lead for me. I think the actor part would be ideal for your friend, Bing, and
the director could be played by William Holden.” I had heard of the play but
had not seen it.
When I came to work
the following morning, I went to see the head of the studio, Y. Frank Freeman,
and mentioned Joan’s idea. He called the production and legal departments and
discovered that the studio had originally acquired the rights of the property
from Odets for William Wyler. When Wyler left the studio, Paramount retained
the rights. It was assigned to the production team of William Perlberg and
George Seaton and was placed on their agenda. The team had just made Little Boy
Lost with Bing. Freeman, who was a reactionary, cautioned, “We wouldn’t want to
make a movie based on a play by that “Red” Clifford Odets.” It just so happened
that Perlberg and Seaton’s offices were right across the alley from Freeman’s
office. I asked, “Mr. Freeman, Do you mind if I talk to them?” “No, Jerry, Go
ahead.”
I went to see them
and recounted Joan’s suggestion. George, who was a gentle, gracious, lovely
man, responded, “Great idea!” However, Perlberg, who was a tough, agent type,
didn’t seem too excited about it. “The idea is good, Jerry, but it just isn’t
feasible for Bing to play a drunk.” I said, “Why don’t you let Bing decide
that. Do you mind if I call him.” They said, “No.” I called Bing, and he
quickly said, “Yeah, it sounds like a good idea to me. If the boys would like
it, I’d be happy to talk to them.”
Well, that removed
any obstacles. George and Bill signed Bing and also Holden. And then they
announced Jennifer Jones. They never called Crawford - never! I think she would
have been great - she would have captured the driving, pushy nature of the part.
Anyway, the picture is about to start on a Monday and the studio is notified by
Jones’ agent that she was pregnant. He invoked a force majeure clause in her
contract stating that she could break the contract by virtue of an act of God.
She was absolved of any liability for not showing up for work.
We had a big problem.
There was a lot of money riding on the movie, and we didn’t have the female
star! Perlberg and Seaton said, “Hey - we just did a picture with Bill Holden
and Grace Kelly - The Bridges at Toko-Ri. She’d be great! Let’s try to get
Kelly.” MCA, which represented Kelly and was close to Paramount, said, “It
makes sense - let’s do it.”
They notified MGM,
which was her home studio. MGM said, “No. She cannot go to work for Paramount.
Next week, we’re going to put her in a picture of our own. We will preempt her
contractually from making the film.” When Kelly heard of the preempt threat,
she responded, “If I don’t make The Country Girl, I will go back to
Philadelphia and never work again.” MGM caved. Kelly went to work and made the
picture. Although without Crawford there would have been no picture. It
probably would be still sitting there!
(Jerome Pickman, of
Paramount Pictures, introducing the film at the Film Society of Lincoln Center
Tribute to Bing in New York in 2005)
(4:30-5:00 p.m.) Bing makes a
contribution to a dramatized version of the careers of Freedom Gosden and
Charles Correll (Amos ‘n’ Andy) on CBS Radio. (7:00 - 7:30 p.m.) Bing is host
on “My Most Unforgettable Child,” a radio program for UNICEF broadcast on the
ABC network. Others featured are Kirk Douglas, Greer Garson, Shirley Booth, and Audrey Hepburn.
Bing Crosby, as usual, did an
affable job of hosting.
(Variety, February 17, 1954)
(9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guest is Ella Fitzgerald.
February 17, Wednesday. Bing
records material for two General Electric shows with the Four Aces which air on
February 21 and 28.
February 18, Thursday. Bing
records “The Search Is Through” for the soundtrack of The Country Girl.
February 19, Friday. Records
songs for radio and television use.
February 21, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guests are The Four Aces.
February 22. Monday. At General Service Studios, Bing films his second television show, which is broadcast
on April 25. After completing the filming, Bing says that it will be his last
television show “unless I lose my job in movies.”
New York. Feb 27 —The report in Hollywood that Bing
Crosby had decided he was thru with TV came as distinct shock to General
Electric officials here. The sponsor of his radio and TV shows had concluded a
verbal agreement with Crosby to do seven filmed shows next season. It is
believed that the crooner’s gripe came as a result of the trouble he had with
his second film program, production of which was finished this week. But
informed opinion here is that if Crosby doesn’t change his mind and become more
active in TV next season, GE may decide to part company with him in radio. He
is currently being paid $17,000 weekly on CBS-radio by the sponsor, high stakes
in today’s radio market. But GE is paying him that figure in the hope that
benefits will be reaped in TV. Should he walk out on the medium, the
probability is that his radio client will take a walk too, but it won’t be in
the same direction.
(Billboard, March 6, 1954)
February 22–April. Filming of The
Country Girl commences with Grace Kelly and William Holden. The director is George
Seaton with Victor Young handling the music score.
“I knew at the time – and it was no secret in
Hollywood – that Bing wanted Jennifer Jones as his leading lady, and he almost
withdrew from the picture when he heard that I was going to play the part.
‘She’s too pretty,’ he told the producers about me. ‘She’s no experience…she’s
too glamorous for the part of Georgie…she won’t take direction.’ Endless
objections! Those first days of rehearsal were pretty rough, but Mr. Perlberg
and Mr. Seaton were my champions.” They did not have to defend Grace for long.
Prep was concluded, the first scenes were filmed quickly and economically, and
Crosby – to his credit – changed his tune. “I’ll never open my big mouth about
a casting problem again,” he told the producers and the press. “I’m sorry
I had any reservations about this girl – she’s great.”
Crosby’s praise for
Grace became more personal over the next two months, when he tried to court her
– but Grace politely discouraged his intentions.
(High
Society: The Life of Grace Kelly by Donald
Spoto, page 154)
Fifty years old, remorseful, and seeking to make a
new start, Bing Crosby found himself drawn to Grace’s combination of strength
and tenderness. He had already started looking for a new young wife, and it
seemed to him that Grace would fit the bill nicely. He made tentative and
respectable advances, which were all the more respectable for his being a
widower and a Catholic. “He would take us to church on Sunday,” remembered
sister Lizanne. “Then we’d go to Alan Ladd’s for brunch and swimming.”
Grace responded to
the courtship. . . . Bing Crosby’s attentions were not unwelcome, and the
couple started dating in a decorous fashion. . . . The couple started being
seen together more and more about town—Scandia, a restaurant on Sunset
Boulevard, not far from Sweetzer Avenue, was a rendezvous that Crosby
particularly favored—and since both Grace and the singer were single, the
columnists did not hesitate to report on the relationship and speculate on its
prospects.
February 23, Tuesday. Talk in
the press of Bing having to enter the hospital for a “serious operation”.
The radio-tv status of Bing Crosby, which seems to change day by day, yesterday resolved itself into these semi-official factors: He will make no television commitments until after his second kidney operation in September.
(Daily Variety, March 3, 1954)
February 28, Sunday. Tapes
material for two General Electric shows that air on March 7 and 14. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guests are again The Four Aces.
March 2, Tuesday. Bing is awarded a citation on the occasion of the Atlantic City Centennial Birthday Dinner Party.
March 7, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guest is Jana Mason. Meanwhile, Nat King Cole
appears on Ed Sullivan’s Toast of the Town show and Bing writes to him
about this.
Caught you on Ed’s show and I think
it’s one of the best singing spots I’ve ever seen on TV. The selection of
songs, of course, was great, and Ray Bloch’s musical support was fine. Hope you
have a very successful tour in England. I know you will because you are a big
favorite there. A friend of mine in Ireland, George O’Reilly, has a little
record store at 5 Tara Street, in Dublin. He wrote me recently when he learned
that you were likely to play there. Asking if it would be possible for you to
come over and autograph some records some day, for a half-hour or so. If he
contacts you, at least tell him I wrote and I’m sure if you can’t make it,
he’ll understand and so will I.
As ever, Bing
Nat King Cole does
subsequently call at Mr. O’Reilly’s store in Dublin and opens it formally.
March 8, Monday. On The
Country Girl set, Bing records a discussion about the White Christmas
movie.
March 14, Sunday. Bing
records two General Electric shows with Frank Sinatra which air on March 21 and
28. The shows feature Sinatra’s nomination as “Best Supporting Actor” in From
Here to Eternity and possibly alternative scripts were used for the show to
be broadcast after the Awards ceremony depending on whether Frank was to win or
lose (he won!). If not, extra dialogue must have been recorded after the Awards
ceremony took place. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General
Electric is broadcast and the guest is Peggy King. Peggy recalled her
appearance on Bing’s show in an interview with Greg Van Beek in 2012.
Peggy King: This is my favorite Bing Crosby
story. When I think of it, I fall down laughing. Everyone that knows me, knows
this story. The Johnny Mercer TV show was going on at this time, but I also had
my days free, and I got a phone call around Noon, and someone said, “This is
the Bing Crosby show, Bing wants to know if you can come right over, someone
got ill and had to leave, and he wants to know if you can come over and do the
show. Bring two orchestrations with you.” My first thought was this is a joke.
But the man sounded absolutely sincere, and it was only about six blocks from
here so I thought what have I got to lose?
Greg Van Beek: Did you have any idea who it
was that called you?
PK: No, it was just someone that worked
for Bing Crosby. So I put some clothes on, grabbed a couple of arrangements of
mine, and off I went. I got there about 12:30, so most people were out to
lunch, but there was this one man just standing there and I thought he was the
janitor. So I went up to him and said, “Pardon me, could you tell me where Mr.
Crosby is?” And this man turned around to face me and said, “I am Mr. Crosby!”
Well, I probably must’ve looked like I was going to faint, and Bing started to
laugh and said, “It’s alright, Peggy, let’s go in here and start working on
these songs of yours.”
GVB: Bing generally always dressed casual
for his radio shows
PK: Well this was a little more than
casual, this was downright funky!
GVB: And he never wore his toupee,
sometimes not even a hat.
PK: No, he didn’t have a hat on, and so I
wasn’t used to him with very little hair. So I really didn’t have any idea who
it was. And from what I heard, he told that story to everyone he knew. He thought
it was hilarious! Then he decided that we were going to sing a duet as well as
my solo. We sang “That’s Amore”, and there I am, in the morning never even
thinking of such a thing, and here I am at 12:30 rehearsing “That’s Amore” with
Bing Crosby! Not that I hadn’t been around a lot of stars, I had, I was at
Metro (
GVB: It’s likely that Bing had some of
your records, or heard you on the radio and, as he would do especially while
driving, began singing along with you and found that your voices and styles
were quite similar.
PK: That’s very possible. I wouldn’t
doubt that at all. I mean otherwise why would he take a chance on a newcomer
like me?
GVB: Did you ever find out who was
supposed to be the guest star on the show who became ill and had to go home?
PK: It was Rosemary Clooney. That was
some pretty heavy shoes to step into! I was very thrilled as you can imagine.
GVB: This show was recorded at CBS?
PK: Yes, at CBS radio
GVB: The show was recorded on February
28, 1954 and aired March 14. Bing also recorded the March 7th show that day
with his guest Jana Mason.
PK: Have you heard of her?
I haven’t heard of her.
GVB: No, I hadn’t
PK: I don’t know who she is
GVB: I was wondering if you
knew there were two shows taped that day, and how Bing managed to get both of
them done in one day?
PK: No, we did the show in
the early afternoon and there must’ve been another one at night then. We did
our show very shortly after I got there. We ran through the songs and the
orchestra came back and I gave them my other arrangement, which worked out
really well, it was “Rock A Bye Your Baby”, and you know Bing just adored Al
Jolson so that worked out really well. Before we knew what hit us, we were on.
It was just one of those really fast things.
GVB: Now this was at the
very tail end of Bing’s weekly variety radio show, which ended in May of 1954,
so this was about two months prior to that. I had even heard that by this time,
there was no studio audience at the tapings, that canned laughter and applause
was edited in later.
PK: I thought there was an
audience, but I did so many things, so I can’t really make a positive statement
one way or the other. I was so excited and nervous and it was such a long time
ago. What was I, 19 or 20! I remember the orchestra was there. It was a huge
band, and that’s probably all I really cared about. If the applause was put in
later, then it was beautifully done. It’s extremely well done. It’s funny, now
that I’m talking with you I’m remembering things that I just couldn’t remember.
You know what, you’re absolutely right, I had brought a change of clothes along
but just did the show in the clothes I was wearing because I didn’t need the
dress. There was no audience. It’s just that there was this big band and it
seemed like an audience!
GVB: Sure, the John Scott
Trotter orchestra, that was quite an ensemble!
PK: Oh my yes!
GVB: Bing typically recorded
the rehearsal of the show, and then the final taping, so that if something went
wrong during the final taping, a portion of the rehearsal show could be edited
in. Do you recall if you ran through the show twice with Bing?
PK: No, we only did it one
time. I absolutely know that. Because I had to leave to get to the Johnny
Mercer TV show afterwards. So I know I was out of there early. Everybody said
Bing did not like to rehearse. As a matter of fact someone that worked on a
film with him told me he didn’t like to rehearse for a film either. You had to
arrive knowing exactly what you were doing.
GVB: Were you able to do
your duet of “That’s Amore” with Bing in one take?
PK: I think so, I think we
just zapped it off in one take. Bing didn’t like to do it more than once. His
philosophy was if it’s worth doing, it’s worth doing right the first time.
Someone else had told me that about Bing. And I’m pretty good about that
anyhow.
March 17, Wednesday. Bing records “The Land Around Us” and “Dissertation on the State of Bliss” for the soundtrack of The Country Girl. At the conclusion of filming, the crew presents a plaque to Bing reading:
Bing
– this plaque is with deep affection from the entire crew so please take good
care of it. It cost a pretty penny.
From
your crew
“The
Country Girl”
March 21, Sunday. Tapes material for two
General Electric shows with Gary and Lindsay Crosby which air on April 4 and
11. (7:00–7:30 p.m.) Bing guests on the Jack Benny television show on CBS with
George Burns and sings “Gypsy in My Soul.” The show has been filmed in advance
and it was produced and directed by Ralph Levy.
The show had its high points, of sufficient laugh
voltage to carry many another comedy stanza. Those three B boys - Bing, Benny
and Burns - did a song and dance turn that dripped with nostalgia of the old
vaudeville days. Decked out in blue coats, white pants and straw sailors, they
sang and soft-shoed like when they ‘killed ‘em in Scranton’. Each encored solo,
with Bing singing ‘Mother’ and Benny reciting the lyrics in mock dejection
while the others hung their heads, sadly. Burns took to hoofing for his turn
after the fashion of a latter-day Pat Rooney. All three then came out with
ukuleles but played not a note. The applause was deafening but this was TV, not
vaudeville and time of the essence.
Bing, paying back for Benny’s guesting
on his first TV show, got across another song in his easy and relaxed style
from a sitting position.
(Daily Variety, March 22, 1954)
(9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast on radio by CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Frank Sinatra.
Frank Sinatra will visit Bing Crosby at 7 p.m. over KRLD to trade
sharps, flats, quips and anecdotes. It is the first time the famous baritones
have broadcast together since “command performance” programs during World War
II.
(Fort Worth Star-Telegram, 21st March, 1954)
March 28, Sunday. Bing records material for two General Electric shows with first Rosemary Clooney and then Toni Arden which air on April 18 and 25, respectively. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast and the guest is again Frank Sinatra.
Frank Sinatra in Return Visit to Bing
Crosby Show
Frank Sinatra and Bing Crosby get together for a
second musical session on Bing’s show, tonight at 7:00 o’clock over CBS Radio
and KWKH.
The two famous baritones join up in a medley which
includes such favorites as “Till We Meet Again,” “Meet Me in Dreamland,” and
“Long, Long Trail.”
Sinatra solos with “Take a Chance,” and Bing offers
a few of his own specialties, with John Scott Trotter’s orchestra providing musical
accompaniment.
(The Shreveport
Times, March 28, 1954)
March 31, Wednesday. (11:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.) Records
four songs in Hollywood with John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra, including
“Tobermory Bay” and “Liebchen.” It was intended to be a longer session but it is curtailed as Bing has a sore throat. One song – “The River” – was a 1952 hit in Italy for Sergio Bruni under the title of
“Sciummo” (which does mean “River”). Robert Mellin wrote the English lyrics.
Tobermory Bay
Decca 29376—An evocation of a lovely Scottish landscape that
was home to the singer. Crosby is a master with nostalgic material of this
kind, and should arouse the sentiments of his fans with little trouble.
The River
Here Crosby sings a melancholy tale of lost love
and happiness with customary taste and style. The material itself is weak and
difficult to sell, however.
(Billboard, January 1, 1955)
Liebchen
Bing Crosby isn’t at his best on this ballad. Only
for diehard fans. (Billboard, May 29, 1954)
April 4, Sunday. In the CBS
studio in Hollywood, Bing records material for two General Electric shows with
first Rosemary Clooney and then with Gary and Lindsay Crosby which air on May 2
and 9. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Gary and Lindsay
Crosby.
April 7, Wednesday. Tapes material for two more General Electric shows with first Toni Arden and then Rosemary Clooney,
which are broadcast on May 16 and 23, respectively.
April 9, Friday. Has to
vacate his bungalow at Paramount Studios as his contract expires. Takes Kathryn
Grant to Romanoff’s for supper.
April 10, Saturday. Records
songs from the film White Christmas with Danny Kaye, Peggy Lee, and
Trudy Stevens for a long-playing album. Musical support is furnished by Joseph
J. Lilley and his Orchestra.
Bing
Crosby-Danny Kaye-Peggy Lee: “White Christmas” (Decca).
Another sock
talent parlay adds up to another click pic score package. Because Rosemary
Clooney is under contract to Columbia, Decca could not get the soundtrack
rights to the Paramount pic, “White Christmas,” but Bing Crosby and Danny Kaye,
from the pic cast, carry the bulk of the Irving Berlin tunes in this set
anyway. Crosby and Kaye work together on “Gee, I Wish I Was Back in the Army,”
“Blue Skies,” “Mandy,” “Snow” and “White Christmas,” latter two together with Peggy
Lee and Trudy Stevens. Miss Lee handles “Sisters” and “Love, You Didn’t, Do
Right By Me” solo. Kaye delivers “The Best Things Happen While You’re Dancing”
and “Choreography” with the Skylarks, while Crosby solos on “Count Your
Blessings” and “What Can You Do With a General,” Joseph J. Lilley maestros this
set capably.
(Variety,
October 13, 1954)
BING CROSBY, DANNY
Snow
Another tune from the movie, with an OK vocal group treatment. However, flip should get most of the plays.
(Billboard, November 27, 1954)
April 11, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guests are Gary and Lindsay Crosby.
April 12, Monday. Bill Haley records “Rock Around the Clock.” Bing dictates a letter to interior designer Harold Grieve regarding his plans for a new home at Hayden Lake and then drives down to Palm Springs.
A
few notes, Harold, relative to the plans for the place at Hayden Lake.
I
would like a pretty good size porch, partially roofed; would like a single room
cottage in the back for a servant’s room, with twin beds and bath - somewhere
in the back of the property.
Rooms
in the house would be a combination living and dining room with a swing door
into the kitchen. The master bedroom should be in the end opposite to the
kitchen. There should be three bedrooms in the house - one guest room with a
shower, one boys’ room with bunks and shower, one master bedroom with bath and
shower - or maybe just bath. The hoys' and the master bedrooms should have
good-sized cedar wardrobe closets.
There
should be good sized bay windows facing on the lake in the combination living
and dining room and kitchen. The kitchen should be of good size - at least size
enough for a worktable in the middle for a cook and where probably we will take
a lot of meals when we don't have servants there.
The
master bedroom I want away from the morning sun so it will stay dark late in the
morning and be conducive to late sleeping - in other words in the back of the
building somehow.
I
would like good storm windows throughout the house; also good flooring - not
necessarily expensive hardwood, but substantial material. If necessary to save
space the master bedroom and the guest room could share the same bath and
shower. If possible, I would like a small store room near the kitchen for
canned goods, deep freeze, etc. and for kitchen shelves and pantry, built-in
nooks for refrigerator and other equipment where this can be arranged. In the
living room the dining element or table should be near the bay windows.
I
want the house well insulated against heat and cold, and placed probably about
in the middle of the lot - not too close to the road, but fairly well back from
the Lake. Possibly a small half-basement if Dennison doesn’t think it would be
subject to too much seepage would be a good idea for storage.
I
think there should be one good fireplace in the living room, and that would be
all that would be necessary. Electric heat throughout, if this is the most
simple up there in regard to facilities available.
I
think the front porch should be a few feet above the ground - two or three feet
at least. I think if it can be arranged it should be a single story dwelling -
otherwise it will stick up too high out there on the Point as it is and be too
conspicuous.
The
bath which connects with the master bedroom should be close to that bedroom so
that there is not too long a walk from the bedroom to the bath during the
night.
I
don't want a big house, Harold, outside of the living room, dining room and
kitchen. It seems to me all the other rooms which are used for sleeping only
should be fairly small, with good closets. At a place such as this lake is,
there is very little time spent in the sleeping rooms, believe me. Hardly any,
in fact, and it isn’t necessary to have large expansive quarters for this
purpose.
I
will call you the middle of the week to get some ideas from you
Just
how you think the thing should go. I originally planned keeping the cost down
around $40,000 or $50,000 if this could be done. Building up there is a little
cheaper than down here, and although it takes longer, I think the quality is just
as good.
That
is all for just now. Regards to Jetta.
As
ever, Bing.
April 14, Wednesday. Bing
records a General Electric Show with Gary and Lindsay Crosby, which is broadcast
on May 30.
April 17, Saturday. Bing and
Lindsay attend a party at William Perlberg’s home in Palm Springs that
celebrates film director George Seaton’s birthday.
April 18, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guest is Rosemary Clooney.
April 19, Monday. Bing is at
the Kiva Room of the El Mirador in Palm Springs for an evening out with Kay
Spreckels, Liz Whitney, Ray Ryan and Ginny Simms.
April 21, Wednesday. Bing
starts rerecording some of his early hits with Buddy Cole and his Trio for a
special five-disc album Bing–A Musical Autobiography.
He comments on each song in the set, which also uses many of his actual
recordings from 1940 onward. The recordings are done at Legion Hall, Palm
Springs.
April 22, Thursday. Kathryn
Grant goes to Palm Springs to spend the weekend with Bing at his house above
the Thunderbird Country Club with Bill Morrow and his girlfriend.
April 23, Friday. (Starting
at 7:00 p.m.) Bing and Kathryn attend the Desert Circus Big Top Ball at the El
Mirador in Palm Springs. Alice Faye is crowned as the 1954 Desert Circus Queen
while Phil Harris acts as MC.
April 24, Saturday. Makes
further recordings for the Musical Autobiography album set with Buddy
Cole and his Trio.
April 25, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast on radio by
CBS. The show has been taped and the guest is Toni Arden. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) A
filmed program The Bing Crosby Show is broadcast by CBS-TV. The guests
are Joanne Gilbert and the Wiere Brothers. Leslie Goodwins is the director and
Buddy Cole plus John Scott Trotter and his Orchestra provide the musical
accompaniment.
Bing Crosby's second outing for General Electric on Sunday (25) over CBS-TV was six points better than the total network opposition, rating a 32.6 Trendex.
(Variety, April 28, 1954)
Bing Crosby obviously has a casual attitude toward
TV. Almost before he stood up to be counted for his second General Electric
filmed foray on Sunday (25) over CBS, he was delivering a whale of a plug for
Decca Records. And he did it in such a manner as to give the impression that
the blurb was more important than the fact that this was his first video outing
since last January. About midway the Groaner came through with the second
ballyhoo for his waxworks, when he and pianist Buddy Cole squared off on “After
You’ve Gone.” Up front, Crosby one-two’d on “Dear Hearts and Gentle People” and
“Young At Heart” in deadening “standup” style. After he gave Joanne Gilbert the
buildup boffo, she proceeded to give a tame treatment to “Singin’ in the Rain.”
There was a bit of needed spark in the fiddle-faddling, vocals and hoofing of
the Wiere Bros. (3), but here’s an act that cries out for live telecasting.
Crosby, wound it up with “Secret Love.” With possible exception of the highly
visual Wieres, it was probably a cracker-jack radio show.
(Variety, April 28, 1954)
There’ll be as much critical controversy over this second
telefilm by Crosby as over his first one with Sheree North. The issue here is
clean-cut. Can Bing just stand up and sing without any production or props and
get away with it? Aside from a song by Joanne Gilbert and some monkeyshines
from the three Wiere Brothers, it was all Crosby in front of a drop and mostly
in close-up, flexing his pipes.
The Crosby fans will be pleasantly
serenaded (‘he’s singing to me’) but the critical clan may show their claws.
They might contend that it’s little more than radio with a framed picture of
Bing sitting atop the set. The Crosby camp claims that such simplified
production was the result of a study made of hundreds of letters, most of them
asking only that, ‘Bing sing’. That he does and in as good voice as in the relaxed
calm of his fatherly days.
Decked out in a sports jacket with an
emblem, he gives out with ‘Dear Hearts and Gentle People’ and ‘Young At Heart’,
and all the time with hands in pockets. Miss Gilbert then comes on to thrush,
‘Singin’ in the Rain’ with the softness of morning dew. Changing to a business
suit (‘for the first time, I’ve been left off the list of the five worst
dressers’), Crosby saunters over to a piano where Buddy Cole is benched and
with complete detachment raises his voice (‘from a bag of old chestnuts’) and
pipes ‘After You’ve Gone’. He closes out the musicale with ‘Secret Love’ and
signs off with ‘good night’ and not ‘goodbye’. Bing has been quoted as saying,
‘This is my last’.
(Daily Variety, April 26, 1954)
April 28, Wednesday. (8:30-9:00p.m.) Bing hosts
the Family Theater radio production “The Losers,” featuring Dan O’Herlihy.
May 2, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The
show has been taped and the guest is Rosemary Clooney. (7:00 p.m.) Bing arrives and celebrates his
birthday at Kathryn Grant’s cottage with Kathryn’s “Aunt” Mary and “Uncle”
Guil.
Bing Crosby celebrated his fiftieth (sic) birthday
on his Sunday (2nd) CBS show with Rosemary Clooney as guest. Program was in the
casual Crosby vein, heavily spotted with song deliveries by both artists.
Relaxed banter included a few yocks with some seriousness interjected via a
discourse on communism. Easygoing Crosby songstyling was evidenced in his
vocaling of four tunes, “I Can’t Give You Anything But Love”; “From the Vine
Came the Grape”; “Wanted” and “You Took Advantage of Me”. He also dueted with
Miss Clooney for a pleasant rendition of “Woman” and “Man”. Femme also registered
nicely with her chirping of “You Make Me Feel So Young.”
(Variety, May 5, 1954)
May 3, Monday. Records
further songs for the Musical Autobiography with Buddy Cole and his Trio
in Hollywood.
May 4, Tuesday. Records
two more songs from the film White Christmas with Joseph J. Lilley and
his Orchestra in Hollywood. One song, “Count Your Blessings,” charts briefly,
reaching No. 27, and it also becomes a minor hit in England. Eddie Fisher has
the major success with the song in the USA.
Bing Crosby:
“Count Your Blessings Instead of Sheep”-“What Can You Do With A General?”
(Decca).
From the Irving
Berlin score of the Paramount pic, “White Christmas,” Bing. Crosby, one of
film’s stars, has come up with a pleasant coupling of new tunes. “Count Your
Blessings” is a lullaby-type of ballad which Crosby projects simply and
effectively. “What Can You Do With A General?” is a piece of special material
with lyrics about the fate of our military leaders.
(Variety, September 8, 1954)
Count Your Blessings Instead of Sheep DECCA
29251— Could be that when the Berlin “White Christmas” film gets around, this
will break thru. It’s a fine ballad and Crosby sings it as well as he usually
does.
What Can You Do With a General?
In the film “White Christmas” this could have
plenty of meaning. On wax, it’s good for spins.
(Billboard, September 18, 1954)
May 6, Thursday. Bing is at the Mocambo with Grace Kelly and her sister, Mrs. Peggy Davis. He becomes annoyed with photographers who capture him dancing with Grace, as he is not wearing his toupee.
Lot 5
KELLY, GRACE
Four autograph letters to Oleg Cassini.
…The Hollywood
letters are undated but the letter headed “Monday” is likely chronologically
first as it describes the plane flight out, being on a liquid diet, and
arriving to roses from “Alma and Hitch” (being Alfred Hitchcock and during this
period Kelly would star Dial M For Murder, Rear Window and To
Catch a Thief). In the letter headed “Thursday night” Kelly is pleased to
have received flowers from Cassini and even though “we are watching Charles
Boyer on television - and as much as I love him I can only think of you.” Kelly
continues to report of the successful reviews of Country Girl, then
in previews, and that “I should be able to see it in a few weeks.” The letter
closes with the statement “I think I’d rather have a ring instead of an
automobile. I love you.” But in the final, unsigned letter headed “Sunday,”
Kelly's tone drastically changes:
“Darling,
You have upset me so that I could die. I just don’t understand your
attitude. It is incredible to me that having dinner with Lizanne and the
Crosbys can make you behave like a school boy – if I went out with Bing alone –
you would be absolutely right – and I would never do that to begin with –
because I have no interest in anyone but you – but this I shouldn’t have to explain.
Bing is a wonderful person and a very dear friend. I have great respect
for him and I hope he will be our friend for many years.
I told you he said he was in love with me — but there are many
people that he feels that way about and after the emotional strain of
playing Country Girl this was only natural. But Bing
would never try to do anything about it — unless he thought I wanted it that
way.
I have very few friends here — please don’t ask
me to give up their friendships.”
(Sales catalog
from Doyle, New York, for auction of Oleg Cassini estate June 27, 2019).
May 8, Saturday. It is announced that Bing has recently been presented with 19 Gold Discs by
Decca, together with a plaque containing a miniature of each one.
Crosby gets 19 Gold Disks
New
York. May 8 – Gold records are the traditional bade of achievement manufacturers
award to any of their artists who click with a million-seller. But Decca last
week handed out 19 at once.
Bing
Crosby was the recipient; the occasion his 50th birthday. He’s had
19 million-sellers in his long career and a miniature of each was mounted on
the plaque given him.
(The Billboard, May 15, 1954, p14)
Bing Crosby may
have reached the 100,000,000 mark in record sales. Statisticians are trying to
work out the details now, but there’s some confusion since a lot of the early
figures are lacking. Meanwhile, Crosby has been presented a plaque marking
sales of around 36,000,000 records on just 19 releases.
(Variety, May 12, 1954)
May 9, Sunday. (9:00–9:30 p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Gary and Lindsay Crosby.
May 10-13, Monday-Thursday. Bing is at Hayden Lake. He has sold his summer home at Hayden Lake for $55,000 and he confers with building contractor Frank Dennison regarding the erection of a new property on 12 acres of land at English Point he owns. He golfs on May 13 at Spokane Country Club.
May (undated).Thought
to have called in at Washington State College in Pullman to see Dennis
and Phillip Crosby who are studying there, on his way to Elko.
May 16, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) Another taped Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is
broadcast and the guest is Toni Arden.
May 18, Tuesday. Bing is at
his Elko ranch. Kathryn Grant arrives on May 19 with her “Aunt” Mary and
“Uncle” Guil.
May 21, Friday.
Decca masters four of Bing’s radio songs – "If You Love Me", "Oh
Tell Me Why", “Liza” and “In the Good Old Summertime” for
commercial release. "If You Love Me” had been recorded for his radio show on March
14. Kay Starr’s version had entered the charts on April 24 so Decca must have decided to issue Bing's version as competition. The song is based on the
French “Hymne à l’amour” which was made famous by Edith Piaf. “Oh, Tell Me Why” had been recorded for his radio show on April
7 and it was
an
interesting experiment for Bing as he overdubs his voice to give a pseudo
multitrack effect in the second chorus.
If You Love Me
Decca 29144—Crosby brings his traditional
lets-not-get-excited air to this cover slicing. It won’t crowd the Kay Starr
version but should get a satisfactory play from jocks.
(Billboard, May 29, 1954)
In the Good Old Summertime
Decca 9-29212—A typical Crosby vocal treatment of
the standard with bright backing by John Scott Trotter.
(Billboard, July 24, 1954)
Oh, Tell Me Why
A semi-sacred item, with Crosby and vocal group
warbling soft and sweet.
(Billboard, July 24, 1954)
Just to remind us that there are other things than
Christmas in the calendar, Bing Crosby fairly belts out In the Good Old
Summertime on Bruns. 05760*, and backs it with that attractive ballad Love
in a Home…
(The Gramophone, December 1958)
May 23, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast and the
guest is Rosemary Clooney.
May 24, Monday. Gary Crosby
has a motor accident near San Jose and a Mexican laborer called Felix Olivares
(age 24) is killed. Gary is treated for a lacerated nose and an injured knee.
Fortunately, Gary had not been drinking but the Mexicans had been. Bing was
however, the recipient of suits totaling $155,000 as Gary was a minor. No
charges were filed though and County officials said neither driver was at
fault. Bing travels from Elko to be with his son.
May 30, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) The final Bing Crosby Show for General Electric is broadcast by
CBS. The show has been taped and the guests are Gary and Lindsay Crosby. It was
planned that Gary Crosby would take over with his own show on the following
Sunday but because of his injuries, Gary’s debut had to be postponed until June
13.
June 4, Friday. Back in
Hollywood, Bing takes Kathryn Grant to a luau with Phil Harris, Alice Faye,
Francis Brown, and Winona Love.
June 5, Saturday. Bing visits Kathryn Grant at her cottage and she cooks dinner for him. The same day he writes to Ghislaine de Boysson in Paris.
Dear
Ghislaine
A
very dear friend of mine, Winona Love, is going to Paris sometime early in
July, and I have taken the liberty of giving her your phone number and address.
She is a former Hawaiian singer and dancer and is now married to a very dear
golfing friend of mine, Francis Brown.
She
has good humor and is very amiable and pleasant, and she’s the kind of person I
think you would enjoy very much. She is going over with Helen Parnell. Parnell
is the managing director of the Palladium Theater there in London.
I
know they would like to take you to lunch or dinner, so if you are going to be
in Paris at the time that they ae there, doubtless you will be able to get
together with them.
I
wrote you the other day with most of the news, so this is just a short note to
tell you about the impending visit of these people.
Much
love, Bing
June 9, Wednesday.
Bing (handicap 7) and Dean Martin (handicap 10), playing as a twosome,
have a net 60 in the qualifying round of the Bel-Air Invitational, leaving them in fourth place.
June 13, Sunday. (9:00–9:30
p.m.) Gary Crosby’s radio program replaces Bing’s on CBS for the summer period
of thirteen weeks before Gary begins his third year at Stanford. Guests on the
opening show include Jane Russell and Rhonda Fleming. Ken Carpenter is the
announcer, John Scott Trotter furnishes the musical support, and Bill Morrow is
the writer. Murdo MacKenzie directs the show.
In launching his first show of his own, 21-year-old
Gary Crosby had all the cards stacked in his favor: His name is Crosby, he
sounds like Crosby and the show is slotted in the time usually occupied by
Crosby. And young Gary carried off the first stanza in the well-known and
well-liked suave and frisky Crosby manner. As his first guest he had the famous
and well-shaped religioso quartet of Jane Russell, Rhonda Fleming, Connie
Haines and Beryl Davis. The four gals gave out with three of the Coral recorded
spirituals, winding up with help from Gary on “Do Lord.” Because of who
they are, the girls gave the show a lot of sparkle. But the best of the show’s
music came from the regular staff. Young Crosby was at his best on the new
“Angelamia.”
(Gene Plotnik, Billboard, June 26, 1954)
And to top off the talent, Gary had his father
coaching him from the sidelines. Bing according to Morrow, “is overseeing—not
as a stage mother, but as an interested, proud parent who wants everything
proper and in good taste. He doesn’t tell Gary what to do, but he suggests things
or changes, and Gary and I had better do it! . . . Bing throws out everything
he feels is too sexy for Gary,” says Morrow, and the father does not even want
the son’s dialogue “too flip or too hep.”
(Time magazine, review of opening show)
The CBS press release proclaimed that this was my first venture
into show business strictly on my own, but about the only thing I did strictly
on my own was open my mouth. The shows followed exactly the same format as the
old man’s and were put together by the same bunch of top people. Bill Morrow
and Tom Adair still did the writing, Murdo McKenzie
directed, Bill Thompson looked after the vocals, and Ken Carpenter was the
announcer and straight man. The guys had been working with Dad forever and had
the thing down pat, so it was like slipping into the old man’s rocking chair
for the summer. All I had to do was go along with the routine - sing the songs they handed
me and say the lines - and if I did get something wrong we could always stop
the tape and start over again. I had a lot of help, especially from Bill
Thompson, who showed me how to sing from the diaphragm, the right way to
support a note and all the other basic techniques you’re supposed to know before you
get to the point of headlining your own series.
There was
no way for me to lose unless I failed to show up or started a fight with
someone, and I wasn’t about to do that. I had known Murdo and Morrow and the others since I was a
kid. They
were like
my uncles, and I could see how they were knocking themselves out to give me the
support I needed. When you feel that kind of goodness coming at you, you’d have
to be a complete idiot not to give it back.
(Gary Crosby, writing in Going My Own Way, page 197)
June 16, Wednesday. Bing
records more songs for his Musical Autobiography album set with Buddy
Cole and his Trio in Hollywood.
June 17, Thursday.
Bing and Dean Martin play in the first and second rounds of the Bel-Air
Invitational with Johnny Dawson and Jo Ross Clark. Crosby and Martin
have a score of 129. They do not appear to be placed in the third and
fourth rounds.
June 19, Saturday. The final
session for Bing’s Musical Autobiography album set takes place in
Hollywood.
Decca
is celebrating its 20th anniversary this year, and tradewise is signalizing the
event with an album sales push. If it had nothing else to dramatize the event,
its $27.50 musical autobiography of “Bing” (DX 151) would be more than
sufficient unto the purpose thereof.
It’s
an inspired production, by an inspired performer, as Bing Crosby uncorks almost
4 1/2 hours of palatable ‘‘groaning” and polysyllabic Small-talk of the calibre
which has long distinguished him, vocally and as a personality. It quickly
belies the modest insistence of his “call-me-lucky” life’s summation because,
by the very nature of this cavalcade of the cream of the crop of American
music, does he give evidence, in plenty, why Crosby has remained on top for so
long. He is a canny performer period.
He
knows how to spread the wealth, with credits for all, and long since after his
colleagues, and even the title of his celluloid credits, have become dim in
memory and chiefly for the archives, The Crosby vocal style has given new
virility to the song excerpts therefrom.
And
what a medley! He quickly proves why and how he has become “the most listened
to voice in the world.”
The
wealth of song material is synonymous with the days of our years, and more than
half of the album comprises specially waxed excerpts from the late 1920s and
’30s— with the Cole Trio-and are updated with actual recordings in solo or in
association with Jolson, Mary Martin, et al.
Crosby’s
small talk is pleasant palaver and a nostalgic refresher course on the early
days of sound-pix and radio. The plenitude of names from both media,
interlarded with Crosby’s affection for the Petrillo clansmen, sounds like a yesteryear
directory of SAG, AFRA, (this was before AFTRA) and AFM personnel. He namedrops
like a phone book, but it is all pithy, pungent and pertinent to the
proceedings. There are casual anecdotes about songs and song-writers and song
situations which are startlingly informative, such as the disclosure that
Barris and Clifford wrote "It Must Be True” as a countermelody or obligato
to “If I Could Be With You (One Hour Tonight),” and thus a hit was born. He
salutes Paul Whiteman for giving him the first opportunity, and credits anybody
and everybody with whom he was associated professionally and socially. :
It’s
not all Tin Pan Alley product. He does hymns and folk songs, Irish and Hawaiian
and Maori ballads, along with the galaxy of songs that constitute the alltime
Hit Parade of the past quarter-of-a-century.
Decca’s
poet laureate and musical editor Louis Untermeyer produced an impressive
24-page brochure that goes with this elaborate package which is further
distinguished by a wooden case, with miniature padlock (prop key enclosed), and
an impressionistic multi-color cover of Bing. The booklet also includes an
elaborate breakdown of the Crosby discography, by singles and albums.
It’s
a timeless item of long durability, a signal salute to "Bing" and the
diskery with which he’s been identified from the start of Decca’s birth 20
years ago. This album is living proof why “the voice of Bing Crosby has been
heard by more people than the voice of any other human being.”
(Abel Green, Variety, August 18, 1954)
Here’s the Crosby compendium Decca has been
assembling for some months, packaged ornately and selling for $25. It’s almost
a mass hit parade of the last 30 years or so. Bing re-recorded many of the
earlier songs mostly with the Buddy Cole trio, but some of the famous later
ones are the original versions. Some of the greats he’s sung with are here,
including Louis Armstrong, Mary Martin, Jack Teagarden, Johnny Mercer, et al.
This is a must buy for all Crosby fans and for those interested in an excellent
cross-section of America’s musical tastes in the last couple of decades. Bing’s
accompanying narration is splendid.
(Down Beat, September 22, 1954)
In almost thirty years of casual singing, Bing
Crosby, has left his inimitable mark on more songs than any of his crooning
colleagues, past or present. Summing up his recording career is, consequently,
no simple matter. Decca has taken five 12” LPs to accomplish this...It’s an
absorbing and impressively varied repertory....The first half of the program in
which Crosby talks about his early days and sings his early hits is an
unalloyed joy, a field day for nostalgians. In view of complaints that have
been made off and on for the past fifteen years that the Crosby voice was gone,
that he no longer had the old touch, it is a particular pleasure to hear these
early songs recorded within the past year, sung with all the old Crosby ease
and charm...This is an exceptional collection of recordings, the summation of a
landmark in American popular music and well worth the asking price.
(John S. Wilson, New York Times, September
19, 1954)
…There can be no doubt of Crosby’s wide appeal to
people of every age and stature. There can also be no doubt that this is a most
attractive disk package. It’s a milestone in the singer’s career and a credit
to the record company and the many people involved in putting the package
together.
(Billboard, August 28, 1954)
Bing Sings–An Autobiography
There can be few candidates for the privilege of an
album containing five twelve-inch records, and if these could be counted on the
fingers of one hand, it would not be unreasonable to suppose that Bing Crosby
would head any poll. And here, indeed, are some five hours of the Old Groaner
himself. . . . The appreciation of the artist is also very well done,
particularly in its assessment of Crosby as a phenomenon of contemporary life.
The assessment is borne out by the records, and particularly by Mr. Crosby’s
modest introduction and his linking of the songs with pertinent comment. The
personality of the man is strongly put over, and it is a very likable
personality that emerges. . . . Any anthology has its omissions, and everybody
will lament the absence of some favorite. “Brother, Can You Spare a Dime,” for
instance, is not here, and that was a song of some social significance.
Nevertheless, the whole project has been quite superbly carried out, and there
can be no doubt that this album will find a place in any history of our times.
(The Gramophone, March 1955)
June 21, Monday. Records
“All She’d Say Was Umh-Hum” and “She Is the Sunshine of Virginia” in Hollywood
with Les Brown and his Band of Renown.
All
She’d Say Was Umh-Hum
Bing’s
and Les’s fans will go for this well recorded oldie with its old-timey flavor.
She Is the Sunshine of Virginia
Same comment.
(Billboard, August 13, 1955)
June 24, Thursday. The suits against Bing following Gary’s motor accident on May 24 are dismissed by the Superior Court as the Mexicans were not American citizens and could not sue.
June 25, Friday. Gary Crosby
takes his trust fund of $220,000 when he turns twenty-one.
June 30, Wednesday. Bing has a checkup in St. John's Hospital for his old kidney ailment. His physician says that no operation is planned. Subsequent press reports suggest that a kidney-stone operation does take place.
July 3,
Saturday. Bing goes home from hospital. Press reports indicate that
Bing is staying close to home and keeping a weather eye on Gary's radio
show before setting off for Elko. It may be that Bing was convalescing
after his hospital treatment. Phillip, Dennis and Lindsay Crosby may
have already gone to Elko.
July 15, Thursday.
Bing is in
Tacoma, Washington staying at a motel just outside of town. He golfs at
Fircrest Golf Club with his friend Doug Dyckman and has a 75. He
goes on to the Broadmoor Country Club at Seattle.
July 18, Sunday. (Starting at 2 p.m.) Bing and Johnny Dawson beat Jack Benny and Dale Morey 2 and 1 at Broadmoor Golf Club, Seattle in an exhibition match. 6000 spectators jam the fairways. Before play commences, Bing and Jack Benny are presented with a large Puget Sound salmon by the Tacoma Junior Chamber of Commerce.
July 19, Monday. Bing, Phil
Harris, and Jack Benny take part in the Western Amateur Golf Tournament at
Broadmoor Golf Club. Bing, playing with Dale Morey, has a 78. Phil Harris has an 87: Jack Benny has a 96.
July 20, Tuesday. The second round of the Western Amateur Golf Tournament. Bing has an 81 and his total of 159 means that he does not qualify for the match-play section. Phil Harris and Jack Benny do not qualify either.
July (undated). Fishes with Phil Harris at Neah Bay, Clallam County, Washington and catches a 36lb salmon.
July 25, Sunday. Bing passes through Butte, Montana en route to the Gang ranch in Frazier River Valley, 145 miles from Vancouver in Canada.
July 28, Wednesday. Bing
arrives at Hayden Lake, Idaho from Seattle. He has sold his old summer
home at Hayden Lake and is having a new home built. Rents a property
from Everett Kirkpatrick.
July 29, Thursday. Meets three of his sons at Coeur d'Alene airport
as they fly in from Elko. Gary is still in Los Angeles working on his
radio show. Bing golfs with Herb Rotchford at Spokane Country Club and
has a 74 on the par-72 course.
July 30, Friday. Plays in the Inland Empire
Golf Sweepstakes at Manito Golf and Country Club in Spokane. His
partners are Dr. Mel Aspray, Clive Roberts and Hayden Lake pro Bud
Hofmeister. Has an 80 but does not turn in his card.
August–September. Bing at his Hayden Lake home with his three youngest sons.
August 2, Monday. Bing writes
to Crosby fan George O’Reilly in Dublin, Ireland. Bing had asked Nat King Cole
to visit George’s shop in Dublin while he was on tour there.
Really, I feel quite remiss after receiving your
letter for not having answered you before now, telling you of the receipt of
your various letters and of the receipt also of the shamrock and the cables
describing the visit of Nat Cole to your shop, and enclosing pictures of the
event. Actually, I have been away from Hollywood
a great deal this
spring, and my correspondence has fallen into arrears considerably as a result.
I do want to acknowledge receipt of the gifts, and to thank you for them.
I also appreciate very much the stationery which you
send me now with the Crosby crest emblazoned thereon. Very effective!
I had dinner with Nat Cole a month or so ago at Jimmy
Van Heusen’s house, and he gave me all the details
concerning his visit to your shop. He averred that he really enjoyed himself thoroughly, and that you treated him with great
consideration and made the whole event a memorable occasion during his trip to Dublin.
Nat is a great fellow I
believe, and certainly one of our greatest popular artists.
I don’t know when I will get to Ireland,
as several things have happened
recently which prevented my annual trip abroad. Might make it sometime in the
fall or early next year if I can work out a suitable schedule, but I can’t
guarantee anything just now. I solemnly swear that if I do, this time the trip
will include a visit to Ireland, a pleasure which has been too long deferred. When I do I will look forward to
seeing you and visiting your shop.
In the meantime, please accept my very warmest regards
to you and your family.
As ever — your friend, Bing
August 4, Wednesday. Bing,
at Hayden Lake, writes to John Scott Trotter with suggestions for Gary’s radio
show.
Dear John,
I have been listening to the last few programs that
Gary has done, and I wanted to get a note off to you saying how much I enjoyed
them. The arrangements seemed very clever and interesting, and I am sure that
they are kicking up a lot of interest throughout the country.
He still has a very definite problem
with the delivery of a ballad. I don’t know whether experience is going to
overcome it or not. I have got him vocalising - or at least he avers that he is
acceding to my demands in this regard and has been working out at the piano
daily. This will stretch his chords a little and give him some ease and freedom
which he now lacks when he sings a ballad.
It occurred to me that it might
possibly be a remedy if you could pick out some songs that are ballads but run
along in tempo, like “Rosalie” and “You Were Meant for Me” and others of this
type. The tempo can be fairly bright, but still the delivery is in a ballad
style and might be something that he could handle better. There is a song Alice
Faye sang in a Universal picture, I believe Tommy Dorsey was in the picture.
The name of this song eludes me just now, but it is a perfect example of the
kind of song I mean. It’s a ballad, but it’s easy to sing and it can be done in
a fairly brisk tempo. There are any number of such type songs - most of them in
years past because they don’t seem to write them like that anymore, but they
were all good hits and I think they are things that he can sing and he won’t
appear to disadvantage in singing them. Maybe you can look up some of these and
give one or two of them a whirl and see what ensues.
Actually, I am fully appreciative of
the many problems which present themselves in connection with Gary. When you
stop to think about it, you must admit that he hasn’t had what we would call a
great deal of experience. He has sung occasionally with me on the show, and on
several records, and outside of that he’s never done any singing whatever
professionally. He doesn’t do any at school or anywhere else like I did when I
was his age. And even when I was younger I had sung many times, and sometimes
for weeks on end, with a little orchestra. He’s never done this, and he’s just
got to sing and sing until he gets freedom and ease and then he’ll be able to
handle ballads.
I think if he can’t handle ballads he
is going to be in bad shape, because there isn’t much of a future in just
singing “Gambler’s Guitar” and stuff like that. I suppose he would
have better success with the ballads he is doing now if he did them real
intimate - in fact almost talked them. That’s generally the history of singers.
I know when I first started out I was a real whisperer, and later I gained
confidence and the voice gets more flexible and then you can stand back and
belt it a little. I notice he did something like this on “I Understand” and it
sounded quite good.
Well, those are just a few random
thoughts, John, dictated from Hayden Lake. Very lovely up here. Cool, and lots
of golf and swimming and water skiing going on. I endeavor mightily to keep
some sort of order, but it’s a hopeless task. Bed check every night, of course,
and trying to get somebody to mow the lawn and pick up the clothes and a
million and one other things. I can’t wait until they are all 21 and I’ll be
relieved of this onerous responsibility. But then I suppose I will be lonesome
without them. It’s a genuine quandary.
Rosemary has my phone number in case
you want to call me about anything, and I’ll be here for most of the month of
August, I imagine.
As ever,
Bing
(As reproduced in BING magazine #116, summer
1997)
August 19, Thursday. Bob Crosby and his wife visit Bing at Hayden Lake.
August 22, Sunday. At the Downriver golf course to watch Bud Ward win the Esmeralda Open Championship.
August 26, Thursday. Golfs with Phil Harris, Lindsay Crosby and Ed Crowley at Spokane Country Club.
August 27, Friday.
Bing is fishing at Lake Pend Oreille with Phil Harris and Ed Crowley.
Bing catches a 25-pound Dolly Varden trout to tie for the largest fish
taken there during the season. He is photographed holding the fish with his companions in front of a sign for Talache Lodge.
August 29, Sunday. Golfs at Hayden Lake Golf Club.
August 31, Tuesday. Bing
has a 67 at Hayden Lake Golf Club to lead the first round qualifiers
for the Inland Empire golf tournament. Lindsay Crosby has a 76. Elsewhere, Bing’s
friend, Barney Dean, dies of cancer in St. John’s hospital at the age of 50.
The court jester for Bing Crosby and Bob Hope died of cancer at St. John’s Hospital. Dean was more than a laugh-it-up guy for Hope and Crosby. Above all, he was their friend. As one intimate put it yesterday, Dean lived only for sports, playing cards and Crosby and Hope. He was known as a fast guy with a gag or answer.
(Daily Variety, September 1, 1954)
September 3, Saturday. Bing beats Jerry Camp Jr. 3 and 1 to reach the quarter finals of the Inland Empire golf tournament.
September 5, Sunday. Starting at 8:55 a.m., Bing beats Frank Sontag 3 and 2 to reach the semi-finals of the Inland Empire golf tournament. He then loses 5 and 4 to Rodney Funseth in the semi-final.
September 6, Monday. At his
Hayden Lake home, Bing sends a hand-written letter to his friend Bette Uitti (a
dancer and choreographer who later changed her name to Utey). Later in the
letter, Bing writes about a big golf tournament that he is in and that he won
the first two matches but lost his third to a good player. He goes on to tell
Betty that he has to film a song or two to run on the Ed Sullivan Show to plug White
Christmas, which is to be released in October. He says that his
address the following week will be c/o Jane Conklin in Cassel, Shasta County,
California.
Dearest Bette,
How’s my peripatetic ballerina? You
have got yourself in for a lot of work, didn’t you? Well, you’re young, strong
and eager so it won’t hurt you. As long as you get some rest, when you can. I
called your home on Sunday, but was told you are already in Vegas. I hope you
get your Paramount stint out of the way in a few days, and then the commuting
will be over.
Things go smoothly up here. Boys
behaving reasonably well and the weather glorious. A little cold mornings and
evenings, but clear and sunny…
September
(undated). Decides not to return to his weekly radio series as
he has lost confidence in his voice and his enthusiasm for show business has
diminished. In a letter to John Scott Trotter dated September 9, he writes:
Dear
John,
Please excuse the long delay between
receipt of your letter of August 24 and my reply thereto. Too many golf
tournaments and too much fishing up here, I guess, for one to pay the proper
attention to one’s correspondence.
First, in connection with Gary, I
think that he did make remarkable progress in the 13-week period just
concluded. A lot of people don’t realize just how little experience he had in
the past. Outside of the appearances with me and the three or four records he
made, he had absolutely no experience in front of the public or recording or on
the radio. In school, contrary to what most kids with a little talent are
accustomed to do - he didn’t participate at all in amateur theatricals or the
university productions. This I deplore of course, but there seems to be little
I can do about it. He tells me that the boys around the fraternity
house consider anybody a square who in any way indulges in campus activities or
assumes student offices. A whole new philosophy seems to have developed since I
went to school. In order to be attractive now, apparently, a kid must be a
complete clod. Of course if a boy gets very good marks and likes to study and
shows an interest in the course that he is taking, he is utterly loathsome.
I think your suggestion about him
working a little on tone production and singing to a tape machine is a very
good one. Ampex owes me just such a machine, and I may grab it and have it sent
up to him this fall. I don’t know whether he’d ever plug it in or not, but it’s
an experiment that’s worth a try. Doubtless the fraternity would pick up his pin
if he ever demonstrated such unique interest in the career he intended to
pursue when he got out of college. Of course I am determined that he should
complete his college course, if it takes two years. Getting him into Stanford
was quite a chore, and keeping him there has been an even more onerous
assignment, and I certainly am not about to let him blow it with only a year or
so to go. It’s my belief that he can still keep in the public eye and keep in
action through the medium of phonograph records, if they go at all.
I of course, John, feel pretty sad
about not going back on the radio this season. I have given many reasons for
this decision to many different people, but I feel I can tell you the truth and
that you will believe and understand me. John, I don’t sing anywhere as good as
I used to, and I feel sincerely that it’s getting worse. I don’t see any
purpose in trying to stretch something out that was once acceptable and that
now is merely adequate, if that. I don’t know what the reason for this condition
is, unless it’s apathy. I just don’t have the interest in singing. I am not
keen about it any more. Songs all sound alike to me, and some of them so shoddy
and trivial. I don’t mean I didn’t sing some cheap songs in the old days, but I
had such a tremendous interest in singing and was so wrapped up in the work
that it didn’t matter. . . . The sycophants that hang about, the press, the
photographers, the song publishers and pluggers and the pests of all
descriptions that grab me every time I step outside my front door weary me
indescribably. Succinctly, John, I seem to have had it. Maybe a year or so away
will make me feel differently, and my interest will revive.
I certainly hate to see the wonderful
organization we have break up, and it gives me a wrench to be an instrument in
its dissolution. I shall never forget all the good years you and I had
together, and all the wonderful unselfish things you did for me and my
interests. You had a great deal to put up with at times, and your patience and
forbearance was always incredible. You must know how grateful I am to you for
everything that you have done. And I don’t mean just professionally either.
Much of the same goes to Murdo. There’s a great boy, and I think the radio
industry should prepare some sort of a plaque or citation for him for just
putting up with Morrow through the years, if putting up with me wasn’t enough.
I’ll be back in Pebble Beach after the 21st of the month, John, and probably
will stay around there for a couple of weeks, and then will be on into
Hollywood. If you are in the Carmel area be sure and give me a ring and we can
get together. My very best to you.
As
ever,
Bing
(As reproduced in BING magazine #116, Summer
1997)
September 13-18, Monday-Saturday.
Bing is in Cassel, Shasta County, California. Possibly fishing. He sends a
postcard to Betty Uitti in Las Vegas saying that he is keeping early hours and
goes to bed when she wakes up.
September 19, Sunday. Press
reports state that a video recorder developed by Bing Crosby Enterprises Inc.
has received orders. Meanwhile, Bing is in San Francisco at the Fairmont's Cirque Room.
September 22, Wednesday. Bing
arrives at his Pebble Beach home for a two-week stay.
September 23,
Thursday. (7:00-10:00 p.m.) Bing
records “Who Gave You the Roses?” and “The Song from Desiree (We Meet
Again)”
with Alfred Newman and his Orchestra. (It may be that the tracks were
recorded by the orchestra with Bing adding his vocals later as he was
said to be in Pebble Beach at this time.) Desirée was a 1954 film telling
the fictionalised story of Desirée Clary and her relationship with Napoleon. It
starred Marlon Brando and Jean Simmons and it had its premiere in San Francisco
in November 1954.
Who Gave You the Roses?
Another leisurely paced ballad sung with Crosby’s
usual sincerity and appeal.
The Song from Desiree (We Meet Again)
Crosby croons a slow, subtle version of the lovely
waltz theme from the new movie. Should get plenty of spins, particularly in
spots where the picture is playing.
(Billboard, December 4, 1954)
September 26, Sunday. (3:30-5:00p.m.) Bing’s Musical Autobiography set is extensively plugged in a two-hour
tribute to him on the NBC radio network. The 5-disc album reaches the Billboard
LP charts and peaks at No. 9.
October 2, Saturday. (Starting at 2 p.m.) Bing sees the Stanford Indians beat Illinois 12-2 at the Stanford stadium.
October 4, Monday. (8:00-9:00 p.m.) NBC's "Best of All" radio program salutes Irving Berlin and his new film White Christmas. A telephone call from Bing to Irving Berlin is included in the tribute.
October 6, Wednesday. From his Pebble Beach home, Bing sends another hand-written letter to Bette Uitti who is at the Vegas Biltmore.
Dear Bette,
How’s my best girl? Not
forgetting my admonitions regarding rest, smoking too much etc? Figure me for
becoming stuffy. Things go along apace up here. Went to S. F. and caught
Stanford and Illinois. A good game. Saw Patti Moore and Benny Lessy at the
Italian Village with Margaret Whiting. She's doing a rather dull act, but Moore
and Lessy were a riot. Particularly with me, because I'm a pushover for Benny.
Did you ever catch them? Just song and dance stuff, and rather corny too but
they have some very good humor, and their enthusiasm is infectious. I've been
watching quite a lot of T.V. lately and they have certainly spread out. Lots of
dancing and spectaculars...
In the second part of the letter, Bing talks about going to Hollywood and that it's sinful to leave Pebble Beach when the weather is so beautiful. He also says that he wants to get to Las Vegas to see Bette's work before she becomes jaded and disinterested in her work.
October (undated). Films a contribution to a forthcoming Ed Sullivan TV show.
Major studios’
romance with Ed Sullivan is continuing, now by way of a tieup with Paramount.
Sullivan and a Par camera crew spent two days at Bing Crosby’s Monterey, Cal.,
home last week filming a 12-minute short for exposure on Sullivan’s “Toast of
the Town” CBS TV program next Sunday (17). Briefly pic focuses on Crosby as he
sings three tunes from “White Christmas” and engages in conversation with
Sullivan. Set to appear “live” on the show is Irving Berlin, who provided the
full score for “Christmas.”
(Variety, October 13, 1954)
October 11, Monday. Still at Pebble Beach, Bing writes to Judy Garland.
My Dear Judy
I didn't get to hear the dedicatory
program which NBC had on the radio a couple of Sundays back because it was at 3
p.m. on Sunday afternoon, and you know where I am likely to be at that time on that
day - generally somewhere around the 11th hole, trying to convert a
high faded tee shot into a par 4.
But the people at NBC were kind enough
to send me a record of the whole affair, and I played it the other day at my
leisure and listened to it carefully. I was touched by the nice things you said
about me and about the album and I just wanted you to know how deeply I
appreciate it.
As ever, your friend, Bing
October 14, Thursday. The film White
Christmas is released together with previews of Bing’s next movie The
Country Girl. White Christmas becomes the top film of 1954 in the
U.S.A. at the box office taking $12 million in rental income in its initial
release period.
White
Christmas should be a natural at the boxoffice, introducing as it does
Paramount’s new VistaVision system with such a hot combination as Bing Crosby,
Danny Kaye and an Irving Berlin score. The debut of the new photographic
process is a plus factor complementing the already solidly established draw of
Crosby and Kaye.
…Crosby and Kaye,
along with VV, keep the entertainment going in this fancifully staged Robert
Emmett Dolan production, clicking so well the teaming should call for a repeat.
Both Crosby and Kaye are long in the talent department and provide a lift and
importance to the material scripted by Norman Krasna, Norman Panama and Melvin
Frank.
The full Crosby
flavor is heard on “What Can you Do With a General?” and “Count Your
Blessings,” latter reprised by Miss Clooney.
…Crosby wraps up his
portion of the show with deceptive ease, selling the songs with the Crosby
sock, shuffling a mean hoof in the dances and generally acquitting himself like
a champion. Certainly he has never had a more facile partner than Kaye against
whom to bounce his misleading nonchalance.
(Variety, September 1, 1954)
It was twelve years ago that Bing Crosby was in a
place and a film called “Holiday Inn,” wherein he sang a little number tagged
“White Christmas,” written—as was all the music in that picture—by Irving
Berlin. The occasion was happily historic, for a reason we scarcely need
recall: “White Christmas” and Mr. Crosby became like “God Bless America” and
Kate Smith—so much so, indeed, that the notion of starring Mr. Crosby in a film
that would have the title “White Christmas” was broached as long as six years
ago.
Various obstructions beset it, but the purpose was
ultimately achieved. “White Christmas,” with Mr. Crosby, opened yesterday at
the Music Hall. What’s more, it is in Technicolor and VistaVision,
which is Paramount’s new wide-screen device, and it has Danny Kaye, Rosemary
Clooney and Vera-Ellen in addition to its focal star. A new batch of Irving
Berlin numbers comprises its musical score. Paramount, to put it simply, has
done “White Christmas” up brown.
But, oddly enough, the confection is not so tasty as one might suppose. The flavoring is largely in
the line-up and not in the output of the cooks. Everyone works hard at the
business of singing, dancing and cracking jokes, but the stuff that they work
with is minor. It doesn’t have the old inspiration and spark.
For one thing, the credited scriptwriters—Norman Krasna, Norman Panama and Melvin Frank—have shown very
little imagination in putting together what is sometimes called the “book.”
They have hacked out a way of getting two teams of entertainers—a pair of
celebrated male hoofers and a singing sister act—to a ski lodge in New England
(reminiscent of the Holiday Inn) which happens to be run by the good old
general of the outfit the fellows Were in during the war. And to show their
appreciation of the good old general and the difficult circumstances he appears
to be in, they provide free entertainment and call in a big rally of comrades
for the Christmas holidays.
It is a routine accumulation of standard romance
and sentiment, blessed by a few funny set-ups that are usually grabbed with
most effect by Mr. Kaye. And the music of Mr. Berlin is a good bit less than
inspired outside of the old “White Christmas,” which is sung at the beginning
and the end, there are only a couple of numbers that have a measure of charm.
One of these is “Count Your Blessings,” a song of reassurance that Mr. Crosby
and Miss Clooney chant, and another is “The Best Things Happen While You’re
Dancing,” which Mr. Kaye sings and to which he and Vera-Ellen cavort.
Three numbers are given over to the admiration of
generals and Army life, which seems not alone an extravagance but a reckless
audacity. Even the sweetness of Dean Jagger as the
old general does not justify the expense. Someone’s nostalgia for the war years
and the U. S. O. tours has taken the show awry.
Fortunately, the use of VistaVision,
which is another process of projecting on a wide, flat screen, has made it
possible to endow “White Christmas” with a fine pictorial quality. The colors
on the big screen are rich and luminous, the images are clear and sharp, and
rapid movements are got without blurring—or very little—such as sometimes is
seen on other large screens. Director Michael Curtiz
has made his picture look good. It is too bad that it doesn’t hit the eardrums
and the funnybone with equal force.
(Bosley Crowther, New York Times, October
15, 1954)
White Christmas (Paramount) is
a sentimental recollection of the 1942 musical Holiday Inn, in which
Bing Crosby first sang the song ‘White Christmas’. From the first scene
(Christmas 1944) to the last (Christmas 1954), it is blatantly the I “big
musical,” a big fat yam of a picture richly candied with VistaVision
(Paramount’s answer to CinemaScope), Technicolor, tunes by Irving Berlin,
massive production numbers, and big stars. Unfortunately, the yam is still a
yam.
The plot revolves around a handsome
wide-smiling, fatherly ex-general (Dean Jagger) whose ownership of a nice old
white inn in Vermont (remember the inn in Holiday Inn?) is endangered by
business conditions. Two of his former men (Bing Crosby and Danny Kaye), who
since the war have made a big success in show business, come to his rescue.
They throw a benefit at the inn, and call on all the old man’s old soldiers to
help out. Meanwhile, they are able to do a good turn for a sister act (Rosemary
Clooney and Vera-Ellen).
A couple of the tunes (Sisters, Count
Your Blessings) may do very well with the jukebox trade, but except for the
title piece, Composer Berlin is considerably below his top form. Throughout
most of the picture, Crosby just doesn’t Bing. Rosemary Clooney, as his girl
friend, gives him no very exciting reason to. Even Danny Kaye seems a little
depressed. He has only one really adequate line (“When what’s left of you gets
around to what’s left to be gotten, what’s left to be gotten won’t be worth
getting whatever it is you’ve got left”), but he does manage, in one spanking
fine sequence with Dancer Vera-Ellen, to remind the world that when he wants
to, he can move shoe leather with anybody short of Fred Astaire.
(Time magazine, October 25, 1954)
The biggest hit of
the year, White Christmas, swelled Paramount’s bank balance by $12
million from American theaters plus almost as much from the rest of the world.
The names and talents of Bing Crosby, Danny Kaye and Irving Berlin did the
trick. With sparkling assistance from Rosemary Clooney and Vera-Ellen in the
song-and-dance department they made a thoroughly entertaining musical out of a
dull, hackneyed story from the usually bright pens of Norman Panama, Melvin
Frank and Norman Krasna, indifferently directed by Michael Curtiz, who had just
finished 27 years with Warner Bros. Resembling Holiday Inn but
not as good, it was about a couple of entertainers, who, aided by their
sister-act girlfriends, put on a show at a winter resort hotel to make it a
success for their old Army officer. With few facilities, they stage numbers
elaborate enough to tax the resources of Radio City Music Hall. Robert Emmett
Dolan’s production in Technicolor, the first movie to be made in Vista Vision,
the company’s answer to CinemaScope, boasted 15 Berlin songs: new hits like
‘Count Your Blessings’, ‘The Best Things Happen When You’re Dancing’, ‘Love,
You Didn’t Do Right By Me’, and ‘Sisters’, and old ones like ‘Blue Skies’,
‘Heat Wave’ and the inevitable title dirge. Also cast: Dean Jagger, Mary Wickes, Sig Rumann
and dancer John Brascia.
(The Paramount Story, page
213)
….MN: A friend at
mine remembers the premiere in England. He said the show began as usual in a
newly refurbished Paramount theater. Then the black and white newsreel ended.
The studio logo announcing VistaVision flashed on the screen in blazing
Technicolor and the curtain gradually parted to reveal the humongous screen as
the “V” in Vision reached out at the audience. The full stereo sound piped up, and
the crowd burst into unanimous applause.
BC: Yes, it was
quite an event. White Christmas was
the first picture in VistaVision (indicates the large logo on the poster). At
that time, all the studios were changing to widescreen. With all due modesty, I
think VistaVision was one of the best.
MN: It was the
best.
BC: I recall it
had as much to do with the success of the picture than we did or Irving
Berlin’s music.
MN: It was one of
the stars, so to speak.
BC: Exactly. Equal
billing, too!
MN: Rumors have
abounded through the years that White
Christmas was severely cut before the release.
BC: The studio had
a lot banking on it. It was a very important picture. That kind of deal carries
a lot of pressure — so come the eleventh hour, it’s quite possible...
MN: l mean
severely, though. Like close to an hour.
BC; Hmmm, rather a
hefty trim.
MN: Yeah, but
figure: it’s the first VistaVision picture. It’s certainly one of the studio’s
biggest attractions of the year. Top bookings, big promotion. The Robe (the first CinemaScope picture)
was long. This is Cinerama had a
massive roadshow engagement. So why not White
Christmas?
BC: Back then,
just about every picture lost some scenes here and there.
MN: It always
struck me odd that the montage of you and the Danny Kaye character rising to
success after the war had 20-second snippets of enormous musical numbers,
lavishly staged and choreographed. Go through all that trouble just to get a
few seconds?
BC: l believe we
did shoot those numbers in their entirety.
MN: That would be
a great find.
BC: I imagine that
stuff is now glue in someone’s dentures someplace.
MN: It would be a
fantastic discovery.
BC: Who knows?
Maybe one day.
MN: White Christmas has such a weird history
anyway. Wasn’t Fred Astaire originally supposed to be in it?
BC: The picture
was supposed to reunite me and Fred. You see, we had become something of a
tradition at Paramount. Every time we worked together, box office coffers rang
merrily. We had been very lucky with Holiday
Inn and later Blue Skies.
MN: So White Christmas being such an important
project for the studio — it’s first foray into actual widescreen — sounds like
a natural for you and Astaire.
BC; And Berlin.
Don’t forget Irving!
MN: So what
happened?
BC: l believe the
studio couldn’t come to terms with Fred’s schedule. Paramount knew they had to
have a picture called White Christmas
playing in the country before the holidays, counting on word of mouth and such,
Fred, who was always announcing his retirement — “This is going to be my last
picture” — never worked more in his life. He was bigger at the time than he was
with Ginger. Sinatra tried the retirement ploy, too. (chuckles) I probably
should have given it a tug myself.
MN: Astaire must have
really left early. I can’t imagine him playing any other part in the script —
except the Dean Jagger role. I know that Donald O’Connor was slated at one
point.
BC: Absolutely.
Donald’s one of the great performers of all time. I had literally watched him
grow up at Paramount. He was a mere child when we did Sing You Sinners — back in the 30s. So White Christmas still would have been a reunion of sorts.
MN: I heard that
his contract with Universal prevented him from doing the picture. That might
explain why, to this day, he bad-mouths the Francis movies.
BC: Possibly. But
Donald had become very popular due to his dancing in that Gene Kelly picture.
Oh, memory, where art thou?’ Great picture.
MN: Singin’ In The Rain.
BC: Of course. I
think that what really snagged his availability was his commitment to the TV
networks. At the time, Donald was a huge television star. Unfortunately, most
at that stuff was live — so you can’t see it today, but it was really
tremendous. He’s a tremendous talent. I think that’s what ultimately kept him
from White Christmas. Paramount was
forced to go ahead with the shoot date, and fortunately, Danny Kaye — who can
do anything! — had just signed with the studio. They no sooner asked than he
jumped on board. Donald and I, as a consolation prize, were given another
Technicolor VistaVision show, Anything
Goes, which wasn’t bad, as I recall — but it wasn’t anywhere near the
success White Christmas was.
MN: I suppose the
Astaire White Christmas more closely
followed the Holiday Inn trail.
BC: I have no idea
where they were going with that.
MN: White Christmas with you and O’Connor
makes more sense. I mean, when Kaye replaced him, I don’t think Paramount even
bothered to change the script, In the movie, you play a superior officer to the
Kaye character — a young GI private. That would make more sense for O’Connor.
BC: True, but I
believe Danny held up his end admirably.
MN: Oh, no — he’s
great. Was Michael Curtiz difficult to get along with?
BC. I don’t really
recall any kind of problems. The only thing that seemed to be on everyone’s
mind was whether or not the VistaVision was being used correctly or to its best
advantage. VistaVision was the most temperamental costar I ever worked with.
Unlike Rosemary Clooney, who played my romantic interest in the picture — and
whom, coincidentally, is with me on this New York tour. How’s that for a segue?
MN: It’s a shame
she didn’t do more movies.
BC: Rosemary’s the
best. She is one of the most versatile singers in the business. A real
treasure, and a good family friend. I’m sorry, did we hop the track a bit?
MN: Well, I could
never figure out how Curtiz got White
Christmas. Then I remembered he’d done Yankee
Doodle Dandy.
BC: You could
write your own ticket on a movie like that. Everyone went to see it. I don’t
think you can get any better than Jimmy Cagney. Talk about incredible
performers…
(Mel Neuhaus
interviewing Bing in 1976, as reproduced in a 1994 edition of Laser Marquee, the collectors’ guide to
classic movies on Laserdisc.)
October 17, Sunday. Bing's filmed contribution is seen on the Toast of the Town show on CBS-TV hosted by
Ed Sullivan in order to plug White Christmas.
Ed Sullivan
made Liberace and a filmed insert with Bing Crosby pay off Sunday with one of
the season’s highest Trendex ratings for CBS-TV’s “Toast of the Town.” Marker
of 42.6 for 68.5 share of audience dropped the opposing “Comedy Hour” on NBC to
13.1 with share of 21.
(Daily Variety, October 19, 1954)
. . . Otherwise, it was a first-rate session marked
by a top-notch film clip of a Sullivan interview with Bing Crosby on the Coast.
The Crosby bit was a plug for the Paramount pic White Christmas (which
incidentally, has been getting a hefty slice of cuffo time both radio and tv
via Irving Berlin’s current pic and songplugging activities); but the Groaner
was in his niftiest form as a casual personality and his relaxed way before the
cameras belied the existence of what must have been an Army of Paramount
technicians to make the ultra-professional looking “home movie” sequence.
Sullivan opened with a few remarks and Crosby carried the ball from that point
onwards, chatting amiably and delivering snatches of Berlin tunes without
accompaniment except for one number, “Gee, I Wish I Was Back in the Army.” It
was a tip-top trailer.
(Variety, October 20, 1954)
October (undated). Bing takes Bette Uitti to the Dean Martin dinner-dance. They leave early.
October 25, Monday. Lindsay
Crosby is tried on a battery charge following an altercation at a Sunset Strip
night club in June during which Lindsay allegedly knocked a lady from a bar
stool. After five hours of deliberation, a jury finds him guilty on the lesser
charge of disturbing the peace.
October 29, Friday. A municipal
court judge sets aside the verdict of guilty of disturbing the peace against
Lindsay on the grounds that insufficient evidence was submitted.
October 30, Saturday. Kathryn
Grant and Marilyn Banks visit Bing for the weekend at his home above the
Thunderbird Country Club in Palm Springs.
October 31, Sunday. Bing and his party are at the Thunderbird Country Club for dinner. Proposes
marriage to Kathryn Grant at Palm Springs. She accepts but Bing then does not
see her for two months.
Bing didn’t seem romantically inclined. He just
seemed worried. He must have been aware of lots of things of which I was
ignorant—problems we would have to face, public relations, good and bad—that we
would have to overcome. He didn’t discuss such things with me then, but he did
seem a bit withdrawn for a man who was figuratively on his knees requesting my
hand in marriage.
. . . I still knew
little about Bing the great star, the idol of millions. I did know a great deal
about a very kind man who seemed to enjoy my company, as I enjoyed his. . . .
He listened to my few opinions with interest and acceptance. He seemed to think
I knew what I was talking about, and he showed me he was proud of my endeavors
and my activities. Of course I liked that. I liked that enough to want to be
with him the rest of my life and I was delighted when he said he felt the same
way.
(Kathryn Crosby, writing in her book Bing and
Other Things, pages 51-52)
November 1, Monday. It is
announced that Bing has discarded his half-hour weekly show and will resume
shortly on CBS with a quarter-hour series five evenings each week. The new
program is to be produced and written by Bill Morrow and directed by Murdo
Mackenzie.
Lester Gottlieb,
CBS Radio programming veepee, has moved in where others feared to tread, grabbing
off Bing Crosby for a five-night-a-week radio showcasing executing the major network
radio coup of the year. What makes it all the more standout is that Gottlieb convinced
The Bing to reverse himself for signing off at the end of last season. Crosby
more or less renounced radio along with tv.
Crosby
tees off on Nov. 22 in the 9:15 to 9:30 slot, Monday-thru- Friday, a taped show
that will pretty much conform to the usual Bingle variety format, with guests, etc.
Initially it was Gottlieb’s aim to bring Crosby back into radio with a
continuing, biographical theme based on the Crosby “Call Me Lucky” life story,
but the singer vetoed the idea, feeling he could bring more entertainment
elements with the conventional format. As in the past, Bill Morrow will
produce. John Scott Trotter, after a many-year association with Crosby, will be
missing this time up, with a more intimate instrumental combo going in.
Crosby
will be slotted back-to-back with Amos N' Andy, who have also entered the
cross-the-board 25 minute sweepstakes with their 9:30 to 9:55 p.m. CBS show.
(Variety,
November 3, 1954)
“To me Bing’s outstanding qualities are his speed
and punctuality. He likes things to be well-organized beforehand, but is always
ready to pitch in where necessary and do more than his share of work. I’ve
never seen him lose his temper and blow-off, but he does detest pressure and
crowding and he’ll walk out if anyone starts pushing him. In the same way he’s
of a positive mind. Once he makes a decision that’s it. If I had to make a one
sentence definition, I’d say Bing is a perfectionist in a casual sort of way.”
(Bill Morrow, interviewed in November 1957, as
reproduced in BINGANG, October 1958)
November 2, Tuesday. Look
magazine carries an article by Bing headed “I Never Had to Scream” in which he
reflects on trends in popular music and the increasing power of the disc
jockeys.
November 4, Thursday. Records “Peace Prayer of St. Francis” and “Blessing of St. Francis” with the Padre Choristers and Father Lorenzo Morales. Richard D. Aurandt arranges and conducts. It is likely that Bing added his voice to tracks already recorded by the choir at Santa Barbara. Bing undertakes the recitation of “Peace Prayer of St. Francis” to help raise funds for Catholic charities and his reading is sincere and effective. After his opening narration, the choir and a soloist take over until Bing returns to join them as the prayer is completed in dramatic fashion. The Prayer of Saint Francis is attributed to the 13th-century saint, Francis of Assisi, although the prayer in its present form cannot be traced back further than 1912. The prayer has been known in the United States since 1936 and Cardinal Francis Spellman distributed millions of copies of it during and just after World War II. British politician Margaret Thatcher famously paraphrased it when she was first elected as Prime Minister on May 4, 1979 saying “Where there is discord, may we bring harmony. Where there is error, may we bring truth. Where there is doubt, may we bring faith. And where there is despair, may we bring hope.”
A neat little
record in an extremely attractive jacket is PEACE AND BLESSING (Decca). It’s sung
by the Padre Choristers, Old Mission, Santa Barbara and well nominated by Bing
Crosby himself. One side is the Peace Prayer of St Francis of Assisi, used
often by The Christophers: “Lord, make me an instrument of Thy peace…” The flip
side, though interesting, is weaker. This has Bing reading some of the Poverello’s
other words of blessing. (In the morning when the sun rises everybody oughta
praise God…”) and accompanied by some syrupy chirpy tweeting (Address to the
Birds) and a fascinating Franciscan version of an animal howl (Address to the
Wolf). It’s a nice record to give hospitals and clubs—even your local radio
station.
(John E. Fitzgerald,
Dallas Texas Catholic, December 15,
1956)
November 8, Monday. Details of
Dixie’s estate are released and show that her own assets and her share of the
community property accumulated during her marriage to Bing total $1,332,571.
After debts, taxes, and expenses the net figure is $550,616. Obligations of the
estate are said to be $507,000, presumably including $410,000 owed to Citizens
National Trust and Savings Bank, being the balance due on the promissory note
signed on April 14, 1952.
November 17, Wednesday. Variety
presents a major survey in which many disc jockeys discuss Bing’s statements
about them in his recent article in Look magazine.
November 18, Thursday. At
CBS Studio C in Hollywood, Bing records 19 songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio
for use on his radio show. He also poses for publicity photos.
November 20, Saturday. Attends the gala opening of the El Mirador Hotel in Palm Springs with Kathryn Grant.
November 21, Sunday. (3:00-4:00 p.m.) The
Thanksgiving Hour, a radio program broadcast over the Mutual Network,
features a story called “Miss Clara” and Bing takes part together with Ethel
Barrymore, Pat O’Brien, and Perry Como. (8:00-8:30 p.m.) The weekly CBS radio show, The
Hallmark Hall of Fame, broadcasts a memorial tribute to the late Lionel
Barrymore (the show’s former host) and Bing makes a short contribution.
November 22, Monday. (9:15–9:30
p.m.) The Bing Crosby Show airs on CBS radio. This is a daily
weekday fifteen-minute show (preceding the Amos ‘n’ Andy show) which continues
until December 31, 1956, with a variety of sponsors. It starts off on a
sustaining basis for the first few weeks. The audience rating is 3.1 for
1954-55, which earns the program fourteenth position in the Nielsen ratings.
Jack Benny’s show is in top position with 5.8. The format of Bing’s new show
has him talking about everyday matters interspersed with songs by him. The
songs used are a mixture of his commercial recordings and songs specially
recorded with Buddy Cole and his Trio.
Bing Crosby Show - 15 mins Monday thru Friday 9.15
pm
The way they used to tell it that ‘the sun never
set on the British Empire’; Der Bingle still retains an Empire of sorts (money
aside). What with resurrection of those platters far and wide on the kilocycle
horizons, it’s been more than a score of years now since Crosby started
groaning low and high on CBS from the top and bottom of the Decca. Either way
he took command, setting pace and records that figure to stand forever or, if
not, to be enshrined in a special vault, along with the antique statistics of a
sports firmament, he loves so well. He chalked up so many ‘firsts’ that it’s becoming
a cliché to call the roll. So now, Bing Crosby is on a CBS radio, across the
board quarter, in the fractional 9.15 pm time that listeners are bound to find.
He’s now the elder statesman singer, the doyen of his bracket and as great a
radio personality as ever. Continuing in parallel are his leading corpsmen and
friends, Bill Morrow and Murdo MacKenzie, bringing the show in, with MacKenzie
also directing and fisherman pal, Morrow, doubling as writer, in a format that
is typically Crosby and a bit beyond the conventions. Bing is an exponent of
the ‘sing’ but his talk is true, an incredible combination that he’s made all
his own, over the years, whether on an hour’s kick or on tit-bits of this or
that.
Monday’s opener on the 22nd, seemed less than fifteen minutes but even twice
that much would still seem fleeting. It’s one sure measure of his standing as a
performer that CBS program vice president, Lester Gottlieb must have had to
talk even faster and more engagingly to sell Crosby this daily deal. After all,
how much of the coin can he keep? More at stake, perhaps, was steady
identification and prestige, with maybe a bone thrown to Columbia to have it
retain its strong competitive hold on night-time programs. The best in the biz
- Crosby said it right in the intro - not too hokey - won’t yock it up with
pitch encomiums etc. But the songs are not merely post-scripts, such as, ‘This
Ol’ House’, to the Buddy Cole Trio’s, pianola, stuffola and revved up beat.
‘Hey, There’, out of ‘The Pyjama Game’ with its quiet, authoritative and almost
new interpretation, plus by the Cole group’s counterpoint segueing brightly
into ‘But Not for Me’.
In between the talk, it’s never small talk with the
Tacoma lad who went from grid to golf, to Georgia and a hatchick, all attuned
to the Morrow bag of conventional tricks. With Crosby never varying from a
vehicle status, so that it comes out with the pure Crosby imprint with a light
touch given to human-interest quickies that seemed in the orthodox
commentator’s groove. Inspiration was built in to boot and may well have been
designed to make the chirping subordinate to the informal analyst. Crosby’s
‘snappers’ came off so easily, you begin to expect them. There will be guests,
lots of them but the ‘preemer’ didn’t have them - the precious minutes were
needed to set the stage and Crosby would rather be dead than not give a drop in
the full dialogue. If the Amos ‘N’ Andy Music Hall does not get its inheritance
from Crosby and Crosby himself doesn’t rate a rating, radio is, indeed, on the
way to nowhere.
(Variety, November 24, 1954)
The Bing Crosby
radio fans - and as one who eschewed the glittering attractions offered by
television at 8 o'clock of a Sunday evening through the 1953-54 season to
listen to Der Bingle, this reviewer counts himself a loyal Crosby fan - have
come to expect three things from a Crosby broadcast: first, his inimitable
crooning of old and new popular songs; second, an interlude of fast and clever
dialogue with Ken Carpenter and the guest of the evening; and third, the commercials
delivered by Mr. Carpenter, with or without his star's assistance. The new
Crosby series on CBS Radio (9:15- 9:30 p.m. EST, Monday through Friday) meets
only one of those expectations: the Crosby voice after all these years sounds
as fresh as ever; Bing's manner of putting over a song is as relaxed as if he
were rehearsing instead of broadcasting; all the anticipated enjoyment is
provided in the song department. But the chatter part of the program is a sad
let-down. Instead of the carefree, casual banter which Bing and Ken used to
exchange so amusingly, the opening programs of this season's Crosby series
found Bing stumbling through inept monologues. If Bill Morrow really wrote
those scripts, as CBS maintains, he's in a slump and should be relieved until
he pulls out of it. He can do better, as the record shows. Finally, this Crosby
series is being broadcast sustaining (and how could one better epitomize the
plight of network radio than by the single sorry fact that the whole high-powered
CBS sales staff was unable to find a sponsor for a man whose products are still
top sellers in record shops and movie houses?). With no commercials to deliver
and nothing to do but sign the program on and off, Ken's absence from the talk
part of the show is all the harder to understand. There was a wistful note in
his voice on the first broadcast, when, at the conclusion of the show Bing
wondered audibly if he hadn't been talking too much and Ken murmured, "Not
to me." Many listeners must have been wondering with him. Estimated production
cost: $2,700 per 15-minute program.
(Broadcasting Magazine, December 13, 1954,
page 15)
I eventually settled back in Hollywood and worked
strictly in the studios, recording and writing arrangements and that type of
thing for the film companies and radio and this I continued to do until 1947
when I joined Bing Crosby, really as a pianist with the John Scott Trotter
Orchestra, but Bing was very nice and always insisted on some piano backgrounds
to the things he was doing. Eventually the big bands faded out as you know and
one day Bing called me and asked me to go to CBS with him and a small group. He
said “Just you, I won’t do this unless you’ll do it.” That’s just about the way
Bing put it and I was naturally just thrilled out of my skull! And so we
started with Mr. Crosby recording all of these tunes. That was in 1954 and
we’ve been on the air continually except for one period of nine months and one
period of a year some place along the way.
(Buddy Cole, in a tape recorded message to Crosby
fan Stan White, reproduced in Crosby Post, August 1962)
November 24, Wednesday. It is announced that the premieres of The Country Girl
in New York, Los Angeles and other key cities are to be fund raising
events for the Olympic Fund. Bing has been made honorary chairman of
the fund-raising committee.
November 25, Thursday. The sale
of the Kelly-Snyder pool (containing forty-two oil wells including property
owned by Bing and Bob Hope) in Scurry County, West Texas, by W. A. Moncrief for
almost $21 million is announced. Bing and Bob are said to receive $3,370,000
each from this.
November 30, Tuesday. Bing and Mona Freeman dine at Don the Beachcomber in Palm Springs.
December 3, Friday. (7:30-8:00 p.m.) Bing is
interviewed by Edward R. Murrow on the Person to Person show on CBS-TV.
Bing is at home in Holmby Hills while Murrow is in the New York studio.
. . . If Crosby were any more relaxed he’d
collapse, but that didn’t impair the efficiency of his guideposts to a variety
of items, from the nineteen Decca “gold” platters to the late Dixie Crosby’s
Copenhagen China collection. He hummed “This Ole House” in tongue-in-cheek
manner, and interlarded a dash of “Count Your Blessings” in a casual style
which bespoke innate showmanship—he even had the right “theme” songs for the
occasion. He got in the right degree of plugging for his upcoming “Country
Girl” (Par), saluted his late gagman Barney Dean, spotlighted his “real”
friends, spoke about the boys—Lindsay was the only one present—and even got in
a fast dash of his case against “Oop! Shoop!” and “Sh-Boom,” which his four
“toughest critics”—his sons—apparently hold in higher esteem than does the
Groaner. He admitted that bringing up the four boys was his toughest job.
(Variety, December 8, 1954)
Televised
fights have become so bad of late that Ed Murrow’s person-to-person with Bing
Crosby last Friday polled a Trendex of 29.3 against the Gillette scrap’s 11.8.
(Daily Variety, December 9, 1954)
December 4, Saturday. At
CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records 16 songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio
for use on his radio show.
December 9, Thursday. The trial
of the $1,051,400 motor accident damage suit (regarding Bing’s October 1953 car
accident) begins at the Los Angeles Superior Court with the selection of the
jury. Bing is present and before the selection can be completed, a settlement
is reached out of court for $100,000.
Bing
Crosby yesterday settled for $100,000 the $1051,400 damage suit brought against
him by three persons after an early morning automobile collision Oct. 11, 1953.
Atty.
Edgar Simon, representing the three, announced the agreement in the courtroom
of Superior Judge Thomas J. Cunningham, after a day and a half of conferences
with the Crooner’s counsel.
There
was no formal argument. The judge remained in chambers while the lawyers
huddled.
Frank
Verdugo, 22, city fireman, who sued for $700,000 will receive $67,500 for a
fractured neck vertebra which necessitates his wearing an orthopedic collar.
Mrs.
Lucy Verdugo, 29, his wife, settled her $200,000 plaint for $27,500. She
suffered a fractured jaw and loss of 10 teeth, Simon said.
Her
brother, Eulalio Peres, 26, had asked $100,000, and was satisfied to drop the
case for $5000. His nose was broken in the crash, also his left arm, the lawyer
said.
The
collision occurred at Wilshire and Sepulveda Blvds, at 5:30 a.m. in the rain.
The three plaintiffs blamed Crosby, charging that he had been drinking, and was
weary from loss of sleep. His answer to the suit made the same charges against
Verdugo.
The
singer could not be reached for comment as the case was settled. His attorneys,
Walter O. Schell, Pierce Works and John O’Melveny, left the announcement to
Simon.
(Los Angeles Times, December 11, 1954)
December 13, Monday. Bing
writes to Canadian broadcaster, Gord Atkinson:
Thank you so much for sending me the clippings from
the Ottawa papers relating to the running of White Christmas up there
and how it fared with the public. I am glad too that you liked it. It’s a good
audience picture, with some attractive songs and sets, and some good singing
and dancing, and I am happy to report that it is meeting with tremendous
response all over the United States at the box office. Paramount tells me that
it looks like it’s going to be the biggest grossing musical of all time. One of
their biggest hits was The Greatest Show on Earth, and in comparable
situations, White Christmas is outgrossing this DeMille picture—which is
a very substantial tribute.
Glad you like the new radio show. It’s a very easy thing to do, and I
get a
great deal of satisfaction out of being able to chat informally about
sports
and books and things like that that interest me, and that I hope may
interest
other people.
The picture, The Country Girl has been shown a few times around town
here and it opens next week on the 21st–the premiere is to be held for the
benefit of the United States Olympic fund, and similar functions will be held
in key cities all over the United States in connection with the preview of this
picture. We hope to raise upwards of $100,000 for the cause. This picture is a
very dramatic thing—good solid story with some wonderful performances from
Grace Kelly and Bill Holden. Paramount has high hopes for some Academy
nominations. I believe it certainly is entitled to the award for the best
screenplay, which George Seaton wrote, adapted from Clifford Odets’ play of the
same name.
As
far as the record situation is concerned, Gord, I don’t know what more I can do
than what I have already done. I record whatever I can—we try to devise new
combinations and new types of vocal and musical support, try different
arrangers, try all kinds of songs, but nothing seems to catch on. I know the
promotion has been apathetic on Decca’s part, but I really feel candidly that
the fault is not entirely theirs. I don’t think the records that I make are as
good as the ones I used to—I just don’t sing that good any more, and there are
so many new fellows coming up who really sing well and who are keen about
recording anything they can get hold of, they’re on the ground and they’re in
touch. That’s about the best explanation I can give of the situation.
Will be pleased to hear from you again when you have time.
As ever,
Bing
December 15, Wednesday. The
benefit world premiere of the film The Country Girl takes place at
Criterion Theater, New York. The movie takes $6 million in rental income in its
initial release period.
Clifford Odets’s poignant drama of a broken-down
actor, his loyal wife, and a misunderstanding stage director that he told in The
Country Girl, has been put on the screen with solid impact—and with Bing
Crosby in the actor role. This latter piece of offbeat casting is the most
striking thing about the film, which Paramount delivered last evening to the
Criterion.
For, with all the uncompromising
candor of George Seaton’s adaptation of the play and with all the intense,
perceptive acting of Grace Kelly and William Holden in the other roles, it is
truly Mr. Crosby’s appearance and performance as the has-been thespian who
fights and is helped back to stardom that hits the audience right between the
eyes.
Mr. Odets’s drama is a searching and pitiless
thing. It cuts to the hearts of three people without mercy or concern for their
deep shame. It eviscerates a middle-aged actor who has taken to self-pity and
drink because of some canker in his confidence, which is, indeed, an
occupational disease. And it lays bare the proud and bleak devotion of his
sadly humiliated wife and the arrogance of the stage director who fails to
grasp the shabby lie the actor lives.
Although the heroic character is
inevitably the wife, who fights for her weak and sodden husband with the last
store of energy in her weary frame, it is he—the degraded husband—who is the
focus of attention here. And the force and credibility of the drama depends
upon how he is played. That is why it is Mr. Crosby who merits particular praise,
for he not only has essayed the character but also performs it with unsuspected
power.
It is notable that his shabby actor is
not so testy nor prone to smear his wife as was the cunning and cantankerous
fellow Paul Kelly created on the Broadway stage. Mr. Crosby’s fidgety defeatist
is more the apologetic sort whose manner appeals for forgiveness and who only
rarely explodes in rage. But he is nonetheless basically brutal as he torments
his loyal “country girl” with his agonizing self-pity and his shamefully losing
battles with his nerves.
Mr. Seaton, who wrote the screenplay
and directed with a hand as firm as iron, has allowed him one dispensation to
yank on the strings of the heart. He has made him a musical comedy actor, which
is logical with Mr. Crosby in the role, and has given him several numbers by
Harold Arlen and Ira Gershwin to sing.
One is an item called “The Pitchman,”
which is supposed to be from one of the actor’s old shows and which he sings
when he does an audition, through the good offices of the stage director, early
in the film. But the more sentimental obtrusion is a ballad, “The Search Is
Through,” which is wrapped up with misty recollections of happier days and a
little son who was killed. Naturally, Mr. Crosby tugs when the strings are in
his hands.
But, for the most part, he plays the
broken actor frankly and honestly, goes down to the depths of degradation
without a bat of his bleary eyes, and then brings the poor guy back to triumph
in a chest-thumping musical show with a maximum of painful resolution and sheer
credibility. There is no doubt that Mr. Crosby deserves all the kudos he will
get.
So does the lovely Miss Kelly, who
likewise will get her share of praise for the quality of strain and desperation
she puts into the battered, patient wife. And Mr. Holden, too, merits approval
for the stinging yet oddly tender way he plays the stage director—the man who
gives the actor his break. Anthony Ross as a heartless producer and Gene
Reynolds as a backstage myrmidon add the flavor of hard-grained reality to this
trenchant, intense, and moving film.
The Country Girl comes along
fitly as one of the fine and forceful pictures of the year.
(Bosley Crowther, The New York Times,
December 16, 1954)
An exceptionally well performed essay on an
alcoholic song man, with Bing Crosby the one carrying on a bottle romance, Country
Girl is high on boxoffice punch. It’s a strong, intense show that’s certain
to be talked about.
…Crosby pulls a
masterly switch, for it is the character of the story that he projects: it is
not the crooner in another shallow disguise. He immerses himself into the part
with full effect, inspiring audience revulsion with his deceit and sottiness
and yet engendering just enough sympathy to make his final triumph over the
bottle a welcome development.
Product of the
cleffers meets requirements. The four tunes fit into the pic production well
enough and one, “Live and Learn,” a blues number peddled by Crosby and
Jacqueline Fontaine at one point, stands a fair chance of trade on its own.
(Variety, December 1, 1954)
Miss
Grace
Kelly
Apt.
E
906
200 East 66th
Street
New
York, New York
Dear
Grace:
Well, I finally got a chance to see “Country Girl”
last night. They had a premiere here at the Warners Beverly Theatre, and it was
quite an event. Certainly has to be for me to climb into a dinner coat and face
that battery of photographers and TV cameras and radio spielers.
Everybody seemed to like the picture
very well, and I include myself if I may be slightly immodest. Bill Perlberg
gave a party later at Chasen’s, and quite a few of the people came to the
function and told me personally how much they liked it. Everyone was
extravagant in his praise of your performance, and I certainly join them in
that sentiment.
I thought I knew the story pretty well
and what was going on, but I confess you completely had me under your spell. If
I didn’t know your background so well I would be prepared to swear that
sometime or another you must have been married to just such a dreary bum as
Frank Elgin. My dear girl, whoever beats you for the Oscar is going to have to
do some intensive campaigning.
Bill’s performance was absolutely
perfect – so sustained and honest, and Anthony Ross surprised me. Of course I
didn’t see many of the scenes that he was in, as I only figured in a couple
myself with him, so I wasn’t familiar with just how much he had to do in the
picture, but he got a substantial round of applause when he finished his last
scene.
As for myself I couldn’t tell whether
I was any good or not – I was too busy watching myself as one does at such
runnings to notice whether I was effective at all. Seemed to me I was doggin’
it a little, but maybe I’ll get away with it.
December 23, Thursday. Records
the four songs from the film The Country Girl with Joseph J. Lilley and
his Orchestra in Hollywood.
Bing Crosby: ‘‘The
Country Girl” (Decca). This set includes tunes from two recent Crosby films.
Paramount’s “The Country Girl” and “Little Boy Lost.” Altogether neither film
produced any hit tunes, this set has some fine numbers that stand up nicely in
this package. Particularly good are the numbers from “Little Boy Lost.”
including one tune. “Dissertation on the State of Bliss,” (sic) which Crosby duets with Patty Andrews.
(Variety, February 23, 1955)
BING CROSBY SINGS SELECTIONS FROM THE COUNTRY GIRL 7”
(1-EP) Decca ED-2186
The critical acclaim bestowed on the Paramount
picture with Crosby, Grace Kelly and William Holden should attract many a buyer
for this EP package. The regular Crosby buyers, of course, will want it. The EP
contains “It’s Mine, It’s Yours,” “The Search Is Through,” “Dissertation on
the State of Bliss,” and “The Land Around Us.” Tho
none of the Harold Arlen-Ira Gershwin tunes have turned hit yet, the promotional
possibilities are strong enough to sell this.
(Billboard, February 26, 1955)
Music is put to
equally nostalgic ends in George Seton’s (sic) The Country Girl (1954),
a film Rick Altman appropriately calls an “anti-musical”. A touching popular song by Gershwin and Arlan (sic), “The
Search Is Through,” isolates an idealized moment in the past of now alcoholic singer Frank
Elgin (Bing Crosby). The moment is marked
both by professional achievement (the song, a huge hit of Frank’s, is depicted
in flashback in a recording studio where he is accompanied by a full studio
orchestra) and by personal happiness (he sings there to his wife, Georgie
[Grace Kelly], and their young son), When the song is later played on the
radio, it reminds Frank of all that had once been his.
December 25, Saturday. Bing
spends Christmas at his Holmby Hills house with his sons and many of their
friends. Meanwhile, his recording of “White Christmas” again enters the charts
and peaks at number thirteen during its three-week tenure.
December 30, Thursday. The Blue Skies Trailer Park in Palm Springs opens for business.
December 31, Friday. Decca
masters a song called “Nobody” which had been recorded originally for Bing’s
Philco show of April 2, 1947.
Nobody…Decca 29493—The old Bert Williams
minstrel ditty, performed by Der Bingle on radio back in 1946 (sic), is in the
grooves. It’s a swell novelty item, sure to attract deejay attention.
(Billboard, April 9, 1955)
December
(undated). Kathryn Grant phones from New York; Bing suggests a
wedding for February 7 in Carmel.
Bing makes his final
appearance in the annual U.S.A. movie box office poll being placed at number
eight. John Wayne has the top position.
During
the year,
Bing has had only five records that have become chart hits. At some
stage in 1954, Bing films a short appeal on behalf of the American
Cancer Society which is included in a 14-minute short called
"Music, Music, Music!" featuring Teresa Brewer, Mel Torme and Cab
Calloway and introduced by Martin Block.
Bing Crosby
Enterprises has had some success with a syndicated half-hour dramatic anthology
television series called Crown Theater with Gloria Swanson.
January 2, Sunday. Press reports state that Dennis Crosby
is arrested as a 'drunken' passenger in a motor vehicle. His three friends in the
car are also arrested after an alleged 55-mile per hour police car chase. It appears
that Dennis has flunked out of Washington State College.
January
(undated). Bing records “lots of radio shows before taking off
for Pebble Beach and his golf tournament.”
January 3, Monday. A municipal
judge dismisses the charges against Dennis “because the boy has never been in
trouble before.” Bing’s daily 15-minute radio show has a sponsor for the first
time when the makers of Lanolin Plus Liquid pick up the tab. Initially they
sponsor the show every Monday.
January 4, Tuesday. Dennis Crosby is inducted into the Army and leaves for Fort Ord, California. He is soon transferred to Fort Riley in Kansas for training with the US 10th Infantry Division which is bound for duty in West Germany in the summer. His twin Phillip is still at Washington State College and receives an educational deferment from the draft.
January 5, Wednesday. Bing is at Pebble Beach and he writes to Canadian
broadcaster Gord Atkinson.
Thank
you so much for the nice Christmas present - the book about Canada. I haven’t
had a chance to read it yet, but I scanned through it quickly, and it looks
like it’s going to make absorbing reading, and certainly an interesting subject
for me, because I have so many friends in Canada and think so much of my
connections there.
Not
much news to report except we are getting ready to start a picture soon with
Donald O’Connor and Mitzi Gaynor and Jeanmaire, the French Ballerina, called
“Anything Goes”, based on the old Cole Porter musical, with many of the songs
retained, but a new story.
Made
some recordings from the picture “Country Girl” which I think turned out rather
well, particularly one called “Love and Learn”, which I did with Patti Andrews.
I hope you will get a chance to hear these records when they come out, and that
you will be able to use them on one of your radio outlets.
The
very best to you and your family for 1955. As ever –
Your friend, Bing
January 6, Thursday. (10:00-11:00 p.m.) Bing appears as a guest in the Lux Video Theatre production of Sunset Boulevard on NBC-TV. He does not take part in the play but promotes The Country Girl. Around this time, he writes to Kathryn Grant.
I suppose
you read Denny's publicity or heard about it. A pack of lies and a typical
example of how the press can distort an incident to create a story. You know I
never defend my boys when they are wrong, but this kid was not drunk, was
immediately released, and the case was dropped. Nonetheless the papers ran stories
about 'a wild auto chase, drunk driving, etc.'
Actually
the car was stopped one block away from The Townhouse where they had been, but the
public will undoubtedly believe what they read, so there’s nothing I can do
about it but rage and suffer in silence.
Well
we had a nice Christmas and a merry two-week session. One night 16 boys were
bedded at the Old manse. Our grocery bill this month will be a beauty. Georgie,
the housekeeper, tells me they average eight quarts of milk per day, a whole
roast beef, and other items. But it’s worth it I guess. You know where they are
some of the time. And there are lots of laughs with the endless ribbing going
on.
A
great deal of muttering because of the Big 10 victory in the Rose, the 7th in 8
games. But I won a bet because I had 13 points. UCLA would have won I'm sure,
but USC put up a gallant fight in the mud.
Denny
is now at Fort Ord and is seemingly happy about it. He knows where he's going
to be for a couple of years, and is avowedly determined to make a good showing.
Well
dear, have a good time in New York. I’ll call you in a day or so. Write me a
note if you have time.
All
my love, Bing
January (undated). Gary Crosby drops out of Stanford. Bing is furious and relationships between them become difficult and they hardly speak.
After
working the old man’s show for the summer, college seemed more pointless than
ever. All things considered, the work had been a good experience. I may have
been too full of self-doubts to live off the high of it, but at least while I
was doing it I felt like I was involved in something positive and productive that
kept me reasonably straight. Stanford meant nothing to me by now. I had no
business there. I was just taking up space that could have been used by some
guy who really wanted to study, who needed that seat to become a doctor or a
lawyer, and here I was, an asshole screwing around in speech and drama and just
barely scuffling through. With all my in completes, I was looking at another
year and a half before I graduated, assuming I ever could con my way through
Biology 1 after already flunking it three times.
It
wasn’t easy breaking the news to the old man. I knew it would be a bitter,
bitter disappointment. Maybe because he had dropped out of college himself just
a year or so short of becoming a lawyer, he was absolutely determined that his
sons would go on to graduate. Maybe he figured he had made a mistake and didn’t
want to see us repeat it, but being the way he was he couldn’t sit down and
tell us that. He simply said, “Everything else can wait. The first thing you
guys are gonna do is finish school.” As it turned out, none of us did. After a
couple of years of partying, the twins dropped out of Washington State, and when
it got to be Linny’s turn he lasted less than a semester at Williams. Lin was a
great passive resister. He wanted to go to school in L.A., where all his
friends were, but Dad said one of us had to graduate from an Ivy League college
and he was the last one left. Lin nodded his head, said okay, then went off to
Williams and promptly flunked out. I know he did it on purpose. He’s probably
the smartest of all of us. That was his way of sticking it to the old man. But
as the oldest of the bunch I was the first to leave school, and it took some
doing to work up the nerve.
It
wasn’t until January, after I had already packed up my bags, that I was able to
make the phone call.
“Uh,
hello, Dad. Look, I got something to tell you. I’m quitting school. I’m coming
home.”
He
went bananas just like I knew he would.
“Jesus
Christ! Goddamit, boy, what the hell are you talking about? After three and a
half years you’re gonna throwaway all your education! Jesus Christ! ... “
I
let him go on ranting and raving, and when he finished I said, ‘Well, like I
told you, I’m quitting and coming home.”
The
silence at the other end of the line was frosty enough to freeze an Eskimo.
“Uh-huh,
I see. Well, what now? What do you think you’re gonna do? What can you do?”
“I’m
gonna go to work.”
“Go
to work, huh? Okay, fine. I’ll see you later.”
He
slammed down the receiver, and I stood there for a minute listening to the dial
tone buzz on and off.
He
was so angry that for the next few months he refused to talk to me. Whenever he
passed me in the hall he lowered his head and kept right on moving. I can’t say
it bothered me much. It was almost a relief that he wasn’t calling me into his
office for a lecture and laying all his bullshit on me. I figured it was only a
matter of time before he threw me out of the house altogether, but until then,
hey, I had free rent, free food, free laundry, and he wasn’t causing me that
much headache. Most days he was gone, and when he did come home the joint was
big enough to keep out of each other’s way. We were living in an armed truce, and
that suited me just fine.
(Gary Crosby, Going
My Own Way, pages 211-213)
January 10, Monday. Bing has a
kidney stone attack while at Pebble Beach. The wedding planned for February 7 is postponed.
January 14-16,
Friday–Sunday. The
Bing Crosby Pro-Am Golf Tournament at Pebble Beach with the purse
increased to
$15,000. Cary Middlecoff is the winner after the entire three days have
been
played in rain, lashed by a cold wind. Other celebrities playing
include Richard Arlen, Forrest Tucker, Howard Keel, Hoagy
Carmichael, Johnny Weissmuller, Don Cherry, Randolph Scott, Phil
Harris, Gen.
Omar Bradley and Byron Nelson. The program was designed by Hank
Ketcham, the
creator of the Dennis the Menace cartoon. Bing shows up briefly at the
clambake
“full of penicillin and various miacins.” He watches the golf from a window in his home on the 13th fairway.
January 17, Monday. Bing goes
into St. John’s Hospital in Santa Monica and spends four hours recording
material for use in nine radio shows using a bedside tape machine.
January 19, Wednesday. Has
surgery for kidney stones. The surgeon, Dr. Frederick Schlumberger says that
Bing was in surgery for two hours and has come through in “excellent
condition.” Kathryn Grant visits him each day during his stay in the hospital. The
Hollywood Reporter has carried a story saying that Bing and Kathryn are
engaged to be married. Bing is not happy about the publicity.
February 2, Wednesday. Bing’s daily radio show picks up another sponsor (for Wednesdays and Fridays) in the shape of the makers of Instant Postum, a coffee flavored drink without caffeine.
February 5, Saturday. Bing writes to the Bell Sisters.
Dear Girls:
Thank you
so much for your nice letter which I received recently while in hospital. Nice
to know that one’s friends are holding good thoughts for you when you are laid
up. I am still in hospital, but expect to get out in a few days.
You must
have had some exciting appearances on your Korean tour with those airplane
episodes. You better stay on the ground for a while now.
Hope you
and your family are in good health and spirits, and I want to wish you much
happiness and success in 1955.
Fondly, Bing
February 10, Thursday. Bing
leaves St. John’s Hospital. The proposed wedding date is put back until May.
February 12, Saturday.
Spends all
day taping dialogue for his daily radio show. (6:00-7:30 pm.) NBC
televises the ceremonies for the Academy Award nominations. Bing is
nominated for Best Actor for his role in "The Country Girl".
Press coverage includes a photo of Bing in his dressing
gown watching the show.
February 14, Monday. Bing and
Kathryn dine together at Bing’s Holmby Hills home.
February
(undated). Bing is interviewed at his Holmby Hills home by Father
Caffrey for future use in the Sunday in Hollywood radio program. He sings a snatch of
‘Whither Thou Goest’. The program is broadcast in 1956.
February
(undated). Goes to Palm Springs to convalesce.
March 1, Tuesday. Rumors
spread that Bing has died and after being alerted by newsmen, sheriff’s
deputies go to Bing’s Rancho Mirage home, near Palm Springs to check. Bing
returns home from dinner to confound the reports.
March 2, Wednesday. At CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records 12 songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio for use on his radio show.
Speaking
about Bing reminds me of a conversation I had the other day with his musical
director and accompanist, Buddy Cole.
Buddy is still shaking his head over the recent session he had with the
Groaner during which they recorded 35 tunes in two days for Bing’s
Monday-through-Friday CBS radio show heard here at 8.45 pm.
“It’s
not only phenomenal, it must be a world’s record,” Buddy said. “I’ve known singers who spent an entire day
on one song.”
Of
course, Bing has a great advantage, Cole explained. “He doesn’t read music. Bing sings by
ear. He knows that one note is higher on
the staff than another, but he can’t tell you what it is. He also wasted little time rehearsing. For ‘Somebody Loves Me,’ for example, we had
no rehearsal time at all. Bing walked
in, asked which song was first and said, “Let’s go.” He sang it once and that was the recording
you heard.
“Bing
sings easier than some people breathe,” continued Cole. “He steers away from fads. He has set them but never follows
trends. Bing sings Bing. His style hasn’t changed in 20 years. It doesn’t have to, you just don’t tinker
with perfection.”
(Walter Ames, Los Angeles Times, May 18, 1955)
March (undated). Sees Kathryn Grant frequently,
taking her to Perino’s restaurant on one occasion.
March 8, Tuesday. (6:30–7:00
p.m.) Appears on the Red Skelton CBS-TV show and is presented with the Look
Magazine Best Actor Award for 1954 for his role in The Country Girl.
Other guests are Edmond O’Brien, Walt Disney, Alfred Hitchcock, and Jack
Lemmon. Bing goes on to the Look cocktail party at the Beverly Hills
Hotel.
March 9, Wednesday. Gary Crosby signs a contract with CBS to appear on the Tennessee Ernie Ford radio show three times a week beginning March 14.
The silence didn’t end until I got my first job singing in a nightclub
somewhere in town. Then he saw that I wasn’t going to sit on my ass and hold my
head forever. He still wasn’t pleased I had quit college, but at least I was
doing something. The gig had gone fairly well, and one morning he stopped me on
the way out the door and said, “Well, I hear you did a pretty good job.” I
would have bet every cent in my pocket on what the next word was going to
be-and I would have won. “But don’t forget to practice your
vocalizing and work on your ballads.” In any case, we were now back to normal.
(Gary Crosby, Going
My Own Way, page 213)
March 11, Friday. (4:15–7:15
p.m.) Records “Jim, Johnny and Jonas” and “Farewell” with a chorus and
orchestra directed by Ken Darby in Hollywood. Bing then drives to Palm Springs.
By way of background, in June 1950 a country singer called Johnny Bond wrote
and recorded a song called “Cherokee Waltz” and later he changed the lyrics to
give it a Hawaiian slant. With a new title of “Jim, Johnny and Jonas” it became
popular in Germany and it eventually was brought back to the USA to be recorded
by many artists including Jimmy Wakely, Sammy Kaye, Pee Wee King and of course
Bing. The words of “Farewell” are taken from a poem written by the legendary
folk hero and frontiersman, Davy Crockett. The melody was added for the song to
be used in the film Davy Crockett, King of the Wild Frontier (1955).
Jim, Johnny and Jonas
The refurbished “Cherokee Waltz” is getting a flock
of waxings here, now that it’s established as one of Europe’s top post war
hits. This is Bing’s best bid in many months. Figures to see plenty of action.
Farewell
A standard homey-type ballad about one leaving his
homeland to rise or fall “in the land of the stranger.” For the “Now Is the
Hour” fans.
(Billboard, April 2, 1955)
March 13, Sunday. Bing hosts
a chuck wagon brunch at the Blue Skies Trailer Park site in Palm Springs and
tries his hand at flipping blueberry hotcakes. Among the fifty-two guests are
Phil Harris, Alice Faye, and Pete Petito.
March 14, Monday. Bing leaves
Palm Springs for Holmby Hills en route to his ranch at Elko, Nevada. Gary Crosby
becomes a regular on the Tennessee Ernie Ford Show on CBS Radio.
March 15, Tuesday. Bing is at
his Spring Creek ranch near Elko, having driven up in one day from Holmby
Hills.
March 23, Wednesday. Lawrence
C. Shea, a former Manager of “Bing’s Things” is jailed for up to ten years for
theft. It emerges during the trial that Shea’s management of “Bing’s Things”
cost the company $100,000.
March 25, Friday. Back in Palm Springs again, Bing is joined by Kathryn Grant and his son Lindsay plus girlfriend.
March 30, Wednesday. Escorts
Kathryn Grant to the Academy Awards dinner at the Pantages Theater. Makes a
brief appearance on stage to joke with Bob Hope and to present the Music Awards
Oscar. The proceedings are shown on NBC-TV. Bing is nominated for the Oscar as
“Best Actor” for his performance in The Country Girl but loses out to
Marlon Brando. Grace Kelly wins the Oscar for “Best Actress” for her part in The
Country Girl. The film has also been nominated as “Best Picture” but the
Oscar goes to On the Waterfront. George Seaton wins the Oscar for Best
Screenplay for The Country Girl. Bing’s song “Count Your Blessings
Instead of Sheep” by Irving Berlin from White Christmas has been
nominated as “Best Song” but the award goes to “Three Coins in the Fountain”
from the film of the same name. Bing and Kathryn go on to the party at
Romanoff’s.
Bing Crosby, making three music awards, was kidded
no end by Hope. But Der Bingle more than held his own, returning quip for quip.
It was one of the night’s most amusing interludes.
(Hollywood Citizen News, March 31, 1955)
Awards
night was an event! Ballyhoo! Hoopla! Bleachers full of fans! Limousines!
Whole
constellations of stars! Photographers and columnists waiting in the foyer.
Garboons in the lobby! Quite a change for me since my first grand event, when
fans had leaned toward me screaming, “Who is it, who’s that?” and had received the
flat, final answer, “She's nobody!”
Bing
and I were backed up against the wall like a happy pair of convicts. He looked debonair,
and not at all self-conscious in his white tie and tails. I now think that he was
amusing himself by pretending to be Fred Astaire.
I
wasn’t pretending. Here I was an exposed engage, a flagrant fiancée, a merry
married-to-be. I revealed nothing neither did Bing, but the press saw the light
in my eyes and we made the front page in papers all over the country.
(Kathryn Crosby, My Life with Bing, page 51)
A Very Gay Blade
That master showman, Bing Crosby, is forever doing
the unexpected—and he’s done it again. When Bing arrived at the Academy Award
presentations, all eyes turned his way—and for two very good reasons. First
off, Bing, long noted for his casual dress, arrived very formally attired in
top hat, white tie and tails. He was indeed a marvelous sight. No sooner had
onlookers digested the surprise of seeing Bing so elegantly dressed than
another shock was hurled their way —who was the gal on Bing’s arm?
Speculation had run high as to the person “the Groaner” would take to the affair.
Would it be one of his sons? Would it be his long-rumored romantic interest
Mona Freeman? Or would it be Grace Kelly who like Bing, was up for an Academy
Award for work in “The Country Girl”. Bing’s date proved to be none of these!
It was instead, pert and pretty Kathryn Grant, a Columbia contract player.
Immediately, everyone wondered if this were a romance. But, in usual fashion,
as everyone else talked, Bing remained silent. Kathryn, who had to leave
Hollywood for Phenix City, Alabama to play the lead in “Phenix City”—also had
no comment to make.
So
it is that while the Awards presentations ended the mystery as to who would
walk off with the “Oscars"—it started another mystery - to wit: What
really goes with Bing Crosby and Kathryn Grant?
(Seen in unidentified press cutting).
April 2, Saturday. (9:30-10:00 p.m.) Bing hosts the CBS radio show American Cancer Society All Star Revue with guests Frank
Sinatra, Rosemary Clooney, Gary and Lindsay Crosby
April 6, Wednesday. At
CBS Studio C in Hollywood, Bing records seven songs with Buddy Cole and his
Trio for use on his radio show.
April 7-June. Films Anything Goes with Donald O’Connor, Zizi Jeanmaire, Mitzi Gaynor, and Phil Harris. The director is Robert Lewis with Joseph J. Lilley acting as musical director.
…Looking back to 1955 from the
eighties, it is hard for me to understand why I followed two big commercial
theater successes with a commercial picture in Hollywood, instead of tackling
some meritorious play, on or off Broadway. I must have felt that with the
all-star cast I was offered, it was a safe bet to practice film directing under
favorable circumstances and to decide if I wanted to add that to my other
activities. The picture was Paramount’s Anything
Goes, with the great Cole Porter score. It starred Bing Crosby,
Donald O’Connor, Zizi Jeanmaire, Mitzi Gaynor, Phil Harris and, as a friendly
reminder of the New York stage, my old friend Kurt Kasznar. I was even assigned
a special camera expert to instruct me in the technical aspect of setting up
film shots.
Robert
Emmett (Bobby) Dolan, Bing’s producer on White Christmas, came to New York with
a breakdown of a brand new book by Sidney Sheldon that was to serve the
original musical score. All that was left of the regular Anything Goes story
was the ship on which the action unfolded. Dolan assured me that once I got to
Hollywood he, Sidney Sheldon, and I would have story conferences that would
develop the shooting script. I figured with that cast and that score at least
the many musical numbers had to turn out fine. And so they did—especially
Zizi’s two: a lovely ballet and “I Get a Kick Out of You,” both with expert
choreography by her husband, Roland Petit.
We shot all the musical numbers first, and
when finished, they were shown to the elder statesman of Paramount, Adolph Zukor,
who said, “Don’t let anyone see these numbers. They’ll steal them. Put them in
a vault!” That day, at lunch in the commissary, Danny Kaye passed my table.
“You look terrible, Bobby,” he said. ‘‘Shooting all those big musical numbers
has exhausted you. Well, don’t worry. Next week you'll be directing the book.
Then you’ll eat your heart out.” I laughed, but how right he was. The book
remained leaden enough to sink our ship.
Life as a director in Hollywood
proved much more cataclysmic for me than my stint as an actor there did in the
forties. First of all, Paramount wanted me to sign a contract that had a clause
in it assuring them that I was not, and had never been, a communist. This was
still the so-called McCarthy period. I refused, saying I would not countenance
my political opinions being a condition of employment. They persisted, but when
they realized I was adamant they took me anyway, proving what I suspected all
along: that they’d have hired Stalin if they thought he would have been good
box office.
The next pains in the ass were the endless
conferences. You didn’t ask anyone for a glass of water. You had a conference
about it. One of the favorite phrases used at all conferences was ‘‘Let me tell
it back to you.” That meant repeating your suggestion in such a way as to
render it unrecognizable. For example, I remember a costume conference with the
picture’s designer, Edith Head, and Dolan, the producer, where I suggested
that, in one of her dances, Zizi wear a derby hat with her little black pants
suit.
“Let me tell
it back to you,” said Bobby Dolan. “You mean—” and here my heart sank
because I didn’t mean anything. I just thought Zizi would look better if her
costume included a derby. “You mean,’’ Dolan continued, “‘that she would
display more of a gamine quality’’—he stressed gamine and we were all duly
impressed that he knew the feminine form of gamin—“if she wore a beret.” I
didn’t even have time to object to the more cliché beret, because my popping
eyes caught Edith Head’s practiced hand sketching Zizi Jeanmaire’s head with a
rakish fedora perched on top.
The expertise of Hollywood technicians was not
only impressive, it could be frightening. Just before one shot that took place
in the huge ship’s dining room with about a hundred tables set for dinner, I
reached in to remove a tall glass that was blocking Zizi’s face at the front
table. By the time I climbed up to my perch on the camera to call ‘‘action,” I
noticed that all the crystal had magically disappeared from all the tables.
Zizi, by the way, was pregnant during the shooting
of the film, and although she wasn’t the kind of girl to blab it to Hedda
Hopper, she had to tell me. There was a scene in the ship’s gymnasium where I
planned some shots of Zizi being bounced up and down on a mechanical exercise
horse. That would not have been too beneficial for her forthcoming daughter,
subsequently called Valentine.
…Finally the purgatory was
over, the last shot was shot, I couldn’t have cared less that the studio picked
up my option and the trade papers loved the film. Don Hartman, Studio Head of
Paramount Pictures, wrote me on June 17, 1955, “I really think it is the best
musical in the history of Paramount, and one of the best shows in the history
of the industry in taste, entertainment, and showmanship. I am very proud of
you for your enormous contribution.” Now why can’t we get him on The New York
Times? Even three and a half stars in the Daily News couldn’t persuade me that
the film wasn’t kitsch. I also had determined that film directing was dangerous
to my health. I didn’t like making movies as much as Gadget did—at any rate,
not enough to take all the crap that went with the studio setup.
(Robert Lewis, Slings and Arrows: Theater in My Life, pages 238-240)
April 8, Friday. Bing writes to Kathryn who is on location in Phenix City, Alabama making the film Phenix City.
…These
are long days for an invalid and I’m exhausted, but I feel I’ll get back into
it soon. We have a great director in Bobby Lewis, who prepares each cut
perfectly. Now I must jump back onto the set and participate in more deathless
dialogue. Je vous embrasse de tout mon coeur, Bing.
(Kathryn Crosby, My Life with Bing, page 53)
April 9, Saturday. Records
“Ya Gotta Give the People Hoke” with Donald O’Connor and Joseph J. Lilley and
his Orchestra for the Anything Goes film soundtrack.
April 17, Sunday. Writes to Kathryn again.
Received your last epistle Saturday. It sounded like a short
piece by William Faulkner, a moody, broody contemplation of a decadent southern
scene. That Phoenix City must be a depressing town. My but you have been in the
news lately! What with immersion in the Chattahoochee, and accompanying the
sheriff's car on riot calls. (Gathering background for my sordid role as a
crooked card dealer.) Anything for diversion I guess. But really, Kathryn,
don't overdo it and get yourself hurt. Write soon. I miss you like hell, Bing.
(Kathryn Crosby, My Life with Bing, page 53)
April 19, Tuesday. Bing
writes to Crosby fan Helen Tolton.
You were certainly very kind to write
such a nice letter to Paramount Pictures about the picture “Country Girl”, and
about how much you like it. I want you to know that I appreciate such interest
a great deal. Mr. George Seaton, who directed the picture, handed me your
letter, and I was quite thrilled by what you had to say about me.
This was a project, this picture, that
many people thought I shouldn’t undertake, but I had confidence in Mr. Seaton,
and I thought the story was a strong one, and in his hands, I felt that it
would come off all right. As it turned out the picture has been quite a
success, both at the box office and from a critical point of view, so the move
was well advised.
We feel very happy because Grace Kelly
won the award, and that George Seaton was also given an award for his
screenplay. This will help the picture a great deal at the box office, and it
was also a wonderful thing for Miss Kelly, who worked very hard on the picture,
and who is a fine young lady, very deserving of all the accolades she gets.
Again my sincere thanks to you, and
very warmest regards.
Sincerely, Bing.
April 25, Monday. Bing and Phil Harris meet the premier of Thailand, Pibul Songgram, at Paramount. The event is shown in the Paramount newsreel of April 29.
Time
for a chat with Bing Crosby. The ageless crooner is making his 50th picture
and, for the first time, a remake of one of his oldies. It’s “Anything Goes,”
which he filmed in 1936 with Ethel Merman and Victor Moore.
The cast and plot
are entirely different this time; only the title and the Cole Porter songs
remain.
And
Crosby. He’s joined by Jeanmaire, Mitzi Gaynor and Donald O’Connor. The picture
marks a reunion of Crosby and O’Connor, who appeared as brothers in “Sing You Sinners”
in 1937.
“I
guess they don’t like me on this lot,” cracked O’Connor. “They waited 18 years
before giving me another job.”
Actually,
it’s a delayed appearance for O’Connor, who was under contract to Paramount as
a lad. He was set to appear with Bing in “White Christmas” last year. Illness
kept him out of the film and Danny Kaye replaced him.
“Anything Goes” is still played on shipboard,
and Bing and Donald were doing a scene in the ocean liner’s salon. When they finished,
Bing sauntered over to give a report on his future plans.
What
about this summer?
“I’ll
be tied up with this picture for another couple of months. Then I’ll get some
time at Elko (Nev.) and my place in Idaho. I might get over to Europe, too. I’ve
got two boys in the service: if I could get rid of the other two, I wouldn’t
have much to worry about.”
Philip
and Dennis are the Gls. Lindsay is still in high school, and Gary has been
starting his own singing career.
“I
doubt if the Army will take Gary,” Bing said. “He's got a football shoulder
that would disqualify him. It’s too bad. The Army would be good discipline for
him; might knock some sense in his head. Of course, he’d probably spend the
first six months in the guardhouse.”
It
was suggested that Gary’s independence might be inherited from a close
relative.
“Oh,
it couldn't be me!” Bing laughed. He reported with some pride on Gary’s career,
which includes several TV shots, three weekly appearances with the Tennessee
Ernie radio show and a Chicago theater date with Louis Armstrong. Bing allowed
that the boy would be picking up good experience.
What
about Bing‘s TV plans?
“I’ll
probably be doing two hour shows on films this year. It won’t be a variety format.
Ralph Levy, the producer, is angling for the rights to ‘Our Town’ and ‘High
Tor.’ They’d be played pretty straight, with a few songs thrown in.”
Bing
is one of the few veteran radio stars who is sticking to the medium. He has a
nightly 15-minute chatter show and likes doing it.
“I
ramble along on any subject that interests me,” he explained. “Radio is a funny
thing. You think nobody is listening. Then you say something controversial and
you get a flood of letters. Like the time I said the Rose Bowl rule forbidding
teams to repeat the following year was silly. Boy, did I hear about that!”
Bing
dropped many pounds after his kidney stone operation and still seems slim. He
said he’s feeling great. He’ll have plenty of time for rest after “Anything
Goes.” No more pictures are scheduled for him in 1955.
(Bob Thomas, syndicated
article, May 6, 1955)
April 28, Thursday. Bing gives a luncheon in honor of Donald O'Connor at Paramount. Excerpts from Sing You Sinners are shown.
May 2, Monday. Celebrates
his birthday at Palm Springs with his costar from the film Anything Goes,
Jeanmaire.
May 4, Wednesday. Attends the Hollywood premiere of the Fred Astaire film Daddy Long Legs. Other stars at the premiere include Claudette Colbert, Joan Crawford, Jennifer Jones, Jane Russell, Harry James, Betty Grable, Victor Mature, Maureen O’Hara, Clifton Webb, Robert Cummings and Jeanne Crain.
May 7,
Saturday. Jimmy Van Heusen and Pete Petito throw a joint birthday party
for Alice Faye Harris and Bing at the Van Heusen House at Thunderbird,
Palm Springs. Bing's four sons are surprise arrivals. The other guests
include the Bill Perlbergs, Bill Morrow and Mary Henderson, the Dick
Snidemans, Francis Brown and Winona Love, the Bobbie Dolans and
Frank Sinatra.
May 8, Sunday. (8:00–9:00
p.m.) Bing makes a filmed appearance on the Toast of the Town on CBS-TV.
He is seen being interviewed at the Hollywood premiere of the Fred Astaire film
Daddy Long Legs.
May 11, Wednesday. (8:30-9:00 p.m.) Bing
acts as host on the Family Theater radio production “Deadbeat” on the Mutual
network.
May 13, Friday. The second
wedding date with Kathryn comes and goes without contact from Bing. On May 14,
he telephones Kathryn and a further wedding date of September 10 is arranged.
May 23, Monday. Records “A
Second-Hand Turban” with Donald O’Connor plus Joseph J. Lilley and his
Orchestra for the Anything Goes film soundtrack.
May 24, Tuesday. (8:00–9:00
p.m.) Bing makes a brief appearance (and does not sing) on the Bob Hope show on
NBC-TV. The program shows clips from the Road films. Jane Russell and
Don Hartman also guest.
. . . As name attractions, Cros and Russell were
point-getters but they were used only sparingly and their material not conducive
to the holding of sides or audible shrieks of sheer delight. They served mostly
the purpose of dialoguing the lead-ins to the old films, most of which had Hope
in kissing scenes. . . . It seemed a waste of both Crosby and Russell, their
participation being so functional as to obviate any attempt at comedy.
(Variety, May 25, 1955)
May 27, Friday. Gary Crosby
makes his stage debut when he opens with Louis Armstrong at the Chicago
Theater, Chicago.
June 1, Wednesday. Bing
records “Blow Gabriel Blow” with Donald O’Connor, Zizi Jeanmaire, Mitzi Gaynor,
and Joseph J. Lilley and his Orchestra for the Anything Goes film
soundtrack.
June 3, Friday. Kathryn Grant refuses to go to dinner with Bing having had no contact for two weeks. Bing writes to Frank Pollack of the Phoenix Republic newspaper.
Dear
Frank
The
“mighty” Tubby Garron, song entrepreneur, was by the other morning, and dropped
me a copy of the “Phoenix Republic” of Sunday, April 3, which included your
column – the “Off the Record” column in which you discuss the record situation
generally, and also my relationship with this presently inexplicable caper.
It
certainly has me baffled – the record business. I believe it’s all exploitation,
and I just haven’t the time or the energy to go out and personally exploit my
records. It takes a little guts too. Have to be a little hammy I suppose, and
while I’m no shrinking violet, neither am I very adroit at tooting my own horn.
Although
you are very kind to imply that I am singing just as good as I formerly did, candidly
I don’t think that this is entirely accurate, because I know that I am not
singing as well, and the reason why is that I don’t sing as often, or as much,
and singing is something you have to do all the time, if you’re going to be au
courant with the current trends, and if your pipes are going to be in shape to
hit the notes that you’re supposed to hit. Sometimes a couple of months go by
and I don’t even emit a note. This is deplorable I know, but I just don’t seem
to get at it any more.
I
have thought seriously of taking a little job in a night club somewhere with a
small combo, where I could sing a couple of hours each night and really get the
feel of it again, but I don’t know if I’ve got the energy to do this or not. I’ve
had several serious operations in the last three or four years, and any time
they open you up and start digging around in there, it seems to take quite a
bit out of a fellow, and recuperation and complete recovery is slow. I am no
sprout anymore you know – five one the last second of May.
I
don’t know just what the future is going to be for me in the record business.
Decca calls occasionally with some project, some piece of material that they
have confidence in, and I generally go over and make it for them, but I don’t
know if these ventures are going to be fruitful or not, They haven’t been yet,
and I am just about discouraged. I have lots of other things to do that keep me
plenty busy, in addition to golf and fishing and travel and the kids and one
thing and another, so I may just have to slide into a sort of semi-retirement,
at least as far as records go. I have quite an inventory of old stuff that they
fool around with and issue an album and one thing and another, and I suppose
that’s the way it’s going to be then.
I
do want you to know that I am very grateful for what you said about me in the
column.
All
best personal good wishes. As ever, Bing.
June (undated). Bing films two shorts: Bing Presents Oreste (a promo for The Vagabond King featuring Oreste Kirkop) and Hollywood Fathers.
…another short,
titled “Bing Presents Oreste,” in which Bing Crosby as narrator, throws the spotlight
on Oreste, juve singer on whom Par is gambling to the extent of giving him the
starring role of Francois Villon in the upcoming “Vagabond King”
(Variety, September 21, 1955)
June 7, Tuesday. Bing condemns films that use too much violence.
Bing Crosby, who
rarely speaks out on controversial matters, has joined the Legion of Decency in
condemning the picture industry for allowing features with scenes of excessive
violence to be made. In relating his views to Variety, Crosby said he felt that
the Production Code should be strengthened, that teeth should be put into it to
“prohibit” such scenes in films.
(Variety,
June 8, 1955)
June 8, Wednesday. Bing’s
transcribed radio show includes Bing reading from an article “What Makes an FBI
Agent?” This is noted in the FBI files and it is stated that Bing created a
favorable impression. J. Edgar Hoover writes to Bing giving his appreciation.
June 9, Thursday. At
CBS Studio C in Hollywood, Bing records nine songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio
for use on his radio show.
June 10, Friday. Bing calls on Kathryn Grant and they arrange to go to San Francisco for the U.S. Open together.
June 11/12, Saturday/Sunday.
Plays in the annual Swallows tournament at Cypress Point with Phil
Harris as a twosome. They finish 8 up after the two rounds but are
unplaced.
June 15, Wednesday. Bing has
dinner with Peggy Lee in San Francisco.
One evening in San Francisco, Bing asked me to go
to dinner with him, and knowing how prompt he always was, I started to wash my
long blonde hair very early. It was a fairy-tale situation, my idol actually
asking me for a date!
Makeup and hair finished early,
I eagerly awaited the sound of the doorbell. When it finally rang, I thought,
I’ll just spray a little of this hair spray to make sure. . . .
It was the wrong can, it
was sweet-scented room deodorizer! I turned all colors and Bing laughed and
laughed as I tried everything, and finally ended up washing my reeking hair.
He took me to one of San
Francisco’s great restaurants and during dinner I told him about how I had felt
about his movies. Then we cruised all over that wonderful city until we found a
pianist who could play “Down by the River” in Bing’s key, and he sang to me at
our table. The tears rolled again.
(Miss Peggy Lee–An Autobiography, page 104)
June 16-19, Thursday–Sunday.
Kathryn Grant flies into San Francisco, she and Bing both stay at the Palace
Hotel. On Thursday, they dine in the Venetian Room at the Fairmont Hotel where
Peggy Lee is appearing. They go to the Olympic Country Club for the U.S. Open.
Bing gives Kathryn a Ballerina pin with a pearl and diamonds with a note saying
“Dear Kathryn - So you won’t forget San Francisco and me. Love, Bing.” Bing
sees Kathryn depart on her plane and she soon goes on to the University of Texas for a 2-month summer school with her mother.
June 20, Monday. At
KCBS Studio A in San Francisco, Bing records 14 songs with Buddy Cole & His
Trio for use on his radio show.
June 22, Wednesday.
Bing and and Phil Harris drive through Redding in Northern California
to the Rising River area where they do some fishing with Beulah and
Jack Martin, the owners of the Rising River ranch. Bing writes to Kathryn.
Dear Kathryn
The fishing with
Beulah Martin is just great, and the weather fine but windy. The fairground is
out on a prairie. If the gale continues, the performers will have to be tied
down. But we must manage somehow. The spectators are coming from a hundred
miles away. I miss you and wonder how you are faring? Will call in a few days.
June 25, Saturday. Thought to have attended the annual Kamloops convention at Shasta Lake.
June 26,
Sunday. (Starting at 2:30 p.m.) Bing is
master of ceremonies for a three-hour benefit show at the Fairgrounds in McArthur in Northern California with Phil
Harris, Donald O’Connor, Gary Crosby and others to raise funds to build Mayers'
Memorial Hospital. Jerry Lester and Red Nichols and his Band also take
part.
McArthur, Shasta Co – “We’ll see to it that the
hospital is completed.” This was the pledge Bing Crosby gave the crowd of 5,000
persons attending the benefit show for the Mayers Memorial Hospital Fund, a
show at which he and Phil Harris were the headline performers yesterday. Bing’s
promise was made after Harris had said, “I think we ought to be back every year
and help.”
Although those in charge have not announced the sum raised from the benefit, it
was estimated the show grossed more than $25,000…
Crosby opened the entertainment with a patter which kept
the audience in laughter. A high point was his reference to international
events. “Churchill did actually retire,” he declared, “he was not fired by
Arthur Godfrey.” …
Most of the music was furnished by Red Nichols and his
Five Pennies.
(The Sacramento Bee, June 27, 1955)
A showbiz troupe rounded up by Bing Crosby to raise funds for proposed McArthur, Calif.,
community hospital in Shasta County last weekend gave three-and-a-half hour
variety show that brought in about $25,000. Exact count isn’t in as yet. Over
5,000, more than 10 times the population of McArthur, attended.
(Variety, July 1, 1955)
June (undated). At Elko with Lindsay.
June 28, Tuesday. Bing’s new six-room cedar log cottage at
English Bay, Hayden Lake, near Coeur d’Alene, Idaho (just across the state line from
Spokane), nears completion. It has been designed by Harold Grieve (who has
worked on six houses for him previously).
July 1, Friday. Bing Crosby
Enterprises gives a live demonstration of a video recording of a color
television show. (3:00–6:30 p.m.) Bing records “Angel Bells” and “Let’s Harmonize”
with The Mellomen and an orchestra conducted by
Norman Luboff in Hollywood. The Mellomen quartet comprised Bob Stevens (lead tenor), Max
Smith (second tenor), Bill Lee (baritone) and Thurl Ravenscroft (bass). Ravenscroft’s
voice was most famous as the voice of Tony the Tiger in more than 500 television commercials for
Kellogg’s Frosted Flakes. He also played “Stewpot” in the movie of South
Pacific (1958) and his bass contributions were particularly effective in
“There Is Nothing Like a Dame”. Bill Lee provided the singing voice of Lt.
Cable (John Kerr) in South Pacific and he did the same for Captain von
Trapp (Christopher Plummer) in the film of The Sound of Music (1965). Whilst in Hollywood, Bing sees an uncut version of Anything Goes. Bing returns to Elko.
Bing Crosby: “Angel.
Bells”-“Let’s Harmonize” (Decca).
Bing Crosby hasn’t
come up with a pop hit in some time but these two sides should make the grade. “Angel
Bells” is a lilting tune with solid pop appeal via Crosby's easy vocalizing. On the Crosby flip, “Let’s Harmonize” is a highly
pleasing barber shop style number whose lyric is a medley of oldtime songs.
(Variety, August 17, 1955)
Angel Bells
A ballad in the crooner’s relaxed, personable
style. This quiet tune is embellished with tinkling bell and chime effects
supplemented with strings and chorus. A nice entry for Crosby followers.
Let’s Harmonize
And harmonize he does in the best barber shop
quartet manner! This offering has an old fashioned charm which will appeal to
many.
(Billboard, September 3, 1955)
July 13, Wednesday. Bing golfs at the new 9-hole municipal course at Elko and has a 76. He denies press reports that he will marry Kathryn Grant on September 10. Dennis and Phillip Crosby take their trust funds amounting to $200,000 each as they turn twenty-one.
July 15, Friday. En route to Seattle, Bing and Lindsay plus two friends stop at La Grande in Oregon for gas.
July 16, Saturday. Bing and a party of friends arrive at Neah Bay, Washington aboard the 87-foot yacht Onowa having sailed from Seattle. Those present include Bill Morrow, Pete Petito, John Eacret, and Lindsay Crosby.
Hi Yu Muckamuck For Bing, Who Croons at Indian Feast
NEAH
BAY (AP) – It was hi yu muckamuck (big time, much food – in the Chinese jargon)
for Bing Crosby here Tuesday night.
To
the light of huge beach bonfires and headlights of circling cars, Bing, his
son, Lindsay, and their party were honor guests at a Makah Indians Hi Yu
Potlatch…Bing joined in the festivities, singing “Home on the Range”. He promised
a year ago to attend the Potlatch. Hundreds of visitors, including many
out-of-state tourists, feasted on slabs of baked salmon, Indian style.
Young
Makahs from Neah Bay High School, who athletic teams are known as the “Red
Devils,” gave 17-year old Lindsay one of their team blankets…Crosby and his
party came ashore from their yacht at 4:30 p.m. and were greeted by Council
Chief Ken Ward. The festivities lasted late. Earlier Tuesday, Crosby and his
friends caught eight salmon, running up to 25 pounds.
(Walla Walla Union Bulletin, July 20, 1955)
July 20, Wednesday. The Crosby party, using two charter boats, catch 12 salmon, mooching off Skagway Rocks, around Cape Flattery.
July 21, Thursday. They fish out of Neah Bay,
July 26,
Tuesday. Bing meets up with his son Phillip at the Seattle Yacht Club
dock. Phillip is in the army at Fort Lewis. Bing is unable to find
suitable accommodation in Seattle so he, Phillip and Lindsay travel on
to Bing's new summer home at Hayden Lake.
August 2, Tuesday. Grace Kelly
in New York writes to Bing.
Dear Bing,
Loved hearing from you – How I envy you your
fishing trip – It must be absolute bliss.
Was in Hollywood for a week for fittings at Metro –
am starting The Swan in Sept – but will come out around the fifteenth of
August. Have rented a charming house on the hills off of Sunset.
New York has been so hot that for the first time I
am longing to be in California.
To Catch A Thief opens tonight in
Philadelphia – Cary Grant & I will be there for all of the fuss.
Fondly,
Grace
August 4, Thursday. Golfs at the Hayden Lake course.
August 9, Tuesday. Ezra Goodman of TIME magazine wires Bing as they are running a cover story on Frank Sinatra. They ask for a quote from Bing about Sinatra as a singer and a person. Bing writes the following in longhand.
“Sinatra is quite a fellow – a paradoxical cuss. Without
taking any bows or making a big fuss about it, he goes quietly about doing many
wonderful things for people who [are] in a bind, who need a little help. He can
be generous, kind, and completely selfless. And then he’ll turn around and do
something so inexplicably thoughtless, so unnecessary, that you wonder if it’s
the same fellow. I think, secretly, he’s always nurtured a childish desire to
be a ‘hood.’ But, having too much class, too much sense to go that route, he
gets his kicks barking at people — newsmen, photogs and so forth.”
Bing
went on to talk very favorably about Frank's
acting skills and added, “all great singers - and Sinatra’s one of the
greatest
- are acting when they sing a song.” TIME did not use Bing's
quotes in the article which appeared in their August 29, 1955 issue.
August 10, Wednesday. At Hayden
Lake, Idaho, Bing writes to Jetta Goudal, the wife of Harold Grieve who has
designed Bing’s new home at Hayden Lake.
Dear Jetta,
I have your letter written Sunday in
which you indicate that Harold will arrive here on the 15th. Naturally he can
stay at the house if he wants, and it won’t be necessary for us to make a
reservation for him at Coeur d’Alene.
I take it that Mrs. Austin and her
crew – cameramen, etc. – will find accommodation in Spokane. I have noticed in
the paper where she is scheduled for some lectures to some architectural and
designing groups so I assume that she has already made arrangements for
reservations, so tell him to call me and if possible we’ll try and have someone
meet the plane. Our new number is Murray 55005.
You are right about the bolts which
are supposed to be covered with something – they are the ones that hold the
knocker to the front door and are exposed on the inner side. Dennison seemed to
be of the impression that these were to be covered by some brass cups, an inch
or three-quarters of an inch square – similar to the kind of fixtures that are
generally put on chair legs for sliding.
Well tell Harold to phone us about
his arrival time. We have a bed available from the 14th at least through the
17th, which I imagine will be all the time that he will need.
The weather continues just beautiful
here – not a cloud in the sky, but it remains cool enough to be pleasant. The
nights of course are quite brisk.
All the best to you and Harold,
As ever, Bing
August 11,
Thursday. Bing
plays golf at Spokane Country Club, Idaho with Bud Ward, Herb Rotchford
and Roy Moe and cards a 75. This is a warm-up for the tournament
starting the next day.
The first time I saw him he was standing
outside the golf shop at Hayden Lake Country Club in north Idaho.
It was a balmy summer day with just a hint of wind wafting off the lake behind
the 18th green. He was wearing his trademark straw golfing
hat and smoking a pipe. Like most 6-year-olds unversed in social amenities, I wasn’t aware that it was impolite to stand
three feet away from a person and stare up at him. So I did. After a moment he
broke away from his conversation with a fellow golfer and glanced down at me.
“So what would your name be, Junior?’ he said. I told him.
“And whom do you belong to?”
“Dr. and Mrs. Norman Sheehan,” I said. “My aunt Dorothy knows you.”
“Oh, is that so?” he said, tapping the bowl of his pipe on his heel. “And what would her name be?”
“Dorothy Wakefield,” I said. He took a moment to respond to that.
“Rings a bell,” he said, finally. “How do I know her?”
”She was your girlfriend,” I said. “We have pictures at home.”
He and his friend shared a laugh at this. They probably joked about how a scandal was about to
break out, but that’s only speculation. The only parts
I remember with absolute clarity are when he and I spoke to each other. Like I said, I was just 6.
“I’ve had affection for lots of pretty
ladies, Junior,” he said. “So you’ve got the goods on me, eh?”
He acted like he didn’t know anything about Aunt Dorothy, and I’d run out of things to talk about, when a flicker of realization came over
his face. He squatted down to my level.
“Is your aunt Dorothy Bresnan?” he said.
“No,” I said, “but my gramma is
Susie Bresnan.” (I didn’t know much about how maiden names worked.)
He laughed again, then asked me if I would take a note to my Aunt Dorothy. I consented. He used the back of a golf
score-card. After he’d scribbled a sentence or two, he folded the card and handed it back to
me:
“Can you read, Jack?” he said.
“I’m learning at school,” I said, “We’re still on the short words.”
“Well, give this card to your Aunt Dorothy and tell her hello from me, OK?” he said.
“OK,” I said. Then I walked away.
All in all, I’d had a pleasant chat with Bing Crosby.
When I returned to our lake cabin that
afternoon, the dispatch I’d brought from the golf course went over
real big. I remember my mother hugging me and
immediately getting on the phone to Aunt Dorothy. She read the card to her. The whole time mom laughed and
giggled like the girls
in my kindergarten class. I was pretty certain I’d done something good for a change. Within five
minutes, Aunt Dorothy was in our kitchen, hugging me and giggling just like mom, only worse. They must have read the card a dozen times each.
Some 40 years after the event, I can report verbatim what the card says, because it’s been in safekeeping in the family home in Spokane
ever
since Aunt Dorothy died in 1973.
It says:
Dear Dorothy,
Greetings to you and yours. I certainly remember you
as a lovely girl. I recall the park dance we attended after you were named May
Queen. I’m at the lake for a short spell with the boys. They are becoming
excellent golfers. Your nephew is a fine young man,
not at all shy. All good wishes to you.
Love Bing.
I remember it was the “Love Bing” part that really created a fuss around our cabin that day.
The scorecard is dated Aug. 11, 1955. I don’t think it’s stretching it to say that there was no
bigger recording or movie
star - no more revered celebrity in the country in 1955 - than Bing Crosby. And I had
commanded two minutes of his undivided attention on a
summer afternoon that
very year…
Dorothy Bresnan was 16 and Bing 18 when they first dated. The relationship lasted two years, and if the many pictures in my mother’s weathered photo albums don’t lie, it was a serious affair. Bing’s ears stuck out quite a bit as a young man; otherwise he looks just the same. Aunt Dorothy had bushy, frizzed-out hair and was much skinnier than she would be as an adult, but she was a looker. No question. Other relatives claim Bing once asked Dorothy to marry him, which would mean that I was almost his nephew, but I’ve never been able to confirm that. The couple broke up shortly after Bing left Spokane
in 1925 with his friend Al Rinker.
(Jack Sheehan, writing in the Showbiz
magazine)
August 12, Friday. Plays in
the first round of the Washington State - Esmeralda Open Golf Tournament at
Spokane Country Club with Roy Moe and Gordon Richards. Bing cards a 77.
August 13, Saturday. The
second round of the Washington State - Esmeralda Open Golf Tournament.
August 14, Sunday. Phillip
Crosby suffers three fractured vertebrae in a car accident at Raymond,
Washington State, and is taken to the New Riverview Hospital. Bing leaves the golf tournament and flies
to Raymond from Spokane. Newspaper reports state:
“The young soldier from Fort Lewis drove through a
guard rail down a 20 foot embankment into the Willapa River early Sunday.”
August 15, Monday. Bing refuses to let photographers see Phillip in his hospital bed. Bing returns to Spokane during the evening.
August 16, Tuesday.
Starting at 10:58 a.m., Bing plays in the Washington State Amateur
Championship at Spokane Country Club and with a 76 does not qualify for
the second round.
August 17, Wednesday. Phillip Crosby is transferred to Madigan Army Hospital at Fort Lewis. Sol Siegel writes to Bing about a remake of The Philadelphia Story.
Dear Bing,
I have delayed
sending this note to you for a few days knowing that your mind was occupied
elsewhere. I do hope and pray that your boy recovers and regains his health
rapidly.
I have today
air expressed the print of THE PHILADELPHIA STORY to you at Hayden Lake, Idaho.
When you have finished with it I would appreciate your having someone send it
back to us via air express, collect, as soon as possible.
After you have
run the picture I would suggest one of two procedures - that is, of course, if
you are interested. The first is that I could come up to your place for a day
and relate to you in a great deal of detail exactly how the music and your new
characterisation works. If this should prove inadvisable, the second suggestion
would be to wait for two or three weeks at which time John Patrick will have
completed a rather detailed treatment that would give you a clear conception of
the whole picture.
In my letter to
Rosey [Bing’s agent, George Rosenberg],
which was forwarded to you, I indicated your basic characterisation, and in the
event that you have misplaced that letter I am sending you a copy with this
one.
There is one
defect that will be quite obvious in the picture when you run it, and that is
that the Cary Grant character is not in the picture from an equality of footage
standpoint with the characters played by Hepburn and Stewart. The version we
have in mind would remedy this without undue forcing.
I am sure that
you will have a ‘feel’ of this after running the picture, and I shall await
your recommendation of how to proceed.
My very kindest
regards.
August 19,
Friday. Washington State Governor Arthur B. Langlie and Bing golf at
the Hayden Lake course. The foursome is completed by Chud Wendle and
Jack Graham.
August 25-26, Thursday-Friday. At
Sound Recording Studios in Spokane, Bing records 20 songs with Buddy Cole and
his Trio for use on his radio show. Lindsay Crosby records a track with his father - 'Rock Around the Clock'!
August 28, Sunday. Bing is
among 100 prominent citizens named to the National Citizens Committee of the
1955 United Community Campaigns of America.
August 31, Wednesday, Qualifies with a 68 for the Inland Empire amateur golf tournament.
September 3, Saturday. Bing
meets Kathryn’s plane at Spokane and they go to Bing’s new home at Hayden Lake
where Bill Morrow and Mary Henderson are also staying.
September 4, Sunday.
Bing and
Kathryn go to mass together at Coeur d’Alene. Later, Bing loses to Al
Gustason 1-down in the first round of the Inland Empire tournament,
Lindsay Crosby is also knocked out of the tournament in the first round.
September 5, Monday. The Bing Crosby Show is continuing to be broadcast each weekday evening on CBS Radio. The audience rating is 2.2 for 1955-56, which leaves the program in tenth position in the Nielsen ratings of evening programs. Our Miss Brooks (starring Eve Arden) is in top position with 4.3.
Crosby Achieves Fame As Pundit of Airways
One
of the remarkable developments of the season coming to its close on the air has
been the emergence of a new talent perhaps best described as “Bing Crosby, your
friendly philosopher.” For the past several months, the Old Groaner has been
running a daily 15-minute session on the radio in which he not only burbles his
favorite tunes, but also devotes a lot of time to some of his own private
thoughts.
These
concern such diverse affairs as the decline in reading among the younger
generation, a dissertation on trees, the reputed temper of Prime Minister Anthony
Eden, benefit shows for ex-prize fighters, the obligation of paying taxes as
the price of freedom, or perhaps the role of Washington Irving in the history
of American literature. The Crosby essays also encompass matters like National
Peanut Week and what it means; to comments by Ethel Barrymore on Joe Louis; the
inspiration provided for small fry by Davy Crockett, and/or the state of big game hunting
in Uganda, British East Africa.
Apparently
there is very in the world that hasn’t engaged the Crosby attention. So far as
CBS radio is concerned, the Old Groaner has become the New Voice.
There
is no comparison between the Crosby commentaries and other pundits on the air.
These six or eight-minute flights of fancy are delivered with easy modesty, in
the idiom of the day. The Crosby voice is neither the voice of doom nor a voice
of treacle. He seems content merely to be heard, with no insistence that
anything be taken in earnest, or steps taken to remedy any situation. It was
Thomas Mann who once expressed the phrase that “speech is civilization,” and
that “the word, even the most contradictory word, preserves contact. It is silence
which isolates.”
Crosby’s
words have not only Crosby been preserving contact, but even gained Crosby a
new kind of stature and substance. Bing himself summed up the whole business in
his own way.
“My
pal Bob Hope,” he said, “hooked a dandy verbal divot at me the other day. He
accused me of being the only singer on radio who rehearses his show by reading the
‘Encyclopedia Britannica.’ He said I was getting a frontal lobe spread in my
middle age.
“Now
what old chisel chin was referring to is that bit of culture, history, a book
review or two, and contemporary social and political odds and ends between
songs on my radio series.
“These
little wireless essays give me a lot of personal satisfaction. When I get on my
soap box, they hear me from Maine to California. Sure, I sound light and
breezy. But if I rumble a bit of pundit thunder for a second, remember these
are serious and perilous times.
“It’s
true that some of the subjects I kick around might be tabbed on the serious
side. Like ‘Co-existence, Communist Style,’ or ‘The Impeachment of President Johnson,’
or ‘Child Safety Week.’
“But
I also dabble in such topics as ‘Spiked Milk,’ ‘Crosby, the Honorary Indian,’
`Uranium Hunting,’ ‘Paris Wars on Pigeons,’ and the Wenatchee (Wash.) Apple Festival.
Frontal lobe spread in my middle age—indeed!
(Leo Mishkin, The Philadelphia Inquirer, June 20,
1955)
September 7, Wednesday. Bing writes to Vrest
Orton, the proprietor of the Vermont Country Store in Weston, Vermont. Bing had
mentioned Mr. Orton's Store on his radio show of July 22, 1955.
Dear
Mr. Orton:
Quite
a bit of time has passed since I received your letter of July 28, and I have no
legitimate excuse to rely upon to explain the delay, other than that it’s
summer and I have been up at Hayden Lake, Idaho, just taking it easy, golfing
and fishing and laying around, and in that kind of an environment, a fellow’s
correspondence just falls apart.
I
am tremendously pleased that the spot we did on the radio about you and your
store up there proved to be of some benefit, and I am serious when I say that I
hope someday to come by there and see you. Not this year I don’t suppose,
because winter will be setting in back there before long, and I’ve got some
work to do too back in Hollywood. That’s the trouble with these long vacations
-the work piles up. And I’ve got to get down there and get to knockin’ on it
and see if I can get some of it out of the way.
It
would be nice to go there as your guest and to meet your friends and see the
store, and I am making a mental reservation to check with you about it next
year.
Certainly
there is no necessity for you to send me any of the foods from your Vermont
Country Store, but even though it’s not necessary, it would be much
appreciated. Just send them to me at Elko, Nevada. I am going on down there
next week, and the climate there is just about the same as yours I imagine, and
when the snow flies I will imagine I am in Vermont eating Vermont products.
All
best personal good wishes to you and your family.
As
ever -Your friend, Bing Crosby
September 8, Thursday. Kathryn
flies home, canceling the third wedding attempt due for September 10. Bing
states that there were “impediments.”
September 9, Friday. Bing golfs at Manito Golf and Country Club in the final match in the Inland Empire Sweepstakes.
September 28, Wednesday. Bing leaves Hayden Lake for Pebble Beach.
September 30, Friday. The
actor James Dean is killed in a car crash.
October 5, Wednesday. Bing is
fishing near Rising River, Northern California, before returning to Pebble
Beach. He writes to his agent George Rosenberg about his forthcoming film High
Society:
I am dictating this from a fishing camp up near Rising
River. Incidentally, it’s not many miles from the
Hearst place, Wintoon, but I haven’t had a chance to
go over there. Somebody told me that they are breaking the place up and selling
it off. Next time you talk to Bill ask him about this. I might like to look at
some of it.
George, I told Sol Siegel I would be down in Hollywood
this week, but it doesn’t look like I am going to be
down for a little bit now, so I thought perhaps you had better call him and
tell him that my return has been delayed. I am going from here down to Pebble
Beach, where I will be until time to go down to Hollywood for that “High Tor” film for the pre-recording which is currently set for
October 31, shooting on November 7. I hate to go down to Hollywood until I have
to, so tell Sol unless there is some real emergency or something that can’t be
handled over the telephone, I would rather wait until work makes it mandatory
for me to be there. Tell him I will call him from Pebble Beach in a few days - find out just what the situation is.
I can’t
quite make up my mind about this picture, George—whether or not I want to do
it. In the first place I am averse to seeing Sinatra in the part. I don’t think
he is good for it. He’s hot right now, and they have a tendency to put him in
everything, but I am not sure he belongs in this. Maybe I can be convinced by
Sol or by the writer or someone close to the picture. Secondly, I don’t know if
the picture has the heart and the warmth that I am seeking just now in a movie.
Then too, this play you know concerns the filthy rich and their problems, and I
don’t know whether or not people are interested any more in the problems of the
rich, in their neuroses, and in their search for recreation and diversion.
I am trying to find
a film, George, that has some real honesty, and sincerity to it, and I don’t
say this just because I was in “Country Girl” and got away with it, or because
I am getting hammy or anything, but there is actually not much money to be made
in my case from making a movie any more, and unless I can get in something that
has some real impact on audiences I just don’t want to do it. I think the days
of my participation in a big musical with production numbers, etc. are over.
Now
they have a piece of property over at the Hal Wallis outfit that I have long
been much interested in. Perlberg and Seaton tried
desperately to buy it when it was a play on Broadway, but Wallis somehow or
other got in ahead of them. It’s called “The Rainmaker”, by a fellow named
Nash, I believe, and I see in the paper where Wallis announced it as one of the
pictures he was going to use Eva Marie Saint in. This announcement quickened my
interest a good deal. I wish you would get hold of the play and read it, or
have Meta read it, and let me know what you think
of the part of the Rainmaker in that for me. I think it could be changed a
little bit, with maybe the introduction of just one or two folk songs -
something in the Burl Ives category, or if something suitable didn’t come
along; omit the songs entirely - but I think it’s a great character, and I
think the thing has great sentiment. Particularly, the part of the girl is a
hell of a part, but I wouldn’t mind being subordinate to her, because I think
that would be the element that would make it a fine picture. And this Saint
girl would be ideal, I believe. Maybe she’s a little young for me, but that is
all right because I go over the hill anyhow at the end.
Don
Hartman has been talking to Wallis about the possibility of working me into the
thing, or about buying the property back from him or one thing and another, but
hasn’t gotten anywhere. Wallis is pretty shrewd, and he senses there is some
interest and he is being kind of coy about it. I wonder if you could talk to
him or to his partner - I believe his name is Hazan -
about their plans for this piece of material. Tell them I have been searching
around for something suitable for my questionable talents, and this is the only
thing I have run across that I really like. And you might tell them also that I
wouldn’t be too difficult to deal with, if there is any interest on their part.
It
seems to me all this is necessary to make this a good movie would be a good
screen treatment and an outstanding director - a fellow with sensitivity and a
little imagination.
I
thought I would just drop this in your ear, George, and let you mull it over
for a while, and take your time fooling around with Wallis. There is no
emergency on it, but I don’t want to give Siegel a definite reply, or Bobby
Dolan either on his project, until I have explored this “Rainmaker” project
fully.
October 10, Monday. Goes to see "The Virgin Queen" at the Stage Door in San Francisco.
October 15, Saturday. Kathryn
goes to see Bing at Pebble Beach. Bing reportedly seeks forgiveness for an
affair with another woman (a regal blonde!). It has been alleged in various
books that Bing was romantically involved with Grace Kelly. Bing and Kathryn
dine with Francis Brown and Winona Love.
October 16, Sunday. Bing and
Kathryn go to the eleven o’clock mass at the Mission.
October 22, Saturday. Billboard
notes that Bing’s 15-minute CBS radio show now has a new theme song, “Something
in Common”. Bing writes to John O’Melveny expressing disappointment about the White
Christmas film.
Dear John,
White Christmas is making money but it was not near
the picture it should have been because story-wise it was weak. With that title
and that music and the cast involved it could have been one of the all-time
musical classics of the screen. It could have almost doubled its intake. I
have said it before, and this time I mean it, that I’m not going to get
involved in a picture if there is not genuine indication of hit potential….
October 23, Sunday. (7:00-7:30 p.m.)
Bing and Lindsay Crosby make a contribution to the tape recorded radio program Family
of Stars. Others
featured are Rosemary and Gale Clooney, Sammy Davis (father and son)
and Art and Jack Linkletter. The program was made for the Community
Chest.
October 29-30, Saturday-Sunday.
Bing plays in the $10,000 pro-member tournament at Thunderbird Country
Club with Dai Rees
(Captain on the British Ryder Cup team). George
Cameron and Lou Manseau complete the foursome. Other celebrities
playing include Dean Martin, Randolph Scott, Phil Harris, Ralph Kiner
and Hoagy Carmichael.
November 1, Tuesday. (8:30 a.m.-12:00 p.m.) Pre-records the songs for the High Tor television film at Glen Glenn Studios in Hollywood with
Joseph J. Lilley and his Orchestra.
November 4, Friday. (8:30 a.m.-2:30 p.m.) Another pre-recording session for High Tor.
November 5, Saturday. Hosts an
opening party for “Bing Crosby’s Blue Skies Trailer Village” in Palm Springs.
Bing is a stockholder with Jack Benny, George Burns, Phil Harris, and many more
stars. Lindsay Crosby attends with Frank Sinatra’s daughter, Nancy. Kathryn
Grant accompanies Bing. Buddy Cole and his Orchestra provide the music. The
event ties in nicely with the Ryder Cup golf match that is being played at the
Thunderbird Country Club. The United States team wins its seventh
consecutive competition by a score of 8 to 4 points.
November 7-15, Monday–Tuesday.
Bing films High Tor with Julie Andrews and Nancy Olson for television.
The director is James Neilson. High Tor is the first
feature-length movie made for television and Bing is reported to have been
paid $375,000 for his work. The entire program is said to have cost $450,000.
During the filming, Bing uses the set to film an introduction for a
Christophers TV program called “Knock on Every Door”.
She was
to play opposite Bing in High Tor. She was
especially fortunate in having in her first film a leading man devoid of
temperament and full of sympathy for a young girl venturing into a new medium.
Crosby, always relaxed and good-natured, nursed her through the initial scenes
in the movie which had music by Arthur Schwartz and Julie recalls that he would
ruin a scene deliberately – if she was not playing well, just so that an
expensive re-take would not be blamed on her. In the film she sang two songs to
Bing, “Sad Is the Life of a Sailor’s Wife” and “Once upon a Long Ago”. When
they had finished filming he presented her with a gold, pearl-encrusted pendant
ring inscribed: “Julie, thanks, Bing”
(John
Cottrell, writing in his 1969 book Julie Andrews.)
During
the month of November, I flew to Los Angeles to appear with Bing Crosby in a
television musical of High Tor, adapted by
Maxwell Anderson from his drama of the same name. The music was by Arthur
Schwartz, with lyrics by Anderson. It was my American television debut.
The
trip was pleasant enough, but it was a weird time in my life, almost a
suspended moment… I landed at night in the vast, sprawling city…nothing like
London or New York. I didn’t know where I was in relation to the city, and I
couldn’t imagine how I was going to get around. This anxiety was relieved by
the friendship offered by composer Arthur Schwartz and his wife. A dinner was
held for me at their house in Beverly Hills. It was a big gathering and I was
asked to sing a couple of songs from High Tor.
Arthur played for me, and though I felt shy, everyone was friendly and
appreciative.
The
television show was daunting, to say the least. I knew nothing about film, and
I remember the early morning makeup calls, my inexperience with cameras and
close-ups.
Bing
had been told that I was twenty-four years of age – four years older than I
actually was, because the producers felt (probably correctly) that he would
have thought me too young for the role and would never have hired me. He was a
pleasant man, relaxed and easy in his own skin.
One day
David Niven visited Bing on the set and we sat
together for a while. I listened as these two very attractive and charming men
reminisced about their early years, and I have seldom laughed as much. They
were very funny, and kept topping each other’s stories, which were witty and
outrageous.
Bing
and I worked together well, though I felt my performance was very stilted. I was
just readying myself to go home for Christmas, when Bing asked if I would like
to go to the Rose Bowl with him and his family to see an important football
game. I thought he felt I might appeal to one of his older sons. I replied,
“Oh, it’s terribly nice of you, Bing, but I’ve got a huge amount of packing to
do. I think perhaps I’d better stay and do that.” He looked at me in total
disbelief. “I have tickets in the owners’ box and my sons will be there. It’s
the playoffs – almost the biggest game of the year.” I looked at him blankly.”
Well, it’s really lovely of you,” I said.” But honestly, I do have to pack.” I
was shy, and couldn’t imagine what I would say to his sons, so I went home.
What a dummy. What an experience that would have been.”
Bing
gave me a lovely pendant on the last day of shooting: a pearl-encrusted angel,
inscribed “Julie, thanks, Bing.” Alas, High Tor
was not a memorable piece, and received only lukewarm reviews.
(Julie Andrews, writing in Home: A Memoir of My Early Years, pages 184-186)
Arthur
and Mary Grey were giving a party for the wrap of High Tor. Here’s what I
learned to do: empty a coke bottle, pour in some Scotch and then Canada Dry
club soda, then hold the bottle in my hand. A cinch. Julie Andrews showed up.
She seemed to flow above the carpet, her long hair caught, somehow, in an
indoor breeze. She accepted praise with gracious amusement. When later she sang
to Arthur’s playing, she appeared to turn the color of gold.
Bing
emitted the very sound of earth, with Arthur still at the piano. He
emerged as a complete Bing, casual of gesture, a chuckler rather than a
laugher, and clearly above the fray. Persuaded by my second Coke, I asked my
father if I could accompany Bing on a song. “Naturally, of course,” Bing said,
in his resonant, modulated, familiar way.
I
replaced Arthur at the piano. Gene Kelly was leaning into the curve of the
instrument. There he was, with Cary Grant, Orson Welles, Fred Astaire and Oscar
Levant. I knew “When You’re in Love,” cast in an Arthurian minor key. I gave it
an introduction that delayed Bing’s entrance perhaps 16 bars too long. Finally,
he leapt in, which I understood to mean he was cutting me off. I had given him
a winding Ravel slide into the tune, and I believe he was just making sure, as
he entered, that I wouldn’t decide to extend my introduction any longer. My
left hand was respectful to Arthur’s harmonies, and Crosby was complimentary
when we finished.
“I’d
say your boy’s got a future,” he told Arthur, who was standing next to the
piano bench. “Let’s do another.” I took a long drink from my Coke, right down
to the last drop. Waiting at the end of the bottle was Igor Stravinsky. With
cape and cane, he had decided to call. “Mountain Greenery,” I suggested. “A
dandy choice,” Bing said to me. “What’s your key,” I said. “Oh I’d say, let me
see, B flat.”
I
couldn’t play in B flat. Never have. “How about C? You get up there, it’s not
too high.” What confidence, joshing with Der Bingle, picking his key even after
he’d chosen one. “Let’s give it a try,” Bing said. Crosby stopped singing at
the bridge, “You got Rachmaninoff here,” he told Arthur, most pleasantly. I was
given a muted, peculiar applause. Had I been brilliant? Had I been
terrible? No one seemed to know except Arthur, who shot a cold glance my way.
(Jonathan
Schwartz, All in Good Time)
November 19, Saturday. Bing’s
“Merry Christmas” 10" LP has been expanded to a 12” size.
Merry Christmas
DL8128. Bing Crosby is something of an American
institution in the Christmas wax field, his “White Christmas” being the
all-time best-seller. This LP, a conversion from 10”, spotlights that side,
along with 11 other seasonal Crosby platters—“Jingle Bells,” and “Santa Claus
Is Coming to Town,” with the Andrews Sisters; “I’ll Be Home for Christmas,” and
“Silent Night.” A colorful picture of Crosby in Santa garb makes for
eye-catching displays. This one should move right briskly during the holidays.
It can’t miss.
(Billboard, November 19, 1955)
November 22, Tuesday. (9:00
a.m.–12:30 p.m.) Bing records four songs with Buddy Cole and his Orchestra and
Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires. Peggy Lee duets with Bing on “The Possibility’s
There.”
After working on him for more than a
year, Decca finally convinced Bing
Crosby to record some new
Christmas material. He checked in and cut a pair of sides yesterday and the
plattery will rush the release through to hit retail stores around Dec. 1.
(Variety, November 23, 1955)
The First Snowfall
Crosby’s first platter in some time spotlights his
usual relaxed, personable warbling job on a sentimental ballad with
considerable holiday appeal. Good jockey wax.
The
Next Time It Happens
The Groaner wraps up the lovely ballad from Pipe
Dream in a sensitive vocal treatment and expressive phrasing.
(Billboard, December 17, 1955)
November 23, Wednesday. (9:00 a.m.–12:30 p.m.) Records six
songs with Buddy Cole and his Orchestra for possible commercial release. Later
records with Buddy Cole for the daily radio show. Around this time, Bing
records a Christmas greeting with Dinah Shore, which is distributed to Veterans
Affairs Hospitals for Christmas Eve, 1955. The show also features holiday
greetings from Bob Hope and the director of the Veteran's Administration.
Bing and Dinah are heard singing "Silver Bells" and Bing sings
"Adeste Fideles". Both songs are taken from a 1952 GE show.
Crosby’s Double Session
Bing Crosby killed two disks with one take last
week when he checked in at Decca for one of his rare recording sessions. In
addition to etching some singles, Crosby
cut several tapes for his CBS radio show. Among the singles were a duet with
Peggy Lee and a new Christmas item which Decca has been after.
(Variety, November 30, 1955)
Is Christmas Only a Tree?
The release of the Bing Crosby Decca recording of
“Is Christmas Only a Tree” unveiled a bit of mystery surrounding the tune last
week, when the writers of the song were revealed to be two nuns using the
pseudonym Mark Lebec (sic). Crosby was originally approached to record
the song in November 1955, much too late to make the Christmas market. Despite
this, Crosby a & r man, Sonny Burke and arranger Bud Dant worked overtime
to get the tune on the market, with the disk given a token release only late last
year. Reason for the effort and slated promotion the song will now receive is
that the writers’ royalties will go toward building a convent in the Midwest.
(Billboard, December 8, 1956)
November 25, Friday. Bing
entertains the Notre Dame football team in Hollywood, but his plans to show
them the film Guys and Dolls are changed because of adverse comments by
Roman Catholics about the film. Paramount shows them The Court Jester
starring Danny Kaye instead.
November 30, Wednesday. Bing goes
to Palm Springs for an extended stay.
December 4, Sunday. Bing and Kathryn Grant attend a dinner party at the Palm Springs Ranch Club given by Mr. & Mrs. Perlberg. (5:30-6:00 p.m.) A Christophers short film "The World Starts with Jimmy" is shown on KTTV in Los Angeles. Bing introduces Dorothy Malone and William Campbell who discuss a constructive treatment of juvenile problems.
December 11, Sunday. Bing hosts a dinner at the Ranch Club and guests include Frank Sinatra, Phil Harris and Jimmy Van Heusen.
December 13, Tuesday. Decca
masters two of Bing’s radio recordings “Ol’ Man River” and “In a Little Spanish
Town” for commercial release.
Bing Crosby: “In A
Little Spanish Town” - “Ol Man River” (Decca). These sides are by far the best
things that Bing Crosby has done in the last few years. If anything will
restore Der Bingle to the forefront of the disk picture, this platter is it.
Either side, or both, could make it all the way. Crosby, who seems to be
enjoying himself more than usual on these sides, gets superlative backing from
pianist Buddy Cole and a rhythm combo.
(Variety,
February 29, 1956)
December 17,
Saturday. Sings “I
Love You Truly” at Bill Morrow’s wedding to Mary Henderson (28) in Palm
Springs. Jimmy Van Heusen plays "Here Come the Bride". The
wedding is held at Bing’s Thunderbird home. George Rosenberg is best
man while
Bing gives the bride away. Kathryn Grant, Alice Faye, Phil Harris, Sam
Weiss,
Ed Crowley, and Pete Petito are amongst those present.
December 19, Monday. (9:00
a.m.–1:00 p.m.) In CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records a CBS radio
special A Christmas Sing with Bing, which is broadcast on December 24.
Paul Weston and his Orchestra plus the Norman Luboff Choir provide support.
December 20/21, Tuesday/Wednesday.
Bing is thought to have rehearsed the songs ‘Little One’, ‘I Love You Samantha’
and ‘True Love’ at
December 22/23, Thursday/Friday. Bing
is thought to have rehearsed the song ‘Well Did You Evah’ with Frank Sinatra
at
In reference to your letter, I don’t understand your routine in “Well,
Did You Evah?” You write, “We timed it and found it ran two minutes and thirty
seconds, which is long as picture numbers go, but it is such fun that it feels
short. As a result we are doing something bold. At the end of the number the
boys walk out into the ballroom, look at the squares dancing, go right back
into the library and do a planned encore which runs about another minute.” What
does this mean? Do they repeat the lyrics they have already used, or do you
need new lyrics?
My lawyer received a very heavy letter from the head office of Metro,
mentioning certain names and asking whether they were based upon live people or
not - for instance…Mimsey Starr. I answered that, as far as I know these people
were my own inventions. I don’t think you will get into any trouble about these
names, except possibly Mimsey Starr. Perhaps it is dangerous to use a Christian
and a family name together - in which case I suggest “Grandma Starr.” I
wouldn’t think of causing MGM any extra expense.
(Letter from Cole Porter dated December 31, 1955)
December 24, Saturday. (6:00-7:00 p.m.) The
prerecorded CBS radio special A Christmas Sing with Bing is
broadcast and is later released by Decca as a long-playing album. Kathryn Grant is in Texas.
Insurance
Company of America laid out some $30,000 for this Christmas Eve ‘Sing with Bing
Hour’ and that might be figured as cheap considering the promotion values. CBS
toted up the statistics, claiming over 70,000 letters poured in for a ‘What
Christmas Means to Me Contest’ for moppets with nothing but on the air
advertising and no premiums or prizes save to a single winner. What happens to
the other 69,999 kids who made with their letters is something else, perhaps they won’t be snared into ever writing again
or will compare the prize letter with one of their own and be disturbed about
it. The winner was seven year-old Delores Short who had spent her whole life in
Pine Ridge, Kentucky Children’s Home. She read her letter. The Groaner promised
her a bicycle, gifts for the other kids in the home and there was quite a bit
of hoop-la regarding a B29 crew out of a USAAF base in Alaska dropping the
letter over the North Pole for Santa’s mail bag. If there was an important
Christmas carol left out by either Der Bingle or the pick-up points, it didn’t come to mind.
Crosby breezed along in his well-known way with talk and chirp, some of it
carried on with Ken Carpenter who gave a gentle ride to the insurance
commercials. Fitting background emanated from the Paul Weston Orchestra and the
Norman Luboff Choir.
(Variety, December 28, 1955)
A CHRISTMAS SING WITH BING AROUND THE WORLD (1-12”)
- Bing Crosby. Decca DL 8419. This borrowing from the CBS radio program makes
one of the solidest holiday packages to come along, a prime candidate for
immediate store exposure. Singer brings superb projection to nine out of 19
selected Christmas carols and hymns, with smoothest of assists from Norman
Luboff choir and Paul Weston’s ork. Other bands are contributed by various
Canadian and European choruses, including the Vatican choir. Descriptive intros
of each number by Crosby add a fine personalized touch, and his arrangement of
“Silent Night” should be on every jock’s Christmas Eve agenda. Cover, featuring
Crosby photo backed by United Nations motif, is sound sales bait.
(Billboard, December 8, 1956)
“A Christmas Sing
With Bing” (Decca), taken from Bing Crosby's CBS radio Christmas show of last year,
is a global musical tour, featuring choral groups from various countries, in
addition to vocals by Crosby, the Norman-Luboff choir and Paul Weston's orch.
It's a charming program of Christmas faves with the remote pickups of choirs in
St. Louis, France, England, Holland and Rome providing additional highlights.
(Variety, November 21, 1956)
December 27, Tuesday.
(8:30–11:30 a.m.) Bing records “John Barleycorn” and “When You’re In Love” from
High
Tor with Joseph J. Lilley & his Orchestra. He also adds linking
commentary to the other prerecorded songs from the sound track of the television
film in Los Angeles for an LP release.
John Barleycorn
This is the kind of swinging production job that
could have come from any typical Crosby pic. Actually, it’s from TV film “High
Tor” and song has a happy slant.
When
You’re In Love
Bing
waxes romantic with a sincere reading of the ballad highlight from the “High
Tor” TV offering.
(Billboard,
February 25, 1956)
There’s a heavy promotional campaign behind this
sound track package from the forthcoming TV film musical version of “High Tor”
which will be presented by Ford Motors over NBC-TV, Saturday (10). Bing Crosby
stars, and the score was specially written for the video show by Arthur
Schwartz and Maxwell Anderson, who, of course, authored the original stage
play. Crosby dominates the LP, warbling five tunes, including the sprightly
“John Barleycorn,” and two lovely ballads - “When You’re In Love” and “A Little
Love, A Little While.” Julie Andrews’ sweet soprano is also listenable while
actor Everett Sloane contributes a showmanly chorus on “When You’re In Love.”
“High Tor” is an excellent package of Crosbiana, and if the show is as big a
click as expected, the LP should enjoy brisk sales.
(Billboard, March 10, 1956)
Bing Crosby-Julie
Andrews-Everett Sloane: “High Tor” (Decca).
Although not the
first package to be based on a video show, this set of the Arthur
Schwartz-Maxwell Anderson score from the “Ford Star Jubilee” show, to be
telecast on CBS-TV March 10, is likely to be the most successful. A flock of tunes,
including “When You’re In Love,” “A Little Love, A Little While,” “Once Upon a
Long Ago” and “Living One Day at a Time,” are firstrate pop material. Bing Crosby,
who does the between-numbers narration in his usual smooth manner, also handles
the bulk of the vocal assignments. Julie Andrews also registers well on several
numbers, with Everett Sloane contributing one effective vocal.
(Variety, February 29, 1956)
Bing Crosby appears in extracts with Julie Andrews
and others on Bruns. LAT8154. The story is about as comprehensible as Barrie’s
“Mary Rose,” but Crosby’s linking narrative shows again what a pleasant actor
he is. Here is something of the art which conceals art. Apart from “John
Barleycorn” the songs are not very distinguished, but Miss Andrews, currently
in My Fair Lady sings charmingly and Crosby works his usual spell.
(The Gramophone, March, 1957)
December 28 or
29, Wednesday or Thursday. Bing is thought to have made a Cinemascope test
at MGM
December 28, Wednesday. Forms
Bing Crosby Phonocards to issue good quality cardboard records. Brother Everett
is executive vice president.
Bing Crosby is stepping into the paper disk biz. Crooner has formed Bing Crosby Phonocards to manufacture paper platters, with Edward A. Di Resta as prez. Firm will kick off with a multimillion disk order for the Borden Co. The disks will be used on the covers of cottage cheese and other Borden products.
(Variety, December 28, 1955)
December 29, Thursday. At CBS
Studio C in Hollywood, Bing records ten songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio for
use on his radio show.
December (undated). Bing and Kathryn attend a party thrown by Dorothy and John Haskell at the Jimmy Van Heusen home.
December 31, Saturday. Bing’s
recording of “White Christmas” again enters the charts and peaks at number
seven during its two-week tenure. Meanwhile, Bing’s exclusive Decca recording
contract expires—it had run since 1934. Bing becomes co-owner of radio station
KFEQ, St. Joseph, Missouri, with Kenyon Brown and George Coleman. Bing and Kathryn attend a New
Year’s party at the home of David O. Selznick with Elizabeth Taylor, Merle
Oberon, Joan Bennett, Judy Garland, Jennifer Jones, Greer Garson, and many
other stars. As they drive home from the party, Bing offers to marry Kathryn
and they fix a new date of March 17.
January 2, Monday. Bing attends
the Rose Bowl Game and sees Michigan State Spartans
beat UCLA Bruins 17-14.
January 3, Tuesday. The
Minute Maid Corporation is the first new stock to be floated on the New York
Stock Exchange in 1956 and Bing buys the first 100 shares for a total of $1,900
and then donates them to Gonzaga University for its library appeal. Bing is
described in press publicity as president of the Bing Crosby–Minute Maid
Corporation, which acts as distributor of Minute Maid products on the West
Coast.
January 6, Friday. (9:00 a.m.–12
noon) Records “Little One” and “I Love You, Samantha” for the High Society film soundtrack with Louis Armstrong
and the
January 8, Sunday. (10:30-11:00 p.m.) Gary Crosby appears on the "What's My Line?" CBS-TV show as the mystery celebrity and stumps the panel.
January 10, Tuesday. Ben Hogan and his wife go to dinner at Bing's house just off the thirteenth green at Pebble Beach. Golfer Harvie Ward stays at the Crosby house.
January 11, Wednesday. Bing plays a practice round at Cypress Point and has a 75. Eddie Lowery and George Coleman arrange a friendly four-ball match between two of Lowery's employees, Ken Venturi and Harvie Ward,
against Ben Hogan and Byron Nelson at the Cypress Point Club. The
amateurs play a strong game but the pros take the match 1 up. The
match is chronicled in depth in Mark Frost's 2007 book "The Match". Lowery and Coleman have a substantial wager on the outcome but it is not known whether the bet was ever settled.
January 12, Thursday. Bing has a practice round with Ben Hogan at Pebble Beach and has an 82. Hogan has a 67.
January 13-15,
Friday–Sunday.
Starting at 10:00 a.m. and partnered by Ben Hogan, Bing competes for the last time in the Bing
Crosby
Pro-Am Golf Tournament at Pebble Beach. Bing’s handicap is quoted as
being
four. Hogan and Crosby have a 60 in the first round and lead the field.
They have 63 on the second day and a 73 on the final day giving them a
total of 196 which leaves them in a tie for sixth place. Again the
weather is dreadful on the Saturday afternoon and all day on
Sunday with driving rain and atrocious playing conditions. Cary
Middlecoff wins
for the second year in succession. Celebrities playing include Dennis
O’Keefe, Gordon MacRae, Phil Harris, General Omar Bradley, Hoagy
Carmichael, Don Cherry, Buddy Rogers, Bill Gargan, Richard Arlen, Jimmy McLarnin, Ralph Kiner, William Boyd, Van
Johnson and Lindsay Crosby. On January 13, there is a special screening of Anything Goes at Loew's 72nd Street in New York and Bing speaks to the audience by telephone.
Ben Hogan, the ex-caddy, and Bing Crosby, the ex-choirboy, teamed together last week to give northern Californians their most enjoyable golf exhibition in many a year. Playing to the largest single gallery in the history of Crosby's famed pro-amateur tournament (approximately 5,000), and fighting unpleasant weather conditions, Bing and Ben played superb if erratic golf and gave their happy followers a first-class show. It was Dr. Cary Middlecoff who took top individual honors; but it was the Hogan-Crosby team who took the crowds.
The fun started on the first tee at Cypress on Friday. Host Crosby showed up in a pair of brown knickers, a beige cardigan, a cockily tilted red plaid cap and, of course, the inevitable pipe. As he prepared to tee up, the announcer requested the gallery to move away from the middle of the fairway. "Tell them to stay where they are," quipped Bing, "they're safer there."...For on Cypress' frightening 16th, Bing had gone for the green and had ended up, after a generous slice, on the rocky cove 50 feet below and short of the green. His first wedge shot hit the bank sharply and rolled back to his feet. The second attempt ricocheted off a sharp rock and into a trap on top of the cliff. Bing clambered up, took one more stab at the ball and picked up...When the players started off at Pebble Beach on Sunday morning there were small lakes on some greens and the fairways were swamps…Though a weary Hogan struggled in with an 81, shooting himself out of the individual, and his host Bing Crosby out of the pro-am competition, Bing was still clowning at the end. He back-handed his last putt right into the hole and exited with a buck and wing off the green.
(Richard Pollard,
Sports Illustrated, January 23, 1956)
Bing had heard of something called videotape as early as 1951, and he financially backed early experiments with this new “instant film.” Unfortunately for him, the early experiments were unsuccessful.
It wasn’t until Ampex Corp. perfected two-inch videotape that the technology began to take off. The year was 1956. Again, enter Bing Crosby.
The singer’s annual Pebble
Beach golf tournament kicked off TV’s outdoor sports season, but there was a hitch: Because the tournament was on the West Coast, to telecast it live to Eastern markets would involve a three-hour time difference.
CBS, working with Ampex, decided to experiment with delaying the feed to give the entire country a chance to see the ”live” event at the same local time: 2 p.m. So although the tee-offs began at 10 a.m. Pacific time, the action was videotaped and held until 2 p.m. across the U.S.—a one-hour delay for the East to four hours for the Pacific. That’s no trick today, but it seemed to be magic in 1956.
As producer of commercials for one sponsor of the Crosby
Pebble Beach tournament—Easy
Washing Machine Co., which no longer exists; agency was Earle Ludgin & Co. of Chicago, which also no longer exists—I
wanted to make a commercial using videotape. I approached Bing hoping he would
do a “welcome to my tournament” spot for Easy. He liked the idea and when asked
what his fee would be, he said: “It’s my tournament; I’ll do it for nothing.”
I then asked the CBS field producer about how much he
would charge for the loan of the equipment for a couple hours. His answer:
$500.
So one of the
first national videotaped commercials, starring Bing Crosby, was produced for
$500. Today, a
national spot averages more than $250,000 to produce, plus a hefty fee for
talent.
Postscript: Bing Crosby liked the way he looked on
videotape so much he thanked me for the “opportunity.”
(Hooper White, former VP-creative production at Leo
Burnett & Co – writing in BINGANG magazine, winter, 96-97)
January 15, Sunday.
(5:30 p.m.) Bing introduces The Christophers program "Knock on Every
Door" on KTTV. This was filmed in November. (Starting at 6 p.m.) The
Victory Dinner and Clambake takes place at the Monterey Fairgrounds
Auditorium.
January 17, Tuesday. Starting at 12:30 p.m., Bing and Frank Sinatra rehearse the song "Well, Did You Evah". (2:00–4:30
p.m.) Bing records “Well, Did You Evah” for the High Society film
soundtrack with Frank Sinatra and the
The “Groaner” and the “Voice” were singing up a
storm in Culver City, so that bore looking in to. The two most famous singers
of this - or any generation - Bing Crosby and Frank Sinatra, are engaged in a
film called High Society. Filming for this historic meeting has started
at M.G.M.
The scene was a rehearsal hall, bare,
except for a few pieces of furniture representing a drawing-room set. Also a
piano, beside which sat Bing, conservatively dressed in dark trousers and a
plain blue shirt. He wore a hat and was singing to the piano accompaniment.
Seated nearby was Sinatra, looking
natty in grey flannel trousers, black coat and matching accessories. He also
wore a hat. Like Bing, he is balding.
“This is a real thrill for me,” said
Frank. “Bing was a real idol when I was a kid. I had his records and pictures -
the whole works.” Director Chuck Walters signaled for a rehearsal. Bing and
Frank took their places in the simulated set and ran through a new Cole Porter
number, “Well, did you evah?” It is their only number together in the film, and
they are supposed to be slightly tipsy at a party.
They sang the number and followed a
dance routine outlined by Walters, clicking champagne glasses and walking out
of the scene arm in arm. After a few run-throughs, they sat down again to wait
for the call to report to the recording stage.
Finally word came that the orchestra
was ready. Bing ambled outside to where his bicycle was standing. A common
feature on his home lot, Paramount, bikes are rarely seen at the staid M.G.M.
He passed a few words about his recent Golf Tournament and pedaled toward stage
one.
The 50-piece orchestra was waiting on
the recording stage. Bing and Frank ascended a small platform before the
musicians took their cues from conductor Johnny Green. When the final version
was achieved, impatient Frank took off and Bing sat down to chat a bit. He
agreed the project was a happy union of talents and added: “And we’re lucky to
have Louis Armstrong in the cast. He has a lot to do, and he ought to help the
picture's business overseas.”
Help the picture! With Crosby,
Sinatra, Grace Kelly, Cole Porter, etc. I’d like to have the Monaco Rights
alone.
(Bob Thomas, syndicated article seen in the Springfield Leader and Press, January 24, 1956)
January 18, Wednesday. Records
“Now You Has Jazz” with Louis Armstrong and the All-Stars for the High
Society film soundtrack. Sixteen takes are needed to achieve the required result.
...My second studio visit was a delightful
afternoon with Johnny Green at M.G.M., where Johnny was in charge of the
pre-recording by Bing Crosby and the Louis Armstrong Sextet, of a number from
the forthcoming High Society in which Frank Sinatra and Grace Kelly are
also starred.
Composer Green commented, “You get
Louis and Bing together in a studio, and all of a sudden it’s like a beautiful
April day.” And indeed, the prevailing good humor made this session a ball for
all, even though Cole Porter’s “Now You Has Jazz” is a most unconventionally
constructed blues.
Aided by five microphones (one
overhead, plus one each for Billy Kyle, Arvell Shaw, Bing, and Louis) and an
arrangement written by Al Sendry and Johnny, the engineers got just about the
finest recorded sound I’d ever heard for a movie jazz sequence.
Watching Bing and Louis kidding around
and ad libbing through the arrangement (with copious solo flashes by Edmond
Hall, Trummy Young, and others) I was reminded nostalgically of their first
joint movie appearance in “Pennies from Heaven”, just two decades ago.
I was reminded, too, of what old hands
both have become at this movie game, for the requirements of post-synchronizing
their lip movements when the corresponding visual passages are shot, would tax
the presence-of-mouth of less experienced actors.
(Leonard Feather, Down Beat, March 7, 1956)
Lastly on Capitol LCT6116 El Bingo is heard along
with nearly everybody else—Louis Armstrong, Grace Kelly and Frank Sinatra, for example—in
the film “High Society”. These numbers by Cole Porter are mostly available by
the same artists on 45s, but whichever way you buy it do not neglect the
wonderful Now You Has Jazz, in which Crosby introduces the band. It is an old
gambit, but seldom fails, and certainly not here.
(The Gramophone, January, 1957)
January 19–March
6. Bing films High Society for
I am starting a
picture with Grace Kelly this week; in fact, they’ve been going three or four
days already. Also in the cast are Frank Sinatra, Louis Armstrong and his band,
and some other stalwarts, so we have high hopes of this one…She (Grace Kelly) sure
knocked everybody off the applecart by her engagement last month. I had seen
her just before she went to New York and she gave no indication then that she
was bound for a life-long romantic entanglement…she’s a fine girl, and deserves
happiness and contentment.
(Letter from Bing
dated January 23, 1956 to his friend Charles Graves)
When Cole [Porter] learned that Louis Armstrong was
to appear in High Society, as they were calling the film, he decided
that he would have to write a jazz number. As always, he approached the problem
in a businesslike manner. He called Fred Astaire and suggested that they attend
a “Jazz at the Philharmonic” concert. Later, he was introduced to jazz
impresario Norman Granz on the telephone and Granz gave him a short
introductory course in jazz terms. The eventual song was “Now You Has Jazz.”
Besides Armstrong, the cast included
Bing Crosby, Frank Sinatra, Grace Kelly and Celeste Holm. Among the songs his
favorite, which he considered musically superior to the others, was “I Love
You, Samantha.” His hope was brightest commercially for “You’re Sensational,”
which had lyrics peppered with slang. “True Love,” eventually to emerge as the
most-played song of the year, did not much interest him.
(Charles Schwartz, Cole Porter, A biography, page 300)
Bing Crosby was their costar in High Society
and, during a break in filming, Bing and Jimmy Van Heusen went to visit
Dad in
Las Vegas, where he was fulfilling a singing engagement. Bing Crosby:
“Jimmy
was a dear and valued friend of Frank’s and a tosspot of considerable
reputation. Frank was playing the Sands Hotel, and we were told he was
on the
verge of a complete physical collapse, a condition induced by a great
deal of
hard work, some late nights, some all-nights, no sleep or rest, and a
great
deal of sauce. Jimmy and I went over that night to see Frank backstage,
and I
offered to go on for him so he could give his throat a rest and
recover. ‘No,
thanks,’ he croaked grandly. ‘I can handle it all right. But, Bing,
there’s
something I want to talk to you about. Can you meet me at Luigi’s after
show?’
I, of course, agreed, and when he showed up, we took a booth in the
corner and
ordered some drinks. ‘What did you want to talk to me about?’ I
queried.
‘Bing,’ he said, ‘we’ve got to do something about Van Heusen. He’s not
taking
very good care of himself!’ . . . I wanted to say, ‘Why don’t we limber
up on
you.’”
(Nancy Sinatra, writing in her book Frank
Sinatra, My Father, page 113)
What really attracted Sinatra
to the movie was the opportunity to work with his idol, Crosby.
Saul Chaplin, who with Johnny Green was the musical director and shared an
Oscar nomination for the movie, told me: ‘Sol Siegel, the producer, already had
Crosby and Kelly and it happened at a moment when Frank was free. He wanted to
do the picture and we all wanted him too.’ Once more, there were the
difficulties over rehearsals. As Chaplin told me: ‘Bing would
always come on time and do his rehearsing and Frank would every now and again
show up late.’ But a formula was devised. ‘I’d continue with the
rehearsal with Bing,’ said Chaplin, ‘and when it came to Frank’s turn, he’d
say, ‘Come into the next room and show me what my part is.’ Frank either did
not know his lines or was showing a kind of humility in the face of his idol.
The truth of the matter was that Crosby was a conscience point for him. ‘It was
the first time he felt self-conscious. He was embarrassed about not doing
things right in front of Bing.’ It seemed to be a recipe for lost illusions, if
not disaster, but it didn’t work out that way. ‘They adored each other,’ said
Chaplin.
... Better still was the duet
with Crosby, ‘Well Did Ya Evah?’
Chaplin was looking for a number for a duet and found this song, which the
studio already owned, in the
(Michael Freedland,
All the Way: A Biography of Frank Sinatra 1915-1998)
February 1, Wednesday. Variety magazine has an update about the "High Tor" production.
Bing falls heir to “High Tor” pic
Hollywood, Jan. 31.
In an unprecedented deal,
Bing Crosby will own the “High Tor” telefilm outright after it has been
telecast two or three times. Stint for “Ford Star Jubilee” on CBS-TV involves a
large salary for Crosby plus eventual ownership. Understood Crosby will arrange
for a theatrical release of the 90-minute film once the rights revert to him.
Film, to be telecast March 10, cost between $350,000 and $500,000.
Also, Bing
writes to his friend George O’Reilly in Dublin, Ireland.
My warmest thanks for the lovely Irish
glassware. It’s very beautiful and my Mother raved about it.
Working on a new picture with Grace
Kelly, Sinatra, and Louis Armstrong. It looks very good – M.G.M Studio, Color,
VistaVision, and a good light comedy script. Armstrong, of course, is a riot.
Cole Porter wrote a new score which I think is one of his best recent jobs.
“Anything Goes” previewed to a very
good reaction. Not much story, but good production numbers. O’Connor, Gaynor,
and Jeanmaire in the cast.
I’m working on plans to go abroad this
spring. Maybe April. Hope I can work it out, but there are some details yet to
be taken care of. Will certainly include Ireland this time.
Hope all goes well with your family
and your shop.
As ever, Bing
February 2, Thursday. Bob
Burns, who appeared in many of Bing’s Kraft Music Hall broadcasts, dies in
Encino, California, at the age of 65.
February 9, Thursday. A drunken
driving charge against Phillip Crosby for an accident on February 7 is
dismissed in Tacoma. His car struck a pedestrian but a blood test showed he was
sober. The pedestrian sues Phillip for $100,000.
February
(undated). Following his twin brother’s suggestion, Phillip
Crosby asks to be reunited with his twin in the Army. The hope was that Dennis
would be transferred back to the USA from West Germany but instead Phillip is
dispatched to the US Army Base in Schweinfurt, Germany where Dennis is a
headquarters mail clerk. They are both attached to the 24th Medical Detachment
of the 10th Infantry Division.
February 22, Wednesday. (10:15
a.m.–12:30 p.m.) Bing and Grace Kelly record “True Love” for the High
Society film soundtrack with the
Grace
had been taking singing lessons since the moment she was offered the part in
the summer of 1955. She had one spoof song to sing off-key, and one to sing
properly ─ “True Love,” a guileless and syrupy ballad that she was due to
perform with Bing Crosby. It was a matter of pride for Grace that she should
deliver her own song in her own voice, and when (Johnny) Green disagreed, she
took her case to the very top. She went to see Dore Schary.
“I
lost,” Green remembered ruefully.
(Grace:
The Secret Lives of a Princess by
James Spada)
“I
had a great deal of trouble with the studio. They didn’t want her to sing on
the record; they thought it should have a better voice. Of course, I was
determined to have Grace on a record that I thought had a chance to be a gold
one and we had quite a squabble about it. She didn’t know anything about it;
she didn’t care whether she sang on it or not, but she was delighted when she
did.”
(Bing,
as quoted in BING by Charles Thompson, page 185)
“I
found it quite a worrying experience to be recording with a big orchestra, but
Bing made me feel very relaxed and helped me through. He has a very deep voice
and my voice is rather thin and high, and it was a problem for this recording.
I was supposed to sing the melody, but there was too much difference in our
voices and I finally had to sing the harmony instead.”
(Grace
Kelly, as quoted in BING by Charles Thompson, page 185)
(Billboard,
September 29, 1956)
Bing Crosby, whose
contract with Decca has expired at the outset of 1956, may be heard on the Capitol
Records’ label if the diskery’s deal to acquire the soundtrack to Metro’s “High
Society” filmusical is finalized. It’ll probably be a one-shot deal for Crosby since
the vet Decca artist has been talking a new deal with the latter company and
has indicated that he’ll probably renew.
(Variety, February 22, 1956)
In the “High
Society” package Bing Crosby, Frank Sinatra and Louis Armstrong have a flock of
topgrade Porter to work with. Among the gems are "True Love,” “I Love You,
Samantha,” “Mind If I Make Love To You” and a frisky “Well, Did You Evah?”
Crosby and Sinatra split the crooning chores on these tunes and both are in top
form. Satchmo has a nifty “High Society Calypso” and a duet with Crosby on “Now
You Has Jazz.” The femmes,
in the pic, Grace Kelly and Celeste Holm, get a small warbling chance. Johnny Green
batons the MGM Studio Orch.
(Variety, June 27, 1956)
February 23, Thursday.
(8:30–11:30 a.m.) Records “You’re the Top” (with Mitzi Gaynor) and “All Through
the Night” for a Decca album of “Anything
Goes” in Hollywood with Joseph J. Lilley and his Orchestra.
Bing Crosby-Donald
O’Connor-Mitzi Gaynor - Jeanmaire: “Anything Goes” (Decca). The soundtrack of
the Paramount pic version of Cole Porter's legit musical, “Anything Goes,” is
topflight platter fare. The lineup of Porter numbers, including “I Get A Kick Out of You,” “You’re
The Top,” “It’s De-Lovely” and the title song, make sock wax material. The additional
songs by Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen, including “You Gotta Give The People Hoke,”
“A Second Hand Turban and a Crystal Ball” and “You Can Bounce Right Back,” are
also solid production tunes that fit into Porter’s cleverly literate pattern of
cleffing. Bing Crosby contributes another standout performance on “All Through
The Night,” and in “You’re The Top” with Mitzi Gaynor, and the “Hoke” and “Crystal
Ball” numbers with Donald O’Connor, the last tune being an ultra-smart job.
O’Connor solos briefly on “You Can Bounce Right Back” while Miss Gaynor handles
the title song neatly and Jeanmaire is effective on “I Get A Kick
(Variety,
April 11, 1956)
March 1, Thursday. Bing
signs a contract to make another film for
March 3, Saturday. Elvis Presley’s
recording of “Heartbreak Hotel” enters the charts.
March 7, Wednesday. (8:30-9:00 p.m.) Bing
acts as host on the Family Theater radio production of “The Seventh Son”
featuring Ricardo Montalban.
March 8, Thursday. At
CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records 14 songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio
for use on his radio show.
March 10, Saturday. Bing
undergoes eye surgery to remove a small growth in the sclera (the firm white
fibrous membrane that forms the outer covering of the eyeball). A planned trip
to Europe (including Paris) where he had intended to record a special spring
radio show for CBS is shelved.
Bing Crosby Has Eye
Operation
HOLLYWOOD—(UP)
—Bing Crosby underwent a minor eye operation Saturday, it was disclosed
yesterday.
The
actor-crooner had a small fatty substance called a pinguecula removed from an
eye in a physician’s office. It was estimated the operation took about 15
minutes. Crosby was not hospitalized.
The
condition is a common one in the West and is associated with out-door living, a
doctor said. Eye tissue thickens, producing the fatty-like area on the eye’s
surface. It generally is not noticeable.
The
ailment is usually not painful, the doctor said, and classed as very minor.
Vision is not affected.
(The Times-Herald, March 12, 1956)
Bing Crosby
didn’t attend Sol Siegel’s party for Grace Kelly at Romanoff’s Saturday night
because he didn’t want to show up with a patch over his eye. Bingle underwent
cyst surgery on his left eye
(Variety, March 12, 1956)
(6:30–8:00 p.m. Pacific) High Tor
is televised on CBS and receives poor reviews. It does however achieve a rating
of 29.4 against the competition of a Jimmy Durante show (13.7).
Schwartz sent me up the recordings of the songs for
“High Tor” and I think they are quite good. They have a lot of quality and they
are in the mood of the piece. I read the script again and I think this can be
quite a nice film. I don’t know about its commercial potentialities or whether
or not audiences will understand it completely, but that doesn’t worry me. I
would rather be associated with something like this that at least represents an
effort to achieve something lofty, than to fall into the rut of all that other
bilge that is being produced these days for TV.
I
anticipate already that there will be some criticism about this film by some of
the newspaper TV columnists, etc., but if it’s done well, and I anticipate it
will be, I don’t see how we can be too vulnerable. For the same reason, I don’t
think there will be any throwing of hats in the air or dancing in the streets
over the film. Let’s just settle for it being “nice”.
(Bing Crosby, in a letter dated October 5, 1955 to
George Rosenberg.)
Bing Crosby’s entry into the 90-minute spectacular
on CBS-TV’s ‘Ford Star Jubilee’, Saturday night (10th) was hardly as rewarding
as the auspicious occasion warranted. Out of Maxwell Anderson’s ‘High Tor’
fancy, originally presented on Broadway 20 years ago as a straight play, the
network fashioned a filmusical version, the joint effort of Arthur Schwartz and
Anderson (with Schwartz also doubling as producer)
The songs were good, at least a couple of them way up on the potential list of
solid clicks. There was a stunning performance from Julie Andrews, the
ex-ingenue of ‘The Boy Friend’, as the ephemeral Dutch phantom walking the
‘High Tor’ mountain for 300 years. But basically, what evolved was a flimsy,
‘boy meets ghost, loses girl, boy loses ghost, gets girl’ vehicle that would
find it tough going as the bottom half of a theatrical double feature. Through
it all, Crosby was lost. True, his ballading was good. Crosby and his bouncy
‘John Barleycorn’ rendition was one of the show’s high spots but his love-making
had just about as much substance as the Dutch ghosts on High Tor. His poetic
meanderings were neither fanciful nor symbolic. It just wasn’t in the film
clips for a placid and, let’s face it, not-so-young contented guy in a
comfortable jacket to project himself as an escapist from a material world
through the flights of Anderson’s dream on the Tappan Zee.
When he came upstage to do his songs (four in all) with all his muted charm and
affability, it was strictly Crosby and not Van Dorn, the man in love with his
mountain. For that matter the entire Dutch crew, from the captain down, had
little understanding or feeling for what Anderson was trying to say.
Strange were many things about the production. Why, for example, Crosby wasn’t
even given a nibble at the best of the Schwartz tunes, ‘When You’re In Love’,
to which, non-singer, Everett Sloane fell heir. Or why the camera transitions
were so awkward, considering the scope that the filmization afforded. Or why
Ford permitted an invitation to a tune-out even before the film got started
with an elongated commercial that must have consumed five minutes.
This musical version of bank robbers scheming to buy High Tor…..also enlisted
the services of Nancy Olsen, who, at least, had a comprehensible role and
therefore rang true to her performance….It remained for Miss Andrews to really
capture Anderson’s elusive fantasy on life and love.
The film was made for CBS in 12 days. It cost about $450,000. The network
reserves the right to give it a couple more screenings, then it reverts to
Crosby and Schwartz for any possible residual values. These are doubtful
assets.
(Variety, March 14, 1956)
Somewhere in the double translation - from stage to
tv-pix terms and from dramatic to musical comedy form - much of what made ‘High
Tor’ a Broadway success seems to have got lost. What emerges on the home
screens in this film, said to have cost upwards of $500,000, is essentially, a
listless exercise, with rather undistinguished musical and murky philosophising,
leavened only by the stingiest pinches of comedy.
A
strangely subdued Bing Crosby walks through his role with little conviction,
making for the most part like a straight musical comedy juvenile. His gifts of
off-hand repartee and clowning are little in evidence and his ponderous
philosophising proves too static to register dramatically. Only in his
vocalising does he show his accustomed style and verve…Miss Andrews, a British
import for Broadway’s ‘The Girl (sic) Friend’, is too ethereal for dramatic
conviction but is lovely in her Dutch costuming and able in her warbling chores
with Crosby….Nancy Olsen makes the most of her standard role as the brisk
modern maid…Editing, while generally competent, at times, shows regrettable
lapses. In one sequence, heavy rain deluging Conreid and Corrigan, miraculously
stops when Crosby walks on the scene. At other times, playback synchronisation
between Crosby’s voice and his lip movements are noticeably at variance.
(Daily Variety, March 12, 1956)
Bing Crosby badly miscast himself in undertaking a
filmed musical version of Maxwell Anderson’s fantasy, “High Tor,”
presented on Saturday evening over Channel 2. The motion picture, especially
made for television use, was embarrassingly awkward and inept, a dismaying
“quickie” unworthy of the Old Groaner’s time and talents.
For those of Mr. Crosby’s admirers who ask only
that he sing in close-up, there were, perhaps, some satisfying moments. But beyond
that, it was a case of a misplaced Bing. To the leading role of Van Van Dorn, the sensitive young idealist whose love of a
mountain transcends the ages, Mr. Crosby brought only his characteristically
casual and experienced sophistication. It played havoc with the delicate spirit
and meaning of the Anderson work.
With Mr. Crosby emotionally aloof from the
fantasy’s pivotal character, the narrative, in turn, became only bewilderingly
confused and cold. The highly literal depiction of the Dutch ghost sailor crew
and the lovely phantom Dutch girl seemed more a silly musical comedy book than
a touching excursion into the purest of make-believe. The poignant scene
between the girl of the Sixteen Hundreds and the boy of the Nineteen Hundreds
who wished their love could be was bereft of any feeling.
Arthur Schwartz wrote the original score and Mr.
Anderson the lyrics for the musical film. No doubt, some of their numbers will
be showing up on the “Hit Parade,” though it was difficult to tell from their
limited hearing on Saturday night.
Julie Andrews portrayed Lise,
the Dutch girl, and Nancy Olson the real-life fiancée. In the static
production, they had little to do. Everett Sloane made what he could of the
part of De Witt, but singing is not exactly his forte. Hans Conreid
and Lloyd Corrigan extracted moments of comedy as the realtors stranded aloft
in the scoop shovel.
Studio simulation of the mountain was most limited
in terms of space and looked artificial.
(Jack
Gould, The New York Times, March 12, 1956)
CBS TV’s presentation of ‘High Tor’ has been
described by Oscar Levant as a sort of sleepy hollow legend, being both
‘sleepy’ and ‘hollow’. Whereas, this is probably too harsh a judgment of the
musical version of the Maxwell Anderson play, the production wasn’t, exactly, a
hundred per cent as successful. What happens to have gone wrong is that the
whimsy that was present in the intimacy of the theatre, just didn’t get
transposed to the screen. The effect as a result was somewhat like trying to
pretend ‘Finian’s Rainbow’ without blarney. The story is intriguing, if
somewhat complex. Bing Crosby owns a mountain, the mountain is coveted by
various scoundrels. A ghostly ship with a ghostly Dutch crew makes its
appearance. There are romantic complications as Crosby is torn between the
shapely spectre of Julie Andrews and a real live girl, Nancy Olsen, while
Everett Sloane pitches woo as a phantom. The only trouble with all this is that
it is taken too seriously. There are some lively tunes among the six or seven introduced
in the teleplay and it should be interesting to see whether the combination of
TV and Bing Crosby boosts any of them into the hit category.
(Billboard, March 24, 1956)
March 14, Wednesday. At
CBS Studio C in Hollywood, Bing records 12 songs with Buddy Cole and his Trio
for use on his radio show. He also tapes a message to the British Crosby
Society that is to be aired at a forthcoming club meeting in May.
March 17, Saturday. The
proposed wedding date comes and goes as Bing convalesces after eye surgery.
March 21, Wednesday.
Paramount releases Anything Goes, Bing’s last film for them. He donates his profts from the film to the Crosby Memorial Library at Gonzaga.
Paramount starts the New Year off with a mock
musical package, borrowing the title and songs from that yesteryear stage hit Anything
Goes. It’s a bright offering for Easter release, geared to play an engaging
tune at the wickets. Male topliners Bing Crosby and Donald O’Connor go together
as though born to give the zip to what scripter Sidney Sheldon has concocted
hereunder the stage title. While there are Cole Porter songs and the legit
handle is still carried, that’s about all that remains of what went on behind
the footlights, and there’s scant resemblance to Paramount’s 1936 film version,
in which Crosby also starred with Ethel Merman. . .
Script provides
Crosby with plenty of those sotto voce, throw-away cracks he and his fans dote
on, as well as an overall comedic setup against which to bounce the musical
numbers...Musical humor gets an early start when Crosby and O’Connor pop all the
corn possible on ‘Ya Gotta Give The People Hoke’, one of the new Sammy Cahn -
James Van Heusen tunes. It’s a howler, as is ‘A Second-hand Turban and a
Crystal Ball’, also new, which the two males work over later in the
footage....A clever tune-terp sequence is the rehearsal aboard ship to ‘You’re
the Top’, in which Crosby and Miss Gaynor, O’Connor and Jeanmaire work out
without being aware of the other team.
(Variety, January 25, 1956)
Twenty years ago Paramount plucked Cole Porter’s
effervescent musical “Anything Goes” from Broadway and with the aid of the
vocal talents of Ethel Merman and Bing Crosby, projected it on the nation’s
screens with passing fair results. A new VistaVision and color edition of that
frolic bearing little physical resemblance to its predecessor turned up at the
Paramount yesterday.
The passage of time has not wrought amazing changes. For all its activity,
“Anything Goes” is, in the main, standard musical comedy. Mr. Porter’s noted
ditties have not suffered. They are as bubbly and memorable as ever. Some of
the principals are decidedly decorative and talented. The script, however, is
transparent and fragile. Mr. Porter is still the most inventive contributor to
“Anything Goes.”
Perhaps age has not withered this property, but its new plot has not made it
fresh. . . Bing Crosby, who obviously can’t help being professional,
croons “You’re the Top,” “All Through the Night” and other durable refrains
with individual charm. But while he can toss off an urbane wisecrack with
characteristic ease, one gets the impression that he is slightly apathetic
about it. Perhaps it’s natural. He’s been through it all before. . . In making
his film-directorial debut, Robert Lewis has not come up with a particularly
inspired effort. Call it a workmanlike job. Mr. Porter excepted, workmanlike is
the word for “Anything Goes.”
(A. H. Weiler, The New York Times, March 22,
1956)
The other big
film is “Anything Goes”. This is a big disappointment and is typical of what
happens when the film moguls attempt to bring a period piece up to date. We get
off to a brilliant start with Bing Crosby and Donald O’Connor in Ya Gotta Give the
People Hoke, an excellent point number. “Every
year at the Met, they get deeper in debt, it’s really time they awoke, they
don’t want Pagliacci, give them
Liberace, that would be a masterful stroke”. Mitzi Gaynor
sings the title song. This has been cleaned up and a new verse substituted for
those references to Colney Hatch and “nudist parties
in studios”. No harm in this, but it is about now that you begin to worry about
the orchestra, and Great Scott you are right. Miss Gaynor
takes the monotony out of that long-winded song I Get a Kick out of You by
means of some gentle caricature, but she is given no chance by the band. You’re
the Top is fool-proof, but then comes one of those dreadful ballets, based,
believe it or not, on Let’s Do It (surely even the one-and-ninepennies could take these words) and All Through the
Night. So the dismal story goes on. If the film is like this and you want
the record then here it is, and in any case you might like it for the otherwise
unrecorded opening number (Bruns, LAT8118).
(The Gramophone, August 1956)
Bing Crosby’s twenty-two year stint at Paramount
came to an end with Anything Goes—a remake, in VistaVision and
Technicolor, of Cole Porter’s celebrated Broadway success, first un-spooled in
1936 with Crosby and Ethel Merman in the leads. . . . It teamed Donald O’Connor
with Crosby for the first time since Sing You Sinners (Paramount,
1938)—and together they were cast as a couple of big-name stars who embark on a
round-the-world cruise in search of a suitable female lead for their
forthcoming show. . . . It was musically satisfying. Crosby sang such standards
as “You’re the Top” (together with the other leads) and the immortal “All
Through the Night.”
(The Hollywood Musical, page 355)
April (undated). Bing is at Palm
Springs and is golfing regularly.
April 4, Wednesday. In
Palm Springs, Bing records 14 songs with a group led by Buddy Cole for use on
his radio show. The group is augmented by Matty Matlock and a number of jazz musicians.
April 7, Saturday. Dines at the Ranch Club in Palm Springs with Bill Morrow and his wife and Arleen Whelan.
April 12-14, Thursday-Saturday.
Plays with Bill Gargan (16 handicap) in the member-guest "Out of This
World" tournament at Thunderbird Country Club. Bing's handicap is given
as 6. They tee off at 8:48 on the Saturday. Others playing include Phil
Harris (7 handicap), Desi Arnaz (15) and Gordon MacRae (6).
April 17/18, Tuesday/Wednesday.
(Morning sessions) Bing makes a long-playing album Songs I Wish I Had Sung in Hollywood for Decca with
Jack Pleis and his Orchestra plus Jud Conlon’s Rhythmaires.
A fine, relaxed collection of a dozen old standards
projected in the standard Crosby idiom. All of them are great songs which have
been closely identified with – in fact, almost the personal property of great
names in the business “April Showers,” “Blue Heaven,” “Thanks for the Memory,”
“Ain’t Misbehavin’,” etc. Crosby gives them a personalized treatment for
sure-fire deejay programming material.
(Billboard, September 1, 1956)
“Songs I Wish I Had Sung” is the title of an LP by
Bing Crosby (Brunswick LAT 8138). Nobody could fail altogether with “Paper
Doll’’ but somehow this is a very untypical Crosby record. It may be that Mr.
Crosby was too conscious of those who actually did sing these songs, and the
accompanying orchestra sounds off color and too loud. Many will want the
record, but it may cause them misgivings. What we all want are more Crosby
records in rhythm.
(The Gramophone, December 1956)
SONGS I WISH I HAD SUNG
(The First Time Around)-originally Decca (US), Brunswick (UK).
A very pleasing album
which became a reasonably good seller. The song selection is interesting - ‘April Showers’, ‘Paper Doll’, ’Thanks for the Memory’
(an excellent performance) and ‘When My Baby Smiles at Me’, etc. The general idea is to
pay tribute to the artists
who originally introduced the songs. For the most part Bing’s interpretations are
excellent - although in the case of ‘Mona Lisa’ he comes a poor second to Nat King Cole. The accompaniments, by
Jack Pleis,
are
pleasant enough - except for the dreadful vocal group arrangement on ‘Blues in
the Night’
which
almost detracts from the superb Crosby vocal.
(Ken Barnes, The
Crosby Years, page 93)
Another later
album, Songs I Wish I Had Sung (The First Time Around), was
essentially Crosby’s way of acknowledging that he wasn’t the only male singer
to create hits and standards. Longtime Decca
associate Milt Gabler came up with the idea, and also
that of using musical director Jack Pleis. Crosby
offers “Thanks for the Memories” in recognition of the singing skills of Bob
Hope and, ignoring the song’s transformation into a Madison Avenue jingle,
restores the bittersweet feeling Hope had projected when he introduced it in
his movie debut, The Big Broadcast of 1938 (and rarely since). In lines
like “no frills, no fuss—hooray for us,” Crosby shows that he fully appreciates
the song’s melancholy ironies. However, in retrospect the album makes it plain
that Crosby contributed more great songs to the cultural bloodstream than everybody
else put together.
April 19, Thursday. In
Monaco, Grace Kelly marries Prince Rainier III, monarch of the Principality of
Monaco.
April 25,
Wednesday. (2:30
p.m.) Bing defeats Bob Hope in the annual putting competition held
before the
Tournament of Champions at the Desert Inn Country Club in Las Vegas.
The event
is covered on a national television hookup. The loser of the event has
to
contribute $1000 to the Damon Runyon Cancer Fund. The competition is
followed by a golf clinic with Bing, Bob Hope, Johnnie Ray, Liberace
and Jimmy Durante taking part.
April 26, Thursday. Takes
part in the pro-am at the Tournament of Champions golf meeting at the Desert
Inn Country Club in Las Vegas with Desi Arnaz and Phil Harris. Also goes to see Elvis Presley
perform at the New Frontier Hotel’s Venus Room while in Las Vegas.
May (undated). Bing beats Ross Clark at the 20th hole to reach the finals of the Tamarisk Country Club championship in Palm Springs.
May 5, Saturday. Bing is beaten two and one by Jack Tooke in the final of the Tamarisk Country Club championship. At
night, Bing and Kathryn Grant first attend a cocktail party at the Blue
Skies trailer park honoring the birthdays of Bing and Alice Faye
Harris before going on to the annual luau at the Thunderbird club.
There are 450 in attendance at the Thunderbird including Desi Arnaz,
Lucille Ball, the Randolph Scotts, Jimmy Van Heusen, the Bill Gargans,
Jeanette MacDonald, and the Ralph Kiners.
May 14-16, Monday–Wednesday.
Bing is at Pebble Beach. Dines with Bud Ward at Trader Vic's during his time in the area.
May 17, Thursday. In
Monterey, Bing records three songs (including “Because”) with Buddy Cole on the
organ for use on his radio show. “Because”
is later issued as a phonocard in conjunction with a sales promotion
for a children's doll called "Betty the Beautiful Bride".
May 22, Tuesday. Decca
masters two of Bing’s radio recordings “Honeysuckle Rose” and “Swanee” for
commercial release.
June 9, Saturday. Lindsay Crosby
graduates with honors from Loyola High School in Los Angeles. Billboard
magazine announces:
Decca Pacts Der Bingle to 3-Yr. Renewal
(Billboard, June 9, 1956)
June 11/12, Monday/Tuesday.
(9:00 a.m.–12 noon) Records the Bing Sings While Bregman Swings LP album with Buddy
Bregman at Capitol Records, Studio B Hollywood for Verve Records. It is said
that Bing was a little reluctant to become involved in this project as he
thought that Buddy’s accompaniment might not suit his style (“too jazzy”) but
after Bing negotiated a particularly favorable contract (10% of the gross
without deduction for recording costs), he participated enthusiastically. Later
Bing goes to the
In between the Ella songbooks, you were
responsible for another landmark LP, one that brought Bing Crosby bang up to
date with some hard swinging arrangements, BING SINGS WHILST BREGMAN SWINGS, a
tremendous contrast to the somewhat staid arrangements of long term Crosby
arranger John Scott Trotter.
Yes, this was my idea. Bing was at the end of his
long contract with Decca, and although he re-signed, it was on a non-exclusive
basis, which meant he was free to record with whom he chose. I’d recently
worked with Gary Crosby on a Decca session and become friendly with him and I
had Bing’s private home telephone number so I rang him to ask about doing an
album with me at Verve. I went over to the house and played some things over to
him on the piano. He agreed to do it and a deal was worked out, and I was given
carte blanche with the arrangements and musicians. He didn’t even insist on his
regular pianist Buddy Cole being on the date. The only thing Bing stipulated
was that he had to record at nine o’clock in the morning, because his voice was
best at that time of day.
He wanted to get out on the golf course!
Yes, you can imagine the state of the musicians
falling into the studio at that time of the morning, most of them hadn’t even
been to bed!
You would never know it from listening to the
album now, everyone sounds as fresh as a daisy. Must have been the coffee!
As I say, this was a real departure for Bing, did he need any extra
rehearsing, the liner notes say he hadn’t recorded any of these songs before
and he certainly hadn’t recorded with this sort of line up?
No, he just came into the Capitol studio and we did
the album in two sessions (June 11 & 12 1956)
It’s a really hard swinging album, with some
superb solos by the likes of Frank Rosolino, Bud Shank, Harry Edison of course
and the drumming by Alvin Stoller really drives it along.
(Buddy Bregman being interviewed in In Tune
magazine. Reproduced in Bing’s Friends & Collectors Society Newsletter,
February - March 2002)
This Bing Sings While Bregman Swings must be
the first Crosby record on the HMV label since the Rhythm Boys of the
‘twenties. Like last month’s LP, this is of songs not previously sung by Der
Bingle. The accompaniments sound brash and are too loud - he is surely best
with an intimate accompaniment of the Buddy Cole type - and the songs include
“Mountain Greenery”, but with all respect is this really a vocal number?
(The Gramophone, January 1957)
It seems too odd to find Bing Crosby and the HMV
dog sharing the same label, but the voice and the manner sound just as
happy-go-lucky as ever. “Bing Sings Whilst Bregman Swings,” the first album
Crosby has recorded for American Verve, catches him in a typically casual mood.
. . . Taken at a slower tempo, “Mountain Geeenery” sounds more rural than the
Mel Torme version. . . . Buddy Bregman’s orchestra provides a brisk, carefree
setting.
(The Gramophone, February, 1957)
Bing Crosby himself is represented [on an EP] by an
extract from his LP of Bing Sings While Bregman Swings including
“Mountain Greenery” which was made for him if ever a song was, on HMV 7EG8475.
(The Gramophone, September, 1959)
Bing Crosby:
“Mountain Greenery”-“I’ve Got Five Dollars” (Verve). After a long hiatus, Bing Crosby
has come back on the hit lists on the Capitol label with Cole Porter’s “True
Love,” from the pic, “High Society.” These Verve sides, from his recent album,
are Rodgers Hart tunes and could be the right followups. “Mountain Greenery,”
from their first musical, “Garrick Gaieties,” is handled in a charming,
swinging groove that ought to rate plenty of jock spins. “I’ve Got Five Dollars”
is another smart standard to showcase Der Bingle’s most effective manner.
(Variety, October 10, 1956)
Bing Crosby. “Swingin’ with Bing” (No. 2). They All
Laughed: Mountain Greenery/’Deed I Do: I’ve Got Five Dollars (H.M.V 7 in. EP
7EG8475-8s, plus 2s. 7d. PT.)
Four lively tracks excerpted from an LP (H.M.V.
(The Gramophone, October, 1959)
Bing Crosby’s first wax trip away from Decca in more than 20 years is a happy musical excursion... Altogether it is quite a musical package - muscular and tender, driving and romantic, pulsating and lyrical. For Bing Crosby, the artist, it is a somewhat different testament to add to the many already on record and, as you will hear, an ingeniously varied and durable one.
(Variety, October 10, 1956)
BING SINGS WHILST BREGMAN SWINGS (1-12”)
Verve MG V 2020
This is Bing’s first album on Verve, and he draws
support from a modern, swinging group of musicians. - The package contains a
list of great tunes which Bing never recorded before; reason enough to make
this attractive to the faithful. Tunes include “Mountain Greenery,” “Blue
Room,” “Have You Met Miss Jones” and other great ones, most dating from the
golden age of show music. Bregman orchestrated the songs brightly, and Bing
sings them with his casual charm and technical perfection.
(Billboard, October 20, 1956)
From HMV comes a much more up-to-date Bing, if you
prefer him that way, “Bing Sings Whilst Bregman Swings”. I gave all the titles
in the December issue, but HMV have made a lovely job of this one. My only
grudge is that there seems to be far too much “Top” in the recording. The
tendency is to give the brass section a harsh shrill note. Perhaps one day, I
may have the excellent equipment that is on the market to counteract this
failing with some recording engineers. In spite of this, it is still fine value
for your money.
(Bill Taylor, reviewing the LP for Crosby Post -
February 1957)
This popular album has been re-issued many times on
various labels over the years. As an example of Crosby’s art it is something of
an enigma. On the one hand the choice of songs is impeccable - beautifully
written standards like “They All Laughed,” The Song Is You,” “Have You Met Miss
Jones” and “September in the Rain” and Bing’s singing, for the most part, is
exemplary. But, on the other hand, it is very difficult to accept Buddy Bregman
seriously as a reliable orchestral accompanist. His writing can be reasonably
tasteful on tracks like “They All Laughed.” “Mountain Greenery” and “The Blue
Room”, but his brass scoring is ham-fisted and bitterly distracting in “Cheek
to Cheek” and “I’ve Got Five Dollars”. And one wonders how Bing ever managed to
stay on pitch in the middle of “Heat Wave” where Bregman has the orchestra
playing suspect chords. Despite all these faults, it was refreshing at the time
to hear Crosby with a modern-sounding orchestra and while this album is no
match for Sinatra’s “Songs for Swingin’ Lovers” classic LP, it was a step -
albeit a hesitant one - in the right direction.
(Ken Barnes, writing in his book “The Crosby
Years”, page 93)
June 13, Wednesday. (8:30-9:00 p.m.) Bing
acts as host/narrator on the Family Theater radio production “Wally” on the Mutual network.
June 15, Friday. Plays in the first round of the Bel-Air Invitational Golf Tournament which is played on a best-ball-of-partners' basis.
June 16, Saturday. Bing
and his partner Bill Worthing (of the Thunderbird club) qualify for the final round of the
Bel-Air Invitational Golf Tournament with a 36-hole total of 125 which
puts them in fourth place. Elsewhere, Bing’s
niece Carolyn Miller (23) weds John J. Quinn.
June 17, Sunday. The
final round of the Bel-Air Invitational Golf Tournament and Bing and
his partner finish in third place with 188 after a sudden death
play-off.
June 18, Monday. At
CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records eleven songs with Buddy Cole and his
Trio for use on his radio show.
June (undated). Kathryn Grant
converts to Catholicism.
July 2, Monday. Bing's secretary, Rosemary Carroll, is retiring and Bing writes to her to wish her well.
Dear
Rosemary
I
am of course disappointed that you are going to leave the organisation, but I
can easily see the motives that inspire your decision, and I certainly have to
agree with you that you have worked long enough so that you want to stay home
and assume the normal role of “just a housewife”. But we are going to miss you,
both as a friend and as a very important part of our organisation. I want to
wish you lots of happiness and lots of success wherever you go or whatever you
do.
I
think we are lucky to have Lillian there ready to take over, because under your
guidance and with the knowledge she already has of what goes on around there,
she will be able to take over very adequately.
I
hope that you will drop in and see us now and then, and that you will keep in
touch with us and let us know how things are going. If there is anything we can
do for you, I don’t want you to have any hesitancy in calling on us.
Sincerely, Bing
July 6,
Friday. Bing writes to Dot Hardiman, President of the
British Crosby Society.
Dear Dot,
Greetings to
all the Club members.
We are planning
quite a summer vacation, to start next week. Lin and I are going to the ranch
near Elko, Nevada, for a few weeks of haymaking and punching cattle.
Then a group of
us have chartered a cruise for salmon fishing off the coast of Canada and
Alaska. Maybe we’ll get a polar bear. The gang includes Lin, Jimmy Van Heusen,
songwriter, Johnny Eacret, our ranch foreman, and a
character named Phil Harris. Amazingly this boy takes his fishing seriously.
Gets one on and he sings to it to charm the poor fish in. Mostly, the racket
scares them away. After this we will sojourn at our summer home on Lake Hayden,
Idaho, where there is a nice golf course real handy.
Sounds like a
good vacation. Hope all of you have a nice one, too!
Sincerely, Bing
July 8, Sunday. Bing has a three over par 73 at Bel-Air in the National Swing Club tournament. This is a charity event.
July 9, Monday. It is
announced that Bing will receive an Apollo Award from the Music Recording
Industry. Presentations are to be made during the Diamond Jubilee Trade Show at
the Coliseum in New York September 7-16. It seems that Bing did not attend.
July 05/07/55, 15, Sunday. Bing
promotes his film High Society on The Ed Sullivan Show on CBS-TV.
This was a ten-minute filmed contribution.
…It was, of
course, via the film route plugging the Metro pic, “High Society.” Sinatra was
heard doing a couple of choruses solo and one with Bing Crosby, who also
appeared on the Sullivan show in a filmed interview. Sequence was
a thinly veiled but entertaining plug for High Society, and had Crosby,
in his usual breezy manner, speaking about various facets of the pop biz and
his favorite personalities.
(Variety, July 18, 1956)
July 17, Tuesday. A
syndicate (including Bing) pays $5.5 million for the Detroit Tigers baseball
team and Briggs Stadium. Bing has only about a fifteenth share but because of
his interest in the Pittsburgh Pirates, he is told that he must sell one
interest or the other before the start of the 1957 season.
July 19, Thursday. Bing visits son Gary at Fort Lewis much to Gary’s distress. Gary hates the attention this brings on him.
While
the photographers clicked away, I watched the guys at the bottom of the hill
glaring up at me, just waiting for me to be handed some kind of break. It wasn’t
long in coming. At lunch-time I was singled out to join him at the special
table in the mess hall reserved for officers, and then that night I was given a
pass to have dinner with him off base. All through the meal the only thing I
could think about was, “Jesus Christ, everybody else is in the fuckin’ chow
hall eating that grease and I’m out here in this fancy restaurant with dear old
Dad trying not to choke on my steak. Don’t he realize this does nothing but
make more aggravation for me with the guys I’m going through the shit with, and
if I don’t have them I don’t have anybody? Can’t he see it only gives them an
opening to start in with the dialogue and the bullshit after he leaves? Why don’t
he have the sense to just stay the hell away?” But of course I knew he wouldn’t
see it that way, and I didn’t bring it up. Our conversation kept to the same
superficialities it always did.
“So
how are you doing in the Army, Gary?”
“Just
fine, Dad. I’m a squad leader now.”
“Well,
that’s good. How’d you get that?”
“Well,
St. John’s and Black Foxe really helped me there. I knew the manual of arms and
how to dress right dress and all that kind of stuff, and that was more than
anybody else knew, so they made me a squad leader.”
“Uh-huh.
Well, that’s fine.”
It
seemed to take hours before we finished dessert and I could get back where I
belonged.
(Gary
Crosby and Ross Firestone, Going My Own
Way, p234)
July 20,
Friday. Bing and Phil Harris are staying at the Olympic Hotel in
Seattle and they appear in the local newspaper with Thomas Gildersleve,
the hotel manager in light-hearted coverage of the noise they suffered
because of improvements being carried out. Later,
Kathryn Grant introduces her parents to Bing for the first time.
Mother
was sitting on the edge of her chair, trying to look poised, and willing this
meeting to go well. She felt she knew Bing because she had spoken to him over
the phone. Now she wanted my father to accept him.
Slowly
but surely Bing managed it. First he engineered a skillful transition from
fishing to hunting. Constantly deferring to Daddy’s superior experience and
judgment, my Nimrod talked about the trips he’d made, the mountains he’d
climbed, the shots he’d missed.
By the
time we went downstairs for dinner, harmony prevailed and the men were
competing only in demonstrations of solicitude toward the ladies. I’m sure I
was the only one who noticed that Bing still had a slight twitch at the left
corner of his mouth.
(Kathryn Crosby, writing in My Life
with Bing, page 75)
July 21,
Saturday. Bing and
friends charter a cruiser called "Polaris" for a ten-day salmon fishing trip from Vancouver to Rivers
Inlet, British Columbia. Amongst the guests are Lindsay Crosby, Phil
Harris, Bill
Morrow, Jimmy Van Heusen, and Pete Petito.
July 28-29, Saturday-Sunday. At some time over the weekend, Bing catches a 70 pound tyee at Rivers inlet.
July 30, Monday. Bing, Lindsay and Phil Harris visit Campbell River, on the east coast of Vancouver Island in British Columbia. The Polaris docks at April Point on Quadra Island, off the eastern coast of Vancouver Island.
August 1, Wednesday. Bing and Lindsay arrive at the Hayden Lake home. (8:15
p.m.) The world premiere of the film High
Society takes place at the RKO Pantages Theater in Hollywood. The
proceedings are shown on KTTV between 8:30 and 9:00 p.m.
There’s a scene in High Society in which
Bing Crosby sings a rock ‘n’ roll number [Now You Has Jazz] accompanied by Lou
Armstrong’s band that evoked a wild burst of applause from the star-studded
audience at last night’s premiere of the
(Citizen News, Hollywood, August 2, 1956)
August 2, Thursday. Golfs with Herb Rotchford on the Hayden Lake course.
August 6, Monday.
Bing records the Gospel of Luke 2:4 for use by the Bonaventure Choir in
Cincinnati. This is subsequently broadcast in December and later incorporated in an LP called
"The Bible Story of Christmas".
August 9, Thursday. Bing’s
film High Society has its New York premiere at Radio City Music Hall and
goes on to take $5.8 million in rental income in its initial release period.
High Society should spell high finance
business all over. It’s a solid entertainment every minute of its footage.
Fortified with a strong Cole Porter score, film is a pleasant romp for cast toppers Bing Crosby, Grace Kelly and Frank Sinatra who, tactfully, get alphabetical top billing. Their impact is almost equally consistent. Although Sinatra has the top pop tune opportunities, the Groaner makes his specialties stand up and out on showmanship and delivery, and Miss Kelly impresses as the femme lead with pleasantly comedienne overtones. This is perhaps her most relaxed performance.
The original
Philip Barry play, "The Philadelphia Story,” holds up in its transmutation
from the Main Line to a Newport jazz bash. Producer Sol C. Siegel’s casting of Satchmo
Armstrong for the jazz festivities was an inspired booking also.
The atmosphere is
plush, the production and personalities lush in every respect. The unfolding of
the triangle almost assumes quadrangle proportions, when Sinatra (as the
Life-mag-type feature writer) sent there with Celeste Holm (a Margaret
Bourke-White counterpart), almost moves in as a romantic vis-a-vis to the
slightly spoiled and madcap Tracy Lord (Miss Kelly).
Crosby is her
first, now ex-husband, a hip character with song-smithing predilections, hence
the Louis Armstrong band booking on the local scene. Satchmo is utilized as a
sort of pleasant play moderator, opening with "High Society Calypso,”
which sets the al fresco mood of the picture, and he’s also in for the finale,
after a somewhat jam Mendelssohn session when Crosby remarries Miss Kelly,
whereupon Satch, in close-up, indicates "end of story.”
Porter has whipped
up a solid set of songs with which vocal pros like the male stars and Miss Holm
do plenty. Latter and Sinatra have a neat offbeat number with "Who Wants
to Be .a Millionaire?”; Crosby makes "Now You Has Jazz” (aided by
Armstrong) as his stand-out solo, although he is also effective with Miss Kelly
on "True Love” and “I Love You, Samantha,” and also "Little One,”
with the juvenile Lydia Reed (Miss Kelly’s precocious kid sister in pigtails
and jeans). Crosby and Sinatra milk "Well, Did You Evah?” in a
sophisticated smokingroom sequence. Sinatra’s impact with the already popular
"You're Sensational” and "Mind If I Make Love to You?”, both with
Miss Kelly, have already been dwelt on for their general effectiveness.
The romantic
scenes are capitally done in every sequence, whether Miss Kelly vis-a-vis Crosby,
Sinatra and the stuffed-shirt fiance John Lund (who does a thankless role with
professional conviction), or whether it’s the laconic Miss Holm and Sinatra,
who are the mag writing-lensing team sent up for the high society nuptials. The
late Louis Calhern as the gay boy, Sidney Blackmer as the somewhat errant
father of the bride, Margalo Gillmore as the understanding mother, right down to
the bits, are topdrawer.
(Variety, July 18, 1956)
Intellectually speaking, there was never much sense
or sanity to Philip Barry’s “The Philadelphia, Story” either as play or film.
Its tale of a young society woman whose psyche was so confused that she could
think herself thoroughly devoted to a priggish fiancé, and magazine writer and
her ex-husband all within the span of one day was a sheer piece of comedy
contrivance. And its attractiveness on stage and screen was due almost wholly
to the sparkle of Katharine Hepburn as its erratic heroine.
But now that its brittle material has been cast into a musical film, there is
little chance of disguising its bright but synthetic qualities. “High
Society,’’ its new name set to music, is as flimsy as a gossip-columnist’s
word, especially when it is documenting the weird behavior of the socially
elite. And with pretty and lady-like Grace Kelly flouncing lightly through its
tomboyish Hepburn role, it misses the snap and the crackle that its un-musical
predecessor had.
To be sure, there are moments of
amusement in this handsomely set and costumed film, which was served up in
color and VistaVision at the Music Hall yesterday. . . In the musical line, Mr.
Sinatra and Bing Crosby also sing some fetching songs that more or less
contribute to a knowledge of what is going on. Their best is “Well, Did You
Evah?”, a spoof of the haughty and blasé, and Mr. Crosby makes “I Love You,
Samantha” (whoever she is) a pleasingly romantic thing.
However, there do come tedious stretches in this socially mixed-up affair, and
they are due in the main to slow direction and the mildness of Miss Kelly in
the pivotal role. The part was obviously written to be acted with a sharp
cutting-edge. Miss Kelly makes the trenchant lady no more than a petulant,
wistful girl. And we must say that Mr. Crosby seems a curious misfit figure in
the role of the young lady’s cast-off husband who gets her back at the
very end.
(Bosley Crowther, The New York Times, August
10, 1956)
August 15, Wednesday. Starting at 12:30 p.m., plays in an interclub match at Spokane Country Club between Spokane Country Club and Manito Golf and Country Club and has a 73.
August 20, Monday. June
Crosby takes Bob Crosby to court for a support hearing as part of their divorce
battle.
August 22-23, Wednesday-Thursday.
At Sound Recording Studios in Spokane, Bing records nineteen songs with
Buddy Cole and his Trio for use on his radio show. Two duets with Lindsay Crosby are included.
August 23, Thursday. Bing's recording of “Because”
is advertised as a phonocard in conjunction with a sales promotion
for a children's doll made by Deluxe Reading Dolls called "Betty the Beautiful Bride". The package continues to be advertised until 1959.
August 28, Tuesday, Golfs with Henry Born on the Hayden Lake course.
August 30, Thursday. Bing plays in the qualifying round for the Inland Empire Golf Tournament at the Hayden Lake golf course and has a 70.
August 31,
Friday. An agreement is signed which transfers the Electronics Division
of Bing Crosby Enterprises to the 3M Company for an estimated $1M.
New
York—A battle of the giants is shaping up in the video tape
machine field, the ultimate benefit to accrue to TV in the form of more
rapid development of the machine both for color and black and white program
recording.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing, the multi-million dollar
corporation whose catalog of products includes scotch and recording tape, last
week bought the electronic engineering division of Bing Crosby Enterprises for
an estimated $1,000,000, the down payment being $75,000. With the weight of the
new owner’s capital behind it, the perfection of the Crosby tape machine, for
color as well as black and white recording, is said to be about a year away.
The Crosby tape machine is the most important single item of its electronic engineering
division.
The Minnesota Mining buy of the Crosby tape machine will undoubtedly
accelerate the perfection of the RCA tape machine which has been demonstrated to
the press, tho it still has some problems to solve, manly the size of the
spool. RCA was a purchaser of recording tape from Minnesota Mining, tho it has
also been said that it has helped Eastman-Kodak with its work in tape development.
At this stage, however, Ampex which has already sold its tape
machine to more than 100 stations and several networks is first in in the field
with machines ready for TV use, tho it is only in black and white program recording.
Ampex, of course, is also working on its machine for the recording of color
shows. And Bell & Howell and Reeves are also said to be working on the perfection
of a color machine.
Sale of the Crosby division culminates six months of negotiations.
Three other groups were said to have made offers. Crosby will retain a small
interest in the machine. Two members of the Crosby research staff, John Mullen
and Wayne Johnson will be retained.
According to Basil Grillo, veepee of Crosby Enterprises, the other divisions of the company will continue to function as previously.
(Billboard, September 1, 1956)
September 1, Saturday. Bing beats Ray Weston 4 and 2 in the first round of the Inland Empire Golf Tournament at the Hayden Lake course.
September 2, Sunday. Bing loses 2 and 1 to Fred Siegel in the quarter finals of the Inland Empire Golf Tournament.
September 3, Monday. It is announced that Bing has donated another $160,000 to Gonzaga for the construction of a memorial library.
September 6, Thursday. From his
Hayden Lake home, Bing telephones Columbia Studios to seek Kathryn Grant’s
release from a television film due to commence on September 10. The press picks
this up and articles about an impending marriage appear.
September 8, Saturday.
Photographers descend on Bing’s Hayden Lake house where Kathryn, Bill and Mary
Morrow are staying and Bing has to order them off his property.
September 9, Sunday. Elvis
Presley appears on the Ed Sullivan television show and causes a furor.
September 10, Monday. Another
proposed wedding date. Bing learns that Gary has gone AWOL from the army. Bing
tracks him down to Bing’s Pebble Beach home by phone and persuades him to
return to duty. A Catholic priest in Tacoma confirms that Bing has recently
obtained his baptismal certificate, which is required when a person wishes to
marry.
September 12, Tuesday. Bing
breaks ground for a new library at Gonzaga before a crowd of 350.
September 14, Thursday. Bing's doubts about the marriage plus
too many reporters in Spokane lead Bing and Kathryn to leave Hayden Lake and go to Rising River in
Northern California where they stay at the fishing club.
September 16,
Sunday. Starting at
1 p.m., Bing, Phil Harris, Alice Faye, Gary Crosby and others perform in the
Crosby-Harris Show at
the Inter-Mountain Fair Grounds at McArthur, Northern California. The
show is another
benefit for Mayers’ Memorial Hospital and 6500 attend, raising $32,500.
Bing pays all the expenses. Buddy Cole provides the music.
Under a bright blue sky with Mount Lassen in front and
Mount Shasta at the right, all the performers gave their best. And since most
of them were topnotchers from stage, screen and TV the audience of some 6,000 received
their money's worth for their $5 contribution.
There was Phil Harris. Alice also sang a song, the Collins
kids with western rock 'n' roll; the Martin Brothers, a juggling team: the shyrettos, a two-man-one woman-unicycle
act; Fred Sanborn,
an expert xylophone man when he plays that instrument and who is extremely funny
as a pantominist: singer Lucille Norman; Ji1 Adams, a tap dancer: the Amin
Brothers, acrobats; singer June Valli, Shecky Greene, a comedian and Gary
Crosby.
A full two and one half hours of entertainment! And then
of course there was Bing. And if Bing had been in on corner of the McArthur Fairground, Elvis Presley in another,
and Eisenhower and Stevenson occupying the third and fourth corners, I’d venture
to say 90 percent of the people would have been with listening to him. Even
after two hours of very good entertainment there just is nothing quite like Bing
and I am sure everybody there felt just as we did.
There is only one regret: There'll be enough money available
now (the show raised about $32,000) to finish the hospital and there probably won't be any show next year.
(The Folsom Telegraph, September 27,
1956)
September 17, Monday.
Goes fishing in the McCloud River at McArthur with Phil Harris. Later,
Bing takes Kathryn and many of those who had entertained on the
previous day to Wyntoon,
William Randolph Hearst's Bavarian village. Subsequently Bing, Kathryn,
Bill Morrow and Mary Henderson drive to Bing's home at Pebble Beach.
September 19, Wednesday. Lindsay Crosby, accompanied by his uncle Everett, arrives in Williamstown, Massachusetts to commence his studies at Williams
College.
September 21, Thursday. Bing films a short introduction to a forthcoming TV special about Cole Porter. Kathryn then returns to Hollywood having decided to end her relationship with Bing.
October 3, Wednesday. (9:30
a.m.–12:30 p.m.) In San Francisco, Bing records for Decca with Buddy Cole and his Orchestra including
“Around the World” and “I Heard the Bells on Christmas Day”. After the initial release of “Around the World” with “Love in a
Home” on the other side, Decca placed the Victor Young orchestral version on
the reverse of Bing’s vocal and re-released it. This combination reached the
No. 13 spot in the charts. This was also how it was sold in the UK and it
helped it to peak at number five and remain in the charts for fifteen weeks.
Decca recently
held an expensive recording session with Bing Crosby on the Coast. When Milt
Gabler arrived in Hollywood last week to cut Crosby, who now works on a
freelance basis for several labels, he found that the singer was in San
Francisco. Gabler then rehearsed a band in Hollywood and chartered a plane to
carry them to Frisco for the Crosby session. The numbers were “Love In A Home”
and “Around The World,” latter being from the Mike Todd film, “Around The World
In 80 Days.”
(Variety, October 17, 1956)
Around the World. Decca 30120. Bing brings
usual pleasant projection to title song of current pic. Good listening for
Crosby faithful and it will sound dandy airwise.
Love in a Home. Der Bingel adds his cover of
number from forthcoming “Lil’l Abner” musical to several previously cut. Effort
here is not too impressive and leaves flip to carry the flag.
(Billboard, November 3, 1956)
Just to remind us that there are other things than
Christmas in the calendar, Bing Crosby fairly belts out In the Good Old
Summertime on Bruns. 05760*, and backs it with that attractive ballad Love
in a Home…
(The Gramophone, December 1958)
Around the World. Decca 30262. Tune is doing
well as an instrumental by Victor Young. Flip of that side is a vocal by Bing
Crosby. This platter, however, is very well made, and vocal savvy shown by the
artist could still come in with a fair share of the coin.
(Billboard, May 27, 1957)
(Around the World) Victor Young, of happy memory,
wrote the music, which is melodic and appealing and occupies a whole 12-inch LP
(Bruns. LAT8185). He also conducts the title song on Bruns. 05674*, and it is
sung on the other side by Bing Crosby, which ought to suit most people...
(The Gramophone, June 1957)
Bing Crosby’s workover of “I Heard the Bells on
Christmas Day” looks like a big one for the ’56 Yule and a hit potential of
enduring value. Tune adapted by Johnny Marks (“Rudolph, The Red Nosed
Reindeer”) from a poem by Longfellow, delivers the “peace on earth” theme with
stirring musical values and Crosby delivers with an intensity that hits the
mark. Jockeys ought to start playing this one long before that arbitrary
Thanksgiving Day getaway mark for Xmas tunes. On the bottom deck, Crosby has a
pleasant round with “Christmas Is A-Comin.”
(Variety, November 7, 1956)
I
HEARD THE BELLS ON CHRISTMAS
At deadline time, not many of this year’s Christmas
issues had shown much action. This new Crosby record, however, was off to a
promising start. As fast as it is catching on early in the month, it is easy to
project the impressive volume it will rack up the last half of December.
(Billboard,
December 15, 1956)
October 5, Friday.
Golfs at Fort Ord in a pro-am with Bud Ward and they have a 67 and
finish as runners-up.
October 6, Saturday. Bing’s
recording of “True Love” enters the charts and eventually peaks at number
three. It remains in the charts for twenty-two weeks. It also goes on to be a
hit in the U.K. where it reaches number four and stays in the charts for
twenty-seven weeks. Meanwhile, You’re the Top, the televised tribute to
Cole Porter is transmitted by CBS-TV and includes Bing’s filmed contribution.
The filmed Crosby insert, perhaps a concession to
the Ford demands, was of dubious merit and inevitably led to the integration of
one of the film clips from his High Society pic. But at least it was one
of the more entertaining clips backed by Satchmo and his combo.
(Variety, October 10, 1956)
October 10,
Wednesday. Starting at 1:00 p.m., Bing
and Bob Hope golf at the Presidio Golf Club, San Francisco, in an
exhibition match which
precedes the Western Open. A crowd of 4,000 watches the proceedings.
Bing cards
an eighty-one. Bob leaves the course after 16 holes to catch a plane.
Bing and his partner Bud Ward beat the team of Hope and Ken Venturi.
Later that night, Bing is seen in Mel's Drive-in sipping a pineapple
sundae.
October 14,
Sunday. Bing watches the final of the Trans-Mississippi women's amateur
championship at the Monterey Peninsula Course. Wiffie Smith wins 8 and
6.
October 29, Monday. Kathryn Grant begins filming "The Night the World Exploded" in which she is star for Columbia.
November
(undated). Dennis Crosby completes his Army service.
November 4, Sunday. Bing arrives in New York to discuss his forthcoming film "Man on Fire" with Sol Siegel.
November 6, Tuesday. President
Eisenhower is reelected.
November 8, Thursday. Bing
attends Parents’ Day at Williams College, Williamstown, Massachusetts where his son Lindsay
is studying. Lindsay subsequently leaves the college after only one semester.
…During the fall of
that year, Bing came to our little campus town to visit his youngest son,
Lindsay, who was in my freshman class. I have a vivid memory of him strolling
up the main street in Williamstown, whistling and clearly enjoying himself. He
stayed with a faculty couple whom I knew and they told me that when “Der Bingle”
took his morning shower, the entire host family sat quietly on the front hall
stairs and listened. Apparently, he was a wonderful guest who was warm and
friendly to the college community. Sadly, his son never adjusted to our college
life, nor to the academic requirements, and he left school after a very few
months.
(Fay Vincent, a
former CEO of Columbia Pictures, vice chairman of Coca-Cola and commissioner of
Major League Baseball, writing in TCPalm, May 13, 2016)
Dad was
hurt and disappointed that I quit Williams College so soon
without giving it a chance. “The best thing is to either go back there—or go
into the Army,” he said. And I said, “I’ll go into the Army.”
I
didn’t know what good it would do me going into the Army then, but I just felt
I could probably find myself there. I knew if I went back to Williams in the
long run it would hurt Dad a lot more. I might be able to prolong it over the
years—possibly even get a degree—but I couldn’t see anything worthwhile coming
from it, feeling that way.
It was
probably the biggest decision I ever made, because I knew how much it hurt Dad.
This was the first time I ever argued with my father really. The first time I
ever actually stood on something I believed —and knew Dad didn’t. But I felt I
had to do it.
And
this is the kind of guy my Dad is. As hurt and disappointed as he was in me, two
weeks after I went into the Army, Dad called me at camp and said, “I hope you
know what you’re doing. I hope you do a good job. And I’m sorry if I was
wrong.”
I don’t
know whether Dad knows how much this meant to me. And I don’t know who was
right and who was wrong. That’s for the future to say. Certainly if I was wrong
I’ll have nobody to blame but me. Dad has given me every opportunity.
(Lindsay Crosby, as quoted in an unidentified
magazine in 1959)
November 10, Saturday.
Goes to see the matinee performance of "Shoestring 57" at the Barbizon
Plaza Theater and sends a note to Mary Ellen Terry (aged 23), one of
the cast, asking her to telephone him. They arrange to go to dinner on Monday.
November 11, Sunday. Victor
Young dies. (8:00–9:00 p.m.) Bing appears live on the Ed Sullivan Show
on CBS-TV in New York and sings “True Love.” Other guest stars are Kate Smith,
Phil Silvers, Louis Armstrong and Julie Andrews. Ray Bloch is the orchestra
leader with a young Nick Perito playing the accordion.
The big hoopla, of course, and a rarity in the area
of “live” tv, was the Crosby appearance and soloing of his “True Love,” with an
enforced reprise hitched to a Sullivan wager that it’ll register second only to
“White Christmas” in disclicks. “Love” was done to a Bing turn, but it was in
the banter division, chiefly with Phil Silvers, that the Crosby personality
asserted itself as of old.
(Variety, November 14, 1956).
In preparation for an appearance by Bing Crosby
singing “True Love,” he [Ray Bloch] decided that a small cabaret orchestra
would play up on the stage, but off camera, while accompanying Bing. We had our
music taped to the floor so that just in case the camera did pan over and see
us playing, it would all appear to be very casual. During the rehearsals, we
found it extremely difficult to watch Ray, who was conducting us and at the
same time, read our music that was taped on the floor. He would not listen to
our problem. The plan was that Bing and Ed would have a little chat out in
front of the curtain and on a certain cue, we would start the musical intro of
the song. Then the curtain would rise and Bing would sing. Good idea?—Not
really. When we got on the air, we started the intro as we had rehearsed, but
when the curtain was supposed to rise, it got stuck! And that was just as I
started the solo cadenza. Ray Bloch was in a dither. All of us backstage could
hear Ed and Bing adlibbing and trying to make light of this unexpected hang up.
All the while, I just kept on playing and improvising while chaos was going on
all around me. Finally the curtain did rise, and just before Bing started to
sing, he paused for a moment, turned to me and said, “Thank you, Mr. Paganini
of the accordion.” Ray Bloch was much more cordial to me in our subsequent
meetings. Little did I realize at the time that years later, Bing and I would
meet again and work together many more times.
(Nick Perito, writing in his book “I Just
Happened to Be There”, page 129)
After
the show, Bing
and Phil Silvers go on to see Judy Garland at the RKO Palace and Bing
is
brought up from the audience to sing on stage with her.
Everybody’s
getting in on the act at the Palace Theatre, N. Y., where Judy Garland is
headlining. Bing Crosby, following his appearance Sunday (11) on the Ed Sullivan
show, stopped at the theatre and before he knew it he was on stage jollying it
up Miss Garland. He did about a half-hour of a cuffo show. It was probably his
only free appearance in many years.
(Variety, November 14, 1956)
November 12, Monday. Bing takes Mary Ellen Terry to a gala party at the Stork Club for Oleg Cassini and then on to El Morocco with Judy Garland and Sid Luft.
November 13, Tuesday. Bing meets
with CBS Radio president Arthur Hull Hayes and Vice-President of programming
Howard Barnes to discuss the upcoming radio broadcast of Christmas Sing with
Bing. He also films a short appearance for Phil Silvers’ “Bilko” television
show, which airs on January 22, 1957.
Bing Crosby, in New York this week for a guest shot
on the Ed Sullivan show last Sunday (11) and for huddles with CBS Radio brass,
yesterday (Tues) went before the cameras for a role in the Phil Silvers tv’er,
with the film scheduled to be shown in late January. Crosby plays himself in
the film.
It
was a no-cash, spur-of-the-moment arrangement that began Sunday afternoon at
rehearsals for the Sullivan Show. Nat Hiken, producer of the Silvers show was
there to do some writing on the routine Crosby and Silvers did together, and
when Crosby complimented him on the Silvers stanza, Hiken asked him if he’d
like to appear. Crosby leaves for Augusta, Ga., today (Wed.), so shooting was
arranged for yesterday. It’s about a five-minute role for Crosby and curiously,
the remainder of the story isn’t written yet. Seems Hiken had an idea for using
Crosby, and worked out the five-minute climax for immediate shooting. Rest of the
script will be written around the already-completed footage.
While in town, Crosby huddled with CBS Radio prez Arthur Hull Hayes and program
v.p. Howard Barnes on his upcoming Christmas “Sing With Bing” and also taped
some of his 7:30 cross-the-board radio shows for the web.
(Variety, November 14, 1956)
November 14, Wednesday. Bing
leaves New York for Atlanta, Georgia, Goes to see the film "Giant" at the Fox Theater during his visit to Atlanta.
November 16, Friday. Bing flies to Augusta from Atlanta for several days' golf with Phil Harris at the Augusta National Club. Then they plan to tour through Aiken (South Carolina) to Miami. Bing dines with actress Theona Bryant, former secretary to the governor of South Carolina during the tour.
November 20, Tuesday. (12:15-12:30 p.m.) Is heard in a transcribed interview on the Millie Considine Show on the Mutual network. Praises the singing of Elvis Presley but not his appearance.
Presley is a “really
good singer—carries a tune quite well,” says Crosby. But he claims that Presley
“could be even more successful” if he (1) dresses better, (2) Gets a decent
haircut, (3) Shaves off those sideburns, and (4) “Stops that wriggling.”
“As a matter of
fact,” adds Crosby, “I’ve got some extra sports jackets, and I’ll let him have
them—just to show him how good he can look on stage.”
(The Courier-News, Bridgewater, New Jersey, November 20, 1956.)
November 22, Thursday. Bing and Phil Harris golf at West Palm Beach Country Club, Florida. Bing partners Tommy Armour against Phil Harris and Chris Dunphy. Harris and Dunphy win. Bing has a 77.
November 23, Friday. Golfs at the Everglades Club, Palm Beach with Phil Harris, Chris Dunphy and Earl E. T. Smith.
November 26, Monday. Tommy
Dorsey dies.
November 28,
Wednesday. Golfs at the Boca Raton Club with Phil Harris, Sam Snead and
Toney Penna. Interviewed by Jim Daly of the Fort Lauderdale News, he
expresses his admiration for Elvis Presley and for Pat Boone.
November 29, Thursday. Bing and
Phil Harris are interviewed by Harvey Murphy of station WNJO, Palm Beach, Florida, before
going on to play in the West Palm Beach pro-am
prior to the open tournament at the West Palm Beach Country Club. Bing
plays with Dow Finsterwald and they have a best-ball 70. The winning
team has a 62.
November 30, Friday. Bing and
Phil Harris are in Nassau in the Bahamas and are photographed with a local
group playing Goombay music.
December 4, Tuesday. Bing and
Phil arrive in Havana, Cuba, from Miami. During his time in Cuba, Bing attends a Cuban Baseball League game.
December 6, Thursday. Bing and
Phil Harris play in the Havana International Pro-Amateur Golf Tournament at the
Havana Country Club. Bing is paired with Mike Souchak and they have a
sixty-seven best-ball score.
December 7, Friday. The second
day of the golf tournament.
December 8, Saturday. Bing and
Mike Souchak play their final round in the tournament but are unplaced. At
night, Bing and Phil Harris fly to New Orleans and check into the Roosevelt
Hotel.
December 9, Sunday. It is
possible that Bing and Phil Harris golf at the New Orleans Country Club. In the
evening, they dine with some friends of Phil Harris.
December 10, Monday. Bing and
Phil fly back to Hollywood where it is said that Bing has to start work on his
new film His Father’s Son (soon to be renamed Man on Fire).
December 11, Tuesday. (7:30-8:00
p.m.) Appears in “The Unicef Story” on
...The format found
each of the 10 stars, representing each year in UNICEF's history, telling one
incident in the organization’s global activities. Kaye’s contribution was taken
from “The Secret Life of Danny Kaye" telecast. Despite its faults, the
program had many moving moments, dealing as it did with UNICEF's campaign to
aid the sick, the undernourished, without regard to national boundaries.
(Variety, December 19, 1956)
December 14, Friday. (7:45
a.m.–1:45 p.m.) Transcribes his second Christmas Sing with Bing in
Hollywood with Rosemary Clooney, the Paul Weston Orchestra and the Norman
Luboff Choir. The program is broadcast on December 24.
December 15, Saturday. Bing writes to his friend Charles Graves in England.
Dear
Charles:
I
just got back from Cuba, starting to work on a new picture, and I found your
letter waiting for me - the one which you wrote on November 29th. I think it
would be best, Charles, if I could see the galley proofs before I attempt to
write the forward.
I
don't want you to think that I'm going to do anything extensive in the way of a
forward, but I think maybe if I read the proofs, I would be able to get some
ideas on what points of view to take. When I get the proofs, I’ll get right to
work on it and send you what I’ve been able to contrive.
Had
a very nice time in the south, playing golf at Augusta, Florida, Cuba, New
Orleans and Dallas. Now it is back to work for a while.
I’ll
be anticipating some word from you. I hope the situation back there in England
lightens up somewhat before winter sets in.
All
the best to you and the family - As ever, Bing
December 17, Monday. Bing
commences filming Man on Fire for MGM
How did Inger feel getting her
first big movie role opposite Bing Crosby?
“The first day
of rehearsals” she says. “I was so nervous I thought he’d fire me. Instead, he
was very quiet. I found out later that Bing Crosby takes a good deal of
knowing. He weighs things very carefully. He’s cautious. If he likes someone,
he opens up, but this takes time. He’s extremely likeable and an extremely fine
actor. Essentially, he’s an instinctive actor who doesn’t realize how good he
is. He’s not impressed with himself at all. The one thing that bothers him in
front of a camera is a lot of takes. He gets stale quickly. The first take
is usually the best for him.
“I’d been in the
film two days when I had to go to the hospital for an appendectomy. When I came
back, Bing greeted me like an old friend. We’d all have tea at 4 o’clock – just
sit around and talk.
“I’ve dated him
several times, and for an actor he’s unusual. He doesn’t like to talk about
himself. He’s extremely well-read and interesting in more subjects than show
business. He knows so much about politics, sports, painters and writers,
you wouldn’t believe it He’s one of the most well-rounded gentlemen I’ve ever
met. After you go out with Bing, you’re spoiled for young men of, say 25
or 26.”
(Reproduced from
The Crosby Post, October 1957)
December 19, Wednesday. Inger Stevens has an emergency appendectomy at St. John's Hospital.
December 21, Friday. (8:30-9:00pm.) Bing is heard in a radio program on NBC, "The Christmas Story", in which he reads the Gospel of Luke 2:4 with accompaniment by the Bonaventure Choir of
Cincinnati. He had recorded the text on August 6.
December 22, Saturday. Bing’s
album A Christmas Sing with Bing enters the album charts at
number twenty-one for one week.
December 23, Sunday. (4:00-5:00 p.m.) Bing appears on the Mutual Broadcasting System’s “Joyful Hour” radio program.
For the ninth successive
year, KENT presents “The Joyful Hour” which this year will dramatize the story
of the first Christmas through the words of an aged flower peddler who dispels
the cynicism of a lonesome young soldier by explaining the real significance of
Christmas. Appearing tonight on the hour of music, drama and prayer are Ann
Blyth, Jerome Hines, William Campbell, Bing Crosby, Vic Damone and others.
(The Shreveport Times, December 23, 1956)
A host of
Hollywood personalities was spotlighted on MBS’ “Joyful Hour” Christmas show Sunday
(23), including Bing Crosby, Vic Damone, as well as Dorothy Warenskjold of the
Metropolitan Opera
(Variety, December 26, 1956)
December 24, Monday. (9:00–10:00
p.m.) The second Christmas Sing with Bing
is aired on CBS radio. It is also beamed to 90 other countries by the
Voice of America. Rosemary Clooney joins Bing. Maurice Chevalier and Sarah Churchill contribute
from Paris and London respectively.
On Christmas Eve, a songfest with Bing Crosby, interlaced
with other show biz personalities, as well as pickups from many corners of the
globe, proved to be good listening, showcasing radio as a still dazzling
entertainment medium, the mobility of which is hard to beat. The holiday show
was better in the first half than in the second, bogged down somewhat by a
repetitious format, and what seemed to be obtruding commercials. But as a
whole, it was an appealing, popular show in the spirit of the holiday. . . Der
Bingle was in fine voice, singing such holiday favorites as “White Christmas”,
“Happy Holiday”, “Jingle Bells” and “Silent Night”. In warm style, he handled
his emcee chores, all neatly woven into the transcription.
(Variety, January 2, 1957)
December 28, Friday. The final transmission of Bing’s daily radio show on CBS takes place.
Crosby and CBS Part
Bing Crosby and
CBS have come to a parting of the ways. The crooner’s radio-TV contract with
the network expires Dec. 28 and both parties have amicably agreed to call it
quits. Crosby is now talking deals with NBC and ABC. Bing’s radio programs have
been a losing proposition for CBS, the shows being too expensive to attract
enough sponsors to cover production costs. His TV appearances, somewhat less
than sensational, have been few and far between; Bing being content to do no
more than one or two shows a year.
(Sid Shalit, Daily News, December 20, 1956)
December 31, Monday. Bing attends Tex
Feldman’s party at Romanoff’s Crown Room in Hollywood. All guests wear
turn-of-the-century costumes. Bing (sans toupee) spends much of his time with
Delta Airline’s hostess Nancy Eiland from Dallas. Edith Piaf sings three songs
at the party. Kathryn Grant is away on Johnny Grant’s tour of Japan and Korea.
Bing
Crosby, who had already surprised everyone with his rug-less appearance at the
“Tex” Feldman party, continued to the Leo Durochers
to join up with singers Howard Keel, Dean Martin, Eddie Fisher, Gordon MacRae and Danny Kaye, each of whom paid $70 a couple to
finance the brawl … Martin and Crosby teamed for “True Love,” with Crosby
singing the Grace Kelly part … Nancy Eiland, the
Groaner’s date, really had a ball on this, her first big night in Hollywood …
We asked Bing what’s with him and Kathy Grant — and he reminded she’s in Korea
with Johnny Grant’s troupe
(Variety,
January 2, 1957)
During the year,
Bing wins the Down Beat award for Best Vocal Performance for his work in
High Society.
January 10, Thursday. Commissioner
Ford Frick rules that Bing can keep his “token” stock in the Detroit Tigers
despite his interest in the Pittsburgh Pirates (see July 17, 1956).
Bing Can Keep Tiger Stock
“Bing has only a token holding in the
Detroit club,” said Frick. “He made it just to be in on the thing with
friends.”
Crosby's investment in the Tigers is one
$100 share. Under baseball rules, nobody is permitted to hold substantial
stock in more than one major league club.
(The Daily Iowan, January 11,
1957)
January 11-13, Friday–Sunday. Does
not attend the Bing Crosby Pro-Am Golf Tournament at Pebble Beach. The
professional winner is Jay Hebert. Bing is working on the film Man on Fire and
is rumored not to be feeling well because of kidney stone attacks.
Celebrities playing include Bob Crosby, Dean Martin, Bob Hope, Johnny
Weissmuller, Randolph Scott, Gordon MacRae, Dennis O'Keefe, Don Cherry,
Richard Arlen, General Omar Bradley, Phil Harris and William Boyd
(Hopalong Cassidy). Entertainment at the Victory Dinner at the Monterey
Fairgrounds Pavilion on
January 13 is provided by Gogi Grant, Shecky Greene, Phil Harris, Buddy
Cole and others. Bob and Larry Crosby act as mcs. $43,500 is raised for
charities from the Tournament.
January 11, Friday. Puts his Palm Springs home overlooking the Thunderbird club on the market for $90,000 including furnishings. His sister Mary Rose Pool acts as realtor.
January 12, Saturday. Bing
telephones Kathryn Grant following her return from the Far East and he arranges
to visit her at her new apartment at 201-B El Camino Drive the next day for
tea.
January 13, Sunday. After a pleasant chat, Kathryn Grant refuses to go to dinner with Bing and they part with their relationship apparently at an end. Bing later writes to Kathryn returning her birth and baptismal certificates.
Dear
Kathryn, you were right. I shouldn’t have seen you last Sunday. The visit
revived old hopes and dreams which I had thought were safely interred. It’ll take another couple of months to file
them away again. I tried to call you a
second time to find how best to get these papers to you. I thought you were
leaving, you see.
While
I am writing, I’d best tell you that I look back on the past and on last summer
without any bitterness or rancor – even if you can’t. I never did anything but make you unhappy,
which in turn saddens me. But you did many, many things for me, and my memories
are warm.
I
will always love you, Bing
January 18, Friday. Press
reports state that Bing has been offered $400,000 for four weeks of personal
appearances at the Palace Theater in New York. He decides not to accept the
offer. During the day, Bing signs a promissory note in which he “promises to
pay Sol. C. Siegel Productions, Inc. and Bing Crosby Productions” the sum of
$81,000, which is effectively an advance of his royalties expected from Man
on Fire.
January
(undated). Bing attends a dinner party given by Merle Oberon. He
and Gary Cooper are the last to leave at 5 a.m.
January 22, Tuesday. (8:00-8:30 p.m.) The filmed
guest spot in the Sgt. Bilko Presents Bing Crosby episode of the
popular Phil Silvers television program is shown. Bing does not sing and
instead he recites “The Wreck of the Hesperus” much to the Bilko character’s
disappointment.
January
(undated). Tapes the fifteen-minute Calling All Hearts
radio program with Bob Hope for the American Heart Association. The program is
broadcast on radio stations during February to raise money for the 1957 Heart
Fund. Bing and Bob’s dialogue is used to link some of their records.
January
(undated). Phillip Crosby completes his Army service.
February 4, Monday. Bing is back in Palm Springs and dines with Pete Petito.
February 6, Wednesday. Dines with Inger Stevens and Pete Petito at the Dunes in Palm Springs.
February
(undated). Bing is in Palm Springs playing golf and seen
relaxing at Alan Dale’s Springs Restaurant with Gordon MacRae, Peter Lind Hayes,
and Pete Petito. Goes to see pianist Murray Arnold perform at the Howard Manor
on four separate occasions.
February
(undated). Interviewed by Pete Martin at his home in Palm
Springs for the Saturday Evening Post. The resultant article is
published as “I Call on Bing Crosby” on May 11 in the Post magazine.
February 15,
Friday. Bing gives a dinner party for Rex Harrison at the Dunes in Palm
Springs. Other guests include Frank Sinatra, Jimmy Van Heusen, Terence
Rattigan and Pete Petito. Harrison stays at Bing's home over the
weekend.
February 16, Saturday.
Hosts another dinner at Howard Manor to see Murray Arnold with Rex
Harrison, Jimmy Van Heusen and Frank Sinatra again among the
guests.
February 18, Monday. Bing
films a short interview with Ed Sullivan in Hollywood, which is to be used later
in the year to promote the film Man on Fire.
February 19, Tuesday. Makes the
first part of the Bing with a Beat LP
with Bob Scobey’s Frisco Jazz Band for RCA Victor at the Radio Recorders
“Annex” Studio in Los Angeles.
On the dot of 11 a.m. one morning, Bing Crosby
stood before an overhead microphone in the recording studio of RCA Victor. It
was one of two four-hour sessions in which he was recording a Dixieland album
of his own selection. Minus hat or hairpiece, he was comfortably dressed in
grey-green slacks, a loose-fitting, long sleeved yellow gabardine shirt which
had “Bing” monogrammed on the pocket. His well-worn brown “chukker” shoes added
a final informal note. A dozen or more pieces of sheet music were stacked on a
stand in front of him. “Dream a Little Dream of Me” was opened. “Let’s run it
over,” Crosby said to the nine jazz musicians grouped around him. . . .
The red recording light went on and
the door wasn’t opened again for the next four hours.
“Let’s go, Matty.” Crosby stuck his
hands in his pockets and hitched up his trousers. When Matty Matlock’s music
started, the singer’s left foot began to tap and the rhythm pulsed throughout
his body. Every motion and muscle sensitized to the beat, he sang clearly,
softly, distinctly. When he hit a low note, he bent his knees and depressed his
body as if its lowered position helped to give the notes their deeper tones.
“You ain’t just dreamin’, boy, you is awake,” he drawled during a trumpet solo.
The first take over, he sat wordlessly on a green-cushioned stool and stony
faced, listened to the recording being played back.
“Did it sound all right, Bing?” the
control-room engineer asked.
“Yah. Let’s get on to the next one. It
won’t be too hooty, will it?” he questioned once . . . .
“What’s next?” he’d ask. “Let’s keep
goin’ while we’re warm . . . Go right along there, Sapphire,” he said a la
the Kingfish during a pause. If a phrase didn’t sound right to him, he kept
singing it over and over to himself until he got the feeling, inflection,
phrasing he wanted. “It would’ve been better if I’d learned how to read,” he
told the pianist. Sometimes, between vocals, the spirit of the music was so
much a part of him, hands in pockets, trousers hiked and whistling softly, that
he would go into a shuffling soft-shoe, graceful, casual, content. . . .
He ordered some food for the boys around
two o’clock, and when it was delivered he kept right on, hamburger in hand,
singing and chewing, never missing a beat. His eye ever on the clock, the sixth
side was finished at five minutes to three. “Thanks fellas,” he said. He walked
over to a chair where his brown Eisenhower-type jacket was draped; took a pipe
and tobacco pouch from the pockets and, puffing on his pipe, went into the
control room to decide which takes he wanted to print. On his return, he put on
a brown felt hat and the jacket which proved to be about eight inches shorter
than his yellow shirt. This sartorial error concerned him not at all!
(Joan Flynn Dreyspool, writing in Sports
Illustrated, January 13, 1958)
February 20, Wednesday.
Press reports indicate that Bing has purchased a 16-acre plot of land
at the Silver Spurs ranch, Palm Desert. He subsequently builds a new home there,
eighteen miles from Palm Springs. Altogether four houses are built on
Bing’s
land and the others are taken by Bill Morrow, Jimmy Van Heusen, and
Pete
Petito. Meanwhile, he completes the Bing with a Beat LP with Bob Scobey’s Frisco Jazz Band.
Bob Scobey’s Frisco Jazz Band has put Bing Crosby
in one of his happiest and swingiest vocal frames. The evergreens are
ever-bright when Crosby and Scobey match wits.
(Variety, September 2, 1957)
Bing with a Beat
RCA Victor LPM 1473. Set is the Jazz
Save-On-Records special set for September, but its appeal is strictly pop. It’s
a par package for the Groaner, and jazz backing is undistinguished. The price
will move a great quality, but both Bing and Scobey have done better.
(Billboard, September 2, 1957)
In 1957, Crosby made his grooviest record ever, Bing
with a Beat (Victor), a perfectly realized collaboration with Bob Scobey
and his Frisco Jazz Band. . . . on this particular disc Matty Matlock, the
arranger and clarinetist best known for his work with Bob Crosby, reconceives
Scobey’s band sound as an extension of the Bobcats . . .
.
Communicating the
obvious joy the music arises in him, Crosby fairly oozes with charming
insouciance above and beyond even the call of Crosby, expressed in semi-spoken
asides and lyric alterations.
(Will Friedwald, Jazz Singing, page 45)
BING WITH A BEAT - RCA.
After his
high-powered outing with Buddy Bregman, Bing probably
felt a desire to get back to the roots of his singing style and this pleasantly
swinging album with Bob Scobey’s Frisco Jazz Band was probably the best
artistic therapy for him at this point in his career. Bing always responded
enthusiastically to a Dixie-style backing and with songs like ‘Some Sunny Day’,
‘Whispering’ and ‘Mama Loves Papa’ he is in top-notch form. Scobey plays some
tasty trumpet and there are telling solos from others in the band - notably
Ralph Sutton on piano. The cleanly crisp arrangements are by Matty Matlock and the album is almost a total joy from
beginning to end. The only mild disappointment is a rather lack-lustre version
of ‘Mack the Knife’ which should have been a standout.
(Ken Barnes, The Crosby Years,
page 93)
Crosby
later described Bing with a Beat (1957) as “the album I always wanted to
make,” and it’s easily his finest effort of the entire album era. Taking the
title literally, Bing with a Beat starts on an incredibly fresh note—or
rather, not a note at all, but a beat. We begin with a few telling rimshots from drummer Nick Fatool
before Crosby enters with the verse to “Let a Smile Be Your Umbrella.” He
starts nearly a capella, with
drums only, in a rather dazzling (and for Crosby, almost exhibitionistic)
display of his rhythmic virtuosity: New Orleans-style jazz is both a heterophonic and a polyrhythmic music, thus while Fatool is playing at least two different beats on various
parts of his kit, Crosby is singing to yet another. The whole album is full of
such ingenuity and musical wit. Crosby is brimming over with enthusiasm
throughout all twelve tracks; he’s clearly having the time of his life.
It was
apparently Crosby’s own idea to cut this album with trumpeter Bob Scobey and
his Frisco Jazz Band. Although this was a regularly working and touring group,
riding the crest of the fifties Dixieland revival, for the purposes of the
album the band was bolstered with several prominent Los Angeles studio players,
most notably clarinetist and arranger Matty Matlock. More than twenty years of working with both
Crosby brothers (starting from within Bob’s band). Matlock had come up with a
perfect approach toward using traditional jazz to back a vocalist: Both the
ensemble and Crosby himself sound at once spontaneous yet controlled. He also
put together an irresistible program of tunes from the Jazz Age—songs that are
wonderful partly because they’re not standards on a Gershwin-Rodgers and Hart
level. Many of these songs (“Whispering:’ “Mama Loves Papa;’ “Last Night on the
Back Porch”) were associated with his ex-boss Paul Whiteman, but few of them
had been heard since the Coolidge era. Instead of trying to find the most
popular songs he could, he delighted in their obscurity. Crosby was no longer
trying to compete with other singers for chart positions or box office
receipts; this one was on him, and his joy is apparent in every note of this
classic album.
February 22, Thursday.
At a chuck wagon dinner hosted by Jerri and Stewart Hopps at the Old
Rodeo Grounds in Palm Springs with Phil and Alice Harris.
February 23, Saturday. Attends a party at the home of Mr. and Mrs. Stewart Hopps in Palm
Springs and is presented with a painting by local artist John Morris.
February 28, Thursday. Bing and a party of friends dine at the Ranch Club in Palm Springs.
March 2, Saturday. Pat
and Shirley Boone visit Bing in Palm Springs.
As
my early recording career got under way, while I was transferring from North
Texas State to Columbia University, intent on becoming a teacher / preacher - I
got a letter from my idol, Bing Crosby. I’d never met him, though he had heard
that he was truly my role model, and took the time and interest to write me a
little advice.
I’m paraphrasing, but the basic message was that I shouldn’t have signed
on for a weekly television show, because TV can “wear out your welcome” pretty
quickly. But since I had done it, he wished me well, and left me with some
sage words from a great performer named George M. Cohan
- “Never stay on too long” and he signed it “the above gratis, Bing”.
It is a monumental treasure for me to this day, and his personal secretary told me it was very unusual for him to initiate a correspondence or write
a letter to someone he didn’t know, but that he was watching my early career
with real interest and approval. In
fact, he and Frank Sinatra both separately referred to me several times as “the
great white hope”, a guy who was singing rock and roll; but could sing ballads
and pop songs as well.
Subsequently, Shirley my wife and I were invited by Bing to enjoy a
private evening in his home in Palm Desert, overlooking Indian Wells golf
course, along with his buddy Jimmy Van Heusen. He was so hospitable, so
affirming and helpful, and
I will treasure it always. After that, he invited me about 18 years straight to
play in his Crosby Tournament at Pebble Beach, and to sing more than once at
his Saturday Night Clam Bakes.
(Pat
Boone, in a letter to Crosby fan Ron Field, dated February 14, 2012)
March 5, Tuesday.
Bing takes Inger Stevens to Nat King Cole's opening night at the
Chi-Chi in Palm Springs. Others in the party include the Dick Snidemans
and Pete Petito.
March 14, Thursday. Decca
masters a number of Bing’s radio songs for issue as an LP called “New
Tricks”.
Bing Crosby No matter how much you watched or listened
to the king of crooners, you just couldn’t see how he did what
he did - that was his great gift, says Adrian Edwards. The deceptive art of
making it look easy: whether clowning around with Fred Astaire or in more
serious vein with Barry Fitzgerald, Crosby was ‘cool’ itself. The art of Crosby was one of
deception, yet he never eschewed hard work, as testified by the
new songs he continually added… Crosby brought a jazzman’s phrasing and sense of
improvisation to much of what he did, whether in the company of Armstrong or a
non-specialist jazz group like the Buddy Cole Trio whose album, New Tricks,
exemplifies his relaxed approach to his art.
(The Gramophone, Volume 81, page
122)
(Ken Barnes, The Crosby Years,
page 93)
…He recorded a
long series of intimate tracks with the backing of longtime
accompanist Buddy Cole and his trio, primarily for his ongoing radio series,
but also releasing many of the best of these on LPs like Some Fine Old
Chestnuts and New Tricks. (In 2009,160 of these CBS radio songs were
released in a seven-disc boxed set by Mosaic Records.) “Softly, as in a Morning
Sunrise” comes from the swingingly successful later
release New Tricks (1957), an album whose cover—a very Bingish basset bearing a Crosby-style pipe, hat, and even
eyes—had won listeners over even before they dug the disc. Although Cole’s
electric organ wheezes unattractively, “Softly, as in a Morning Sunrise” works
as a ballad with both a jazz feel and a tango feel, Crosby and Cole somehow
making it both fun and serious at the same time.
March 15, Friday. (8:30 a.m.- 12:00 p.m.) Records
“Man on Fire” and “Seven Nights a Week” for Capitol Records with an orchestra
conducted by Nelson Riddle. Bing’s record of “Man on Fire” is heard by the
producers of the Man on Fire movie and is brought in to be used in the
opening titles of the film.
Having returned
into the wax sweepstakes with “True Love” on Capitol, Bing Crosby is sticking
with the label for his newest single release. “Seven Days A Week”(sic) is a clever
piece of material with a snappy tune which Crosby projects in top form. “Man Of
Fire” (sic) is a weightier ballad also with good chances.
(Variety, March 27, 1957)
Seven Nights a Week 84 CAPITOL 3695
Crosby could have another hit in this one. It’s a
smart, show-wise platter, with tongue-in-cheek lyrics which should appeal to
both the youngsters and the older set. The crooner sells the rock and roll
spoof with style and sly humor. Standout backing by Nelson Riddle.
(Billboard,
April 6, 1957)
Bing comes up with two new numbers on Cap. CL
14761, “A Man on Fire” (easy lilt and easy on the ear, more so than Jimmy
Young’s on Decca F10925) and “Seven Nights a Week”, which is a rocker, and very
pleasing too.
(The Gramophone, October, 1957)
March 16, Saturday. Bing has
been asked by Paul Whiteman to record a composition of his called “Mother Dear”.
Bing replies as follows.
I’ve received a copy of song “Mother
Dear” which was written
in connection with the Mother’s Day program that the American Weekly is
carrying. Paul, my recording activities are about over. I have a few albums to
make of standards, and I think that’ll be the extent of my work on the wax.
I’ve been lucky for a long time, but I
think candidly I’m over the hill now. The pipes aren’t the same, and
singing has become a chore rather than a pleasure and a joy. I think you’d be
much better off, and so would the people who are promoting the program, to get
a younger singer, one with a little more popular appeal - someone like Pat
Boone, maybe.
I get tremendous pleasure out of playing
the 50th Anniversary Album. There are certainly some wonderful things in it,
and I’ve played it for a lot of fellows in the business out here who feel the
same way. The quality, of course, is superb.
I‘d forgotten all about this spot that
the Rhythm Boys did on the radio, and got quite a surprise when I heard it the
first time in the album. Comes off very
well, it seems to me. The jokes are a little hokey,
and though we don’t sound exactly like the Hi-Lo’s, we get away with it okay.
I hope you and Margaret are in good
health. Please give her my very best wishes and, of course, always my warmest
regards to you –
As ever, Bing
Whiteman
replies on April 5th.
Please excuse my lateness in acknowledging your letter.
I’ll admit it was a little commercial on
my part to want you to do it. However, I didn’t feel the sentiment of the song was too sloppy, and they wanted to run your picture in the American Weekly, and are boosting up the printing that
week to 11,000,000... So thought singing another Mother’s song might have been a nice
thing.
I can’t agree too much about your singing, or being over the hill, because I think the one you did with Kelly was still
pretty great. Although you might not win a high note contest with Lanza,
you’re still my boy!
I think I told you the story once, that when Johnny Johnston told me he had heard some of your records and you were sounding pretty old (that was 20 years ago), I
said I didn’t know about how old you were getting, but I did know that when you rolled over just before you died, you would, if you know what I mean, (sing) a song better than he was singing them
now,
Glad you liked the 50th Anniversary Album. It’s been a real big success and I am so grateful to all you guys ~
Margaret joins me in our best to you.
Affectionately, Paul
March (undated). Bing joins forces with baseball legend Ted Williams to film an appeal on behalf of the Jimmy Fund, which raises funds to help the fight against children’s cancer. Every summer since the Jimmy Fund’s theater program started in 1949, participating movie theaters had shown a short film of the work being done at the Children’s Cancer Research Foundation in Boston. Then, an announcement was made asking if anyone would like to donate to the Jimmy Fund and this was followed by volunteers going around the theater with canisters collecting from the audience money for cancer research and patient care. It may well be that Bing’s appeal was shown in conjunction with Man on Fire.
March (undated). Wearing white tie and tails, films a version of "True Love" to be used at the Academy Awards show.
March 15, Friday. Bing goes to
Florida.
March 18, Monday. Bing
practices at Seminole Golf Club, Juno Beach, before going to Connie Mack Field
to see the Pittsburgh Pirates lose four to three to Kansas City during the
afternoon.
March 19, Tuesday. Starting
at 11.52 a.m., Bing plays with Ben Hogan in the first day of the Latham Reed
Amateur-Pro Tournament at Seminole Golf Club and they have a best-ball score of 66. A crowd of 3,000 (including the
Duke of Windsor) follows Bing around the course. Bing’s handicap is shown as
six.
March 20, Wednesday. The
second day of the Latham Reed golf tournament. Bing and Hogan achieve a best
ball score of 131 but are not placed.
March 27, Wednesday. The
Academy Awards ceremony takes place at the Pantages in Los Angeles. Bing’s song
“True Love” has been nominated as “Best Song” but loses out to “Que Sera,
Sera.” A filmed sequence of Bing singing “True Love” in white tie and tails is
shown. Johnny Green and Saul Chaplin have been nominated for “Best Scoring of a
Musical Picture” for their work on High Society but are beaten by Alfred
Newman and Ken Darby for The King and I.
On March 27, the night of the Academy Awards show,
there was to be a screening of Silk Stockings for Look magazine.
I mentioned it, and Cole suggested that we dine together and then see the
picture. After it was over, he asked me to go to the Waldorf-Towers to see the
television show—the first mention of the Awards all evening.
The production numbers were
terrible, and a filmed spot of Bing Crosby singing “True Love” was among the
worst. However, the votes had all been counted long before, so no real harm was
done. Finally, the winner was announced— “Que Sera, Sera.”
The smile never left Cole’s face
as he picked up the telephone and asked for Western Union. To Musgrove, he sent
the following message:
Whatever will be, will be, dear
Stanley.
Cole
(Cole Porter, a biography, page 305)
March 30, Saturday. Bing goes to Fort Myers, Florida to see the Pittsburgh Pirates beat the Chicago White Sox 5-0 in an exhibition game.
March 31, Sunday. Bing
arrives in Aiken, South Carolina, and has lunch with Mr. and Mrs. Conrad
Ruckelshaus. At 1:30 p.m., he plays a practice round of golf at the Palmetto
course. At night, he attends the party at the Green Boundary Club and sleeps at
the Thomas Leiter guest cottage on Colleton Avenue in the Winter Colony.
April 1, Monday. Teeing off
at 10:30 a.m., Bing plays in the first day of the Devereux Milburn Memorial
Trophy Tournament at the Palmetto Golf Club with his partner Vincent Draddy.
Bing’s handicap is now quoted as five. He goes on to Augusta to do some taping
for radio.
April 2, Tuesday. Bing and Vincent
Draddy tee off at 10:15 a.m. in the second round of the tournament and finish
with a better ball score of 131, which earns them the fourth place award. Bing
makes a short speech at the awards ceremony in the late afternoon. Bing’s
friends Phil Harris and Chris Dunphy also take part in the tournament.
April (undated). Bing golfs with Ben
Hogan at Augusta, Georgia prior to the start of Masters Golf Tournament.
April 4-6, Thursday–Saturday.
Bing, Phil Harris and Dennis Crosby attend the Masters Golf Tournament at Augusta, Georgia, which is
ultimately won by Doug Ford.
April 10, Wednesday.
Watches the Pirates beat the Detroit Tigers 3-2 in an exhibition match
at Ponce de Leon Park, Atlanta. Bing, Phil Harris and Dennis Crosby go
on to dine at Fanny's Cabin.
April 11, Thursday. Bing and Phil Harris are in Houston, Texas and golf at the Braeburn Country Club.
April 16, Tuesday. Bing golfs
with Cary Middlecoff, Jimmy Demaret, and Mike Souchak at the Desert Inn Country
Club in Las Vegas.
April 17, Wednesday. (2:30
p.m.) Bing beats Walter Winchell in the annual celebrities’ putting competition
held as a prelude to the Tournament of Champions at the Desert Inn Country
Club. The proceeds go to the Damon Runyon Memorial Cancer Fund.
April 18-21, Thursday–Sunday. Bing plays in the pro-am at the Tournament of Champions at the Desert Inn Country Club in Las Vegas on April 18 and then acts as a commentator for the television coverage of the professional competition, which is won by Gene Littler for the third consecutive year. While in Las Vegas, Bing visits the Tropicana with his son Dennis to see Eddie Fisher perform. Is linked romantically with Pat Sheehan during his visit.
April 24, Wednesday.
(7:45-11:15 a.m,, 11:45 a.m.-2:00 p.m.) At Radio Recorders in Hollywood,
Bing records
“A Christmas Story”, the first of four children’s stories he reads for
Golden
Records, Simon and Schuster’s recording subsidiary. The Arthur Norman
Choir and
Orchestra provide support. The producer and leader of the session is
Norman Luboff and it seems that "Arthur Norman" was a pseudonym
for him.
A Christmas Story (1-12”) - Bing Crosby. Golden Masterpiece A298:21. Sales can be made on this the year around,
if pushed. It’s Bing again at $2.98, in a fine story that leans on several
American folk heroes, including Paul Bunyan, Johnny Appleseed, and Dan’l Boone.
Story and lyrics by Arnold Sundgaard, music by Alec Wilder, and includes one
tune that could become a big seasonal hit— “How Lovely Is
Christmas”. Sock packaging at the price.
(Billboard, September 9, 1957)
April 25, Thursday. (7:30-10:45 a.m., 11:15 a.m.-2:00 p.m.) Bing
records more children’s stories for Golden Records. Some of the songs are
issued as single releases.
For the fall and winter, Golden Records has issued
a number of new children’s records and repackaged some of its steady favorites
in a variety of speeds. The general trend is toward the long-playing record,
LP, for the older child nearer 10 than 5, is more convenient and has greater
fidelity. The small 78’s and 45’s are suitable for the younger child running
his own machine fitfully—children seem to enjoy changing the record as much as
playing it.
Leading the Golden list is Bing Crosby as narrator on two full-dress records. A
Christmas Story, subtitled An Axe, An Apple and a Buckskin Jacket,
and Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves. The crooner branches out in the
independent children’s field with these new labels and comes off fairly well.
A
Christmas Story is an original piece of work with book and lyrics by Arnold
Sundgaard and music by Alec Wilder. There are seven songs on the long-play
record. The one most likely to be heard again, and again, in December is ‘How
Lovely Is Christmas’, a somewhat sentimental song that is not especially for
children. But there is one among these songs that is a standout and right in
keeping with the story on the record. It is called ‘An Axe, An Apple and a
Buckskin Jacket’.
Ali
Baba and the Forty Thieves, with Crosby again at the controls, is a musical
rendition of this old favorite from the ‘The Arabian Nights’. The lyrics are by
Sammy Cahn, the music by Mary Rodgers. They have combined to make some
outstanding songs, especially one called ‘My Own Individual Star’.
Singing these songs, Crosby is his amiable self, but as a narrator he
occasionally sounds as if he has not removed his pipe stem from his mouth! All
that relaxin’ talk and stirrin’ diction are Crosby rather than folk English and
not conducive to helping young ears learn or even understand what is being
said. He is a quiet narrator generating little excitement.
(New York Times, September 22, 1957)
NEVER BE AFRAID Bing Crosby with music by Lew
Spence. A warm, musical version of the famous Hans Christian Andersen story
narrated and sung delightfully by Bing Crosby. The music adds much to the
story, and it ends up pointing a moral for the kids. Second side contains a
medley of the musical score.
(Billboard, May 12, 1958)
(Billboard, September 9, 1957)
JACK B. NIMBLE
Bing Crosby (1-12”) Golden A 198:29. An engrossing fable, interlaced with delightful
songs, is narrated by Crosby with warmth and charm. Mixed chorus and ork shine.
Flip features suite based on the tunes; moppets won’t enjoy it but parents
may. The first side is worth the price, however.
(Billboard,
April 28, 1958)
Bing Crosby:
“Never Be Afraid”- “Jack B. Nimble” (Golden). These two packages are a
continuation of the Bing Crosby-Golden tieup started last. Christmas with “Ali Baba"
and “A Christmas Story." It’s done in the same easygoing flavor that has
Crosby singing and narrating. “Never Be Afraid" is a musical version of
“The Emperor’s New Clothes” while “Jack B. Nimble" is a musicalization of
a flock of Mother Goose rhymes. They’re both hot low-price ($1.98) items for a
supermarket or a chain-store push.
(Variety, May 7, 1958)
Bing Crosby
(Kapp): "I LOVE YOU WHOEVER YOU ARE” (Walton*) sets a romantic lyric in a latino
mood and Bing Crosby gives it clicko stature. "NEVER BE AFRAID” (Walton*)
is a well-fashioned message song but its pop play potential is limited.
(Variety, October 16, 1957)
Never Be
Afraid KAPP 195— Bing sings this inspirational song with tenderness and style. It
is one of the singles issued from the package done in conjunction with
Simon & Schuster.
I Love You
Whoever You Are
In contrast to the flip, this is lighter in quality,
with a light beat and persuasive rhythm. Recorded very well, with chorus
backing Bing.
(Billboard, October 14, 1957)
HOW
LOVELY IS CHRISTMAS” puts Bing Crosby in the Christmas running again with a
neatly fashioned ballad that’s warm and meaningful.
“MY
OWN INDIVIDUAL
(Variety,
November 27, 1957)
April 26, Friday. (9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m.) Another recording session for the children’s stories for Golden Records.
May (undated). Bing Crosby
Phonocards links up with Simon and Schuster and gains rights to use the
latter’s record libraries.
May (undated). Bing has acted as one of the narrators in the Variety Clubs International forty-minute documentary film The Heart of Show Business which is released by Columbia this month.
May 2, Thursday. Lindsay
Crosby is involved in a minor car accident in west Los Angeles while driving
his brother Dennis’s sports car and fails to stop as he does not realize that
he has struck a parked vehicle.
May 6, Monday. Bing is in
Northern California fishing with a couple of friends. He writes to the
journalist Charles Graves in England.
Your
letter of the 26th of April reached me up in Northern California where I’m
doing a little trout fishing with a couple of friends. Very nice to hear from
you again, and I’m pleased to learn that you and Bill Gargan
and Mary got together for some functions. They must have gotten a great deal of
enjoyment out of the trip to the Players Theatre. I found that a very amusing
and colorful spot.
I saw
Bob Foster up at Vegas, and he seemed to be enjoying himself immensely. He
looked well, seemed happy, but it was too cold for us to get out on the golf
course. Vegas has about 3,000 ft. altitude you know,
and in the winter months, while some people play, it’s a little rigorous for
me.
I shall
await receipt of the galley proofs on your Riviera tome and will compose some
sort of a forward when I’ve had a chance to read them and devise something
interesting.
Charles,
I never played the Cafe de Paris with Whiteman. I joined him after his return
from the European trip - I think it was in ‘26 or ‘27. Too
many years ago to be recalled accurately for a variety of reasons. Of
course I have been there since the war, for dinner and dancing, but strictly as
a patron. It seems to me that the Cafe de Paris should furnish a very good
background for some sort of book or picture. The years of its heyday were a
colorful period and should, if interestingly told, make very good reading.
Haven’t
played any golf for two or three weeks, but prior to that time was going in
pretty good form. I went down to see the Masters Tournament, played some there,
and finished second in a tournament over at Aiken, South Carolina - a two-man
amateur event. Have been flirting with 72 and 3 and 4 pretty near all the time
when it wasn’t too windy or cold.
I saw
Cotton play in the Masters and he played very well indeed. He still has that
beautiful swing. Demaret is playing better golf I
think than he ever played in his life. He should have won both the Masters and
the Vegas event if he could have holed a few putts. He was stroking the ball
well but they were sliding by or hanging on the lip and refused to drop. Just
two or three one way or the other would have made the difference between
winning and finishing second or third.
Hogan’s
putting has become very sour. I played with him at Seminole, and again at the
Masters before the tournament started, and he just has no confidence with the
blade, leaves most of his putts short, and it’s become
sort of a mental block with him now and he is in bad trouble. Hits the ball
beautifully, but of course you know how important it is to putt well if you’re
going to win anything in the professional tournament ranks.
I agree
with you that Hope is very courageous indeed to attempt a picture with Fernandel. I am sure that with all the grimacing and
mugging these two comics are indulging in, their faces
will be stretched out of all semblance to their former contours. Still, you
can’t tell, Hope may look better that way.
Give my
very best to the Gargans when you see them, and also
Bob Foster. I may slip over some time this summer, but it’s quite doubtful. I
have quite a few junkets mapped out for this summer which may prevent me
getting over there - no work involved in these junkets, strictly for fishing,
golf and fun.
All the
best to you and your family -
As
ever,
Bing
May 13, Monday. Bing writes
to Colonel Tom Parker, Elvis Presley’s manager. Bing praises Elvis and warns
the Colonel about over exposure.
Thank you so much for your recent letter. I am happy that you were
pleased with what I had to say about your young man, Elvis Presley. I honestly
think he’s a great performer and under your astute guidance, he’s going to be a
big star for a long time. I note with particular interest that you agree with
me about over-exposure, and this is something that you will pay particular
attention to in the time to come.
I would be glad to send you some Cremo cigars, but I feel sure that you
are smoking a much better brand of tobacco these days, as your life and times
improve, and the taste of a Cremo in your mouth would be as gall and wormwood.
If what you say is true, that you are able to get all the money you need
out of Hope, you indeed have a tremendous talent. I’ve never been able to get
the right time off of him if he had wrist watches up to the elbow on both arms.
The only alarming factor you mention is that Hope proposes to get what
he’s going to give you out of me. I’ve had a very bad season - what with
storms, typhoons, tornadoes, fires, inclement weather and picking up the rain
checks. To make it worse, the tent blew down at Shreveport, and all the animals
got away. If you could let us have Elvis for a couple of weeks, I think we could
get out of hock. I could get Eddie Peabody to play banjo for him.
Enclosed is the picture you asked for, Tom. I hope it is of some value
to you in elevating your prestige around M-G-M, but I doubt it very much.
They’re pretty snobbish over at that lot and prone to look down their noses
somewhat at mere crooners - witness what happened to Sinatra, Vic Damone and
myself. I hope Elvis is able in some way to put our profession on a higher
plateau.
All good
luck to you Tom, and to Elvis. I know that you're going to enjoy many years of
it. Stay healthy and happy. As ever - your friend Bing.
May 27, Monday. Bing,
George Coleman, Joseph Thomas, and Kenyon Brown combine to buy television
station KCOP for $4,000,000. Basil Grillo becomes secretary/treasurer while
Bing becomes chairman of the board.
May 28,
Tuesday.
Bing and Phil Harris take part in the second Marty Welch
Invitational Golf Tournament at the California Golf Club, San
Francisco.
Starting at 11 a.m., they play with Marty Welch, Francis Brown and Ed
Crowley. Bing has a 77 and finishes joint third. He receives a cast-metal trophy, as do all 35 entrants.
June 8, Saturday. Plays in the annual Swallows competition at Pebble Beach and has a 71 (net 68). He and his partner Danny Searle finish 9-up and tie for the lead after the first 18 holes of the 36-hole tournament.
June 9, Sunday.
The second round of the Swallows competition is rain-affected and Bing
and his partner finish 12-up, 5 back from the winners.
June 11, Monday. Press reports indicate that Phillip Crosby has enrolled for a summer course at the Agricultural College at Washington State.
June 12, Wednesday. Jimmy
Dorsey dies.
June (undated). Fishes at Rising River with Buster Collier.
June 16, Sunday. (8:00–9:00
p.m.) Bing makes a filmed appearance on the Ed Sullivan Show on CBS-TV.
Scenes featuring Bing from the film Man on Fire are previewed. Inger
Stevens also appears live to promote the film.
On film, Bing Crosby exchanged a couple of pleasant
minutes of chatter with Sullivan but for an indifferently integrated plug on
his new pic, Man on Fire, he introduced Inger Stevens who appeared with
him in the pic.
(Variety, June 19, 1957)
June 19, Wednesday.
(4:00–8:00 p.m.) A wine tasting sponsored by Stuart Imports takes place at
Bing’s home on 17 Mile Drive, Monterey. It is not known whether Bing was
present or not.
June 23, Sunday. Bing writes
to the U.S. Senate stating that much radio music is “so much trash” and blames
pressure by Broadcast Music, Inc. (
July 2, Tuesday. Bing writes
to Pat Sullivan, a devoted Crosby fan who was the editor of BINGANG magazine.
You
were very kind to write me the nice letter telling me you caught a sneak
preview of Man on Fire and that you
liked it.
We are
pleased with the way this movie turned out because we didn’t really set out to
do anything spectacular or tremendous – we just wanted to do a nice
honest film dealing with a problem which is becoming increasingly serious every
year. I’m glad that you agree that we treated it well.
I don’t
know just what the next picture is going to be. We are reading some scripts and
may find something soon that will prove interesting - I hope so.
Again,
Pat, my thanks for your letter and all good personal best wishes.
Believe me to be your friend.
Best
regards,
Bing
July 17, Wednesday. Records
songs for radio use with Buddy Cole and his trio at the CBS Studios in
Hollywood. Elsewhere, in Santa Monica, Inger Stevens obtains a divorce from her husband Anthony Soglio.
July 24, Wednesday. Writes to Kathryn Grant and falsely says that he needs her deposition in a law suit. Bing and Kathryn subsequently speak on the phone and then she departs for Spain to film The 7th Voyage of Sinbad.
July 30, Tuesday. Bing, Phil Harris and Ed Crowley leave the Sheraton Palace Hotel in San Francisco and fly with United Air Lines to Seattle-Tacoma airport.
August 1, Thursday. In
Seattle, Bing is given the keys of the city. He stays at the Washington Hotel.
August 2, Friday. Dines out
with Phil Harris at a restaurant in Seattle. During his stay in Seattle, Bing
discovers a singer called Pat Suzuki.
The summer of ‘57 was the time the voice of Pat Suzuki
happened to me ... As some of you more faithful may know,
the State of Washington and its environs is my old bailiwick. I was wayfaring
through the fairways, side streets and seasides of Seattle
when I was touted
on to an off-beat bistro known as Norm Bobrow’s
Colony.
Halfway between the chatter and chateaubriand, the
lights dimmed in their traditional theatrical fashion, the pianist played an
arpeggio and a voice came zooming out of a half-pint gamin like the great
locomotive chase. It roared up the trestle splashing its decibels against the
walls—and I surrendered. I was surrounded. That voice had its own stereophonic
sound.
It was on my third visit to the night world of Pat
Suzuki that Miss Pony-Tail, after her show, trotted over to my table and asked
me what Bing Crosby would say to all this. Bing would say:
“There’s a girl up in Seattle named Pat Suzuki, sings
anything from jazz to light opera, Great bet for the big time. I really mean
that.”
This was quoted in the newspapers.
Recently I was asked permission to reprint this
statement for the Notes on her first album. Not only would I give permission
but if they wished I would write the Notes. It’s a pleasure to recommend Pat
Suzuki to the world.
I’m not strong for the large hysteric, the broad bravura.
Just say, “The summer of ‘57 was the time the voice of Pat Suzuki happened to
me.”
May this be the time Pat Suzuki happens to you.
(Bing’s liner notes for the VIK album “The Many Sides
of Pat Suzuki”)
August 3, Saturday. Takes part in the grand parade at the Seafarers Carnival in Seattle with Phil Harris. Later, flies to Vancouver, British Columbia and at around 5:30 p.m., leaves Vancouver on the yacht “Polaris” for a fishing trip to Rivers Inlet with George Rosenberg (his agent), Phil Harris, and William “Buster” Collier (a former silent-screen actor). They put up for the night at Pender Harbour in British Columbia.
August 4, Sunday. Fishing at Point Alexander.
August 5, Monday. The Polaris sails across Queen Charlotte Sound and then up Rivers Inlet to Kildala Bay. During the next few days, so many salmon are caught that there is no room in the freezer to store them. They decide to sail down to Goose Bay to have the fish canned.
August 6, Tuesday. (7:00-7:30 pm.) Bing is the guest on the CBC-TV program "Almanac". No doubt recorded before setting off on the fishing trip.
For a study in
relaxation, what more natural example than Bing Crosby wandering in from a
Vancouver rain with a slouched hat perched on his head, and moving easily into
an impromptu CBC television interview?
(John de Wolf, The Province, August 8, 1957)
August (undated). Over the next few days, the Polaris sails to Bella Bella, stopping the night at Safety Cove. They continue to Galchuck. Subsequently they return to Goose Bay via Bella Bella to pick up their fish. Bing sings for the cannery workers. The next day, the Polaris sails to Draney Inlet in British Columbia. They hike to Allard Lake to fish for trout. Bing keeps a log of the trip.
We
left Vancouver on the yacht Polaris about
5:30, the evening of August 3rd. Aboard were George Rosenberg, Phil Harris, Bus
Collier, and myself.
We
sailed about five or six hours that evening, putting up for the night at Pender
Harbor. After making a few purchases and getting off some postcards, we
continued on up the straits to Point Alexander, where we dropped hook about
10:30. It was so foggy the last couple of hours that it was necessary to proceed
slowly and sound the siren intermittently.
The
next morning we were off early for the jump across Queen Charlotte Sound, and thence
on up the Rivers Inlet to Kildala Bay. We arrived there about 3:30 or 4 o’clock,
immediately got the boats down and the fishing gear out, and it wasn’t long
before we were after king salmon. I went out with Captain MacDonald’s son
Jerry, and caught a 56-pounder that gave such a nice fight it took me 55
minutes to boat him.
The rain
stopped on the 6th. and the next morning the fishing really
improved. I left about 6:30, and was back at 10:30 with a limit of kings—the
largest being 55 and a half pounds. I used cut herring exclusively for bait,
trolling slow and letting the herring out 80 to 100 feet on one line, and just
short of that on the other, using an ounce and a half of lead on one line, and
two and a half on the other. It didn’t seem to make any difference: the fish
hit both with the same alacrity. We had lots of other strikes, and lost several
giants that broke the gear.
The other
boats did equally well, so we had an over-abundance of booty to weigh and clean
that night. Buster Collier’s 67-pounder won the blue ribbon. He said that it
gave him a prodigious battle, and cost him an hour and some change to boat it.
We
kept one of the smaller salmon for fresh steaks. Since we had room for only two
of the others in the deep freeze, we filleted the rest and salted them down.
When we get back to Seattle they can be smoked and shipped to California.
It
was quite a spectacle with the big knife flashing in the sun, and the huge red
chunks of lovely salmon coming off in beautiful steaks. “I wonder what Romanoff
would pay to have this going on in his window,” Phil Harris mused,
The
next day the fishing was equally good, with all the action taking place across
the bay from Kildala, between the old broken-down cannery and the fish boundary
mark. Once the three boats from the Polaris
were hooked up simultaneously, and all within a quarter of a mile of each
other.
On
this morning I hooked a 62-pounder, my biggest catch of the trip. He acted
strangely at first, striking rather tentatively, and not making much of an opening
run. I thought he must be a tiny fish, and for the first 10 minutes I was wondering
how to get rid of him. Then he made a couple of mild runs and sounded. Finally
I pulled him in close to where he could see the boat, and then he really took
off on some spectacular runs and two or three great leaps that had my heart in
my mouth for fear he would shake the hook. A couple of times he had almost all
my line off the spool before the boatman could turn around and chase him, enabling
me to pick up the slack. It took an hour and five minutes to net him.
By 11:30
everyone was back on the Polaris,
where we had a big lunch and took pictures. Since we had no more barrels in
which to salt the salmon, and no more room in the deep freeze, we decided to
sail down to Goose Bay and have them canned. The manager of the plant put the
fish on ice, and told us we could pick them up in a couple of days.
We
then went up to Bella Bella, stopping for the night at Safety Cove.
The
next afternoon we fished for cohos at Galchuck, but they were too deep. It was necessary
to use so much lead to get down to them that as sport fishing it left something
to be desired.
We
returned to Bella Bella, and thence to Goose Bay to pick up our fish. The
cannery workers greeted us at the dock. They were a pleasant mixture of young
Chinese, Japanese, and Canadians, mostly students working at summer jobs. I
sang for them before we turned in.
The
next morning, we went up to Draney Inlet. The entrance must be made at slack
tide because of the heavy surf which roars from it into Rivers Inlet. We got
through all right, and after an hour’s run were up at the top of the Inlet,
arriving about 10 o’clock. We lowered the small boats, ran up the river as far
as we could go, and then packed a lunch and our trout gear to Allard Lake. It
was about a 45-minute hike, straight uphill over a trail almost obliterated by fallen
trees and giant boulders, a trek that I wouldn’t care to attempt with a heavy
pack.
We
found an old boat, which someone had constructed after hauling the planks over the
hill and putting them together on the beach. Since it was the only thing to
stand on—the banks being too precipitous—we bailed it out, calked it as best we
could, and fished from it with spinners and flies. It was overcrowded, and we
had to bail constantly to keep it afloat.
The
rain fell hard all afternoon, but in spite of sundry vicissitudes it was the
best trout fishing I’ve ever experienced. We caught 76 fish in two-and-a-half
hours, using only one rod at a time while everyone bailed. The trout were all
native cutthroats, weighing up to two pounds.
It is
a beautiful body of water about a mile long, and I’d certainly like to return
in a good boat with a kicker on the back, though it might be difficult to find
a suitable campsite because of the steep banks.
(Bing Crosby, as outlined
in Kathryn Crosby’s book, My Life With
Bing, pages 93-95)
August 16, Friday. The Crosby party is at Victoria on Vancouver Island before going on to Port Townsend, Washington where they clear Customs en route for Seattle.
August 22, Thursday. Bing and
Phil Harris are in Seattle where they see the Patterson versus Rademacher
fight at Sick's Stadium as part of a crowd of 16,691. Patterson knocks out Rademacher in the sixth round. Bing’s film Man on
Fire has its New York premiere.
Bing Crosby, who made an impact as the alcoholic
actor in The Country Girl, again demonstrates his ability as a straight
dramatic performer. As a doting father embroiled in a harsh custody battle with
his ex-wife, he gives an appealing and sensitive performance. . . Since this type
of fiction has a ready-made distaff audience, indications are that Man on
Fire should be particularly appealing to women.
(Variety, June 5, 1957)
BING CROSBY has bravely undertaken a
difficult and unattractive role in “Man on Fire,” a non-musical drama, which
came to Loew’s State yesterday. It is that of a stubborn, self-pitying father
who tries to monopolize his young son and prevent him from spending time with
his mother, from whom the father is divorced.
Naturally, such a fellow is bound to
repel sympathy, especially when the mother is shown as reasonable, respectable
and sincere. Even though buttressed by the evident undivided devotion of the
son, such an attitude by a father cannot help but look selfish and unjust. And
so it took quite a bit of courage for Mr. Crosby to expose himself in this
role. The fact that he did so is a credit to his belief in the idea of the
film.
For this is an honest, sensitive
effort to show the grief that may come from a broken home and from the
obstinacy of a divorced parent who doesn’t want to share the love of a severed
child. It is a worthwhile and often sad exposure of what may happen to the
emotions of parents and child when one parent acts immaturely. It hits a
problem that can profitably be shown.
And it hits it in a fair and
forthright fashion. Ranald MacDougall, who wrote the script (from a story by
Malvin Wald and Jack Jacobs) and also directed the film, has gone at it with
the intelligence of a sociologist. He has set up a likely situation between a
man and his ex-wife who has technically relinquished their son to him so she
can be free to marry another man. He has credibly demonstrated the integrity
and the claim of this ex-wife, and he has fitly brought the parents together in
a judge’s chambers for a heart-rending custody argument.
Though the decision of the woman judge
in this instance may strike one as oddly severe, it is not an implausible
decision and it leads to the sharpest scene in the film—a clash between the
parents at an airport when the father tries to kidnap the son. This gives an
ugly, shameful look-in on one of those gross, undignified affairs in which
adults fight over a child in public. It is truly and shatteringly staged.
Without disparagement to the picture,
it must, in all fairness, be said that Mr. MacDougall has limited his drama to
the problem of one parent’s obstinacy. All other matters seem in balance: the
ex-wife is patient and fair; the child is uncomplicated, and the ex-wife’s new
husband is understanding and wise. There is even a pretty woman lawyer who is
yearning to lavish love on the stubborn and unrelenting father. Only he is the
cause of chagrin.
Fortunately, Mr. Crosby plays the role
in such a way that it is easy to recognize the self-indulgence and even the
childishness of the man. Without restraint, he actually makes a method of
annoyance out of his customary glibness and charm. Except that his reformation
is a little too pat and rosy-hued, he does a first-rate job of showing the
emotional pattern of the father in this film.
As the mother, Mary Fickett is also
solid and credible, handling herself with real distinction in a rather tightly
written role. Richard Eastham is good as her new husband—a little pompous,
perhaps, but good; Malcolm Brodrick is affecting as the youngster and Anne
Seymour is fine as the hard-put judge. Inger Stevens is quite pretty and
pleasant as the young lady who inexplicably loves the man, and E. G. Marshall
is ruggedly aggressive as her lawyer boss.
Sol C. Siegel was the producer for
Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer. He has shown you can still bring out a good film in a
conventional screen size and black-and-white.
(Bosley Crowther, The New York Times,
August 23, 1957)
Dramatic, tear-jerking film starring Bing Crosby,
as a man embittered by his wife’s divorce and remarriage, and who is now
determined to keep their son from her and fights fiercely the court’s order
that the mother should have custody. Excellently acted by the whole cast and
especially by Inger Stevens, the delightful, intelligent girl who helps to soften
him and with whom he eventually finds happiness.
(Picture Show)
There’s a story behind the music behind the credits
of Man On Fire. This is the title of the forthcoming
(Picturegoer, September 14, 1957)
Bing’s venture into heavy drama without a song was
received with generally hearty applause and high praise. It was a strange
change of pace for Crosby. No one would have thought of him willing to subject
himself to the central role of a plot involving divorce. But yet he played the
wronged, divorced husband who was keeping his son, Malcolm Brodrick, and
letting his wife, Mary Fickett, go.
It may not have been
one of the best pictures made that year, but it certainly touched a terrible,
sensitive spot in contemporary society—the child, the divorce, the
contenders. And it did so with sense and sensitivity.
(The Fabulous Life of Bing Crosby, page 163)
August 23, Friday,
Bing visits the Puget Sound Naval Shipyard in Bremerton, Washington.
The visit came about following Bing meeting a talented singer named
Marcia Hunter (Miss Bremerton, aged 17). He lunches with the Hunter
family and they all board the USS Bremerton for a short visit.
August 26, Monday. Press
reports indicate that songs by Rosemary Clooney and Bing, chitchat by Arthur
Godfrey and news by Edward R. Murrow are among the staples in the package of
radio programs on CBS to be sponsored by the Ford division of the Ford Motor
Company. The Ford sponsorship is for a total of $3.5 million. Bing and
Rosemary’s shows are to be of five-minute duration and they will alternate with
each other on Mondays to Fridays at 7:30 a.m., on Saturdays at 5:00 and 5:55
p.m., and Sundays at 12:55, 2:30, 4:30 and 5:55 p.m.
September 2, Monday. The daily Ford
Road Shows commence on CBS radio. In the 5-minute programs,
Bing sings one or two songs in each. The shows continue until August 31, 1958,
and use songs from a library of musical items recorded with Buddy Cole and his
Trio.
September 10, Tuesday.
Plays in the Doten Sports Invitational at Orinda, near Berkeley, with
Don Doten. Their team has a 61 with Bing having a 79. Harvie Ward and Dennis Crosby also play in the competition.
September 19, Thursday. Disposes of his interest in radio station KFEQ, St. Joseph, Missouri. The distribution of Dixie Crosby's estate is approved.
Distribution
of $614,934 remaining in the California estate of Dixie Lee Crosby after
payment of taxes, administrative expenses and other obligations was approved
yesterday by Superior Judge Harold W. Schweitzer.
Mrs.
Crosby, 40, Bing’s wife and once an actress and singer in her own right, died
Nov. 1, 1952. Her will, disposing of her separate property and her interest in
community assets, left her share in a $125,000 North Hollywood home and a $100,000
house at Pebble Beach to her husband.
Crosby
was also left her interest in a third house at Hayden Lake, Ida., but this and
other out-of-State assets were not subject to California probate proceedings.
Two-fifths
of the remainder went into trust to provide incomes for Crosby, his mother,
Mrs. Catherine Crosby, and Mrs. Dixie Crosby’s father, Evan E, Wyatt.
Three-fifths was earmarked for another trust for Mrs. Dixie Crosby’s four sons,
Gary, 24; Phillip and Dennis, 23, twins, and Lindsay, 19.
The
final account submitted by Atty. John O’Melveny, executor and trustee, showed
that the California estate plus $300,000 brought in through liquidation of
assets elsewhere originally totalled $2,071, 419.
Disbursements,
the account indicated, totalled $1,434,526, including personal effects worth
$21,959 previously distributed to Crosby. The account said other major items of
outlay included $738,437 Federal estate taxes, $42,148 California inheritance taxes
and a $410,262 balance on a bank loan made to Mrs. Dixie Crosby.
The
court allowed the executor $31,593 ordinary and extraordinary compensation and
a like sum to his attorneys.
(The Los Angeles Times, September 20,
1957)
September 22, Sunday. Bing flies
in to San Francisco International Airport and then plays golf at Meadow Club
Golf Course, Fairfax, Marin County, California, in a benefit for the American
Field Service Exchange Program. He tees off around 1 p.m. and is partnered by
Art Bell against Harvie Ward and local pro Bob Moore.
September 27, Friday. Bing is at Pebble Beach and watches play in the California Amateur Golf Championship.
October 2, Wednesday. Kathryn
Grant, who returned from Spain on September 22, receives a letter from Bing and
she replies saying that she will not see him.
Dear
Kathryn,
Mr.
Dahlgren has negotiated a satisfactory settlement of the lawsuit, and as a result
it will not be necessary to bother you further. I was quite affected by your
willingness to help since I rather thought you would say no, and rightfully
too. I should have recalled the other times when you demonstrated your
loyalty—the hospital visits, the matter we discussed on the beach—but I’m stupid.
I must be or I wouldn’t have lost you.
It seems
a long time since I saw you last, but you are in my thoughts everyday. I've
been all over the country these past months, met many people, done lots of
things, but I can’t forget you.
I’m
coming to L.A. in a few days and would give anything to see you and hear about your
work, your life and times. Won’t you drop me a note at 594 Mapleton and tell me
I can phone. I miss you so much. So write, even if just to say no.
Yours, Bing.
October 8, Tuesday. Kathryn receives another letter from Bing seeking a meeting. She does not reply.
Dear Kathryn,
please tell me why if you love me you won’t see me. Honestly, I’m miserable and
have been for months. I promise not to be importunate or create any
complications.
Love, Bing
October 9, Wednesday. At the
Goldwyn Studios, Bing films the Frank Sinatra Christmas television show, which
is directed by Sinatra and is broadcast by ABC-TV in black and white on
December 20. A version is filmed in color for possible use in movie theaters as
a starter feature but does not see the light of day until December 2001!
If present plans mature, half-hour telepix filmed last week by Frank Sinatra for his ABC-TV show, guestarring Bing Crosby, will be distributed theatrically,
(Variety,
October 16, 1957)
October 10, Thursday. Bing
writes to Crosby fan Stan White in England.
Thanks
for your recent letter. Provided me with a great deal of
information about things on the musical scene over there. I’m sure you
must have liked the Jack Teagarden Earl Hines All Stars. I saw a great deal of
Earl in San Francisco just before he left. He has a wonderful group there in
San Francisco, featuring Muggsy Spanier,
with Ralph Sutton on the piano. I consider Sutton the finest - at least for my
taste.
From
what you say about forthcoming releases in England, I am certainly going to be
a little over-exposed. Seems to me they would be wiser to stagger these
releases a little and thus get a better coverage, but of course they’re all
with different labels, so I suppose there’s no real effective way to establish
any control.
I’ll
try and have someone in my office do a little exploratory work and see what
they can find out about the organ records you mention. My memory is so bad, and becoming worse with increasing age, that I am
completely unable to come up with anything. I hope my secretary can.
Just
came to Hollywood to do a few things for television. Nothing very spectacular
or significant - just a couple of chores that I’d obligated myself
to do. I’ve been away almost constantly since spring - mostly up in the Pacific
Northwest and Canada, fishing and golfing, etc.
I
appreciate very much your continued interest in the Glenn Miller search. Hope
something results, but I certainly don’t want you to spend too much time on
what may be, after all, a futile effort. All good wishes –
As
ever, Bing
October 13, Sunday. (5:00–6:00
p.m.) Bing hosts The Edsel Show, a live television program (for the East
Coast) on CBS with Frank Sinatra, Louis Armstrong, Rosemary Clooney, Lindsay
Crosby, and The Four Preps. Seymour Berns is the director, Bill Morrow is the
producer-writer and Toots Camarata is the musical director. Buddy Cole is
responsible for musical supervision, and John Scott Trotter does some of the
arrangements. Bing arranges for the program to be “produced” by Gonzaga
University so that the profits (estimated at $250,000) can go to them in a tax
efficient way. The program wins the Look magazine TV Award for “Best
Musical Show, 1957” and is nominated for an Emmy as the “Best Single Program of
the Year”. It has a Trendex rating of 40.8. (A Trendex rating represents the
percentage of TV homes in fifteen major cities, including New York, that are
tuned to the program specified. Trendex telephones 1000 homes during each half
hour period.)
The Edsel Show originated at CBS
Television City for a live broadcast to the East Coast, but was “tape delayed”
for re-broadcast 3 hours later in the Pacific Time Zone. A “backup” kinescope
had been recorded and was played backed simultaneously with the VideoTape in
the event that the new technology failed.
The Edsel Show, a special kick-off for Ford’s new
line of cars on tv, was a smooth, fast ride all the way. In fact, without even
seeming to try, it shaped up as one of video’s top musical offerings, in the
same class as the Mary Martin-Ethel Merman layout several years ago, on the
‘Ford Jubilee’ show.
This time, it was the tandem of Bing
Crosby and Frank Sinatra, two savvy pros who were at the top of their form. For
Crosby, it was his best tv showing to date and for those who remember live
radio way back when, Der Bingle generated the same easy charm that was
responsible for his long-time run on the AM kilocycles. Sinatra, likewise,
displayed a finesse and a sureness that bespeaks his multi-faceted showbiz
experience. In addition, the one-hour stanza showcased, among others, another
veteran performer, Louis Armstrong, in some nifty routines.
But basically, it was Crosby and
Sinatra, in a freewheeling songalog and an informal script that never got in
the way of the singing. Working solo, duo and trio (with Rosemary Clooney),
they covered several dozen songs, most of them in quickie versions. In the
biggest production of a show that was marked with a minimum of production
frills, Crosby and Sinatra did a song ‘take-off’ on ‘Around The World In 80 Days’,
winding up with Bob Hope entering for a short routine on ‘We’re Off On The Road
To Morocco’
Crosby’s number with Armstrong and his
combo on ‘Now You Has Jazz’ was a crackerjack getaway. Satchmo returned again
for a nifty rundown of ‘The Birth of the Blues’ with Sinatra. Miss Clooney had
one solo slot on a show ballad midway in the show, while Lindsay Crosby, son of
Bing, delivered, ‘In the Middle of an Island’, in fair style, with backing from
the Four Preps. In the hoofing division, Mr. Conn & Mr. Mann, two slick
tapsters were on and off fast.
For the final quarter-hour, Crosby,
Sinatra and Miss Clooney joined in a clever medley of romantic oldies. As with
the rest of the show, this routine was handled with a breezy comedic touch that
didn’t strain for laughs.
The new Edsel cars were effectively
plugged via some film clips and some asides from Crosby and Sinatra. The latter
also appeared to slide in a plug for his upcoming show for Chesterfield on the
TV network.
(Variety, October 16, 1957)
If the Edsel Division had nothing else to look
forward to, it could anticipate with some satisfaction the approaching
television show with Bing Crosby. The efficient crooner had not procrastinated
in selecting his co-stars and, in a few days after his signing, announced that
his old radio sidekick, Rosemary Clooney, had agreed to appear with him, as had
Louis “Satchmo” Armstrong. Further, he said, Frank Sinatra had agreed to
“share” some songs and comedy with him. Sinatra and Armstrong had long been two
of Crosby’s favorite entertainers.
Later, during rehearsals at the CBS
Studios in Hollywood, Crosby told how he got Sinatra to sign on the show. It
would be the first in only a very few times the two “crooners” with
generation-apart audiences, would appear together, and the anticipation of such
an event was the subject of much discussion in the trade.
Crosby said that he was lunching at
the Brown Derby shortly after signing to do the Edsel show when he spotted
Sinatra at another table. “I waved to him and he waved back. He
completed lunch before I did and stopped at my table on his way out. He had
read Variety and knew about the Edsel show and said something to me
about it being a great showcase for newcomers, since most of the money is going
to Gonzaga.”
Crosby laughed as he relaxed in the
rehearsal theatre 15 rows from the stage. Crosby said it occurred to him that
perhaps he could entice Sinatra to perform for nothing if he, in turn, would
agree to appear on one of Sinatra’s specials at some future date. “I propositioned
Frank, and right there, over a demitasse, we shook hands,” he explained.
(Crosby promptly repaid Sinatra by appearing on the latter’s Christmas
show.) Undoubtedly, Crosby got many of his guests at reduced prices
just for the opportunity to be on his first TV show.
But while Crosby was in a position to
play “tit for tat” with Sinatra, he did not seek that kind of an understanding
for another aspiring entertainer to whom, Crosby admitted, he paid “five thou”
for a three-minute act, and not a very good act, either.
It would be called nepotism anywhere
else, but in the mid-fifties, Crosby was simply being a loving father. For the
entertainer Crosby hired was his youngest son, Lindsay, who stumbled through a
forgettable number called, “In the Middle of an Island” which, mercifully, was
never heard again.
Each of the four principal artists was
offered an Edsel to drive for several weeks prior to the show, and both Ms.
Clooney and Crosby accepted, although I never saw Crosby drive his.
Crosby was at the top of his singing
career, albeit not a television star as yet, when he did the Edsel show. He had
starred in nearly 50 movies, including six “Road” pictures with Bob Hope, and
had won an Academy Award for his role of the priest in Going My Way. It
was no surprise then that his first TV effort became the second highest rated
show of the year. Fifty-three million viewers watched the show, more than the
combined total that watched Pinocchio, starring Mickey Rooney, and
Standard Oil’s 75th Anniversary Show with several stars of stage, screen
and television, both of which were telecast the same Sunday night.
Crosby was a perfectionist and came to
the first-day rehearsals with his lines solidly memorized. When he was not on
stage, he sat in the theater, seemingly relaxed, but always with an eye on the
action. Sinatra lost no time in learning his lines, either, as well as the
lines of everyone who appeared in his scenes, but Rosemary Clooney seemed awed
by the company she was keeping and broke up at some of the one-liners the two
male singers tossed at each other. Louis Armstrong was a basket case, unable to
remember his lines and seemingly unable to respond to cues. He failed so many
times during rehearsal to come on stage on cue that his number was pre-recorded.
During the telecast (live to the East
and Midwest) a surprised Sinatra found himself holding a one-man conversation
with Armstrong, reciting first his own line, then helping the nervous trumpet
player remember his. To those who had attended the rehearsals, the exchange was
hilarious.
The show was a slick, professional
piece of work produced and written by Bill Morrow. Even when the sparkling
lines were garbled, as they were with Armstrong and Sinatra, they came off with
spontaneity. Played in front of CBS prop room scenery (nothing new was
constructed), the playing costs to the producer, Gonzaga University, were less
than $100,000.
As soon as the performance ended, we
threw a celebration party at Chasen’s, and with an exuberance usually shown by
a first-time sponsor, we invited the entire cast to attend. Virtually everyone
showed up, with the notable exception of Sinatra and Bob Hope, who made a very
brief and surprise cameo appearance in the show. Sinatra, who had brought
Lauren Bacall to the performance, apologized and said he had a previous
engagement. Hope was off right after the show on another personal appearance.
All of the other principals showed. Crosby brought his date of the evening,
Inger Stevens, a beautiful Swedish girl who had just made her American debut in
Man on Fire, an undistinguished film with der Bingle.
Much to everyone’s surprise, Crosby
arrived at the party sans toupee. Benson Ford was so shocked by the sight of
the bald-headed singer that he asked me if I would ask Bing to pose with him.
When I told Crosby of Ford’s request, the gracious artist laughingly agreed,
but only on one condition: “Providing you keep the prints locked up
someplace and see that the negatives are destroyed. I don’t want to see a
picture of me and Ben in one of your company publications,” he warned.
The Edsel Show was telecast live to
New York and the Midwest, then kinescoped to the West Coast three hours later.
I figured this might give us time to get the New York Times
review of the show before it ended in California. So we set up two of three TV
sets at Chasen’s and invited everyone to remain for the re-broadcast.
John Sattler had made arrangements for
the review to be read to me from the Times city room at 11:30 PM,
The television show may well have been
the only real success Edsel ever had. Several months later, I received a
kinescope of The Edsel Show, a gift from the singer. I had not asked for
it, nor had Crosby offered it to me. The film came as a complete surprise, with
a note that said simply, “Thanks, Bing.”
(C. Gayle Warnock, former Public Relations Director
for Ford, writing in his book, The Edsel Affair . . . What Went Wrong?)
“Frank’s gonna blow it,” Bing said to
me. “He’s gonna blow it, and you and I are gonna have to bail him out.”
Bing and I were rehearsing for a Ford
television special to air on October 13, 1957; Frank hadn’t bothered to show
up. There was a difficult chord change in a medley we were doing, and we knew
that if he didn’t rehearse with us, he wouldn’t get it. I loved doing that
show. Sinatra smoked a cigarette while he sang “Birth of the Blues” with Louis
Armstrong and his jazzmen. Bob Hope sang the song from “Road to Morocco” with
Bing: Like Webster’s dictionary, we‘re Morocco-bound! Then Bing
and Frank and I did our long medley - maybe fifteen minutes - with me standing
in the middle. When Frank started in with “Blues in the Night” [sic] a
cappella, it sounded fine for about a bar, until the band came in with a chord
in a totally different key. Bing had been right - Frank blew it. But it didn’t
matter, because Frank shrugged and laughed at himself - “The note’s somewhere
in there” — and the audience loved it. Bing and I just looked at one another.
The Voice could get away with anything.
It was a terrific show for me and,
apparently, for the viewers: Look magazine gave it their Best Musical
Show award. The sponsor didn’t do so well, though. The show was built around
the newest Ford offering, the 1958 Edsel. The only Edsel I ever saw was the one
they gave me to drive while I was rehearsing. I came out of the CBS Building,
up those little steps to the street where my purple Edsel was waiting, like the
Normandie in dry dock. Mr. Ford was right behind me, heading for his
Edsel. I opened the door of my car and the handle came off. I turned to him,
holding it out to him. “About your car...”
(Rosemary Clooney, writing in her book Girl
Singer—An Autobiography)
The
next day I received a note.
“Dear
Kathryn.
I
know I am a louse, but you could be a friend and answer my last letter. I only
want to see you for a brief chat, I’ve been punished quite enough I should
think. I don’t want to complicate your currently well-ordered life, but I just
must you. Please! Bing.”
The
same day in The Hollywood Reporter Army Archerd observed, “Bing Crosby and George
Rosenberg sky into Spokane November 3 for the Crosby Library dedication.
Reminds us, watching the Edsel spec last Sunday, Kathy Grant’s beautiful eyes
filled with tears when Bing bounced on.”
Two
days later that little clipping arrived from Beverly Hills with Bing’s card: “An
apocryphal item, I’m sure, but being eager to believe it, I’m to send one more appeal
to you. I’m going to the Springs tomorrow to open up the new house, but I’ll be
back Sunday, and I’d love to find a note here saying that you would see me.
What I have to say will take only five minutes. I can’t sleep, I can’t do anything
until I have told you what I want to say. Please do this for me. Bing.”
(Kathryn
Crosby, My Life With Bing, page 99)
October 22, Tuesday. After
writing to Kathryn Grant several times without reply, Bing writes again:
Dearest Kathryn,
I guess this will be my last letter since you won’t
see me. I do feel I should tell you what I want to say. I want to marry you—any
time, any place you wish. I really feel this proposal deserves a personal
response, and, as I’m supposed to return to the Springs tomorrow, won’t you
please call me this evening at Crestview 55633? This is the very last thing
I’ll ask of you.
Love, Bing
(as reproduced in My Life with Bing, page
99)
October 23, Wednesday.
Following negotiations by telephone through Kathryn’s aunt, Mary Banks, it is
agreed that Bing and Kathryn will meet in Las Vegas to get married. Bing and
Leo Lynn book into the Sands while Kathryn and her aunt go to the Desert Inn.
October 24, Thursday. At 8:00
a.m., Leo Lynn picks up Kathryn at the Desert Inn and drives her and her Aunt
Mary to the parking lot at the Sands where she meets Bing. They travel to the
County Clark courthouse together to obtain a marriage license that Bing signs
as “Harry L. Crosby” and gives his date of birth as May 2, 1904. They then
drive on to St. Anne’s Church where they are married by the Rt. Rev. John J.
Ryan in the presence of Leo Lynn and Mrs. Guilbert Banks (Aunt Mary).
There, for the first time in many months, he kissed
me on the lips. It was a small kiss, but at last I was free to hug him. Feeling
his shoulders shaking, I backed away and saw his eyes were full of tears.
Instinctively I clutched him again and turned so no one else could see.
(Kathryn Crosby, writing in My Life with Bing,
page 107)
After a wedding
breakfast at the Sands, they fly to Palm Springs where they are met by the
mayor and a band playing “Here Comes the Bride,” before driving to Bing’s new
home at Palm Desert, which it is said that Inger Stevens has been helping to
furnish.
Palm
Springs, Calif. (AP). Bing Crosby, 53, and his new bride; actress Kathryn Grant,
23, are honeymooning near here at the singer’s palatial ranch.
The
couple arrived by plane yesterday after a surprise marriage in Las Vegas, Nev. The
45-minute ceremony was performed by Msgr. John J. Ryan.
The
wedding party drove to the Sands hotel for a post-wedding breakfast. A reporter
addressed the bright-eyed bride as “Mrs. Crosby.”
“Mrs.
Crosby,” she sighed. “Say that again."
A
scattering of fans met the Crosbys when their plane landed here. Bing seemed slightly
nervous when friends and strangers pushed forward to offer congratulations. The
bride stood modestly aside.
Asked
how she felt she replied: “Wonderful. Don't I look it.”
Crosby
told newsmen he had never seen the new desert mansion to which he was taking
his bride.
The
singer indicated the honeymoon will be short.
“I’ve
got to get back to Hollywood to tape a radio show on Monday,” he said.
Asked
whether now, as the wife of one of the entertainment world’s wealthiest figures,
she intends to continue her acting career, Mrs. Crosby said: “That’s up to my
husband.”
“She
can do anything she wants,” said Bing, pecking her on the cheek.
In
Hollywood. Bing‘s brother, Bob, commented that “he needed something like this.
Bing was a very lonely man.”
Bing
didn’t tell his four sons or the rest of his family about his wedding plans.
Kathy,
a vivacious girl with a degree in fine arts from the University of Texas, has
been Bing's most serious romance since the death of his first wife, Dixie Lee, in
November of 1952.
She
had bit parts in six pictures.
(The Waukesha County Freeman, October 25,
1957)
… The wedding took even their friends and family by
surprise, but Bing airily seemed to wonder what the fuss was all about.
“We’ve been going together for four years,” he told the
Associated Press during a post-wedding breakfast at the Sands Hotel.
But wasn’t the romance broken off a year ago?
“Ostensibly it was, but that was only so we could sit
back and think things over,” he replied. “I’ve been sold on the idea for a long
time. It was a matter of selling Kathy on it. We decided to go ahead in the
last week.”
Bing didn’t let any of his family except his mother in
on his plans… “I called my mother this morning to tell her I was going to the
church,” Bing said later. The boys (his four sons) don’t know about it yet. I’m
going to call them now. Three of them are in Los Angeles and Gary is in
Germany.”
Kathy’s mother, Mrs. D. E. Grandstaff, a West Columbia,
Tex. schoolteacher, at first said she “was stunned by the whole thing. I don’t
know anything about it. I have not heard from Kathy, and so far as I know, she
has not even seen Mr. Crosby in several months.”
“He seems like a nice fellow, and as long as Kathy is
happy we are happy too,” she said.
Later in the day Mrs. Grandstaff said her daughter and
Crosby had telephoned her after the wedding.
(Bob Thomas, Associated Press, October 24, 1957)
Ford Ord, Calif., Oct. 24 (UP) —Army Private Lindsay
Crosby, youngest son of singer Crosby, said today that news of his father’s
marriage to Kathy Grant was “the surprise of the year to him.” Young Crosby
said he had not heard of the wedding until informed of it by the United Press.
“The news is the surprise of the year to me,” he said.
“I didn’t know he was dating her anymore. I guess he’s finally figured it would
be best for him to settle down.”
Asked if he was happy about the occasion, Lindsay said
he didn’t know “If I feel one way or another.”
Then he added: “This will probably be very good for him.
He needed someone like Kathy.”
The Bing Crosbys’ wedding gift from Inger Stevens was purchased at W.
& J. Sloane’s with a gift certificate which Bing had given Inger a week
ago.
(Variety, October 28, 1957)
October 27, Sunday. Kathryn
returns to Los Angeles to see Margot Fonteyn in “Swan Lake” and she then goes
alone to Bing’s home at 594 South Mapleton Drive, Holmby Hills.
October 28, Monday. Press reports suggest that Bing is thinking of selling his interest in the Pittsburgh Pirates so that he can make a further investment in the Detroit Tigers. (10 a.m. – 1 p.m.) Bing records songs with Buddy Cole & His Trio for radio use at the CBS Studio in Hollywood.
When Bing Crosby
walked into Studio C at Columbia Square in Hollywood last week to do his CBS
Radio “Road Show,” he was greeted by the strains of Mendelssohn’s “Recessional.”
It was a warm gesture offered by Buddy Cole and his trio in their best cool
jazz style. Their greeting was in tribute, of course, to Bing’s surprise
marriage on Oct. 24 to actress Kathy Grant. It was the first time any of the musicians
had a chance to congratulate The Groaner since his wedding in Las Vegas.
(Lubbock Avalanche-Journal, November 10,
1957)
October 29, Tuesday. Plans had
been made for a CBS-TV special starring Bing to be transmitted on December 11
with sponsorship from Shulton Inc and the United States Time Corporation. Press
coverage on this day indicates that Bing has canceled the program.
October
31/November 1, Thursday/Friday. Bing and Kathryn are fishing in
Northern California.
November 2, Saturday. Bing and
Kathryn at his Hayden Lake, Idaho home where they go duck hunting.
November 3, Sunday. They go to
Spokane for the dedication of the $700,000 Bing Crosby Memorial Library at
Gonzaga.
Bing Crosby of the class of ‘24, with his beaming
young bride of 23 and his twin sons beside him, formally donated a new $700,000
library Sunday to his alma mater. Crosby, dressed in the colorful academic
robes and square-topped cap of a doctor of music, stood up amid 70 gowned
professors to make the presentation at the end of an impressive ceremony and
swept away the last vestige of solemnity with his first remark: “Oh, I wish Bob
Hope could see me now.”
The crooner turned
it into that kind of an occasion and Kathy Grant, his pretty wife of 10 days,
joined heartily in the laughter with 5000 other persons who watched the outdoor
ceremony at Gonzaga University. When he turned over the library keys to the
Rev. Edmund Morton, University President, Crosby cracked, “Father Morton will
need these. He may want to get in there some night and break up a poker game.”
Crosby’s 23 year old
twin sons, Dennis and Phillip, sat one chair away from Miss Grant in the front
row and they heard their father and husband eulogized by half a dozen speakers
as a great, successful entertainer who never forgot the place where he got his
start. Crosby, 53, grew up a block away from Gonzaga, was graduated from
Gonzaga High School and spent two years at the university as a budding law
student before quitting to take a stab at show business.…
Crosby and his bride
obviously enjoyed the occasion. They stood in a receiving line in the library
lobby to shake hands with all the guests after the ceremony.....Thousands of
visitors poured through the new library after its dedication. They found a
three level building of modular construction, with an aggregate floor space of
33,464 sq. ft.
(Associated Press, November 3, 1957)
November 7,
Thursday. Bing and
Kathryn fly to San Antonio in Texas where their plane makes a brief
stop and they are interviewed and photographed by reporters. They fly
on to Houston where Bing is made an honorary citizen of Texas on his
arrival by the Governor's representative. They travel by car to
Kathryn's home town of West Columbia.
November 8,
Friday. Bing and
Kathryn’s father go duck hunting. At night, there is a wedding reception in Kathryn’s
hometown of West Columbia, Texas. There are said to be 600 people in attendance
at the event.
Crooner
Bing Crosby and his bride, the former Kathy Grant, plan to leave West Columbia
Sunday for Hollywood following a visit to Mrs. Crosby’s home town. The couple
was honored last night at a reception attended by more than 600 residents of
West Columbia.
Bing
went duck-hunting with his father-in-law, D. E. Grandstaff, former Brazoria
County Commissioner, Friday, and reportedly bagged his limit of five birds.
Bing and Kathy visited the town’s elementary school later in the day and the
crooner sang “Never Be Afraid.” The couple then went to the high school and
sang a duet, “Sometimes I’m Happy.”
(Corsicana Daily Sun, November 9, 1957)
On November 7 Bing and I traveled to West Columbia for a proper
wedding
reception. Fortunately some good
Samaritans had lured my schoolteacher mother out of our house and cleaned up the familiar mess. It wasn’t that she had anything against housekeeping, you understand. It was just that she never got around to it. The house was never lovelier, and everyone deliberately refrained from opening closets.
Bing submitted to being touched, pummeled, cajoled, and caressed. He stood in a reception line and shook hands with everyone in the county. One elderly and slightly intoxicated dignitary was so enchanted by the whole process that he marched through the line four times, eliciting a troubled look of vague recognition from the groom on his final pass.
Bing went duck hunting the next day, and loved every moment of it. “Kathryn, your dad brought down those mallards from the stratosphere, and I did pretty well for a foreigner.”
Our banker, Dooley Galloway, breathed confidentially, “Why he’s just an old shoe, Kathryn, just an old shoe, and you’re the smartest girl in West Columbia.” (i.e. the known universe)
Not one to deny the obvious, I simply asked, “Why, Dooley?”
“Because you married Bing Crosby, that’s why.”
(Kathryn Crosby, writing in
My Life with Bing, page 113)
November 9, Saturday. Bing and Kathryn go out with the Grandstaff family on the sport fishing boat 'Queen of Texas' from Freeport into the Gulf of Mexico on the Intercoastal canal, but bad weather forces them to turn back.
November 10, Sunday. Bing and Kathryn fly back to Los Angeles on a chartered plane.
November 13, Wednesday. Bing and
Kathryn return to Palm Desert.
November
(undated). Makes a number of commercials for gas appliances
including a parodied version of “Swinging on a Star”.
Bing Crosby has concluded four commercials for Lennen & Newell for sponsor American Gas Assn.
(Variety, November 24, 1957)
December 2, Monday. Bing’s album
Merry Christmas (which brings together many of his earlier
recordings of Christmas songs) enters the album charts and goes on to reach
number one. It remains in the charts for seven weeks. Elsewhere, The Cincinnati Enquirer
gives details of a Christmas album by the Bonaventura Choir that
includes Bing narrating the Christmas story. The album is released as
"The Bible Story of Christmas" by the World Library of Sacred Music.
December 10, Monday. Bing writes to Jim Merbs at the Monterey Peninsula Herald.
I have your letter of the 5th, which discusses plans you
have afoot up there for using a photograph of me in connection with your annual
full color page on the Pro-Am tournament.
Jim, the picture Sam Manning did of me turned out rather
well. I originally only wanted him to do a picture of Mrs. Crosby, but she talked
me into sitting a little bit for Sam. I’ve had the picture photographed both in
color, and black and white, and I see no real reason why we shouldn’t use this for
our color page. Let me know what you require.
I think the photographer told me that he was sending me
some transparencies in color of the portrait, which I believe is what you need
for reproduction purposes. Let me know as soon as you can if this will be sufficient,
or if you will require something else. He also took pictures in black and white.
The color transparency he showed me is about five inches by four inches, but it
is my belief that they blow these up into any size they want. Someone on your staff
would probably be able to advise you about whether or not this can be done.
Possibly, if you plan to use Sam Manning's effort, you
should call him for permission. Maybe this is not necessary, but it might be a
nice thing to do anyhow. I can’t imagine any reason why Sam would be opposed. I
am home in Beverly Hills now so you can write me here any time between now and Christmas
about this matter.
With very best good wishes to you and your staff, believe me to be – Your friend, Bing
December 12, Wednesday. Bing and
Kathryn attend Frank Sinatra’s birthday party at the Villa Capri Restaurant and
Bing sings a parody of “Everything Happens to Him” in a humorous tribute.
December 19, Thursday. Bing and
Kathryn attend the Egyptian Theater for the Hollywood premiere of the film
The Bridge on the River Kwai.
December 20, Friday. (9:00 -
9:30 p.m.) Guests on Frank Sinatra’s Christmas television show on
ABC, which is titled Happy Holidays with Bing and Frank. The show was
originally filmed in October and was directed by Frank Sinatra. Bill Morrow is
the writer, William Self is the producer and Nelson Riddle is the musical
director. Sponsors are Bulova and Chesterfield.
Bing Crosby guested on Frank Sinatra’s ABC-TV
Christmas Show, last Friday (20th) and Sinatra & Co., would have been hard
put to find a more vivid contrast with the memorable early season Edsel show.
Where the latter was vibrant, this Sinatra filmed episode was static; where the
Edsel outing was spontaneous and fresh, this was studied, pretentious and
awkward. Comparison is not really invidious, since it was the Sinatra-Crosby
teaming that made the Edsel show the great TV outing that it was. Yet, the results
on this Yule edition of the Sinatra showcase seem a summary of the failings of
the entire Sinatra series on ABC - it’s uncomfortable, Even discounting the
often sloppy production, the absence of a central theme or point of view, the
fact is that Sinatra never quite seems at his best or his easiest and the
attitude affects his guests.
Sinatra himself
directed this outing, his first directorial stint and in this regard the show
was commonplace, with Crosby and the Voice, first carolling over a home bar,
then, in old-English costume, in a street setting, then back in the too posh
setting of the Sinatra living room. The pair went through some 15 Christmas
songs, traditional and modern but neither were in their best voice and unlike
the Edsel outing, the combination wasn’t a happy one, with the harmony somewhat
forced and at times, rather strident.
Worst attribute of
the show and the facet that seems to cause the most discomfort, in the
dialogue, is Sinatra, spouting a torrent of flip expressions that, presumably,
are supposed to be sophisticated and hep but come across in a completely
affected manner. He doesn’t seem at ease and neither did Crosby who had to
suffer with the same business. It’s a case of writer, Bill Morrow, who should
know better than to try his old ‘Kraft Music Hall’ flippancies in another era
and with so completely a different type of personality as Sinatra. For all the
ABC decisions to do more live shows with Sinatra and with all the big guest
star bookings on the show, no improvement in the program or the ratings is
likely to begin until Sinatra starts acting himself. He can work all the
tension he wants into a song or even a performance but on television ya gotta
be relaxed and ya gotta be straightforward and believable or it’s murder, as
Sinatra is now experiencing it.
(Variety, December 25, 1957)
December
(undated). Bing and Kathryn hold a big party at the Holmby Hills
house that is attended by stars such as Dean Martin and Ernie Kovacs.
Mr. & Mrs. Bing Crosby entertained at the Holmby Hills manse - first time most of the Hollywood gang had been in the place to meet his family.
(Daily Variety, December 24, 1957)
The first party at the big house in Los Angeles was held at Christmas.
It juxtaposed my few friends with Bing's huge following. Amid the buffet, the Michael
Burke Singers, and many funny stories, certain potential problems reared their
ugly heads.
Bing's circle was at least a generation older than mine. And Mary Banks,
his sole contemporary from my group, spent the evening trying to convert a
bewildered Dean Martin and inebriated Ernie Kovacs to fundamentalist Christianity,
while they strove desperately to imprison their exuberant vocabularies within
the bounds of propriety.
But I was impervious to portents at that glorious moment. I was much too
busy celebrating the end of the most decisive year in the life of a diminutive
would-be actress from West Columbia to consider future problems.
(Kathryn Crosby, My Life with Bing, page 113)
December 24, Tuesday. (9:00-10:00 p.m.) A
Christmas Sing with Bing airs on CBS radio. Gary Crosby contributes a brief
message.
“Sing With Bing” is developing into a standard
Christmas eve radio offering. Aired for the third successive year last week
under the same sponsor, show once again featured a program of holiday songs
delivered by Bing Crosby from Hollywood and numerous choruses in pickups from
other points in the U.S. and the world. Taped in advance, show nevertheless
came through with the right holiday flavor. The sponsoring insurance company
told its story lightly and politely via announcer Ken Carpenter in some
half-dozen plugs. The commercial note was muted by such topical phrases as
“family security and happiness through insurance,” etc., all designed to fit in
with the mood of the holiday.
Musically, the show
had some standout numbers. Most effective was the religioso delivered by the
Vatican Choir in the Rome pickup. Another excellent number was rendered by a
Dutch children’s choir from The Hague. Other numbers featured choirs from
Minneapolis, Canada and Jerusalem in addition to one number by the insurance
company’s chorus. Windup number spotlighted Bing Crosby’s son, Gary, now a U.S.
soldier stationed in Austria, in “Silent Night” which was reprised in German by
an Austrian choir.
Crosby pere hosted
the show in his usual glib style, also delivering several numbers, including
“Joy to the World,” “White Christmas,” “Away in a Manger” and “Jingle Bells,”
with backing from the Paul Weston orch and Norman Luboff choir.
(Variety, December 31, 1957)
December 27, Friday. (9:00
a.m.–12:00 noon) Bing records “Gigi” and “Trust Your Destiny to a Star” with
Pete King and his Orchestra for Decca in Hollywood.
Gigi
DECCA 30555— The lovely title
song from the score of the forthcoming flick “Gigi” by Lerner and Loewe, is
sung with heart by the groaner. Jockeys may spin it, which could bring sales.
Trust Your
Destiny to
Your Star
This
tune is from Cole Porter’s score to the upcoming TV spectacular “Aladdin.” Crosby
gives it a fine performance. Like the flip, it can get action with jock
help.
(Billboard,
February 3, 1958)
Vic Damone also has a pleasing single on Philips
PB889*, on which he sings the title song from the film “Gigi”, the season’s big
hit. (It has a good tune, which is more than I’ll say for Mr. Damone’s other
number, the title song of the film “Separate Tables”). There is little to
choose between this “Gigi” and that offered by Bing Crosby on Bruns. 05770*,
which is much more indolent.
(The Gramophone, February, 1959)
My favorite later single is “Gigi,” This rates as a Crosby sleeper—not an important song for him, or a sample from a well-remembered album, the Lerner-Loewe movie tune amounts to just an incredibly well-sung single that beautifully closes the great years. In a stellar performance from yet another stellar Crosby era, he oozes with charm as he thanks heaven for little girls in a way that’s half-husbandly and part paternal. He so easily enunciates the differences between “warmth” and “desire” that he really makes you feel it.
(Will Friedwald, A Biographical Guide to the Great
Jazz and Pop Singers, page 128)
December 30, Monday. Bing and
Kathryn attend the wedding of Edward J. Crowley and Charlotte Askins. The
wedding party goes on to the Sheraton Town House in Los Angeles where Mr.
Crowley is the General Manager. Phil Harris and his wife, Alice Faye, are also
present.
December 31, Tuesday. Bing sends
a telegram to President Eisenhower inviting him to play in the forthcoming
Pro-Am. The President declines. Bing records “Straight Down the Middle” and
“Tomorrow’s My Lucky Day” with Buddy Cole and his Orchestra.
When a man starts singing golf numbers as if they
were romantic ballads, he is wise to announce his retirement! But both should
appeal strongly to Bing’s fans and to those who like songs that do not refer at
all to “lurve”.
(The Gramophone, June 1958)
January 1, Friday. Bing is
thought to have been at the races at Santa Anita.
January 2, Thursday. Starting
on the tenth tee at 9:04 a.m., Bing takes part in the pro-am that precedes the
Los Angeles Open at the Rancho Park Municipal Golf Course with partners Jackie
Burke, Bob Reynolds, and the tournament chairman Don Montgomery. They finish with a 65, well down the field.
January 6, Monday. Bing’s
recording of “White Christmas” again enters the charts but only reaches number
thirty-four. It remains in the charts for two weeks.
January 8, Wednesday. Has a practice round at Pebble Beach with Jackie Burke.
January 9, Thursday. Bing
and a group of business associates seek permission from the Communications
Commission to buy radio stations KFOX-AM and FM Radio in Long Beach, California
for $700,000.
January 9-12,
Thursday–Sunday.
The eighteenth Bing Crosby Pro-Am. The tournament is televised for the
first
time on CBS and expands to seventy-two holes. The purse is increased
from
$15,000 to $50,000. Billy Casper is the professional winner.
Celebrities taking
part include Johnny Weissmuller, Howard Keel, Forrest Tucker, Bob Hope,
Lindsay Crosby, Bob Crosby, Guy Madison,
Richard Arlen, Randolph Scott,
Fred MacMurray, Phil Harris and Fred Waring. On the
final day, Bing fronts an hour-long live show from 5:30 p.m. on CBS-TV
and
introduces the song “Straight Down the Middle.” Bing and Bob Hope have
an amusing interchange and Kathryn Crosby introduces a brief fashion
show segment. Peggy Lee, Phil Harris, Buddy
Lester,
and
the Buddy Cole Orchestra take part in the closing victory dinner and
clambake at the Monterey Fairground Pavilion. Bing is later said to
have
written to
several TV editors apologizing for the poor standard of the TV
broadcast. A
retired
army lieutenant named Melvin Blair attempts to rob the tournament
office at
gunpoint on the Sunday night.
Bing
Crosby, who’s been running his annual Pebble Beach (Cal.) golf tournament for
17 years now, got the finish of the four-day affair on television for the first
time on Sunday (12), complete with sponsor. Easy Laundry Appliances, a division
of Murray Corp. of America, footed the bill in its first network television
buy.
Apparently
feeling that straight golf, even with celebrities, is too specialized a field
for the mass audience, Crosby decided to jazz things up, shooting, film clips
of celebs in comedy routines, doing a filmed fashion, show and providing some
other extraneous inserts. But- the technique didn’t work, for the finished
product was something of a hodge-podge, with the live pickups of the golf
itself suffering and the added material never substantial enough to strengthen
the program. In setting out to give the audience apples and pears, Crosby and
CBS came, up with a lemon.
Actually,
there were only two filmed inserts with any substance, and they were too short.
These were the Red Skelton comedy bit and the Bob Hope-Crosby duolog. Mrs.
Crosby’s (Kathryn Grant) fashion show, on film, was short and, unimpressive,
and the other film clips seemed more of commercial lead-ins than anything else.
Meanwhile,
CBS was only able to get two cameras down on the course itself, on the 17th and
18th holes; and the pickups suffered by virtue of these limitations. None-the
less, CBS got some good shots, particularly the one where Lloyd Mangrum sent a
long putt to the rim of the 18th cup, then unsuccessfully waited a full two
minutes for a stiff sea breeze to blow it in before finally tapping it in
himself for an extra stroke. Commentary by Tom Harmon and Roy Storey was excellent.
John
Daly, who was tabbed emcee (to. Crosby’s “host”), didn’t have much to do and
appeared uncomfortable throughout
Commercials,
also filmed on the course and featuring Bob Crosby, were abominably done. But
from the sponsor’s point of view, the show with all its faults was probably a
good tv buy. Seeking to make a first-time - on - tv impact, Easy had the right
vehicle, and punching away at one particular item along, with a contest
designed to get viewers into showrooms, the sponsor probably got its point home
strongly.
(Variety, January 15, 1958)
Bing Crosby and Friends put on some sort of a show
yesterday afternoon. Ostensibly, a sports program, featuring the finals of
Bing’s tournament at Pebble Beach, it also contained attempts at entertainment.
The golf shots were confusing and meaningless, especially when every other ball
flew off into the ocean. The comedy and entertainment pieces were contrived and
superficial excepting a fairly nice slice of repartee, involving Crosby and Bob
Hope.
One rattling piece of incongruity - during a commercial spell, brother Bob
said, in effect, that no ‘plugs’ for movies or current jobs would be allowed to
come from the guest stars, due to the charity aspect of the affair. Then Bing
and Bob did a smart about-face by giving the old pitcheroo to a new Hope movie.
(Los Angeles Evening Herald Express, January
13, 1958)
The closing Crosby Clambake Show was great. It
featured the inimitable Peggy Lee, who dueted with Crosby, the Buddy Cole
Orchestra, magician Dominique, the Hal Loman Dancing Trio, the Tumbling Amin
Brothers, comedian Buddy Lester and the irrepressible Phil Harris. It was a
fitting climax.
(Harry Hayward. San Francisco Examiner, January 14, 1958)
January 16, Thursday.
In Palm Springs, Bing is photographed at his home reading the
proclamation that will install him as honorary mayor of Palm
Desert on February 4.
January 21, Tuesday. Bing competes in a pro-am golf tournament organized by Desi Arnaz at the Indian Wells Country Club, Palm Springs. Actors Randolph Scott and Forrest Tucker also take part.
January 23,
Thursday. Bing plays in the first round of the pro-member Thunderbird
Tournament in Palm Springs. His handicap is now 5. Playing with Jackie
Burke, Ray Welles and F. C. Goodwin, they are well placed with a 57.
January 24, Friday. The second round of the pro-member Thunderbird Tournament. The Crosby team has a 61 making an aggregate score of 118 but they are well out of the money, Bing writes to Maurie Luxford.
Just
a short note to tell you that I thought that everything in connection with the
tournament came off in fine style. Along with everybody else, I did feel
however that the telecast was badly done and mishandled. I believe to know to what
most of the failures can be attributed, and if we do it again, I’m sure we can
effect a complete remedy and do a real good telecast of the affair.
As
far as the tournament itself was concerned, everybody I’ve talked to is of the
opinion that it was the best we’ve had yet, and for a change, the weather was
kind.
Will
be in touch with you later. Thanks for all your good work.
As ever, Bing
January 29, Wednesday. The pro-am before the Phoenix Open takes place at the Phoenix Country Club, Arizona before a crowd of 3500. Bing plays with Mike Souchak, Phil Harris and Bob Goldwater. They have a best-ball score of 58. The winning team scored 55.
During
most of the 18-hole route, Crosby was taking ten strokes with a pen for every
stroke with a golf club. Autograph hunters besieged him from tee to green, and
movie cameras whirred incessantly.
(Dean
Smith, Arizona Republic, January 30,
1958.
February 4, Tuesday. (8:00 p.m.) Bing is installed as the honorary mayor of Palm Desert at a black-tie dinner dance for 300 at the Shadow Mountain Club. Edgar Bergen is the MC and George Kainapau sings “The Hawaiian Wedding Song” for Bing and Kathryn. As part of the entertainment, Bing sings “Straight Down the Middle.”
Palm
Desert Chamber of Commerce had its night of glory on Tuesday night when
world-famous Bing Crosby was installed as Honorary Mayor at a black tie dinner
dance at the fabulous Shadow Mountain Club. An – here’s one chamber of commerce
that has some influence with the weatherman for the rain stopped and the moon
came from behind the clouds so that arriving guests didn’t have to slosh around
through puddles of rainwater. The big club was filled to capacity with over 300
people. The men were all in black tie and, desert-style white dinner jackets in
the preponderance. That’s what Bing wore, incidentally. The women were in
beautiful gowns and it made a gala scene as much as planned except Alice Faye
Harris arrived alone as Phil couldn’t get back from Los Angeles and missed the
party. Hopalong Cassidy and his pretty wife Grace were there and were among the
first couple on the dance floor. Bing and his bride danced a few dances, too.
Edgar
Bergen emceed the show and brought forth Charlie MacCarthy to help him. An impromptu
bit that was most amusing was the Half Brothers who juggled dumbbells, hat and
cigar – called for Bill Morrow, and he stood between them while they removed a
cigar from his mouth – and a hat from his head – with flying dumbbells, a kind
of modern William Tell act.
The
chimpanzee act and the acrobats were both entertaining and George Kainapau held
the place breathless while he sang “Beyond the Reef” and wound up by singing
the “Wedding Song” for Bing and Kathryn…Highlight of the evening was the
presentation which Chamber of Commerce President Phil Franklin made to Crosby.
It was an engraved plaque to put on the big citrus tree which the Chamber of
Commerce had had transferred to the Crosbys’ ranch home at Palm Desert. And
Bing wound things up by singing a song as a “thank you”. He sang “It Went Down
the Middle” which was written by Jimmy Van Heusen who was also at the party.
(Hildy Crawford,
Around Town, The Desert Sun, February 6, 1958).
February 5,
Wednesday. Kathryn
announces that she is pregnant. She enrols at Los Angeles City College
for three courses that she hopes will help her to become a registered
nurse.
February 13, Thursday. Bing
defeats Gene Boscacci one up in the Thunderbird Country Club Membership
Championship in Palm Springs.
February 14, Friday. Bing becomes the champion of Thunderbird Country Club when he defeats Robert Walker in the final by winning a sudden death play-off at the thirty-seventh hole. In the evening, Bing and Kathryn attend the Valentine Dinner Dance at the Chi Chi Starlite Room. Bing takes part in the floor show with Frank Sinatra, Duke Ellington, Phil Harris, and Joe Bushkin. Bing again sings “Straight Down the Middle.” The function is a benefit for Catholic churches and schools in the area.
He (Phil Harris) introduced Der
Bingle as recently married and an expectant father again next August, “no mean
feat in itself," and added Bing had become that very afternoon the new
Thunderbird club champion. The Groaner, sans chapeau or toupee, with Jimmy Van
Heusen at the piano, regaled with a Van Heusen song about a character who swore
he drove his ball right down the middle of the fairway and, funny thing, nobody
ever found the ball to this day.
(Variety, February 26, 1958)
February 15, Saturday, Bing and Kathryn attend a party thrown by Mrs. and Mrs. Bill Morrow and Pete Petito at Pete Petito's house.
February 24, Monday. Records
“Nothing in Common” and “Paris Holiday” with Bob Hope and Joe Lilley and his
Orchestra for United Artists in Hollywood. The contract signed that day
indicates that Bing will receive a royalty of $3.25 for each double-sided
record and half that if only one track is used.
Bob Hope-Bing Crosby (United Artists): “PARIS
HOLIDAY” is one picture tune that’s a frank plug for the film, which doesn’t
enhance its commercial chances…
(Variety, March 19, 1958)
Nothing in Common
Listenable outing by
the famed duo on a cute, patter-type song. Some coin possible.
Paris Holiday
This sounds more like a plug for Hope’s
movie, “Paris Holiday,” than a commercial
effort. Doubtful chances.
(Billboard, March 24, 1958)
A much more interesting and really funny record is
by Bing Crosby and Bob Hope (London HLU8593) of Nothing In Common, and Paris
Holiday, a neat plug for the Hope-Fernandel film.
(The Gramophone, June 1958)
February 25, Tuesday. Bing is
present when his son Lindsay signs his first record contract for RCA-Victor.
Lindsay is still in the Army but expects his release in about ten months.
March 1, Saturday. Bing and
Kathryn attend the Lew Hoad versus Pancho Gonzales tennis match in Palm Springs
with Frank Sinatra and an unnamed blonde.
March 2, Sunday. (9:00–10:00
p.m.) Makes a guest appearance on the Bob Hope television show on
NBC-TV and sings “Nothing in Common” with Hope. Other guests are Anita Ekberg,
Natalie Wood, and Robert Wagner. Around this time, Bing and Bob Hope film an
appeal for Boy’s Town in Chatsworth, California which is supplemented by the
film of them both singing “Nothing in Common” from the Hope TV show.
Bing Crosby, who came to do a second, remained for
a sketch. It’s a pleasure to hear these vets bandy words. The dialog is easy,
charming and smooth. Together they seem not to need a script. The relaxed
give-and-take does it for them.
(Variety, March 5, 1958)
March (undated). Bing and Bob Hope tape a radio program Bing, Hope and Charity to raise money for the 1958 Bishop’s Relief Fund Appeal that is due to take place between March 9 and 16. Bing and Bob’s dialogue is used to link records.
March 3, Monday. From Palm
Springs, Bing writes to British journalist Charles Graves and talks about Bob
Hope’s imminent trip to Russia.
I did a television show with Hope the other night,
just prior to his departure for England for the formal opening of his new
picture, ‘Paris Holiday.’ He asked me to get ahold of Jock Whitney in London in
the hope that Jock could facilitate a visa for him to play Moscow, Russia.
Although it seems to me that his ribald humor would do a great deal toward
placing our already delicate relations with the Soviets in serious imbalance, I
cabled Whitney and have not heard what the result was. He’s a very brave fella
it seems to me to risk an appearance in Russia. The Soviets must have quite a
file on him, listing all the things he said about them through the years in his
comedy routines, and he may get sprayed with a hot jet of borsche, right in the
middle of his act. He is certainly a hard dog to keep under the porch, isn’t
he? However, being an old stay-at-home myself, I secretly admire the fellow.
March (undated). Bing becomes godfather to Gabriel Vicente Ferrer, the son of Rosemary Clooney and Jose Ferrer.
March 12, Wednesday. Bing
writes to British fan Stan White.
Thanks
for your nice letter. I’m pleased to hear the good news about Michael
Holliday. I hope that he continues to progress and becomes a big star.
I’m sure all of you will be very happy if he does. Glad to hear too that
some of my records have been moving satisfactorily in the British Isles.
Was
talking to Gary on the phone the other day. He was
speaking from Germany. He told me when he gets discharged in May that he’s
planning to play a few theatres in England, and it’s quite likely that the
Palladium will be one of such spots. I hope so, then
you can get to see him and meet him while he’s there.
If you
send the Reginald Dixon recordings, the dual tape will be all right, as I now
have a tape machine, and after a thorough schooling can almost make it work. If
I fail, one of my neighbors can come in and help me.
Mrs.
Crosby and I send best regards to all of you.
As
ever, Bing
March 13, Thursday. Bing wins
the Eldorado Country Club championship when he beats Jack Anderson of Los
Angeles five and four.
March 14, Friday. The
March (undated). Bing and Kathryn go
to Las Vegas to see Bob Crosby’s daughter, Cathy, make an appearance at the
Tropicana nightclub. They call on Monsignor Ryan who married them last year. They stay at The Sands.
March (undated). Bing and Kathryn go
on to Elko for a few days.
March 25, Tuesday. Bing and Kathryn are at
Reno where they watch the Robinson-Basilio fight on a giant television screen at Reno High School.
Coverage of the fight commences at 7:45 p.m. They stay at the Holiday Hotel owned by Newt Crumley.
March 27, Thursday. Bing and
Kathryn spend a few days in San Francisco and visit Ken’s in Chinatown as well
as seeing the Mary Kaye Trio perform at Facks II. They also see the Gateway Singers at the Hungry I.
March (undated). Pebble Beach is the next stop for Mr. & Mrs. Crosby.
March 31, Monday. Bing’s album
Shillelaghs and Shamrocks (which brings together many of his earlier
recordings of Irish songs and had originally been issued in 1956) enters the
album charts and goes on to reach number thirteen. It remains in the charts for
two weeks.
SHILLELAGHS
(Billboard, January 28, 1956)
April 3, Thursday. Records songs with Buddy Cole (for radio use) at Palm Springs. Also records a tribute to Irving Berlin to be used in a BBC-TV 70th Birthday program on May 11 and a message to the Inernational Crosby Circle.
April 4, Friday. Records
songs with Rosemary Clooney and Buddy Cole (for radio use) at Palm Springs.
April 6, Sunday. (Evening)
Bing and Kathryn view the one-man showing of paintings by O. E. L. Graves at
the El Mirador’s Starlite Patio in Palm Springs.
April 12, Saturday. Bing and Pete Petito visit the Firecliff's Satellite Room in Palm Desert.
April 13, Sunday. Headlines a
show with Rosemary Clooney, Buddy Lester, Phil Harris, and Buddy Cole before an audience of
700 at the Chi Chi Starlite Room in Palm Springs to raise funds for the Sacred
Heart Church in Palm Desert. Bing opens with “In a Little Spanish Town” and
sings many songs including “Ol’ Man River” and “Swanee.” $20,000 is raised.
Bing Crosby came on stage in white jacket, dark trousers and white shirt and black bow tie, and sang “In a Little Spanish Town on a Night Like This.” It was a lovely night and the song got such a warm hand he said if he thought the audience would be this good he would have worn his hair. That got a laugh so he stretched the joke a bit and explained that unfortunately he had sent the hair out for a crew cut.
He
met a lady just before the show who told him not to be nervous. With his hands
in his pockets he certainly convinced the audience he wasn’t nervous. But he
said she begged him to be calm and he tried to convince her that this was just
another show of thousands to him and that he wasn’t nervous at all: “Well, in
that case,” she asked him “why are you in the ladies’ room?”
Between
all the numbers Bing slipped in some smooth routines as auctioneer. He started
out with a jewelled diamond cross donated by Andrea Leeds Howard which brought
$1,000 in fast bids... This brought der Bingle back and not to be outdone he
told the one about the traveller who wanted to get off the train at 5:30 a.m.
in Buffalo. The guy woke up in Grand Central Station and was furious. He dragged
the Pullman conductor off to report the outrage to the station-master, but the
conductor was quite calm about it, said he was getting used to angry
passengers. “The guy I threw off in Buffalo was just as mad,” he said.
Then
Bing told the gag about the guy who asked a cab driver to take him to Christ
Church in New York, and was dumped at St. Patrick’s Cathedral instead. The fare
protested. “Well,” said the cabbie, “if He’s in town He’s in there.” He then introduced Jose Greco and his
Flamingo dancers, 14 in all, and they just about stole the show from their
relaxed, charming host….After some more bids and fat checks Crosby tried
another Irish tale.
This
one was about the old man who had worked 50 years in a lumber yard. He decided
his time was getting short he’d better get back to the sacraments. He confessed
that every day when he quit work he would take home a little lumber. And over
50 years that amounted to a lot. The priest thought it was serious and asked
the old man if he’d ever made a retreat? The old guy lit up and said, “No,
Father, but if you get the plans I’ll get the lumber.” You must remember this was a benefit for a
Catholic Church, and trade jokes went over best.
…Then
the old Groaner brought on the creme de la creme, Rosemary Clooney. With blonde
shiny hair and a polka-dotted dark dress featuring a harem skirt, she sang six
numbers solo and then teamed with the old master on two duets, one of them
being a beautiful rendition of “Give Me Something To Remember You By.”
(Frank Scully, Variety, May 7, 1958)
Bing Crosby told
the audience at the jam-packed Chi Chi in Palm Springs that he’d never emceed a
show in his life before Sunday night’s fund-raising drive for the Catholic Church
in Palm Desert. But if there were any TV executives on hand, Bing just has to
land his own show. He was Perry Como, Steve Allen and Ed Sullivan rolled into
one—and then some.
It was the greatest
show (and auction) Palm Springs has ever seen. A miniature black poodle alone
went for $1000. Among those who made the evening gala were Rosemary Clooney (yes,
she dueted with Bing), Jose Greco and his troupe, Phil Harris and wonderful comedy
and acrobatic acts.
(Louella Parsons, Keeping Up With
Hollywood, syndicated column, April 15, 1958)
April 16, Wednesday. Bing
plays in the Sunburst Tournament at the Eldorado Country Club in Palm Springs
and breaks off from his round to issue a proclamation as mayor of Palm Desert
that April 17 will be “Texas Day” as part of the Desert Circus celebrations.
April 17, Thursday. Bing and
Bill Gargan come third with 127 (low net score) in the Sunburst Golf
Tournament and win a silver plated ice bucket.
April 18, Friday. Bing is said
to have been at the Los Angeles Coliseum to see the Los Angeles Dodgers make
their debut on their new home ground following the switch from Brooklyn. The
Dodgers beat the San Francisco Giants 6-5.
April 19,
Saturday. Bing and
Kathryn ride in the Desert Circus parade saluting Texas in Palm
Springs. A crowd estimated to be 15,000 strong watches the 3-hour
parade in 101 degrees heat.
April 21, Monday. Salinas,
California—Melvin Blair (forty-two), a retired army lieutenant, is sentenced to
between five and twenty years in prison for trying to rob the Bing Crosby Golf
Tournament of more than $40,000 the previous January.
April 22, Tuesday, Golfs with Gordon McRae and Walter Burkemo at the Desert Inn Country Club in Las Vegas.
April 23, Wednesday. Bing golfs with Ken Venturi against Jimmy Demaret and Walter Burkemo at the Desert
Inn Country Club and they lose one down. Bing and
Bob Hope are sworn in as Helldorado Kangaroo Kops. They are to be
“law officers” for the Helldorado celebrations to be held May 15–18. They go on
to take part in the Tournament of Champions putting competition at the Desert
Inn Country Club where Phil Harris and Bob Hope beat Bing and Walter Winchell two up.
April 27, Sunday. Bing and Kathryn watch the final day's play at the Tournament of Champions.
April 29, Tuesday. Back in Palm Springs, plays at Indian Wells Golf Club.
May (undated). Bing seeks the film rights for Meredith
Willson’s The Music Man show.
Bing Crosby Seeks Music Man Rights.
Acting on behalf of his brother, Bing, Everett
Crosby has had conversations with Meredith Willson in N. Y. regarding
acquisition of film rights to Willson’s hit musical, “The Music Man,” as a
Crosby starrer.
(Daily Variety, May 8, 1958)
May 2, Friday. Plays in the first round of the Pow-Wow Tournament at Indian Wells Golf Club. He appears on the first tee wearing an Indian head-dress.
May 4,
Sunday. Dennis
Crosby (age 23) marries Pat Sheehan (age 26), a Las Vegas showgirl, who
had been linked with Bing
in 1957. They are married by the Reverend James A. Herndon, pastor of
the protestant Church of the Nazarene at the Gretna Green Wedding
Chapel in Las Vegas, instead
of a justice of the peace and this is felt likely to cause additional
problems
with the Catholic Church. Miss Sheehan is a divorcee with a
six-year-old son
named Gregory.
Crosby’s Son Weds Dancer
LAS
VEGAS, Nev. (AP)—Bing Crosby’s son Dennis, 23, married showgirl-divorcee Pat
Sheehan, 26, in a Protestant ceremony between her show performances last night.
The rites were performed at the Gretna Green Wedding chapel by the Rev. James
A. Herndon, pastor, of the Las Vegas Church of the Nazarene.
Dennis
is the first of Bing’s four sons to marry. All were reared Roman Catholics.
Miss
Sheehan, a shapely blonde, was Miss San Francisco of 1950. She has a 6-year-old
son by her previous marriage.
She
and the crooner‘s son were having dinner at a Mexican restaurant next door to
the chapel when they decided to marry immediately, Miss Sheehan said later. She
said they wanted a quiet, simple ceremony, rather than a more elaborate one
that had been discussed.
After
the marriage, she made another dancing appearance in her supporting role in the
show at the Tropicana hotel. Best man at the ceremony was Don Williams, whose
singing group appears in the show. Miss Sheehan was attended by Dotty Harmony
and the witnesses were Mary and Marcia Darcy — all showgirls in the act.
Miss
Sheehan said she and young Crosby had no honeymoon plans and that she might
continue appearing at the night club another two months. Dennis and Miss Sheehan
have been keeping company for several months.
Last Feb. 3, spokesmen at their homes said they planned to be married in the same Las Vegas Catholic church where widower Bing, 53, married actress Kathryn Grant, 23, last Oct. 24.
(The Waukesha County Freeman, May 5, 1958)
May 6, Tuesday. Dennis is
involved in a paternity suit, concerning a baby named Denise Michelle
Scott
born on November 24, 1957 to Marilyn Scott, a switchboard operator and
stenographer. The suit is not settled until 1961. On
the baby’s birth certificate, Dennis is described as a student at UCLA
but the University records indicate that after enrolling as a business
administration student in September, he dropped out after one class.
May 7, Wednesday.
Kathryn hosts a party at the Palm Desert house to celebrate the
birthdays of Bing and Alice Faye. About 40 people attend including
Bill Gargan, Phil Harris, Jimmy Van Heusen, George Rosenberg and Pete
Petito.
May 12, Monday. Plays in the annual member-caddy tournament at Thunderbird Country Club. Bing's fivesome comes third.
May 13, Tuesday. Gary Crosby is discharged from the Army.
May 16, Friday. Bing records
material for the Ford Road Show at the CBS Studios in Hollywood.
May 20, Tuesday.
Bing and Kathryn are entertained at a dinner party given by William
(Buster) Collier and his wife at their San Francisco home. The Crosbys
are in San Francisco for the Red Cross Convention.
May 31, Saturday. Bing is
in Vancouver, British Columbia, staying at the Hotel Vancouver. He and his friends dine at The Steak House.
June 1, Sunday. Bing flies to Port Hardy on Vancouver Island and then departs on a fishing trip on Max Bell’s yacht, the Campana, with Phil Harris, Jimmy Van Heusen, Bill Morrow, and Buster Collier (collectively known as “The Clams”). He writes frequently to Kathryn.
Hotel Vancouver
British Columbia
June 1, 1958
Dear
Kathryn
Just
a note before departure for le pays du
beau saumon. Met all the chaps last night and had a fine dinner, after
which we walked about the city until we had picked up a small following of the
curious, which drove us early to bed.
I
have just returned from church and will shortly rouse my motley crew to get
them to the airport, which won't be as easy as it sounds. Morrow's gear, tons
of it of course, which he shipped up in advance, has for some inexplicable
reason been impounded by customs. It's Sunday and their warehouse is closed,
but we'll have to shake out a few functionaries and see what can be done. No
trip with Morrow would be normal without some complications.
We
will be back here at this hotel on the thirteenth, fourteenth, or fifteenth,
depending on winds, tides, and the moods of the crew. Hope all remains serene with
you.
Physically, emotionally, and all ways I love you, Bing.
June 3, Tuesday. The
Campana arrives at Prince Rupert where Phil Harris has stitches put in a cut on
his foot. Crowds assemble to see the visiting stars.
Yacht Campana
June 3, 1958
Dearest
Kathryn,
So
far the cruise has been a series of mishaps. Two of them before we even got aboard.
Saturday night Van Heusen slammed a taxi door on his index finger, lacerating
it badly and breaking the bone, Collier scratched his eyeball in some
undetermined fashion and is now wearing a patch. I think he rather fancies himself
as a romantic war correspondent, At Port Hardy crowds Of villagers came down to
see the Hollywood group, and a little girl fell off the pier between the yacht
and the pilings. The mate jumped in and pulled her out, frightened but unhurt,
Yesterday
afternoon we anchored in a little bay fed by a rushing river. We decided to try
for some trout, and went ashore in a launch towing a skiff. A good thing we
took the latter because while we were fishing the tide went out, leaving the
launch high and dry on the rocks. We had to row back to the yacht, returning
for the launch this morning when the tide came back in.
We caught
some nice trout, up to a pound or so, but it was too brushy to fly-fish, so we resorted
to lures, No purists in this area. Phil Harris was wearing thin rubber bouts
when he stepped on a sharp, broken bottle, inflicting a nasty cut on his instep.
It will need stitches when we reach Prince Rupert this noon. Phil claims it’s
the first time he ever got in trouble with an empty bottle!
The
boat is comfortable and the food excellent. Harris and the cook have become
quite friendly, and the Indian has a pot of beans started, with plans to add
some succulent items from time to time, and promises of a very special treat
for tomorrow. The cook is cooperative, but dubious about the whole enterprise.
Mother Morrow is in good health, but he's had some heated differences of opinion with Harris about whether things should be fried or boiled. At present we are not speaking. He plugged my dictaphone into the DC socket and burned out the motor, forcing me to correspond in longhand. Now it’s lunch time and this air does make a fellow hungry. Am going to try to be a little careful with the groceries. My chief enemy – obesity – is lurking in the gravy.
(As
seen in My Life with Bing, page 119)
June 4, Wednesday. The Campana moors overnight at Ketchikan in Alaska and then leaves for Bell Island Hot Springs. Jimmy Van Heusen has broken his index finger during the trip. Variety magazine indicates that Bing has signed a five-year contract with ABC to star in ten television shows and to produce another ten for $2 million.
June 4, 1958
Dear Kathryn,
I
wrote you yesterday from Prince Rupert, but we are leaving from Ketchikan in a
few minutes to pick up some gear, so I thought I’d get off another note. Two of
our invalids are on the convalescent list: Jimmy’s finger annoys him, but the
vet in Prince Rupert averred that it would heal if he kept the cast on. Collier’s
eye is practically OK. Phil’s foot, however, remains very painful, so he will have
penicillin shots for a few days, If he’d stay off it for a time it would doubtless
heal faster, but you can’t keep him down. Not a word to Alice. She’d worry
unnecessarily.
We
caused a minor sensation in Prince Rupert, a town of twelve thousand souls,
half of whom are Indian I think we were the first show folks ever to visit the
place. Fairly blocked traffic and jammed the stores. Nice people, however, and
they gave us lots of good dope on where, when, and with what to fish.
We
should get some salmon today, but I’m mainly interested in locating
rarely-visited lakes and streams where the trout are reputed to abound. Big
scrappy rainbows and cutthroats. We’ll do some snooping in Ketchikan. Maybe pick
up a guide who can travel with us and show us the likeliest places.
Yesterday
morning we caught some chicken halibut, and had it poached and fried for lunch.
Poached for Morrow and fried for Phil. We’re going to set the crab traps
tonight, and we’ll also have a clam-digging detail. Peg-leg Harris will have to
be straw boss.
Here’s
Ketchikan. Will write again soon, and call you if I get near a phone. I miss
you,
Bing.
(As seen in My Life with Bing, pages 119-121)
June 7, 1958
Dearest Kathryn,
We
are now anchored at Bell Island, fifty miles northwest of Ketchikan,
We
have caught upwards of fifty salmon, fishing almost entirely in the evening. It
doesn’t get dark up here until midnight, and as it happens that is the low
tide, which is the best time for these fish. Can you imagine fishing at
midnight?
The
weather has been unbelievably beautiful—completely contrary to what I would
have imagined Alaskan weather to be. Yesterday we hiked in two miles, packing a
small boat and one-horse motor. Found a beautiful snow-fed lake bereft of
trout.
Collier
and I travel light for these jaunts, but you should have seen Morrow toiling up
the trail dragging his gear. We were too beat to bring the motor out, so
someone will have to go in today and get it. It weighs a hundred and twenty-five
pounds, and the trail is rough and log-strewn, with overhanging branches and mud
underfoot. All this and no trout.
Mother
Harris got deep into the kitchen last night—corn bread, ribs etc. Made a large production
out of it, as you know he can, The chef was somewhat less than enthusiastic,
but finally damned it with faint praise.
I feel rather derelict of my duty, leaving you alone in a house which is still strange to you, but I can only pray that your tasks are not too onerous. I miss you very much. All my love, Bing.
June 7, Saturday. The
Campana is anchored at Bell Island, fifty miles northwest of Ketchikan. Bing,
Phil Harris, Jimmy Van Heusen, and Buster Collier fly in a Grunman Goose to
Humpy Lake in the Alaska Mountains for trout fishing. Bing writes to Kathryn to describe the experience.
June 8, 1958
Dearest Kathryn,
I’ve always wanted to fly into a mountain lake and try some trout
fishing. Yesterday my wish was gratified, but I can’t say that I’m eager to
repeat the experience. Four of us, excluding Morrow who pleaded the pressure of
work, flew in a Grumman Goose to Humpy Lake, high up among the Alaska Mountains.
We circled for an hour over, around, and between precipitous, rocky, snow-clad
peaks. Then suddenly we dived through a deep pass, threaded our way between
towering hills, banked a few times right and left, and landed mercifully though
inexplicably on a lovely, ice-cold lake. Snow-fed, it is about eight miles long,
a mile wide, and nobody knows how deep.
We got into our waders and began whipping the banks with the spinners.
Not much success for a while, and then, where a river came pouring out of a
snowbank, we struck pay dirt. Almost every cast hooked a cutthroat trout. They
were fat and fierce, weighing from a half pound to a pound and a half. They hit
the line as if they were trying to knock it up onto the bank. What sport and
what surroundings! It was just as I had always fancied it would be.
Of course we had the usual mishaps: Collier slipped on a rock and went
into the icy water up to his neck, his camera over his shoulder. After a brief period of
shaking and shivering, he was back in action again, but the camera is somewhat the worse
for wear.
I hated the prospect of leaving, because I couldn’t imagine how the
pilot was going to get the Goose up and out of there. The feat was complicated this
time by rapidly gathering clouds which were beginning to shroud the peaks. He
told me that he had been flying this country for seventeen years, which should
have afforded some solace, but I reflected that the odds must now favor the
mountains.
Phil’s palms were dripping, and I was a shaken man. After an hour spent
dodging cliffs and fog, we landed back at the boat with about fifty nice trout.
Believe me I took a good belt of Mr. Seagram’s happy amber. Harris had of course
fortified himself before, during, and after. Van Heusen, old airman that he is,
affected an air of indifference betrayed only by his deathly pallor. I pray all
is serene with you and with the house.
Love, Bing
(As seen in My Life with Bing, pages 121-123)
June 14, Saturday. A criminal (who had been arrested for robbery) admits that he and an accomplice had planned to kidnap Kathryn Crosby for a $100,000 ransom three months previously but changed their minds when Kathryn announced that she was pregnant.
HOLLYWOOD
(AP) — Bing Crosby’s wife is back in town apparently unconcerned about all the
fuss over a gaunt ex-convict's plot to kidnap her for $100,000 ransom.
“I
haven’t told Bing — he’s salmon fishing off Alaska,” said Mrs. Crosby, who arrived
last night from judging a beauty contest at Reno, Nev.
“But
even if I could reach him,” she added, “what is there to tell him?”
(The
Waukesha County Freeman, June 16, 1958)
June 15, Sunday.
Bing and Phil Harris arrive back at the International airport in
Vancouver from their fishing trip. Bing, Bill Morrow and Phil Harris
leave by
car for California. Bing says he is not concerned about the kidnap
plot.
June 23, Monday. Bing again
writes to British journalist Charles Graves. He sends his congratulations to
Graves on his appointment as top columnist at the News of the World and
promises to send him anything hot that pops up. Bing tells about his recent
salmon fishing trip on a 137ft. yacht and his work plans: tape radio shows,
recordings and finalize plans for two TV spectaculars. Bing says he had hoped
to cut out a lot of this work but his commitments and staff, people dependent
on him make that not possible. He continues:
“I haven’t seen Hope in months. He’s on such a
merry-go-round practically no one sees him that I know. I pick up the paper and
find him one day in Washington, D.C., the next he’s in France, and then a week
later I find he’s in Australia. He sure gets around. Last time I talked to him,
which was two or three months ago, he told me his golf was miserable, which is
understandable—I don’t know how he can keep his game
in shape traveling around like that and working as hard as he does, but he
loves the pace - thrives on it, it seems.
Been looking for six
months for a suitable story for a movie, but I haven’t found anything yet which
fitted my questionable talents. I’m a little too old to really win the girl in
a movie, and although I may be immodest, I don’t think I’m quite old enough to
play character men. What I seek is really a good comedy for a film, but they’re
awful hard to come by—good situation comedies, that is. Most
of the big studios are wary of doing musical pictures just now because of the
musicians’ strike which has been going on for some months. They’re hesitant
about becoming involved in the production of a musical picture until they know
what the outcome of the strike is going to be. Television has hurt the box
office over here quite appreciably. To make it worse, the sale of old pictures
by the various studios to the television networks has really hurt them. They’re
being shot with their own gun. No studio wants to make a film unless they have
some confidence that the ingredients are attractive enough to give them a
chance at a successful film, and getting those ingredients together is quite a
task—story, cast, subject material, background—all
have to be top grade.”
June 24, Tuesday. Bing at
Ernie’s in San Francisco.
June (undated). Bing and Kathryn
buy a rare Regency cradle rocker in an antique shop on Sutter Street in San
Francisco.
June 26, Thursday,
They again go to dinner at the home of the Buster Colliers. Other
guests are Mr. and Mrs. Juan Reynal from Buenos Aires.
July 4, Friday. Bing goes
to the airport to meet son Gary and Pat Boone as they return from filming Mardi
Gras in New Orleans.
IT’S TOUGH BEING THE
Pat Boone talks about Gary Crosby
It’s tough being born at the top. Take the case of
Gary Crosby, eldest son of the fabulous Bing. In a world over-populated with
vocalists of all types, Gary chose to become a singer. Comparisons
were inevitable—and disparaging.
“What a pity he hasn’t inherited, the
Crosby pipes,” they said. He was measured against Bing in other ways. Whereas
Old Man Crosby is famed for being relaxed and easy-going, Gary was assessed as
a young man of cocky and aggressive disposition. Fortunately, not everyone took
him at face value.
“All that’s on the surface,” says Pat
Boone. “Gary and I get along fine together. Maybe that’s because he knows I
like him. I think he likes me.”
Boone’s theory is that the outward
Gary Crosby is the defence of a youngster who, in the shadow of his celebrated
dad, felt hopelessly inadequate.
“Part of Gary idolises Bing, the other
resents him. He wants passionately to be someone in his own right.
But being the son of Bing can be a handicap. The Crosby boys have been
described as being a little wild. Well, of course, they’ve cut loose a
little. Bing kept the boys on a tight rein—ruled them with a rod of
iron, with the best intentions. He just didn’t want them to be
spoiled. You know, you can often judge a man by his treatment of children. I
travelled back to Hollywood with Gary when he was released from the army. He
was dead beat.
“On the plane he tried to get some
sleep. I had my three children with me and one of my little girls wouldn’t
leave Gary alone—kept climbing on him and talking. Gary was wonderful with
her. And all that toughness. I watched him when we landed. Gary scanned the
faces along the barrier eagerly as we taxied in.
“‘None of my family there,’ he said. I
saw his face darken with disappointment before he covered it up by gagging.
Then he spotted his brother Dennis and got excited again. You should have seen
his face when he saw that Bing had come down to meet him, too!
“It’s the Old Man,” he babbled, off
his guard. Then the shutters went up and he was the hard-boiled Gary once
again.
“It’s the Crosby tradition of
nonchalance. But underneath, Gary longs to succeed and earn the respect of
Bing.
“I think his performance in Mardi
Gras will do the trick. He plays up all the Crosby mannerisms, strictly
with tongue in cheek. He really emerges as a light comedian.”
A comical and successful Gary Crosby
shouldn’t need the pathetic poses of the insecure. Gary will get a chance of
living down his adolescent reputation, thanks to Mardi Gras. Odd that he
only had to laugh himself out of the shadow of Bing.
(Melody Maker, December 27, 1958)
July 8, Tuesday. Bing writes to Connee Boswell.
Dear Connee
I just got back
from a fishing trip in Alaska to learn of the sad passing of your devoted
sister Martha. I want to express my deep sympathies to you and your family over
this great loss. I will always remember Martha with her delicious good humor
and her keen insight about the things that mattered.
Warmest affection – as ever, Bing
July 10, Thursday. Bing and
Kathryn attend the Hollywood premiere of the film Gigi at the Paramount Hollywood.
July 19, Saturday. Bing
records tracks with Buddy Cole for the Ford Road Show.
July 28, Monday. (noon -
4:00 p.m.) Records four songs for the Fancy
Meeting You Here LP with a
pregnant Rosemary Clooney and an orchestra conducted by Buddy Cole at Radio
Recorders, Hollywood.
And I didn’t stop recording. In July 1958, six
months pregnant, I made my favorite album with
Bing. Fancy Meeting You Here had a lighthearted travel theme, dreamed up
by Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen, that linked witty arrangements of
“Hindustan,” “Brazil,” “Calcutta,” and “Isle of Capri.” Frank Loesser’s “On a
Slow Boat to China” gave Bing and me intertwined parts, melody and counter
melody; the counterpoint yielded interesting juxtapositions of lyrics and
unexpected harmonies. We cha-cha’d our way through “It Happened in Monterey”
and blended our voices, so closely matched in timbre, on the smoky standard “I
Can’t Get Started,” which Bob Hope and Eve Arden had sung in the Ziegfeld
Follies of 1936.
It was always a joy to record with
Bing, even though when he was unhappy about something, he could do outrageous
things. He hated small talk, didn’t like to be around strangers. Some visitors
came into the recording booth that day, and Bing just turned his chair so he
was facing the wall - just sat there, silent, stone-faced. I walked over to
him. “What’s the matter?” I whispered. “Do you want a break? Do you want a
sandwich?” He kept staring at the wall. “I want those people out of the control
room, and then I want a sandwich.”
(Rosemary Clooney, writing in her book Girl
Singer, page 166)
July 29, Tuesday. Bing
accompanies his son Phillip to the Capitol Records studios in Hollywood where
Phillip cuts four sides for UPA-Chevron. Bing makes ad-libbed comments on
“Thanks.” Music is provided by George Garabedian and His Royal Armenians.
The Bing and Phil Crosby waxing of “Thanks” for the
UPA-Chevron label is being held up by Decca, which claims Croz (elder) agreed
never to re-wax the tune following their 1936 (sic) pressing.
(Daily Variety, August 14, 1958)
Decca has given its clearance to UPA for the
release of “Thanks,” disk cut by Phil Crosby, in which father Bing talks the
lyrics.
(Daily Variety, September, 17, 1958)
August 2, Saturday.
Gary Crosby, staying at the Tropicana in Las Vegas, is taken by
ambulance to hospital in nearby Henderson after blacking out at the hotel. The Tropicana's physician
says that Gary had suffered a "minor gastric upset". Gary leaves the hospital on the following day with his brother Phil.
August 7, Thursday. (noon -
3:30 p.m.) Bing and Rosemary Clooney record another four songs for the Fancy
Meeting You Here album. This time the orchestra is conducted by Billy May.
August 8, Friday. Gary
Crosby, now staying at Bing’s house at Holmby Hills, is too drunk to get up to
report to the film studio and he swears profusely at Kathryn for trying to wake
him. Kathryn’s contractions begin and Bing drives her to Queen of Angels
Hospital where she gives birth to Harry L. Crosby
August 11, Monday. (noon -
4:00 p.m.) Bing and Rosemary Clooney complete the recording of the Fancy
Meeting You Here LP with the orchestra again conducted by Billy May. The
album is released by RCA Victor Records.
Bing Crosby-Rosemary
Clooney: “Fancy Meeting You Here” (RCA Victor). Two savvy singers team up in a
charming rundown of a dozen numbers for a pop set with adult appeal. Bing
Crosby, whose freelancing has turned his name up on a flock of labels recently,
and Rosemary Clooney, who also did this as a one-shot for Victor, work together
easily on a songalog that includes such oldies as “On a Slow Boat-to China,” “I
Can’t Get Started,” “How About You,” “Say Si Si” and a couple of neat newies,
the album’s title song and “Love Won’t Let You Get Away.” Billy May’s orch
supplies quiet, capable backing.
(Variety, November 26, 1958)
A lot of charm here— A flock of tunes carrying
different place names, carrying out the idea of the album title. Included are
“On a Slow Boat to China,” “Hindustan,” “You Came a Long Way from St. Louis,”
etc. Cover also carries out the theme. Performances are very smart, with
occasional interpolations and asides by Crosby and Clooney. Arranged and
conducted in grand style by Billy May.
(Billboard, November 24, 1958)
Even so for the duet-warbling of the month I would
turn to RCA SF5022 (Mono RD27105): “Fancy Meeting You Here” with Rosemary
Clooney and the old groaner himself, Bing Crosby, bumping amicably into each
other in a dozen stage sets scattered around the world—“Hindustan,” “Brazil,”
and so forth, with a good new one, “Calcutta.” The Billy May accompaniments
throughout are first class, and so, obviously, is the singing; but principally
it is the infectious easygoing good humor of the record which remains in the
mind. That, and an occasional twist of lyric; no record can be neglected which
ends a nostalgic and twang-ridden version of the “Isle of Capri” with “I’ve
often felt that we both might have stayed there, if it weren’t for those stale
mandolins.”
(The Gramophone, April 1959)
Fancy Meeting You Here (Bing Crosby, Rosemary
Clooney; RCA Victor LP; Stereo). An infectious musical dialogue between two of
the sassiest fancy talkers in the business. C. & C. give slick and witty
readings to a selection of retreads —On a Slow Boat to China, You Came a Long
Way from St. Louis—and introduce a punchy, potential hit named Calcutta. One of
the most intriguing vocal entertainments since Noel Coward had his famous chat
with Mary Martin.
(Time magazine, January 12, 1959)
…RCA therefore seemed a natural choice when lyricist Sammy Cahn came up
with an idea for teaming Bing and Rosemary on an album whose storyline had the
dual themes of travel and rekindled love. Cahn’s idea had two former lovers
meeting up unexpectedly. He and his partner, Jimmy Van Heusen, wrote a new
song, “Fancy Meeting You Here”, which told the story of that encounter and
opened the way for ten more retrospective songs that extended around the world
as the two former lovers looked back on their time together. Another new song
from the same partnership, “Love Won’t Let You Get Away”, capped off the album
as the two lovers finally accept the inevitability of their being together.
The album cast Rosemary and Crosby as lovers, but was a strictly
fictional concoction. For almost all of the time that Rosemary had known Bing,
he had been a single – and highly eligible – man. Crosby’s first wife, Dixie
Lee had died in November 1952, since when Crosby had been seen around Hollywood
with a variety of young, female partners, a list that included Grace Kelly and
Inger Stevens. Despite his availability and Rosemary’s proclivity for affairs,
the relationship between the two of them was never a sexual one. “Not even a
one-nighter,” Rosemary said in her autobiography. Instead the chemistry between
the two of them was more akin to that which Crosby had
with his golfing and hunting buddies. Rosemary’s elder daughter Maria said that
her mother was “Bing’s only female friend. They talked about anything –
musicians, lyrics, boxing. When the two of them were in a room together, the
rest were non-existent.” The ease and camaraderie inherent in their
relationship was apparent throughout the three recording sessions that were
scheduled during July and August 1958.
Fancy Meeting You Here
was, from Sammy Cahn’s perspective, a case of killing two birds with one stone.
The year before, he and Van Heusen had written “Come Fly with Me” for Frank
Sinatra and used that as the title song for an album of 12 round-the-world
songs. Two of them, “Isle of Capri” and “Brazil”
also appeared in the Fancy Meeting You Here listing. As well as the
overlapping theme, the two albums also had in common the “falstaffian” presence
of Billy May as arranger and conductor. Like Nelson Riddle, May had built his
reputation at Capitol Records, both with solo albums and as an arranger for Nat
King Cole. Come Fly with Me was the first of many albums with Sinatra in
a partnership that would run through to 1979. For Rosemary, the experience of
working with May, so soon after her exposure to Riddle, could not have been
more different. Where Riddle was tasteful and ornate in his arrangements, May
was loud and brash. A typical May arrangement put the brass section to the fore
and made regular use of two trademark devices, the trumpet mute and a saxophone
glissando, widely known as his ‘slurping saxes’. Singing to a Billy May
arrangement required a totally different approach to working with Riddle.
Riddle and May were also opposites in their approach to their work.
“Recording with Billy May is like having a bucket of cold water thrown in your
face,” Sinatra once said. “Riddle will come to a session with all the
arrangements carefully and neatly worked out beforehand. With Billy you
sometimes don’t get copies of the next number until you’ve finished the one
before.” Rosemary concurred. She recalled May’s copyist working alongside him,
frantically transcribing to the point where the musicians were working off
copies with the ink still wet. May’s last-minute style posed problems too for Crosby.
“I knew the way Bing worked,” Rosemary said. “We’d know which songs we’d have
to do that day. And he would be prepared when we walked in.” Buddy Cole’s
presence on the sessions – indeed he actually conducted the first on July 28 –
dissipated some of Crosby’s unease and what emerged was a set
of lively and imaginatively scored duets. Much of the vocal work between Crosby
and Clooney was complex and intricate, none more so that Frank Loesser’s “You
Came a Long Way from St. Louis”. The two singers were
called up on to handle an intertwined melody and
counter-melody which gave way to a counterpoint rendition from Crosby of “You
Can Take the Boy Out of the Country”, newly added by composer Bob Russell just
for this session.
To keep a freshness in their exchanges, Crosby used
a technique imported from his movie partnership with Bob Hope. Where the lyrics
included some personalized interchange between him and Rosemary, Crosby would
come up with a variation of his own, but which he would throw in only at the
last minute. It caught Rosemary unawares and accounted for the genuinely
spontaneous laughter that could be heard on some of the tracks, never more so
than in her reaction to a line about breakfasting with Bardot (“you know
somebody should knit her a hug-me-tight, she’s gonna catch her death of cold,”
Crosby tossed in. “What the hell is a hug-me-tight” Rosemary asked later.) When
the album hit the shops - complete with a suitably travel-oriented cover
photograph that used suitcases and trunks to conceal Rosemary’s pregnancy - the
results were well received. In England,
the at times highbrow magazine The Gramophone, said, “it is the
infectious easygoing good humor of the record which remains in the mind. That,
and an occasional twist of lyric; no record can be neglected which ends a
nostalgic and twang-ridden version of the “Isle of Capri” with ‘I’ve often felt
that we both might have stayed there, if it weren’t for those stale
mandolins.’” Time magazine said that the album offered “infectious
musical dialogue between two of the sassiest fancy talkers in the business” and
that it offered “the most intriguing of musical entertainments since Noel
Coward had his famous chat with Mary Martin.” 50 years later, jazz critic Will
Friedwald’s assessment of the album was that it is “rightfully regarded as one
of the best duet vocal albums ever.” The acclaim given to the album was not
matched by record sales however. “It didn’t sell at all,” Rosemary told Johnny
Green in 1961, musing that the vocal interplay between her and Bing might just
have made the album too complex for the casual listener.
(Ken
Crossland and Malcolm Macfarlane, Late Life Jazz, pages 84-86)
August 12, Tuesday. Bing attends a photo-shoot when a number of publicity pictures are taken for the TV show to be broadcast on October 1. He looks in briefly at the Paramount commissary at the testimonial luncheon for Cecil B. DeMille. Danny Kaye quips that Bing “has had to rush home to warm up the milk.”
August 28, Thursday.
Bing is interviewed by Willis Conover for a special tribute to Irving
Berlin to be aired on the Voice of America in November.
August 31, Sunday. The final Ford
Road Show featuring Bing is broadcast by CBS radio.
September
(undated). The USO prepares a special ninety-minute television
show, which is issued to servicemen all over the world in December. Bing is
filmed in an outdoor setting lip-synching to the version of “White Christmas”
used in the Christmas Sing with Bing radio shows.
September 5, Friday. Plays in the Bel-Air Member-Guest golf Tournament with Bill Worthing and they come joint second with a 65.
September 11, Thursday. Lindsay
Crosby is arrested after failing to pass a sobriety test after his car hits a
parked vehicle. He is released on $253 bail.
September 15, Monday. The four
Crosby Brothers are featured on the front cover of Life magazine.
September 25, Thursday. Phillip Crosby marries Sandra Drummond in St. Anne’s Catholic Church, the same church in Las Vegas where Bing and Kathryn were married in 1957. Sandra is a showgirl at the Tropicana. The best man is Charles Baron, Public Relations Director at the Tropicana and the Maid of Honor is Felicia Atkins, another showgirl from the Tropicana. Phillip and Sandra honeymoon at the Tropicana. (8:30-10:00p.m.) Bing guests on the George Jessel chat show with Ben Oakland on the KCOP Los Angeles television network.
September 30, Tuesday. (8:00-9:00 p.m.) Bing has a
walk-on appearance on the Eddie Fisher television show for NBC as he and Dean Martin
gatecrash the Jerry Lewis guest spot.
The big moment in the Eddie Fisher show came when
he and Jerry Lewis were clowning and Bing Crosby and Dean Martin walked onto
the stage. Not a single boo from the audience and Eddie’s representatives vow
the crowd wasn’t screened.
(Los Angeles Evening Herald Express, October
1, 1958)
Jerry Lewis contributed mostly confusion, though
the studio audience loved it. I must say that, if pandemonium is what
you’re looking for, Lewis can stir up more of it than anyone else his size and
weight. This particular bit was further complicated by the unscheduled
appearance of Dean Martin shouting “Don’t sing!” to Lewis and then being hauled
offstage by Bing Crosby. This is awfully intramural by-play, something like the
local jokes in a fraternity house, but it broke up Lewis. However, at the risk
of sounding awfully ill-natured, I’ve got to say that I’d rather the comedians
broke me up than broke themselves up.
(John Crosby, in his syndicated column, seen in the
Janesville Daily-Gazette, October 7, 1958)
October 1, Wednesday. (6:30–7:30 p.m.) Hosts The Bing Crosby Show sponsored by Oldsmobile, on ABC TV. The guests are Dean Martin, Mahalia Jackson, and Patti Page and the show receives a Trendex rating of 26.2. Bill Colleran is the director with Buddy Cole acting as musical director. Bill Morrow is the writer. Bill Hayes and Florence Henderson act as goodwill salesmen for Oldsmobile and join briefly in the opening number.
A couple more like this one and ABC-TV will get a
reputation for having put television back in show business. Without
equivocation, the Bing Crosby special last Wed. night (1) was a delightful
viewing experience from beginning to end; a strictly professional enterprise
from which Oldsmobile extracted maximum mileage in a tasteful serving of some
of the best song salesmen extant. If the product itself, the ‘59 Olds, can
deliver half the qualitative freewheeling performance that Crosby & Co.
achieved last week, then GM’s got itself a happy division. Here was the plot:
Crosby, Dean Martin, Patti Page (herself a vet Olds saleslady) and the
wonderful Mahalia Jackson in a virtual hour songfest, either in solo, duet,
trio or whatever which way. That’s all. . . . The pleasures were varied and
frequent, including one of Crosby’s top tv performances to date. In fact the
Bingo and Dean Martin were having themselves a merry romp throughout, and even
if Bill Morrow’s scripting wasn’t always at peak form, the ease and naturalness
with which the banter was tossed off more than compensated for this deficiency.
(Variety, October 8, 1958)
Bing Crosby moved up to television’s top rung last
night with the first of his programs for the American Broadcasting Company. The
presentation was a musical hour of charm, diversity, humor and taste; it was
produced with enormous style and sophistication. The Groaner, who once had
doubts about TV, has conquered another medium. This was a Crosby both old and
new. Old for his informality, light banter and wry quips. New for his amusing
admission of the passing years, the hard work that obviously went into his TV
show and the refreshing avoidance of any jokes about Bob Hope. Mr. Crosby is
now strictly modern.
(Jack Gould, New York Times, October 2,
1958)
Bing Crosby was discovered sitting on the floor,
back to the audience, and he swung around and lit directly into Cole Porter’s
“What a Swell Party This Is” in which he was shortly joined by Dean Martin and
Patti Page. Bing contributing his overwhelming authority, Dean his Dionysian
charm, and Miss Page her flourishing femininity. It was very informal, very
simple, and it called attention to both the personality and the talent of the
singers, which is as it should be.
It was a great opening and, apart from
one dead and rather puzzling spot where the three of them sang really bad
songs, it was a great show. After the opening, Crosby belted out “Swanee” in a
way that had the joint rocking. Mahalia Jackson, the great singer of
spirituals, lifted her superb voice in “Summertime” (which, I’m afraid, is not
her song, though she can do no wrong) while the camera brought us some fine
pictures of that inspiring face.
After that, Crosby and Martin were
encountered seated in rocking chairs, pitching William Morrow’s elfin badinage
back and forth as if they made it up on the spot. And from there it was
but a step to a duet of Irish and Italian melodies, each, of course,
contributing his own racial songs, culminating in “Too-ra Loora” and “O Sole
Mio,” sung quite nicely together. That was one of the high moments. Another was
when Crosby, Martin and Miss Page teamed up on “Life Is Just a Bowl of
Cherries,” and still another came when Martin and Crosby stepped up to help out
Miss Jackson with “Clap Your Hands.”
And it all wound up with Crosby,
Martin and Page sitting on the steps singing “There’s Nothing Left to Do But
Read the Papers.” Somehow, an hour had slipped by very swiftly, easily and
professionally. Bill Colleran, who was producer and director, deserves a lot of
credit for getting the utmost out of his potent lineup of stars. (I think a
small bow is due the Hanson and Tadlock dance duo who were very fetching and
winsome in a brief dance bit.)
Over at ABC-TV, which is responsible
for this charade, they are crazy about lights and the production was lit to a
bloody far-the-well, little skeins of light dancing all over the screen. It was
very effective. The only scenery was a platform with three steps leading up to
it which was used very ingeniously. However, the big innovations in the scenery
department were those rocking chairs used by Crosby and Martin and earlier by
Mahalia Jackson. These broke new ground. Just as last year was the year of the
stool—everyone from Como to Rex Harrison parking on them—this has been the year
of the stepladder which has been used as a prop, as a bit of furniture to sit
on, as a stage setting and as a bar for dancers.
(John Crosby, in his syndicated column, seen in the
Janesville Daily-Gazette, October 7, 1958)
October 5,
Sunday, (6:00-6:30p.m.) Bing is one of several stars seen in "Boys Town
of the West", a filmed benefit for Rancho San Antonio shown on KCOP-TV.
October 16,
Thursday. Lindsay
Crosby is fined $263 for the drunken driving case on September 11. He
had originally pleaded innocent and was due to go to trial on October
20 but changed his plea to "guilty".
October 17, Friday. Decca
masters two of Bing’s radio songs for commercial release. They are “Rain” and
“Church Bells”.
October 20, Monday. Gary Crosby
brawls with John Geiger, a Kraft cheese company executive, at a cocktail party for Carl Sandburg in the Rodeo room at
the Beverly Hills Hotel. Unsuccessful attempts are made to keep the incident out of the newspapers.
It
wasn’t all fun and games, of course. Once I had a few drinks under my belt,
it didn’t take much to trigger my temper, and whatever happened,
happened. I didn’t care. I reacted the same way whether I was in a
workingman’s bar or some Beverly Hills mansion. The night I got into a
scuffle at the party for Carl Sandburg at Milton Berle’s house, I damn near
punched myself out of the business. Some corporate big shot who was
even drunker than I was started in on me about the name, and instead of
walking away as expected, so the high rollers could enjoy their cultural
evening unruffled, I lashed out at him with my mouth until he took the
first swing, then I went for him, slapping him hard in the face. The
fight was broken up in a second, but the room was jammed with press people
and the news was sure to be in all the gossip columns the next morning. I
could see the headlines:
“Gary
Crosby At It Again-Disrupts Uncle Miltie’s Party for Poet.” It would have
happened, too, if Milton’s wife, Ruth, hadn’t gone out of her way to keep
the roof from crashing down on my head. The next day Rosey called to tell
me how she went to bat for me.
“Well,
kid, you sure lucked out on this one.”
“What
do you mean?”
“Well,
Ruth Berle stayed up half the night calling every newspaper guy in town to make
sure they understood the other fella started it. So it looks like you’re
gonna be all right - this time.”
(Gary
Crosby, Going My Own Way, pages
246-247)
Gary Crosby wore a patch on his
right eye at the Bing Crosbys’ first anni party.
(Daily
Variety, October 27, 1958)
October (undated). Bing and Kathryn celebrate their first wedding anniversary with a party at Romanoff's.
October
(undated). Bing films a guest spot in Bob Hope’s United Artists
film Alias Jesse James.
November 11, Tuesday. Bing’s
mother has an eye operation for the removal of a cataract in the Beverly Hills
Doctors Hospital. Gary Crosby is involved in a car accident when his sports car
hits another car that had stopped for a traffic light. Gary is later sued for $44,370 damages.
November 12,
Wednesday. Kathryn
hits a stationary vehicle while driving her Thunderbird after her heel
got
caught. A passer-by takes her to her doctor's surgery and a three-inch
gash on her chin requires several stitches. The driver of
other vehicle, Herman Magard (aged 60), is taken to Hollywood Receiving
Hospital for treatment. The police later confirm that Kathryn will not
face charges for leaving the scene of an accident. Kathryn is
subsequently sued for $50,000 by Mr. Magard.
November 13, Thursday. (Evening)
Bing and Kathryn visit his mother in hospital.
November 14, Friday. The four
Crosby brothers appear on the Phil Silvers Sgt. Bilko television show in
an episode called “The Bilkos and the Crosbys.”
November 18,
Tuesday. It is
announced that Bing has sold his Elko, Nevada ranch for more than $1
million. The Voice of America starts broadcasting a radio tribute
to Irving Berlin, which includes a contribution by Bing.
November 22, Saturday.
(9:00–10:00 p.m.) Appears on The Dean Martin Show on NBC-TV, in color,
singing “Gigi” amongst other songs. Phil Harris and The Treniers are the other
guests with the David Rose Orchestra providing the musical backing.
The only sustained bit of entertainment coming out
of Dean Martin’s first show of the season occurred in the last quarter hour
when Martin and guest Bing Crosby parlayed a medley of evergreens into a
delightful, easygoing songfest. That the tunes were Crosby perennials helped
add a neat nostalgic flavor to the segmen. But it took Martin a long time to
get on the road to nostalgia. Preceding entries were arranged in hodge-podge
manner without any particular flow or meaning. Although the solo shots by
Martin and Crosby were okay, the horseplay preceding most of the numbers and
centring, particularly, on Martin’s sobriety and/or Crosby’s gold is tiresome
stuff at this point in the game. The studied casualness was strained and didn’t
come off…..
(Variety, November 26, 1958)
There was an outstanding medley near the wind-up,
with Martin and Bing Crosby, his guest, delivering some of Der Bingle’s hits of
yesterday and a lot of viewers must have wished this piece de resistance had
been lengthier…..They could have used more of Crosby with Martin for the first
half, when Bing was on rarely…..Martin’s patter was good and Bing quipped about
his sons’ penchant for marriage in Las Vegas. Martin registered with “Volare”,
as Bing and Phil Harris kidded him about hamming it up…. Harris scored with a
dramatic rendition of “John Henry”; Crosby was a smooth as syrup with “Gigi”;
then Martin and Crosby went into the click hits, reeling off vintagers such as,
“Learn to Croon”, “I Surrender Dear” etc. Martin would sing a few, then Crosby
would pick it up and then they would duet. It was a solid, terrific routine…..
(Daily Variety, November 24, 1958)
November (undated). Bing
is interviewed by Willis Conover in the short-waved "Music USA" program
(#1422) on the Voice of America. He also records links for a
forthcoming tribute series about Louis Armstrong.
November 25, Tuesday. It is
disclosed that Bing has agreed to buy the 1350-acre Rising River Ranch, in
north-eastern Shasta County, Northern California from James McDonald of Burney.
The ranch is five miles southeast of the town of Burney. The Rising River, one
of Bing’s favorite trout fishing stretches, flows through it. The river is
described as a pristine beauty entirely in private hands. The view to the east
and the southeast is Hogback Ridge and Cinder Butte.
December 6, Saturday. Plays in the first round of a pro-am at Indian Wells with pro Bud Holscher and the foursome has a 61.
December 7, Sunday. The second round of the pro-am and Bing's team finish with 121 and are unplaced.
December 8-10, Monday-Wednesday. Rehearsal sessions with pianist Rudolph Render take place for the songs for the film Say One for Me. It is not known which ones Bing attended if any.
December 11, Thursday. (12:00 p.m.-4:30 p.m.) Pre-recording session for Say One for Me at Twentieth-Century-Fox with the Lionel Newman orchestra.
December 12, Friday. (9:00-11:30 a.m.) Another pre-recordng session with the Lionel Newman orchestra.
December 14, Sunday. Kathryn is in New York for the premiere of The Seventh Voyage of Sinbad and she appears on the What's My Line? TV program as the guest celebrity. Signing in as "Mrs. Bing Crosby", she answers all the questions in Spanish but her identity is discovered.
December 15, Monday. Bing’s album
Merry Christmas enters the album charts and goes on to reach number
two. It remains in the charts for four weeks. The Recording Industry
Association of America certifies the record as a “gold” album as it has
achieved $1 million in sales based on the manufacturer’s wholesale price.
December
15–February, 1959. Bing films Say One for Me for
Twentieth-Century-Fox. Debbie Reynolds, Ray Walston, and Robert Wagner are also
featured. A part had been written for Frank Sinatra but due to other
commitments, Robert Wagner takes his place. The producer and director is Frank
Tashlin. Lionel Newman supervises and conducts the music. Newman is nominated
for an Oscar for “Best Scoring of a Musical Picture” in 1959 but loses to Andre
Previn and Ken Darby for Porgy and Bess.
My breakup with Eddie (Fisher) turned out to be a boon
to
Before I met Eddie, I was deeply in love with Robert
Wagner, and making this movie so soon after my marriage dissolved was a real
heartache for me. RJ had moved on and so had I, but being around him reminded
me of my fantasy life. Well, RJ wasn’t interested, so get over it, Debbie. RJ
had to dance in the movie and worked hard to get his positions right. Mostly I
kept to myself, though I still have a crush on RJ to this day. There is no one
more terrific.
Bing Crosby was a very big star when we made this
film, as well as one of the most successful recording artists of all time. His
version of “White Christmas” was the biggest-selling single of that era. Bing
liked to record at six in the morning when his voice was low. He wouldn’t even
warm up.
Bing was then married to Kathy Crosby, his second
wife, an actress and singer who performed under the name of Kathryn Grant. They
gave parties where I met people like the great baseball manager Leo Durocher,
whom I wouldn’t otherwise have expected to meet.
…I once overheard Bing on the phone, when we were
making Say One for Me, telling the person at the other end to “go ahead
and fire him, but don’t let him know it came from me.” I think he was talking
about our director; I’m not sure to this day. Bing was tough, but he could also
be generous.
(Debbie Reynolds, Unsinkable – a Memoir, page 239)
The year 1959 brought Say One for Me with Bing Crosby and Debbie
Reynolds, directed by Frank Tashlin. There was a period when it was
unfashionable to say nice things about Bing Crosby as a human being, but I had
a great deal of affection for him. As for Frank Tashlin, he was another issue
entirely. For one thing he didn’t want Natalie (Wood) visiting the set, which I
thought was rude and unprofessional. Much more important than that was
Tashlin’s attempted intercession for a friend of his who had written some songs
that Tashlin wanted featured in the film. Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen, two
great talents on whom both Bing and Frank Sinatra relied, had written the songs
for the film, and here was Tashlin trying to use me as a guinea pig for someone
nobody had ever heard of. “Jesus Christ,” I told him, “I’d rather have
Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen write my material than your friend.”
He didn’t appreciate my response, so things were a bit chilly between
Mr. Tashlin and myself, not that I cared…
I did a little singing and dancing. I wasn’t Astaire; but I wasn’t
terrible. Bing played a priest. It was basically a riff on Pal Joey, but
a riff that was too little, too late.
Bing and I spent a lot of time talking about golf, and he gave me some
pipes he had brought back from England. He also gave me a beautiful
Labrador I named Conroy, after Bing’s character in the
film.
(Robert
Wagner, writing in Pieces of My Heart, pages 124-125)
Landing the job in Say One for Me saved me
from the throes of unemployment, but as time wore on I battled the greatest
Hollywood curse of all: typecasting. I inevitably returned to doing what I did
before I joined the Stooges—features and television shows—even though the jobs
were few and far between.
I’m afraid the old adage of “once a
Stooge, always a Stooge” prevailed on producers’ minds. Consequently, in the
months ahead, I would go to one audition after another only to go home
disappointed. The casting directors would be looking for “a fat comedian type.”
I would show up, but so would three hundred other wideload candidates!
Each of us were given a number and I felt as though I was at a cattle auction
on the O.K. Corral! Finally, the auditions became a lost cause for me, until my
performance in Say One for Me resulted in more work for me.
In February of 1958 [sic], Say One
for Me started production, and I couldn’t have found three greater
individuals to work with than Bing Crosby, Debbie Reynolds, and Robert Wagner,
the stars of the film. They certainly helped me forget my troubles, as did
Frank Tashlin, a masterful comedy director. I played Robert Wagner’s agent in
the film, and I earned $2,500 a week (one thousand dollars less a week than I
made with the Stooges). Bing donned a priest’s cassock for the third time in
his career (the first time was in Going My Way).
I think Bing was undoubtedly one of
the most popular American entertainers of the twentieth century. He had had an
equally impressive career in radio, music, and the movies, and his recordings
had sold close to 400 million by the time I met him. Bing’s real name was Harry
Lillis Crosby and his laid-back singing style brought pleasure to the ear.
On screen, Bing was easy and relaxed,
but off screen I saw just the opposite. He was all work and no play. We had one
thing in common from the start: my brother Manny. They had worked together in
vaudeville when Bing was relatively unknown. Bing was not real talkative. I
found him to be a cold person; one you couldn’t get close to because he put a
protective shield around himself. I figured he must have been hurt badly at one
time in his life, so he was slow to trust people.
Bing trusted me, however.
I guess he sensed my sincerity and he liked working with me. After we completed
the picture, I remember he surprised me with a special gift. As a token of his
appreciation for my work, he gave me a St. Christopher’s medal, which was
blessed by the priest at Bing’s parish, with an inscription on the back that
read: “To Joe. From Bing. We’ll ‘Say One For, You!’”
(Joe Besser, Once a Stooge, Always a Stooge)
Bing Crosby never lingers around a stage
to say good-bye to one and all after a movie job is finished. He’s too shy for
anything like that, preferring to leave some appropriate little gift to take
care of such amenities.
In finishing “Say One for Me” a few
days ago, Bing followed the same routine. Everyone associated with him in the
movie, no matter how trivially, got a remembrance—not at all elaborate, but
carrying the personal touch.
Bing did go overboard a bit in the case of Bob Wagner, playing
second lead in the film, because of their mutual interest in golf and
long discussions they enjoyed about the game. The crooner learned for the first
time that Bob—in his early days of campaigning to win movie-tycoon attention
anywhere at all—used to caddie for him at Lakeside.
No new clubs or anything like that went to Bob! He received a three-month-old Labrador
retriever from Bing’s own kennel, a son of his prized dog, Remus.
To heroine Debbie Reynolds, now in Europe, Bing mailed a tooled leather-covered copy of the script
with a set of color stills from the movie. There were
97 people involved in the “Say One for Me” project—and none was overlooked.
(Harold Heffernan, The Daily News, April 1, 1959)
December 21,
Sunday. Bing’s son,
Dennis and his wife Pat, have a son, Dennis Michael, weighing 8lbs
13oz. Pat's son, Gregory von Douglas-Ittu, from a previous marriage has been adopted by
Dennis.
December 24, Wednesday.
(9:00–10:00 p.m.) Another Christmas Sing with Bing airs on CBS radio.
The show has been sponsored by the Insurance Company of North America. Kathryn
Crosby takes part for the first time.
CBS Radio established the Christmas Sing
with Bing pattern four years ago and it still holds up as an easy and
comfortable programming segment for Yule listening. With Crosby crooning and
emceeing around-the-world pickup for Christmas festivities, the hour rolls by
in a familiar but still enjoyable way. The hymns, carols and even the Tin Pan
Alley salutes to the season get lots of play and the interviews with
representatives from such far away places as Hawaii, Australia, Paris and Rome
set the global mood in music and attitudes.
Extra added attraction this year was
Kathryn Grant Crosby who joined her husband on “Away in the Manger” carol.
Otherwise the tune pitch was the same. “Jingle Bells”, “Adeste Fideles”, “White
Christmas” and other standbys were pleasant to hear again in the Crosby manner.
Accompaniment by the Norman Luboff Choir and Paul Weston orchestra was
topnotch.
(Variety, December 31, 1958)
December
(undated). Bing is said to have returned the presents sent to
him by his son Lindsay as Lindsay had decided to spend Christmas with his
brother Gary in Las Vegas.
December 31, Wednesday. Bing and
Kathryn attend the Tex Feldman party at Romanoff’s.
January 8, Thursday. Kathryn
begins filming The Big Circus for
January 9, Friday. Bing writes to Twentieth-Century-Fox
asking them to withhold Federal Income Tax at 40% on the payments he
received from them on December 15, 22 and 29, 1958.
January 13, Tuesday. Bing writes to Tom Johnson, another shareholder in the Pittsburgh Pirates.
Dear
Tom
Glad
you liked the little permanent desk calendar. Hope it proves useful to you.
I
am very happy over the news disclosed in your letter of the deal for the
transfer of Forbes Field. I can appreciate that you guys must have done an
awful lot of hard work to put this thing over, and as a participant in the
obvious rewards, I’m grateful.
I
had planned to get there for the All-Star Game and also opening day, but there’s
now talk of a picture starting about the first of April. Picture starting dates
though are always elastic, and you never can be too definite about them until a
month or so before post time. I’ll let you know if I can come.
You’re
very kind to offer Kathryn and I your hospitality. I shall get back to you
later when I know more about my schedule.
My
very best to you and your family.
As
ever, Bing
January 15, Thursday. Filming
of “Say One for Me” shuts down for 3 weeks. Elsewhere, Bing dines in the
kitchen at Gallatin’s in Monterey to get away from the crowd.
Filming
Twentieth-Fox’s “Say One For Me” shuts down for three weeks starting tomorrow,
with producer-director Frank Tashlln to launch recording sessions and intensive
rehearsals for song and dance numbers. Pic went into production Dec. 15.
(Daily
Variety, January 14, 1959)
January 15-18, Thursday–Sunday. At the Crosby pro-am at Pebble Beach when the weather is unusually excellent. Art Wall is the professional winner. The tournament raises $105,000 for charity. Celebrities playing include Don Cherry, James Garner, Johnny Weissmuller, Moe Dalitz, Bob Crosby, Guy Madison, Dean Martin, Desi Arnaz, Gordon MacRae, Phil Harris, Fred MacMurray, Ray Bolger, Ray Milland and Richard Arlen. ABC takes over from CBS to provide the television coverage. Kathryn learns she is pregnant again. At the clambake, Bing leads the entertainment, which includes Jane Morgan, Dick Shawn and Buddy Cole & Orchestra.
You had to be more
than an avid golf fan, you had, in fact, to be something; of a masochist to
stick with all 90 minutes of the ABC televersion of Bing Crosby’s annual golf
tourney finals last Sunday (18) from Pebble Beach, Calif. And It’s not because
maestro Crosby has lost any of his charm or hipness; he was tops—whenever he, had
the chance. The real villains of this piece were the directors, camera and
soundmen, with a definite assist from network and sponsor for again forcing
upon them the difficult, and not necessarily worthwhile technical feat of furiously
cutting back and forth among what seemed like half the population (they all
seem to play golf) of Hollywood. Show
was definitely confusing. The cameras didn’t always follow the line of play on
the last three holes of this $50,000 tourney; and when they did, the play was
not always brought into focus. Capper was that the stanza ended its run seconds
before the winning putt on the 18th hole was made. That’s show biz?
(Variety, January 21, 1959)
PEBBLE BEACH - Bing
Crosby, an old pro in front of the camera, saved last year’s TV show of his golf
tournament from being a complete snafu. He took over in the final minutes of
the telecast when it became obvious that Art Wall Jr. and Gene Littler,
separated by only one stroke as they came down the 18th fairway, would not
finish the final hole under the 4 p. m. TV deadline.
Veteran golfers—pros
or amateurs—knew it was all over and that Wall was a sure winner when Littler
sent his second shot into the Pacific on a diving hook. Some of the TV
commentators, selected, more for their voice than their knowledge of golf,
still hemmed and hawed.
One of the
commentators even resorted to the old cover-up of describing the size of the
crowd and came up with this ad lib beauty: “It’s a capacity sellout.” The
pressure of the clock steadily ticking to the 4 o’clock cutoff time was a
trifle too much for this fellow.
That’s when Crosby
decided it was time to unravel the snafu and he hastily sped to the master
mike.
“Well, that is it,
folks,” he calmly said. “Wall is the new champ. It was a tough break for
Littler but even the best of them will roll their wrists once in a while.”
A hurried plug for
the sponsor followed and TV screens switched to cowboys, leaving the
sports-minded television audience with a slightly frustrated feeling and
wondering whether Wall really won.
January 16, Friday. A letter from A. Rosen of the FBI to his director indicates that Moe Dalitz may have received an invitation to join a deer hunting party at Bing’s Elko ranch at which Bing was to be present. Dalitz is said to be a Jewish member of the Mafia and an American bootlegger, racketeer and casino owner who was one of the major figures who helped shape Las Vegas, Nevada.
January 22-23, Thursday-Friday. Bing plays with Jimmy Demaret, Walter Mullady and F. C. Goodwin as a foursome in the pro-member 36-hole best-ball competition at the Thunderbird Country Club in Palm Springs. They finish with 119 but are unplaced.
January 24. Saturday. Hosts a dinner party for 12 at the Satellite Room of the Firecliff Lodge, Palm Springs.
January 29, Thursday. (9:00-9:30 p.m.) The four Crosby Boys guest on Pat Boone's Chevy Showroom TV show on ABC-TV. Bing watches the show at the Desert Holiday Hotel in Palm Springs.
February (undated), A one-reel film for a Saturday Evening Post sales convention called “Showdown at Ulcer Gulch” with Bing and various other stars starts being shown at various advertising organizations meetings.
Jimmy
“Shamus” Culhane was a major Disney animator and the author of a how-to book
which continues to inspire budding artists to become animators. On Hollywood’s
social ladder, animators have always occupied a
very low rung … but Culhane was the son-in-law of Chico Marx, a relationship
which enabled Culhane to socialize with the Marx Brothers and their famous Hollywood
friends such as Bob Hope and Bing Crosby. Culhane shanghaied some of
those big stars to appear in this awful little film.
“Showdown at Ulcer Gulch” is Culhane’s home movie. It’s about as funny as your
Uncle Irving’s home movies, with slightly better production values. Like a lot
of other Hollywood animators, Culhane wanted to escape
from the cartoon ghetto and get a job making “real” movies; “Showdown at Ulcer
Gulch” was apparently meant to be his demo reel. This film has lots of
arty-tarty little “auteur” touches that make it even less funny than it started
out to be. Ted Key, the creator of the grossly unfunny Saturday Evening Post
feature “Hazel”, is credited (?) with the script of this film. There doesn’t
really seem to be a script. Most of the participants (“actors” would be the
wrong word) seem to be ad-libbing, and they’re ad-libbing very badly. Even
those great improv-meisters Groucho and Chico Marx are ad-libbing badly here.
When you look at IMDB’s cast list for this film - Groucho, Chico, Hope
and Crosby, Ernie Kovacs and his wife (the
under-rated Edie Adams) - you’ll assume that “Showdown at Ulcer Gulch” must be
a lost masterpiece of comedy, a sure-fire laff-riot. No, honestly: it’s awful.
I’ll rate it one point out of 10.
February 4, Wednesday.
Commencing his round at 10:15 a.m., Bing, using a three-iron, hits his fourth hole in one (and his
first in a tournament) at the 169-yard ninth hole during the Pro-Am preceding the Phoenix Open at the Arizona Country Club.
His playing partners are Jimmy Demaret and Phoenix amateurs Jimmy Geare and Jim
Coles. The four-ball comes in with a best-ball score of 60 but are unplaced.
February 9, Monday. Bing
returns to the set of the film Say One for Me. During the day, he also
records “The NATO Song” to a guitar accompaniment by Vince Terri. The song is
designed to help celebrate the tenth anniversary of NATO as part of a campaign
drawn up by J. Walter Thompson. It is not known whether the song was ever used.
February 14, Saturday. Lindsay
Crosby is discharged from the army.
February 18, Wednesday.
Margaret Crosby (Ted’s wife) gives birth to a son, Edward Nathaniel, at Sacred Heart
Hospital in Spokane.
February 19, Thursday. Bing
writes to Priscilla Koernig of Club Crosby.
Thank you for your note. I’m glad that
were able to get down to see the golf tournament in person. I must tell you,
you got a real break too, because that’s the best weather we’ve ever had. Maybe
you’re the one who brought it to us.
I’m glad that your girl friend got our
picture together, and I’m sorry that you didn’t see Kathryn. She was up there,
but she had a lot of friends she was entertaining and a lot of things to do,
and she really didn’t get out on the golf course much. Maybe one or twice, I
guess, is all.
Little “Tex” is doing just fine. He’s
very amusing at this age, and he keeps us entertained constantly. Of course there
are occasions when he keeps us awake too, when we would rather be asleep, but
that’s just one of the things you must endure when you have small children
around the house, and we don’t mind it at all.
Mother had an operation for a cataract
on one of her eyes, and it’s been quite successful. She’s going to see better I
believe now, and is very happy about it.
Thanks again for your letter. Give my
best to all the Club Members.
As ever, your friend, Bing
February 22, Sunday. It is announced that Bing has bought a 638-acre ranch 20 miles north of Merced, California for more than $300,000.
February 28, Saturday. Tapes
a brief guest appearance for the Dean Martin television show to be broadcast by
NBC on March 19.
March 1, Sunday. (5:30-5:45 p.m.) Bing is
featured in a transcribed fifteen-minute radio program Stars for Defense
and sings three songs accompanied by Buddy Cole as well as providing linking
dialogue. The program includes a talk by an official of the Federal Civil
Defense Administration about what to do in the case of nuclear attack.
March 2, Monday. During the
day, Bing is presented with a free lifetime hunting and fishing license for
British Columbia by D. Leo Dolan, Canada’s consul general in Los Angeles, to
recognize his help in promoting the province’s centennial year. Bing had
performed without charge in two filmstrips about British Columbia. (6:30–7:30
p.m.) Hosts The Bing Crosby Show live on ABC-TV with guest Jo Stafford
who duets with Bing on many of the songs from the Fancy Meeting You Here
album. James Garner, Dean Martin, Phillip and Dennis Crosby also make guest
appearances. Bill Colleran is the producer-director and Nelson Riddle and his
Orchestra provide the musical backing. Bill Morrow is the writer. Bill Hayes and Florence Henderson act as goodwill salesmen for Oldsmobile and join Bing in singing a commercial. The show on ABC rates 28.4 against NBC
at 18.3 and CBS at 14.8.
Bing Crosby’s second show of the season for
Oldsmobile was a highly entertaining exercise in cleverness. From Bill Morrow’s
script through the special musical material by Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen
to the settings by Jim Trittipo, the stanza was sparked by a wit and an
ingenuity which gave an extra edge to the line-up of names… Morrow’s scripting,
as usual, was keyed to the Crosby style of relaxed but completely constructed palaver.
The show also happened to be solid in the performance department, as well. On
hand were Jo Stafford who was at the top of her form in her solo of ‘I’ll Be
Seeing You” and her wind-up, 20-minute duet with Crosby on a flock of
standards. Dean Martin, unbilled and unannounced, turned up for a gag imitation
of Bing Crosby in his salad days while Garner was ingratiating in his singing
and chatter assignments.
The Crosby twins, Phillip and Dennis, were used as prop boys, singing the
intros and shifting the Trittipo sets in a flowing transition from number to
number. Their integration into the long Stafford-Crosby duet via do-it-yourself
constructions of Chinese junks, Mexican sombreros, airplanes and the Eiffel
Tower was standout. They also joined Crosby for a pleasant workout on a hit of
a couple of years ago, ‘The Jones Boy’.
(Variety, March 4, 1959)
A scenic designer named James Trittipo virtually
stole the Bing Crosby Show last night on Channel 7. His impressionistic
settings made of unfinished lumber were breathtaking in their inventiveness,
simplicity and humor...Otherwise the show was in the best Crosby tradition,
unhurried entertainment that was consistently pleasant.
(Jack Gould, New York Times, March 3, 1959)
The more trouble they take, the more
elaborately casual the shows are. You might put that down as Crosby’s Law. Bing
Crosby’s second show of the season seemed marvelously effortless, not only by
the Groaner but by everyone concerned—indicating long and painful preparation
by writer Bill Morrow, director-producer Bill Colleran and producer Sammy Cahn.
The Crosby television shows have now
assumed a solid and rewarding shape, closely resembling those of the old Kraft
Music Hall radio shows. This was a singing show. Starting with an elaborate
singing, introduction, it was almost all song, including song introductions by
two of Crosby’s sons—Phillip and Dennis—to the tune of “The Children’s Marching
Song” (a device that became unbearably cute only occasionally.)
If you like songs, I think they’re
coming back after a long absence due to this rock ‘n’ roll nonsense. Crosby and
Jo Stafford, one of his guests, sang some real great ones. Crosby sang “Old Man
River” and “Twilight on the Trail” all by himself. Teamed with Miss Stafford,
he did some rollicking duets on “Fancy Meeting You Here,” “Slow Boat to China”
and “I Can’t Get Started with You.” The Crosby voice, which hasn’t sounded too
great in recent years, suddenly boomed out strong as ever. (I’m afraid it was
all pre-recorded and at one point Crosby got caught with his mouth closed while
the voice sang on. But what difference does it make?)
This may be the shape of things to
come. Starting with the opening note, the show boomed along entirely in song
for fifteen solid minutes without a, word of dialogue. Then Crosby and another
guest, James Garner, otherwise known as Brett Maverick, engaged in some
tomfoolery about, gambling with the Crosby boys. Dean Martin, who provided
quite a lift to the previous Crosby show, appeared to show young Maverick how
the young Bing Crosby once sang, singing “Easy to Remember” just exactly like
the old master.
After this interlude, the show got
back to the songs and never, stooped to any more jokes again. (That’s nice work
if Bill Morrow can get it and he’s got it.) Crosby’s marvelous sense of rhythm
seemed to infect everyone around him. I can’t remember a more enjoyable hour of
song and fun on television. Everything worked. Nothing obtruded. Nothing seemed
hurried or harried. Nothing seemed forced.
Just as NBC’s elaborate backgrounds
have a special flavor of their own, ABC is getting to be known—in my house at
least—for the fresh and inventive simplicity of its sets. The first Bing Crosby
show introduced the rocking chair. The stepladder and the stool have always
been big at ABC. This show’s art director, Jim Trittipo, went even more
primitive than the stepladder by staging everything on piles of lumber. Not
only was this idea charming and gay, but it kept the emphasis on the songs. It
gave the whole production a lightness and gaiety which set off the formidable
personalities of Crosby and Stafford and Garner at their best. (Next week, I
expect molten lava as a setting if this trend toward the elemental continues.)
Crosby will be back with his next show
in the fall, which should give him plenty of time to prepare.
(John Crosby, The New York Herald Tribune)
My
friend, Charlie Graves, in London has
sent me your recent letter. I’m very sorry that the discs you desire are not in
circulation and not available. I really am not familiar with Decca’s method of
distribution, so I can’t be of much help in advising you about where they could
be found.
As far
as keeping current on recordings is concerned, there’s just no possibility of
this at this time, Leslie, because the public interest in my recordings has
waned to a point that it’s futile to spend the time making records which just
lay on the shelves.
I’ve
had a long career recording, and I’m very grateful for all the good things that
have happened to me, so it’s easy for you to appreciate I’m sure, that I’m not
despondent about the apathy which exists.
There
are thousands of record companies in this country now and they are little
fly-by-night operations who cut records on spec with anybody at all - any
singer, any artist, any musicians - take a quick flier at the market and if any
interest develops they go ahead with exploitation. It is quite hopeless to try
and compete with these people. You just go along recording songs from pictures
or issuing recordings taken from old radio shows in the hope that one of them
will catch on, but to try and go into active competition with this fierce
situation is really ill-advised.
Am very
pleased that you still are interested in what I sing, and I’m very grateful to
you for writing Mr. Graves.
As ever
– Your friend, Bing
March 6, Friday. (9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.) Using the Capitol studios, Bing records
songs for the soundtrack album of Say One for Me with Percy Faith
and his Orchestra for Columbia Records but most remain unissued.
March (undated). Bing and Kathryn
visit her parents in Texas. Kathryn is recovering after dislocating both
shoulders while making the film The Big Circus for
March 15, Sunday. Starting
at 1 p.m., Bing is part of a foursome with Phil Harris, Desi Arnaz and
Randolph
Scott who play 18 holes for charity at El Rio Country Club, Tucson,
Arizona.
The proceeds go to the Beacon Foundation. A crowd of 3500 watch the
proceedings in cold windy weather and see Crosby and Harris lose 5 and
4 to Scott and Arnaz. Bing has a 79 on the par 70 course.
March 19, Thursday. Makes a brief guest appearance on the Dean Martin television show broadcast by NBC today. This had been taped on February 28. Donald O’Connor and Gisele MacKenzie are the other guests.
We
kept waiting for Bing Crosby’s “surprise” visit to last night’s “Dean Martin
Show,” hoping it would add a little life to a listless exhibition, but it was three
minutes to signoff before Bing put in his appearance, and by then it was too
late.
The
Bing bang proved a dud anyway—a line of dialogue, a bit of song, some foot
movements. Nothing.
Martin
can be affable and amusing, but last night, despite the presence of such
potentially socko guests as Donald O’Connor and Gisele MacKenzie, he was just
tedious. Maybe, as seemed the case last season with his buddy, Frank Sinatra,
he’s just using TV these days as a restful fill-in between movie assignments.
There
were songs, dances and unfunny sayings—and, of, yes: card tricks! —without
over-all theme or coordinating point of view. The final number, the one in
which Crosby momentarily participated, was “Back in the Old Routine,” and that
pretty much summed up the taped hour. Routine.
(Harry Harris, The Philadelphia Inquirer, March 20,
1959)
March 20, Friday. Bob Hope’s film Alias Jesse James, in which Bing has a short cameo appearance, is released.
Comical
also are
the closing scenes where Hope has a showdown with the outlaw and his
gang, the
members of which are picked off one by one by concealed sheriff's
deputies,
while Hope believes that his accurate aim is responsible. These
deputies,
incidentally, are portrayed by such well known personalities as Bing
Crosby,
Gary Cooper, James Garner, Roy Rogers, James Arness, Gene Autry, Ward
Bond, Hugh O'Brian. Tonto and Fess Parker. Their appearances are brief
but amusing.
(Harrison’s Reports,
March 21, 1959)
March 25, Wednesday. (9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.) Again
records songs from the film Say One for Me, this time with Frank De Vol
and his Orchestra for Columbia Records. The Capitol studios are used.
Say One For
Me
COLUMBIA 41387 — The groaner turns out
a pleasant version of the title tune from his new flick. Also a spinnable side.
Good choral effects are heard in the backing.
I
Couldn’t Care Less
From the movie “Say One for Me,” comes this pleasant ballad. It’s ably backed by a fem chorus. Jocks will
find this worth spins.
(Billboard, May 4, 1959)
Say One for Me is abysmal. Even Bing Crosby
can’t get away with numbers like ‘The Secret of Christmas” and it sounds as if
he’s not really trying to on this occasion. The rest is substandard rock ‘n’
roll, a couple of mildewed ballads and the inevitable cha-cha for Debbie
Reynolds and Robert Wagner.
(The Gramophone, October 1959)
March 30, Monday. An article
by Joe Hyams of the Associated Press about a recent interview with Bing is
published. Bing is quoted as saying:
I guess I didn’t do very well bringing my boys up.
I think I failed them by giving them too much work and discipline, too much
money, and too little time and attention. But I did my best and so did their
mother . . . I’m getting another chance with Tex (Harry) and with Kathy as help
I’ll do better . . . I used to get them together for talks all the time and get
nowhere, They’d yes me along beautifully and say, “You’re so right, Dad” and go
out and do it all over again. . . . I’ve had so many heart-to-heart talks with
Gary I’m embarrassed when I say, “Sit down, Gary, I want to have a few words
with you.” . . . I think maybe I did too much talking while they did too
little. It seems that maybe we got out of the habit of communicating. You’ve
got to get kids started talking to you and keep them at it. I never had much
success talking with mine.
Bing’s comments
receive prominent press coverage but his sons (with the exception of Gary) give
interviews assuring him that he did not fail them as a father.
“None of us feels the way Dad does about it. Sure,
we had a few problems. Any family runs into that. Our sort of problems are
probably different than most. After all, we couldn’t live the life of the
typical American family. In light of that, I feel Dad did a wonderful job.”
(Phillip Crosby)
“I think somebody took what Dad said and colored it
up. Any father is disappointed when his son does something wrong. . . . I
certainly never noticed a lack of attention from my father. So far as being
strict is concerned, I remember we used to get a few cuffs now and then, but
everybody gets those. I don’t recall any lickings.”
(Dennis Crosby)
“Pop’s been just a great parent, no matter what he
thinks.”
(Lindsay Crosby)
(All as reproduced in The Fabulous Life of Bing
Crosby, page 184)
I don’t know how our dad could feel he’s failed us as a father. Reading
that he had said that in an interview really shook me up. I only hope someday
that I can give my son a tenth of what Dad has given us. And that I can rate
any part of the admiration we’ve always felt for him.
That’s why it hurt so much to see him knocking himself in print. Taking
himself apart and saying he punished us too much, that he was too strict with
us, that he made us work too hard, that he spent too little time with us. That
really shook me up.
(Lindsay Crosby, as quoted in an unidentified
magazine)
April 1, Wednesday. An accounting showing payments from a trust established by Dixie Lee's will is filed in Superior Court.
An accounting
showing payments from a trust established under the will of Dixie Lee, the late
first wife of Bing Crosby, was filed yesterday in Superior Court. The trustee,
John O’Melveny, reported that the trust assets as of last Sept. 30 totaled
$456,824. Covering the period between Oct. 4, 1957, and Sept. 30, the report
said that during this time $6,600 was paid to each of two beneficiaries, Even E.
Wyatt, Miss Lee’s father, and Mrs. Catherine Crosby, her mother-in-law. Bing Crosby
himself received $13,200 and $9,900 was paid to each of his four sons, Gary,
25; Phillip and Dennis, 24, twins, and Lindsay, 20. Their mother, legally known
as Wilma Wyatt Crosby, died in 1952. Bing is now married to actress Kathy
Grant.
(Los Angeles Times, April 2, 1959)
April 5, Sunday. Kathryn arrives in
Ispeming, Michigan, to film Anatomy of a Murder for Columbia Pictures. She announces that she is expecting a baby in September or October.
April (undated). Bing is named as
the star of Bachelor’s Baby,
a film to be directed by Dick Powell at
Twentieth-Century-Fox. Shooting was due to start on May 11 but Bing
does not
proceed with the project. It is said that Bing wanted Jean
Simmons to play opposite him but she was not available and
the film fell through.
April 8-10, Wednesday-Friday,
Gary Crosby records an LP for Verve called “The Happy Bachelor” at Radio
Recorders, Hollywood with Bunny Botkin and his Orchestra.
Gary Crosby “The Happy Bachelor” (Verve)
Bing Crosby’s oldest son, Gary, shows himself to be
a very hip vocalist in this set. The title number of this LP is a tricky,
swinging number with an intricate lyric which he handles with a freeswinging flavor.
(Variety, January 13, 1960)
April 9, Thursday. Bing
attends the Church of the Good Shepherd in Beverly Hills to see his friend Gary
Cooper admitted into the Roman Catholic Church.
April 17, Friday. Bing
and Bill Morrow are reported to be driving to Guaymas in north-western Mexico
in Bing’s Rolls Royce.
April (undated). Bing is in Palmilla, Baja California del Sur, Mexico, with Bill Morrow. Bing writes to Kathryn.
Dearest Kathryn,
Here we are at Palmilla,
the place described on the outside of the envelope. It is the ultimate in
luxury, beautifully situated on a promontory overlooking the sea, superbly
built, and tastefully furnished, with a truly excellent cuisine.
But of course the big
thing is the fishing. We went out at 10 a.m., caught three marlin, and were in
port by 2:30. On the way back we ran into a school of rooster fish and caught a
dozen in twenty minutes. Beautifully-colored, weighing about fifteen pounds
with a sort of fan on their dorsal fin, they jump and run like mad when hooked.
Our hotel is just
thirteen miles from the tip of the peninsula on Cabo San Lucas. As you can see,
we’re running out of country.
I’d love to call you,
but there’s absolutely no chance from here. A friend is taking this letter out.
Love, Bing.
(As reproduced in My Life With Bing, page 133)
April 22, Wednesday. Bing and
Walter Winchell lose two down to Phil Harris and Bob Hope in the annual
celebrities’ putting contest at the Desert Inn in Las Vegas in front of a
gallery of 3,000 fans. The contest is staged to benefit the Damon Runyon Cancer
Fund and it precedes the Tournament of Champions. Meanwhile the Motion
Picture Exhibitor magazine contains the following:
April 26, Sunday. Bing watches the final round of the Tournament of Champions at the Desert Inn club. Mike Souchak is the winner.
May 6, Wednesday. Phillip
Crosby’s wife has a baby girl who is named Dixie Lee.
May 7-17, Thursday–Sunday. Bing and Kathryn are in Las Cruces, Baja, Mexico, staying with Mr. and Mrs. Lordan.
May 12, Tuesday. Bill Morrow, who is heading a development group, announces that Bing is to buy 170 acres of land at the old Otero ranch near Tubac, Arizona. Bing has also bought a $5000 membership in the proposed Tubac Country Club.
May 13, Wednesday. Bing and
Kathryn attempt to drive to La Paz but their jeep breaks down. They start off
on a five-mile walk through the desert, but Kathryn, who is six months
pregnant, feels unwell. Bing signals to a light plane flying overhead and the
pilot arranges for a taxi to pick up the couple.
May 16, Saturday. While out
fishing with Bob and Ruth Fisher on their boat “The Volador,” Bing wrestles
with a thousand pound marlin for over five hours until the fish escapes.
May 17, Sunday. Bing goes
back to Palm Desert while Kathryn returns to Los Angeles.
May 18,
Monday. Billboard announces that Bing has started his own record company (subsequently named Project
Records) and
has set as its initial project an album version of the Life Magazine series,
"How the West Was Won." The package is to consist of a two-LP album and
will include the pin and prose published by Life
in its seven-part treatment of
the conquest of the West. It will feature Bing among other name artists
who
are to be signed within the next few weeks. Package is to be aimed for
the
Christmas market. Si Rady is named as president of the firm. Other
officers include Bing as board chairman, Basil Grillo and John
O'Melveny as veepees with Todd
Johnson as secretary-treasurer. (Grillo also is exec veepee of Bing
Crosby
Enterprises and O'Melveny has been Bing's long-time lawyer of the law
firm of
O'Melveny and Meyer.) In a radical
departure from the usual pattern of operations, the new diskery is to
concentrate its efforts only on special projects. Rady will helm the
company's operations and also serve as its top
artist-repertoire exec. Rady is a record industry
veteran of approximately two decades. He started as a freelance disk
producer.
He later joined Decca Records where he served for 12 years handling
artist-repertoire in the kiddisk, pop album, show packages and
classical realms.
During his time, he helped Decca pioneer in the spoken word field. Rady
moved
to RCA Victor where he was European artist-repertoire manager for three
years,
headquartering in Paris. He switched to Victor's West Coast operation,
holding
down the artist-repertoire post for approximately one year.
May 25, Monday. Bing writes
to Rena Albanesi, Editor of BINGANG magazine.
I swear I thought I wrote and thanked you for the birthday gift. I must
have dictated the letter and then mislaid it. I do thank you very much for the
sentiment.
I just finished reading a recent edition of Bingang. I want to compliment you and your staff on the
nice job you do with this publication. It’s really quite an interesting piece
of material, and very well assembled. I really am baffled as to where you find
all this subject matter, but I‘m grateful to you and the gals for the work you
do in connection with it.
I thought I had another picture all set to start in a
few weeks. We’ve been talking about it for months – a thing called
“Bachelor’s Baby”, a comedy by Gwen Davenport, who you may recall wrote Cheaper
by the Dozen. It’s a very funny comedy, and our chief problem was trying to
find a couple of leading ladies of sufficient reputation and stature to help us
at the box office. It’s no longer wise to go into a picture without adequate
support in all departments, particularly the opposite leads.
Practically everybody we wanted was busy, so it
appears now that the picture is off temporarily. We may get around to it next
fall, or maybe something else by that time – I just don’t know.
I don’t know whether or not you saw the recent series
which ran in LIFE
It is going to involve Rosie Clooney and myself,
possibly Burl Ives, some important folk singers who haven’t as yet been decided
upon, several big choral groups, and the general musical job is going to be
taken over by Hank Mancini, I believe. We are going to try to do something
really worthwhile in this effort.
We’re doing a big benefit premiere down at El Centro the
20th of June. There’s a very real necessity there for Youth Recreation
facilities, and we hope with the proceeds of the premiere to raise enough money
to erect them some sort of a structure for such use. I have several of these
little projects going in different parts of the country, which occupy my
attention from time to time, but not doing much work otherwise, until possibly
fall when I’ll get another television show ready, and possibly another movie.
Please give my very best to all the club members. Believe me to be, as
ever –
Your friend, Bing
May 27, Wednesday. (5:00
p.m.). British singer Michael Holliday and his wife visit Bing at Valley Golf
Club, Santa Barbara where Bing has been playing in a golf tournament.
Then Margie turned around. A middle-aged man in a
white flat cap and blue polo shirt was ambling towards them with a gait that
they had seen a thousand times on the cinema screen. Beneath the white golfing
cap, a pipe jutted out, held jauntily at an angle. ‘I think this is him,’ said
Margie. It was.
Crosby immediately acknowledged the
English couple. ‘Be with you in just a minute,’ the famous voice boomed, as
Crosby headed first to the locker room to wash up after his game. Within
minutes, he was back, full of the famous Crosby charm and playing the perfect
host.
Crosby was never comfortable with idolatry.
Perry Como once recalled how, during a long TV duet with Crosby, he had found
himself so lost in Bing’s presence that he had stopped the medley and simply
said ‘You know, if it wasn’t for him, I’d still be cutting hair [a reference to
Como’s early life as a barber].’ After the taping was over, Crosby had
chastised his disciple for his impromptu tribute.
‘Don’t ever do that again,’ he said to
Como, his voice carrying a tone that made it clear that to transgress would put
a friendship at risk.
With his idol sat opposite him, Mike
was transfixed. ‘My mother always taught me not to stare,’ Mike said later in
his account of the meeting, ‘but I just couldn’t help it. I just stared
straight at him.’ Despite acting like a rabbit in the headlights, Mike professed
to not feeling nervous. ‘The only problem is that you don’t believe you’re
really there, that you won’t wake up and find it’s all a dream,’ he said later.
The sense of disbelief may have helped
Mike to allow something of his natural personality to come through. Freed from
the pressures of needing to be ‘Michael Holliday’, he was a highly likeable
individual, a mischievous twinkle in his eye and a smile never far from his
face. Most of Crosby’s true personal friends resided away from the world of
show business, with straightforward simplicity a common characteristic. The
natural Mike was a good fit, and Crosby seemed to take a genuine liking to both
him and Margie. Seeing that Margie had a camera with her, Bing suggested that
they take some pictures of the meeting, both still and home-movie. The
surviving film shows a relaxed Mike, sitting alongside Bing in a pair of
directors’ chairs, sipping drinks. Mike looks comfortable and naturally
relaxed, even if a beaming smile never leaves his face. Margie even persuaded
Bing to ham it up with Mike and recreate the famous pat-a-cake routine that was
a regular part of the Hope and Crosby Road pictures.
Crosby invited the couple to follow
him back to his home in Holmby Hills, where they met his young wife Kathryn. The
next day, they visited the Crosby office, where they were treated as if they
were lifelong friends. Bing himself took time out to dig out some privately
pressed LPs of unissued radio material, all of which were personally signed.
For the Hollidays, the trip was simply a dream come true. ‘Marge and I have
loved him for so long,’ he told Stan White. ‘He is the master of everything
...The Great Croz.’
Even then, Mike didn’t seem to realise
just what a coup the visit had been. Whilst in Hollywood, Mike visited Capitol
Records and met Dave Dexter, who was much impressed at Mike’s souvenirs. ‘How
he did it, I have no idea,’ he wrote to Paramor ‘but he showed me photos with
Bing Crosby. Crosby’s own brothers and sons can’t get Bing on the telephone,
much less visit with him, so I suspect Holliday has a secret touch. I have
known Bob Crosby [Bing’s younger brother] for several years and he once told me
that he went three or four years without ever seeing or hearing from Bing!’
When Mike returned to England, the
press made much of his meeting with Bing. ‘YOUNG GROANER MEETS OLD GROANER’ was
one headline, atop of Margie’s photo of the two singers. From then on, Mike and
Bing became regular correspondents and even if the flow of letters was greater
from Croydon to California than in the opposite direction, Bing did at least
reciprocate some of the attention that Mike foisted upon him.
(Ken Crossland, The Man Who Would Be Bing - the
life story of Michael Holliday, page 119)
June 4, Thursday. Bing buys
Portland television station KPTV in conjunction with the Nafi Corporation.
June 5, Friday. Bing is at
his Holmby Hills home where he is visited by a British fan. Later in the day,
Bing meets Father Franklin Kelliher in connection with a fund-raising event involving the
premiere of the film Say One for Me.
June 13-14, Saturday-Sunday. Bing (handicap 3) takes
part in the “Swallows” golf tournament at Cypress Point. Playing with Dick Snideman, they finish 13-up. The winners are 15-up.
June 18, Thursday. Bing’s
sons have formed an act and open as “The Crosby Boys” at the Sky Room in Tucson,
Arizona. Bing’s film Say One for Me has its premiere at Buffalo, New
York. The event forms part of fund raising activities for Buffalo Boy’s Town
run by Father Kelliher. Bing sends a taped message. There is also a gala
benefit premier at the Pantages Theatre on Hollywood Boulevard with the
proceeds going to the Daniel Freeman Hospital, Inglewood and the Jesuit
Scholasticata. Bing does not attend. The film later appears in the book The
Fifty Worst Movies of All Time.
Basic
idea in Robert O’Brien’s story probably had potentialities. It’s a “Going My
Way” sort of affair with Bing Crosby again as a priest with his target shifted
from juvenile roughnecks to show business delinquents. But something went wrong
in the development; the entertainment values are short of impressive and the
boxoffice will have to depend on Crosby and Debbie Reynolds as the marquee
names. . . . Songs by Sammy Cahn and James Van Heusen are not likely to be
listed among their best credits although the title number is top quality—good
lyrics, pleasant melody—and stands a chance on its own. “The Secret of
Christmas,” so far as the story goes, is a sure click but actually is a modest
offering that might get action at yule time.
Crosby turns in a
curiously inhibited performance. He plays the role tight, not at all like the
free-wheeling, leisurely-paced Crosby of yore, but the voice is still there…
(Variety, June 10, 1959)
AFTER all the times Bing Crosby has
played a priest in films, you’d think by now he would be a Bishop or a
Monsignor, at least. But no, he is still a parish pastor in Frank Tashlin’s
“Say One for Me,” another romance of religion and show business, which came to
the Paramount yesterday.
Mr. Crosby is still atmosphering
informally in cassock and biretta (or just toupee) in and about the vicinity of
a small Catholic church off Broadway, mixing piety and wisecracks in about
equal measures and snatching brands from the burning that is going on all the
time just up the street.
The principal brand that takes some
snatching is a young night club impresario, entertainer and general sin-doer
among the showgirls at the club. This fellow, played by Robert Wagner, is a
real gone type (“know what I mean”), given to impudent indifference toward the
squareness of a priest. He tees off on Father Conroy (that’s our Bing, of
course), accuses him of stealing his routines for an old vaudevillian and other
such. Needless to say, the good father regards him dubiously.
Particularly does he do so because one
of his best parishioners, a little college girl played by Debbie Reynolds, goes
to work at this fellow’s club. Of course, she is not a usual showgirl, she just
needs money for a father who is ill, and so there is really no good reason for
the burning anxiety of Father Bing. But he worries and probes the situation.
This takes him to the club. This leads him to the pious business of poking his
mitts into the fire.
In the process, he does score some
rescues. The most obvious and delightful save he makes is that of a beat piano
player who is trying to make his home in a bottle of booze. This character,
played by Ray Walston, is more of Bing’s vintage and type, and the two do some
gratifying chumming and crooning in the war on John Barleycorn.
Father Bing also plucks from the
embers a moody showgirl who has a tiny tot without the benefit of a marriage
license. He gives baby and mother the sign.
But we really can’t credit him with
saving the impudent impresario. That job is mainly done by Miss Reynolds, who
looks great in tight slacks or opera hose and also in the color and wide-screen
effectively used here. It is she who really angles the young scapegrace to 2 A.
M. mass (or what Father Bing calls his “late, late LATE show”). But then Bing’s
successes in the priesthood have usually had strong assists from Cupid’s bow.
It is a pleasant show-world
entertainment, this obvious “Say One for Me,” full of pretty girls with shapely
legs, a few song numbers (two sung by Bing) and religious images. Robert
O’Brien has contributed a screen play that is loaded with slang. Broadway gags
that are easily comprehended and not too much clerical sentiment. Connie
Gilchrist as the priest’s housekeeper has some of the cutest lines and, next to
Mr. Walston, is the most solid comic in the show.
As for Bing—well, he’s just about as
usual, a little less lively, perhaps, a little older looking, but still casual
and sincere. He’ll never make Monsignor. He’ll always be a parish priest,
whenever he turns his collar backward, because you always sense a sport shirt
underneath.
(Bosley Crowther, The New York Times,
June 20, 1959)
A pleasant, if sometimes monotonous, photodrama
with music . . . For visual appeal, this new 20th. Century-Fox film, in color
and CinemaScope, is a world-beater. . . . A handsome production from start to
finish, it misses only in the departments of story, direction and acting, three
important categories, nonetheless.
(Citizen News, Hollywood, June 19, 1959)
Coarse-grained and insensitive . . . an uneasy two
hours . . . Crosby himself wears a pained expression a lot of the time.
(Philip K. Scheuer, Los Angeles Times)
June 20, Saturday. Bing appears on the stage of the Fox Theater in El Centro, Southern California, and sings several songs. His film Say One for Me is also shown and personal appearances are also made by Robert Wagner, Natalie Wood, and Ricardo Montalban. All of the proceedings are part of a benefit for Our Lady of Guadalupe Church and parish in El Centro, organized by Father Victor Salandini, and $7000 is raised.
June (undated). Bing and Kathryn attend a surprise party given by Alice Faye for her husband Phil Harris at Don the Beachcomber in Hollywood.
June 25, Thursday. The
Crosby Brothers open at Chez Paree in Chicago.
CROSBY BROS. Chez Paree, Chicago. Songs 58
Mins. Bing Crosby’s four sons are launched on the cabaret scene in high style.
The frères - Gary, Phillip, Dennis and Lindsay - have a superlative act that is
likely to abash those skeptics who surmised the boys would trade merely on the
lustrous family name…
(Variety,
July 1, 1959)
June 27, Saturday. Bing plays in the first Las Posas Country Club member-guest "Tea Party" tournament.
June 28, Sunday. Bing and Kathryn watch the Dodgers beat the Pittsburgh Pirates 9-4 at the Coliseum.
June 30, Tuesday. A judge
confirms that Lindsay should be allowed to receive $227,662 from the trust fund
set up by his parents following an examination of the final accounting for his
guardianship that ended when he became twenty-one in January.
Lindsay Crosby,
21, youngest of Bing Crosby’s four sons by his late wife. Dixie Lee, took
control of assets worth $227,662.10 yesterday when Superior Judge Burdette J.
Daniels approved a final guardianship account. The account was submitted by
Atty. John O’Melveny, who in 1942 was appointed guardian of the estates of
Lindsay and his three brothers on a petition filed by their parents. At that
time the court was informed that gifts of $30,000 had been made by the parents
to each son. Since then investments, earnings and proceeds from the estate of
their mother have increased the value of their holdings. Court records show
that in September 1955, when Phillip and Dennis, now 25, twins, took over their
holdings. Phillip had $204,514.17 and Dennis $205,810.15. Their older brother
Gary, now 26, received $219,964.05 when his guardianship terminated in July,
1954.
(Los Angeles Times, July 1, 1959)
Bing writes to Irv Kupcinet of the Chicago Sun-Times.
Thanks
so much for sending me the clipping about the boys’ act there at the Chez
Paree. It was nice to talk to you too, and I’m glad to get such good reports of
their debut.
Of
course, it’s remarkable after only a month’s rehearsal that they’re able to do
so well, because outside of Gary, the other three have really no experience at
all working in front of an audience.
I
was hopeful that they could get two or three weeks on the road before going
into Chicago, playing benefits, shooting galleries, and whatever, for no money,
or for any money they could get, and just acquire a lot of ease and poise, and
get the act real smooth before they made such an important appearance, but I guess
they got away with it okay.
Kathryn
joins me in kindest personal regards,
As
ever - Bing
Rising River Ranch
July 4, 1959
Dear
Kathryn,
Leonard
met me at Redding, along with Emery, Sr. There are lots of fish in the river,
but water is clear and ripple-free, a decided factor in their favor. Caught
one, two, and released a few small ones this morning.
Your
dad has also caught some, but finds it a distinct challenge, as does everyone
who comes here. He loves it though, and according to Frances Ruth never wants
to leave.
Your
mother looks better than when last I saw her. She is trying to adhere to her
diet. Doesn’t dine with the group, but takes her hard-boiled egg and sliced
tomatoes in the privacy of her digs. Too tempting, I fancy, to sit and watch us
load up.
I
have been drafted to lead the 4th of July parade in Burney, astride one of
Leonard’s best steeds. Will call you in a day or so. Kiss Tex for me.
Love, Bing
(As reproduced in My Life With Bing, page137)
July 5, Sunday afternoon.
Bing flies into McCall Field, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, aboard Pacific
Petroleum’s Ventura aircraft. He is to stay in the area as a guest of newspaper
publisher Max Bell until July 9. Bing gives a press conference for the
assembled journalists.
Then proceeded one of the most thoroughly pleasant
interviews in the experience of any of the newsmen present. He answered every
question, personal or professional, without evasion. He was relaxed and
friendly.
(Calgary Herald, July 6, 1959)
July 6, Monday. Starting at
9:00 a.m., Bing, wearing a cowboy hat, rides as the grand marshal in the
Calgary Stampede Parade in front of crowds estimated to total 125,000.
July 7, Tuesday. Golfs at
Banff Springs golf course with Jack Cuthbert, the professional at Calgary Golf
and Country Club. In the evening, Bing attends a reception at the home of E. J.
Madill, the principal officer of the U.S. Consulate in Calgary.
July 8, Wednesday. (3:00
p.m.) Bing is made an honorary brave of the Sarcee tribe at the Indian village
on the Calgary Stampede grounds. He goes on to the racetrack where, at around
4:45 p.m., he presents the trophy to the winner of the Bing Crosby
International Handicap.
July 9, Thursday. Bing
arrives in Denver, Colorado, and plays golf at the Cherry Hills Country Club.
Bing Crosby stopped over in Denver for a few hours
Thursday for a round of golf at Cherry Hills Country Club. The Old Groaner
refused to say a mumbling word about anything whatever (not the boys, not
Kathryn Grant Crosby, not the Nevada ranch which is up for sale, not his career
plans.). He was concentrating on his golf and concentrating well. He sank a
15-foot putt on the ninth hole. His companions for golf were Rip Arnold, the
club pro, Joe Dyer and H.R. Berglund.
(Denver
Post, July 10, 1959)
July 20/21/23/24,
Monday/Tuesday/Wednesday/Friday. Makes the How the West Was Won album
at United Recorders, Hollywood, for his own company, Project Records. It is
eventually released by RCA Victor Records in March 1960 having being offered to
This handsome set is sure to attract. The striking
cover and informative booklet are perfect complements to the fine album
contents which are interpreted by a stellar line-up of artists. The two-disk
set offers a heap of Americana in narrated form. Strongest potential.
(Billboard, March 21, 1960)
...Then, as if we hadn’t had enough Western music,
Bing Crosby, Rosemary Clooney and other soloists with chorus and appropriate
harmonica and banjo accompaniments, sing “How The West Was Won”, with Bing
narrating on two RCA discs (mono, RD27196/7: stereo, SF5082/3). These are
perhaps the most interesting of them all, because they are very different types
of songs from each other, sung by different voices.
(The Gramophone, March, 1961)
We have nothing but praise for RCA’s mammoth
2-record presentation album “How the West Was Won” (RD-27196/7) which
reproduces in print an adaptation of the
(Record Review, April, 1961)
It was an album based upon a series of articles,
“How the West Was Won” by Shana Alexander that had appeared in
(Fred Reynolds, writing in his book The Crosby
Collection, 1926–1977, part four, page 259)
July 28, Tuesday.
The Crosby
Brothers open at the Sahara Hotel in Las Vegas and are well received.
Evan Wyatt (maternal grandfather) is there and is photographed with the
boys after the show. Gary Crosby suffers a nosebleed during the
performance but
manages to carry on. Bing’s whereabouts are not known to the boys.
July 29, Wednesday. Bing arrives
in Seattle to act as grand marshal in the Seafarers Parade with Phil
Harris on August 1.
August 1, Saturday. Bing and Phil Harris act as Honorary Grand Marshals in the annual Seafarers Parade in Seattle.
August 2, Sunday. Bing and Phil Harris fly from Vancouver to join the Yacht Campana for a fishing trip with Bill Morrow, Ed Crowley, Dick Snideman, and Buster Collier.
August 10, Monday. The Campana is thought to be near Port Hardy on the northern tip of Vancouver Island.
August 12,
Wednesday. Gary
Crosby gives an interview in which he says that he is estranged from
his father
and that they “just don’t get along.” Meanwhile, the
Campana is near Namu, some 350 miles north west of
Vancouver. Bing catches a 48lb spring salmon. He writes to Kathryn.
Yacht
Campana
August
16, 1959
Dearest,
Sailing along to Vancouver and feeling very lordly, lounging in this vessel
with a crew of eight, poised and ready to gratify our slightest whim, Right now
we’d like some sunshine, but I doubt that they can handle that. I wish you were
aboard. You would love it because the sea in this island passage is reasonably
calm and the scenery is striking.
A
couple of incidents on the trip which might amuse you. Buster was showing off all
his Abercrombie gear, and finally came to a package about the size of a
baseball.
‘What’s
that,’ asked Morrow.
‘A
life preserver,’ replied Collier. ‘When you hit the water, you squeeze this
until it inflates.’
‘How
long will it hold you up.’
‘Until
you’re hoarse,’ interposed Harris.
Another
time Dick Snideman, and Crowley, who were fishing in one of the small boats,
hooked onto a salmon that began racing wildly all over the ocean.
‘Chase
him,’ cried Snideman.
‘Turn
right,’ yelled Morrow.
‘Turn
left,’ howled Crowley,
The
salmon ran out all the line and broke it off at the spool. You know why? Nobody
was at the wheel. A colorful crowd. I have many Morrow tales which I’ll relate
when I get home. Enjoyed hearing your voice on the phone yesterday, and was
relieved to know you are not uncomfortable. Love to mother.
Bing.
(As reproduced in My Life With Bing, page 137)
August 17, Monday. The Campana returns to Vancouver after a 16-day fishing trip. Bing and Phil Harris fly to California.
September (undated). Records tracks for Remington Electric Shavers which are to be used on a laminated paper disc called “Music to Shave By” to be issued with Look magazine.
September 12, Saturday. Bing and
Kathryn dine at Romanoff’s.
September 14, Monday. (5:34 p.m.)
Bing delivers Kathryn to the Queen of Angels Hospital where she gives birth to
Mary Frances, Bing’s first and only daughter, two hours later. The baby weighs
6 pounds 15 ounces.
When Mary Frances was born, I had only just had time to call
Bing. He and George Rosenberg were deep in details concerning Bing’s new movie,
but when I gave him the alert, he left George with mouth agape and papers in
his hand and bolted from the office. He picked me up at Dr. Moss’s office and we drove
down the Freeway. I must say Bing gave a poor performance that day of a man
trying to look calm.
The prep then was very short and Bing sat in the room with me.
Doctor was also present. The two men were discussing their kidney stones.
Interesting, don’t you think? Well, not to me, it wasn’t, not just then. Men
showed no solicitude for the Little Woman in Her Hour of Travail, I felt. There they were, gossiping
like two old codgers: “Did you pass yours?” “No, they had to scope me.” “What
does your doctor let you eat?” “Oh, mine gives me certain things, but I don’t
follow any diet. Do you?” (This from a doctor himself!) On and on they went.
Finally the doctor said, “Let’s speed this up a little,” and
inserted a syntocinon drip in my arm, whereupon I
felt as if somebody had kicked me, hard, in the rear. I sat bolt
upright and said, “Who did that?” And I realized that Mary Frances was about to
make her debut in the world. She did—just twenty minutes later. I remember Dr.
Moss shouting, “A girl! Bing’s first little girl!” She had been terribly red
and cried a lot.
(Kathryn Crosby, Bing
and Other Things, page 110)
September 15, Tuesday. Bing
attends the Dodgers versus Braves baseball game at the Los Angeles Memorial Coliseum with Phil Harris. The Dodgers win 8-7.
September 20, Sunday. Bing and
Kathryn take Mary Frances home. Soviet First Secretary Nikita Khrushchev lunches
in Hollywood. Bing refuses an invitation to attend.
September 24, Thursday. An
article in the New York Times describes how Everett Crosby grows vines
on the slopes of High Tor in Rockland County, New York. Everett lives in the
house formerly occupied by Elmer Van Orden who was immortalized in Maxwell
Anderson’s play High Tor, which was televised in 1956 with Bing in the
starring role.
September 29, Tuesday. (8:30–9:30 p.m.) Bing hosts The
Bing Crosby Show with guests Frank Sinatra, Louis Armstrong, Peggy Lee,
George Shearing, Joe Bushkin, and Paul Smith on ABC-TV. Axel Stordahl and his
Orchestra provide musical support. Bill Colleran is the director. Bill Hayes and Florence Henderson act as goodwill salesmen for Oldsmobile. The Trendex
rating is 20.1 against 19 for the show in competition on CBS.
Mount Bing Crosby, Frank Sinatra, Peggy Lee, Louis
Armstrong, Joe Bushkin, George Shearing and Paul Smith in a tasteful, Bill
Colleran framework and its hardly an accident that you come up with a 60-minute
layout that’s alternately, sophisticated, smart, breezy, snazzy and solid
entertainment. Which just about characterizes last Tuesday night’s, ‘Bing
Crosby Show’.
Crosby bore the brunt of the show and for the most part was in fine fettle,
whether working solo or dueting with Sinatra or Miss Lee or ‘Satchmo’. With a
Bill Morrow scripting assist, Crosby and Sinatra tossed the gab ball back and
forth and this may have been the only fall from grace. It wasn’t Grade A gab
tossing. Whether it was Satchmo’s blowing up a storm or vocalizing, or Crosby,
Sinatra or Miss Lee singing, dueting or as a threesome, or yet again, a
Bushkin-Shearing-Smith grand slam in their 88 virtuosing, it came out like tv
being restored to the show biz pedestal. These Crosby outings have a habit of
upgrading the medium.
There was special song material by Sammy Cahn (who co-produced with Colleran)
and Jimmy Van Heusen; a bang up orchestral background by Axel Stordahl and an
overall decor that was elegant simplicity. The sequencing of the numbers gave
the show a correct tempo and pacing, from the opening, ‘I’m Glad We’re Not
Young Anymore’ by the Crosby-Sinatra-Miss Lee-Armstrong foursome to the closing
medley by the quartet. Interlaced were such highlights as Crosby’s ‘Looking at
the World Through Rose-Colored Glasses’, his trademarked ‘When (sic) the Blue
of the Night’, his duet with Miss Lee on ‘Too Neat To Be a Beatnik’; Sinatra’s
‘Willow Weep for Me’, ‘The One I Love’ and ‘If I Could Be with You’; Miss Lee’s
‘Baubles, Bangles and Beads’, ‘Some of These Days’ and ‘The One I Love’;
Satchmo’s ‘Mack the Knife’; ‘Basin Street’ and ‘Lazy River’. Dovetailed with
the vocals was a fetching terpsichoreal sequence by Jayne Turner and dancers -
a capsule jazz version of ‘Cinderella’. There was more, too, virtually all of
it rich in texture and amply rewarding for the viewing and the listening.
(Variety, October 7, 1959)
Although some critics found the television medium too
sterile for Peggy Lee, an appearance in late 1959 proved not only her
suitability for it, but also the fact that, done well, television could be
unbeatable. The variety show, as practiced by the pros, was not yet an also-ran
forum for mediocre entertainers. At this point, the talent was first rate, the
energy enormous, and the music jazzed. The Bing Crosby Show, on which Lee appeared,
was arguably the single greatest musical-variety show that ever aired,
featuring nothing less than the Mount Rushmore of popular singing at the end of
the era when pop-jazz ruled the land.
Start with music by Sammy Cahn and Jimmy Van Heusen. Add
a roster of musicians led by the brilliant Brit, George Shearing, and pianists
Paul Smith and Joe Bushkin, a player with swing in his blood who had worked with
Billie Holiday, Tommy Dorsey, and Benny Goodman. Finally, bring on three more
musical guests accompanying Bing: Louis Armstrong, Frank Sinatra, and Peggy
Lee. The sum total? An hour of astounding talent, all caught in a crosscurrent
between the old and not really so staid, and the pulls of the blossoming
counterculture whose influences could no longer be ignored.
(Peter
Richmond, The Life and Music of Miss
Peggy Lee, page 267)
On
an episode of the televised Bing Crosby Show, Lee joined Crosby, Sinatra, and
Louis Armstrong for a delightful quartet, “I’m Glad We’re Not Young Anymore.”
This performance went down in history via one particularly famous photograph in
which the foursome stood arm-in-arm singing together; this illustrious picture became
affectionately known as the “Mount Rushmore” of twentieth-century American music,
and for good reason. Armstrong represented the founding voice of jazz, Crosby and
Sinatra held their own as the two pinnacle male performers in popular music and
film musicals through much of the century from the swing and post-swing eras, extending
from the 1930s into the 1970s (Sinatra’s career lasted even longer), and Peggy
Lee crossed into all of the above genres, forging her own path as swing, jazz and
pop diva, songwriter, and universal artist. Witnessing the tongue-in-cheek
comical performance from which the famous photo originated has remained a
rewarding endeavor for fans of the four stars.
(Tish
Oney, Peggy Lee – A Century of Song,
page 152)
September 30, Wednesday. (9:00-10:00 p.m.)
Perry Como hosts Perry Como’s Kraft
Music Hall for the first time on NBC-TV.
His visit to the music library - a quaint, dusty
“Bing Crosby Room,” containing musical treasuries of Bing’s Kraft shows from
more than two decades ago - was a sequence rich in nostalgia, as warm and
simple a tribute as has ever been paid to Crosby.
(Daily Variety, October 2, 1959)
October 2, Friday. Bing replies
to a letter from Priscilla Koernig, a Club Crosby representative.
Glad you liked the television show. It
had a few mechanical deficiencies – things we should have prepared for, but
didn’t. I think it finished on a very happy note, anyhow, which is probably a
saving grace in these kind of shows.
You were right about “Thank Heaven for
Little Girls”. We did plan to do some of it at the finish of the show, but time
ran out, so it wasn’t possible.
If you come to the tournament at
Pebble Beach, I’ll be happy to take a picture with you, if it would please you.
With all best regards to you and your
family – Most sincerely, Bing
October 4-6, Sunday-Tuesday.
Starting at 1:00 p.m. each day, Bing and Phil Harris are at the
Memorial Coliseum in Los Angeles to watch the World Series games between the
Brooklyn Dodgers and the Chicago White Sox. The attendance records for World
Series games are beaten each day with 92,706 watching the final game. The
Dodgers win the first two games 3-1 and 5-4 but the White Sox win the third
match 1-0. Later in the week in Chicago, the Dodgers become overall winners of
the World Series.
October 15, Thursday.
(Starting at 7:30 p.m.) Bing tapes a guest appearance on the Frank Sinatra
Timex Show with Dean Martin, Mitzi Gaynor, and the Nelson Riddle Orchestra at
ABC Television Center, (studio E), 4151 Prospect Avenue, Hollywood.
October 16, Friday. Mary
Frances is christened at St. Paul the Apostle Church in Westwood. Lindsay
Crosby and Dolores Hope are the godparents. Dennis and Phillip are also there but Gary is said to have overslept.
Mary Frances
Crosby, 1 month old, was baptized yesterday in a Westwood Catholic church
before a select group of onlookers. Her godfather is singer Lindsay Crosby –
also her half-brother. Her godmother is Mrs. Bob Hope, wife of the comedian.
Attendants, it was reported, were half-brothers, Phillip and Dennis, and full
brother, Harry Lillis Crosby Jr. Another half-brother, Gary, was reported to
have “overslept.” Mary Frances’ parents, Mr. and Mrs. Bing Crosby, also were on
hand.
(Los Angeles Times, October 17, 1959)
The
Crosby Boys have been appearing at the Moulin
Rouge in Hollywood since September 24. On this day Bing watches the
show and he and his sons reconcile after a frosty period. Kathryn
Crosby had been to see the show earlier in the month.
The foolishness didn’t end until Dad turned up to
catch our act at the Moulin Rouge in Hollywood three months later. After the
show the reporters trailed him back to our dressing room to witness the big
reconciliation. The boys and I had to be as juiced as we always were, but I’m
sure we straightened up on the spot the moment he strolled through the door.
“Nice job, fellas,” he told us. “You were in tune most of the time, you didn’t
bump into the furniture and you all finished together. That was terrific.”
Aside from the obligatory photographs of Bing and the kids, that’s about all
that happened. The whole visit couldn’t have lasted more than twenty minutes,
but it was enough to send the press guys running to their typewriters. “Peace
reigns once more in the Bing Crosby family” read the morning papers. “The
crooner and his eldest son Gary settled their differences last night and posed
for pictures with their arms around each other joined by Bing’s other grown
sons, Dennis, Philip and Lindsay.”
(Gary Crosby, writing in Going My Own Way,
page 263)
October 19, Monday. (9:30–10:30
p.m.) The Frank Sinatra Timex Show
with Bing, Dean Martin, Mitzi Gaynor,
and the Nelson Riddle Orchestra is shown on ABC-TV. The
producer-director is
Bill Colleran. A “Jimmy Durante” medley is sung, with Durante himself
putting
in a brief appearance, as there are plans for Dean Martin to play
Durante in a
forthcoming film with Bing and Frank Sinatra co-starring. Bing was to
play Eddie Jackson and Sinatra to play Lou Clayton. Frank Capra starts
work on the project but it is abandoned early in 1960 because of
complications
over the contract.
ABC-TV atoned for a bundle of vidpix scenes on
Monday night (19th) when it ushered in the first of four Frank Sinatra specials
this season, in an hour frolic that paid off with the desired entertainment
wallop. On deck for the occasion, along with Sinatra, were Bing Crosby, Dean
Martin and Mitzi Gaynor (with a special surprise appearance by Jimmy Durante
for the finale)……In the words of the Bingo, bring forth three vagrant minstrels
together and brother, you got yourself a summit meeting. You’ve got to go a
long way to find three personalities who blend with such perfection. The trio’s
closer, providing a tantalizing sneak preview of their Clayton, Jackson &
Durante filmization on the drawing board for ’60, was whammo from ‘Start Off
Each Day With A Song’ to ‘Inka Dinka Doo’ and ‘Bill Bailey’ (with, of course,
the Schnozz himself as the clincher)….Or again, the threesome kicking around a
bagful of old ASCAP standards and clowning up the ‘Together’ number….
(Variety, October 21, 1959)
Frank Sinatra’s first show on Channel 7 last night
ranged in mood from torpor to a state of adept showmanship that might be
expected from a combination of his talents with those of Bing Crosby, Dean
Martin and Mitzi Gaynor. The trouble was that the program had a disconnected
quality about it, as if the curtain dropped between its segments. There was no
easy flowing continuity. The high points included songs sung in night-club
fashion by Mr. Sinatra, a medley by his guests, who introduced the show, and
the finale starring all hands, and, surprise, Jimmy Durante.
(Richard F. Shepard, New York Times, October
20, 1959)
October 24, Saturday. Bob
Crosby’s daughter, Cathy (age twenty), is in a hospital after suffering a
mental breakdown. (8:00-9:00 p.m.) Bing guests on the George Jessel Show on channel 13 with Darla Hood and Jim Backus.
October 26, Monday. Bing and
Kathryn are at his Rising River ranch. He then goes with Phil Harris to Weiser,
Idaho, to shoot. Alice Faye (the wife of Phil Harris) arrives to stay with
Kathryn on November 4.
November 2, Monday. The Crosby Boys open at Elmwood, Ontario for two weeks.
November 2-8, Monday–Sunday. Bing is near Calgary, Alberta in Canada, shooting with Phil Harris. Their party bags 200 game birds of various species. He writes to Kathryn on November 2.
Dearest,
Our world is a foot
deep in new snow. The evergreen bows are bending low, and Remus is in his
element, rolling about and snorting. We’re waiting for the car to take us north
into the goose, duck, and hun (Hungarian partridge) country, about a four-hour run I understand.
We have enough warm
clothes to brave the Arctic Circle, and various pheasants in the ice house in
Weiser to be cleaned and plucked. I hope the blizzard abates before we have to
fly through it, an experience which unnerves me and traumatizes poor Wanga (Phil Harris). A-voom!
Love, Bing.
(As reproduced in My Life With Bing, page 141)
November 7, Saturday. Bob
Crosby is stabbed in the shoulder with a letter opener by his wife following a
row. June Crosby says that Bob hit her and broke one of her ribs and that he
has struck her with his fists many times before. Their daughter Cathy is still
in the hospital. Bob goes to Bing’s house.
November 8, Sunday. Bing and
Phil Harris fly into Spokane for a two-hour visit en route from Calgary in
Alberta, Canada, to Ontario, Oregon.
November 11, Wednesday. Bing and
Phil Harris return to the Rising River ranch to rejoin Kathryn and Alice Faye.
November 16, Monday. Bing still
at his Rising River ranch. Kathryn has to return to Los Angeles to make a
recruitment film about nursing.
November 23, Monday. Bing writes
to Canadian broadcaster Gord Atkinson.
Thank
you for your latest letter. I just got back from Canada, and stopped for a bit
at the little ranch I own up in Northern California to find your letter
awaiting me.
I was
happy to receive the news that you had altered your long run of male progeny
with the addition of a little girl, and that there’s another one expected in
January. You are certainly acquiring quite a family.
I’m
just working on my second family now. I feel that the four boys are grown up
and on their own, and the two children Kathryn and I have to me represent a
whole fresh start.
I was
very grateful to you for what you had to tell me about your interview with Ted
Lewis. I have long been a fan of Ted Lewis. I consider him a real artist - a
genuine expert at creating a mood when entertaining, and this, to me, is one of
the first requisites of an entertainer.
We have
another television show to do, come January, or maybe it’s February - I forget
which, and we hope that we can come up with something unusual and interesting.
Haven’t got a cast yet, but we’re talking of maybe doing a switch with Perry
Como - that is I’d do one for him, and he’d do one for me. I think we could
probably have some interesting things to talk about, and some good songs to sing.
Talking
about starting a picture soon at Fox. Quite an interesting story by Garson Kanin. He is a man of considerable reputation in the
theatre, and was also quite successful in the picture business. It involves a
man about my age, with a grown family out and married, and who has reached the
pinnacle of success in the business world and all of a sudden decides to go
back for four years in college, which he never had an opportunity to get when
he was younger.
It’s
called “Daddy-O” and it’s quite funny, has some serious moments, and there’s an
opportunity for a couple of songs.
I have
high hopes for it, and if everything goes as presently scheduled, it should
start very shortly after the first of the year. No cast yet, but I think we’ll
use a lot of the young people over at Fox - people they have under contract
there, and people they have high hopes for. Possibly some of the younger
singing stars too. I just don’t know yet.
Blake
Edwards is directing. You may or may not see his "Peter Gunn" show on television.
I don’t know if it gets into Canada, but he’s very inventive, has real ability,
and I think between Garson Kanin’s script and his
direction, we have more than an even chance to come up with something
outstanding.
Again,
it was nice to hear from you, Gord.
With
best wishes to you and your fine family. As ever -
Your
friend, Bing
December 3, Thursday. The
Crosby Boys fight among themselves at the El Morocco Night Club in Montreal and
Gary leaves the act. They walk out on the $12,500 contract with the nightclub
but their manager Peter Petito says that the break “is only temporary.”
Booked into Montreal’s
high-tariff El Morocco nightclub,
the four singing sons of aging (55) Groaner Bing Crosby soon found close
harmony impossible. Their price tag was $12,500 for a week, but they only
lasted three days. They bought their way out of their contract. It all seemed
to have something to do with a case of Scotch in their dressing room. Gary,
26, oldest of the quartet, says he lost his voice, but regained it long enough, during the boys’ final
set, to call a ringside lady “a drunken bum.” Cutting the act very short, the
lads fled back to their dressing room, where they bloodied Gary’s
nose and otherwise clouted him for crabbing the routine. After the bout, Gary rested briefly, then plodded to a nearby bar,
expressing a simple sentiment about his hard-knuckled brothers: “I made them,
and I can break them.” At week’s end, Montreal Wrestling Promoter Eddie Quinn,
a part owner of El Morocco, reasoned that the Crosby combo had been booked all wrong to begin with. He
offered them a good deal for a tag-team grappling match in a local arena next
month, figuring that a two-against-two skirmish “might be fairer.”
(Time,
December 14, 1959)
December 8, Tuesday. Look magazine binds a laminated paper disc called “Music to Shave By” into its issue with a recorded ad for Remington Electric Shavers. The artists singing are Bing, Louis Armstrong, Rosemary Clooney and The Hi-Lo's. The disc is also widely advertised by Remington as being available as a free gift from its dealers. Bing Crosby is given an award for the “biggest recording of 1959, more than 6,000,000 pressed.” According to Kiplings Personal Finance edition of October 1959, the cost of the talent involved is $90,000.
December 10, Thursday. Bing signs a
contract to make High Time for 20th Century-Fox.
December 12, Saturday. Bing
visits an exhibition of paintings of Native Americans by Nicholas de
Grandmaison at the Planetarium in San Francisco.
December 15, Tuesday. In
CBS Studio B in Hollywood, Bing records a CBS radio special A
Christmas Sing with Bing that is broadcast on December 24. Paul Weston and
his Orchestra plus the Norman Luboff Choir provide support
December
15/17/18. Gary Crosby records an album for Verve called “Gary
Crosby Belts the Blues” at Radio Recorders, Hollywood with an orchestra
conducted by Marty Paich.
December 16/17, Wednesday/Thursday.
Records a singalong album with a chorus and orchestra conducted by Jack
Halloran at United Recorders, Hollywood. The album is titled Join
Bing and Sing Along and is released by Warner Brothers Records. It
enters the UK album charts in August 1960 and peaks at No. 7 during its 11
weeks in the charts.
Of course, this is imitation, as are so many of the
recent sing-along sets, but it is a first-rate one due to the presence of the
old master, Bing Crosby. The grand collection of 33 old-time tunes is made to
order for the old Groaner, and he sings them infectiously so that everyone is
sure to sing along with him. If exploited this could be a good seller.
(Billboard, February 22, 1960)
Every company seems to be getting into the “Sing
Along” act that Mitch Miller started for Columbia in the spring of 1958. Warner
Bros. has a good scoring chance with their Bing Crosby version. He leads the
vocal chorus through 33 familiar items and he has a way that makes it easy to
join along.
(Variety, March 2, 1960)
Bing makes little attempt at subtlety of phrasing,
ornamentation, niceties or nuances of any kind and his vocals, backed by hearty
voices, create only a mechanically jolly atmosphere of a party get-together.
There was a criticism, not without justification, that the album was too
lightweight for a singer of his calibre but in mitigation it can be fairly
claimed that it is a pleasant, happy sound with well chosen classic old songs
brought back to life.
(Fred Reynolds, writing in his book The Crosby
Collection, 1926–1977, part four, page 268)
December 24, Thursday. (9:05–10:00 p.m.) A Christmas Sing with Bing airs on CBS radio. The program picks up Christmas music from around the world. Paul Weston conducts the orchestra and the Norman Luboff Choir adds support.
“It’s Christmas,” a
new song by Paul Sanders and Pat Sullivan for Bing Crosby will be sung by him
on his KNX Christmas Eve show at 9:05. Paul Weston conducts the orchestra. The
Vatican Choir in Rome, the Salt Lake City Mormon Tabernacle Choir, Les Brown’s “Voices
of Christmas,” the Norman Luboff Choir, the Alumni Choir of the Kamehameha
School in Honolulu, the Crescendo Chorus of Hong Kong, the Saint Sulpice Church
Choir of Paris, and the Employees Chorus of the Insurance Company of North
America are also to sing Christmas music.
(Hollywood Citizen-News, December 24,
1959)
December 25, Friday. Bob Crosby
and his wife reconcile. Bing gives Kathryn a 20-gauge shotgun. Bing's four sons come to the house. Later, Bing and Kathryn attend Gary Crosby’s party at his
house; Phillip and Dennis are also there. Lindsay is elsewhere romancing
Barbara Frederickson.
December 28, Monday. Bing’s album
Merry Christmas enters the album charts and goes on to reach number
seventeen. It remains in the charts for two weeks.
December 31, Thursday. Inger
Stevens (Bing’s costar from the film Man on Fire with
whom he was said to be romantically linked at the time) attempts suicide through
an overdose. She survives.